Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2017

Registration No. 333-215244

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Schneider National, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Wisconsin   4213   39-1258315

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3101 Packerland Drive

Green Bay, WI 54313

(920) 592-2000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Christopher B. Lofgren

Chief Executive Officer

Schneider National, Inc.

3101 Packerland Drive

Green Bay, WI 54313

(920) 592-2000

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

William J. Whelan, III

Johnny G. Skumpija

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

(212) 474-1000

 

Paul J. Kardish

General Counsel, Secretary and Executive Vice President

Schneider National, Inc.

3101 Packerland Drive

Green Bay, WI 54313

(920) 592-2000

 

Kenneth B. Wallach

Ryan R. Bekkerus

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 455-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title Of Each Class Of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount Of

Registration Fee (3)

Class B Common Stock, no par value

  $100,000,000   $11,590

 

 

(1) Includes the offering price of any additional shares of Class B common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated February 3, 2017

             shares

 

 

LOGO

Schneider National, Inc.

Class B Common Stock

 

 

This is Schneider National, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling              shares of our Class B common stock and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are selling              shares of our Class B common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling shareholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our Class B common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our Class B common stock will be between $        and $        per share. We intend to apply to list our Class B common stock on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “SNDR.”

Immediately following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized and outstanding common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to certain voting and conversion rights. The record holder of our Class A common stock, the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust, is entitled to ten votes per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class A common stock is convertible into one share of Class B common stock at any time and automatically converts into one share of Class B common stock if it is withdrawn from the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust and/or is transferred outside the Schneider family. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock.” Outstanding shares of Class A common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

Immediately following this offering, the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust, our controlling shareholder, will continue to control a majority of the votes among all shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

We and the selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                  shares of Class B common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

 

Investing in our Class B common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 20.

 

 

 

      

Per Share

      

Total

 

Initial public offering price

       $                       $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions*

       $                       $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

       $                       $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders

       $                       $               

 

* See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                 , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley    UBS Investment Bank
BofA Merrill Lynch
Citigroup           Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan   Wells Fargo Securities

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     20   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Market and Industry Data

     42   

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade
Names

     43   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Capitalization

     45   

Dividend Policy

     47   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52   

Business

     80   
     Page  

Management

     101   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     107   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     142   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     144   

Description of Capital Stock

     147   

U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Class B Common Stock

     157   

Certain ERISA Considerations

     161   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     162   

Underwriting

     164   

Legal Matters

     169   

Experts

     169   

Where You Can Find More Information

     169   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We do not, and the underwriters do not, take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to, the reliability of any information that others provide to you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class B common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class B common stock.

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refers to Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of                 , 2017, and assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.

In this prospectus, we refer to our Class A common stock, no par value per share, and our Class B common stock, no par value per share, as our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, respectively, and, together, as our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to our common stock refer to our common stock as in effect at the time of the completion of this offering.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our Class A and Class B common stock was considered redeemable under GAAP because of certain repurchase rights granted to our shareholders pursuant to the Schneider National, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain agreements governing ownership of our common stock held by existing shareholders, including members of the Schneider family and their family trusts. All such repurchase rights will be terminated contemporaneously with, and contingent upon, the completion of this offering via amendments to these documents. References to our redeemable Class A common stock or redeemable Class B common stock refer to our common stock prior to the termination of these repurchase rights contemporaneously with this offering.

This prospectus contains references to fiscal year 2015, fiscal year 2014, fiscal year 2013, fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011, which represent our fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

“GAAP” as used in this prospectus refers to United States generally accepted accounting principles.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In addition to our net income determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we evaluate operating performance at an enterprise level using certain non-GAAP measures, including adjusted income from operations, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per share, adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) and adjusted operating ratio. Management believes the use of non-GAAP measures assists investors in understanding the ongoing operating performance of our business by presenting comparable financial results between periods. The non-GAAP information provided is used by our management and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, because of differing methods used by other companies in calculating adjusted income from operations, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per share, adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) and adjusted operating ratio. The non-GAAP measures used herein have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

GLOSSARY OF TRUCKING AND OTHER TERMS

As used in this prospectus:

Asset-light network intermodal provider ” means a provider that uses company-owned containers (and potentially chassis) or trailers and company-owned dray trucks in providing intermodal service. This model is less asset intensive than a truckload model but affords more control over equipment quality and availability than a traditional non-asset intermodal provider.

Associate ” means our employees and does not include owner-operators, which are independent contractors, or their owner-operator drivers or other employees.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Brokerage ” or “ freight brokerage ” means the customer loads for which we contract with third-party trucking companies to haul the load under third-party authority.

Bulk tanker trailers ” means trailers capable of transporting large quantities of unpackaged cargo. The cargo is moved either as a single undivided whole (one type of product), or in multiple divided compartments within the trailer (one or more types of product).

Chassis ” means the frame and wheels of a trailing unit upon which a container may be placed.

Company assets ” means assets owned by the company as well as those acquired under capital and/or operating leases.

Company containers ” means cargo containers owned or leased by the company.

Company trucks ” means trucks owned or leased by the company.

Container ” means a cargo container used in the domestic intermodal market with dimensions approximately the same dimensions as a 53-foot dry van that can be lifted from a detachable chassis and placed on a railcar (as opposed to international intermodal containers, which are 20-foot or 40-foot International Standards Organization (ISO) containers). Domestic intermodal containers are often double stacked on rail cars to minimize transportation cost.

Core carrier ” means one of a shipper’s preferred truckload carriers. Generally, shippers utilize a core carrier or core carrier group to improve service levels, reduce the complexity involved with managing a large number of carriers and experience efficiencies created through the level of trust, shipment density and communication frequency associated with a core carrier.

Cross docking ” means the practice in logistics of unloading materials from an incoming trailer or railroad car and loading these materials directly into outbound trailers or containers, with little or no storage in between.

CSA ” means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s Compliance, Safety, Accountability initiative, which ranks both fleets and individual drivers based on multiple categories of safety-related data in an online Safety Measurement System.

C-TPAT  ” means the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism, a program designed to improve cross-border security between the United States and Canada and the United States and Mexico. Carrier members of the C-TPAT are entitled to shorter border delays and other priorities over non-member carriers.

Dedicated contracts ” means those contracts in which we have agreed to dedicate certain truck and trailer capacity for use by a specific customer. Dedicated contracts often have predictable routes and revenue and frequently replace all or part of a shipper’s private fleet. Our dedicated contracts generally average three years and are priced using a model that analyzes the cost elements, including revenue equipment, insurance, fuel, maintenance, drivers needed and mileage.

Drayage ” or “ dray ” means the transport of shipping containers from a dock or port to an intermediate or final destination or the transport of containers or trailers between pickup or delivery locations and a railhead. We directly provide drayage or utilize third parties in the pick-up and delivery associated with an intermodal movement, or for the pick-up and delivery to and from an ocean shipping port and an inland destination.

Dry van or standard trailer ” means a simple, enclosed, non-climate controlled 53-foot trailer that carries general cargo, including food and other products that do not require refrigeration.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Electronic On-board Recorder ” or “ EOBR ” means an electronic logging device that enables professional truck drivers and commercial motor carriers to track Hours of Service (HOS) compliance by monitoring the time spent by the driver in operating a truck.

Final mile ” means the movement of goods from a distribution center, warehouse or cross-dock to a final destination at the consumer’s home or business.

First-to-final mile ” means the movement of goods from a shipper to a distribution center, warehouse or cross-dock and then to a final destination at the consumer’s home or business.

Flatbed trailer ” means an open trailer with no sides used to carry large objects such as heavy machinery and building materials.

For-hire truckload carriers ” means a truckload carrier available to shippers for hire.

For-hire contract ” means a contract with a customer providing for services based on spot market or lane-based pricing rates.

Fuel surcharge ” means fees that are charged to a customer by a shipping company to pass through the costs of fuel in excess of a predetermined cost per gallon base (generally based on the average price of fuel in the United States as determined by the Department of Energy). Shipping company customers, such as our truckload customers, pay surcharges. In our intermodal business, our railroad partners charge fuel surcharge to us as their customers.

Fuel surcharge revenue ” means revenue attributable to fuel surcharges generated by Schneider.

Intermodal ” means the transport of shipping containers (COFC) or trailers (TOFC) on railroad flat cars before or after a movement by truck from the point of origin to the railhead or from the railhead to the destination.

Less-than-truckload carriers ” or “ LTL carriers ” means carriers that pick up and deliver multiple shipments, each typically weighing less than 10,000 pounds, for multiple customers in a single trailer.

Line haul ” means the movement of freight on a designated route between cities and terminals.

Loads/orders ” or “ loads ” is used to refer to requests from our customers other than our intermodal customers for services.

Omni-channel retailers ” means retailers that offer a variety of channels for a customer’s shopping experience, which may involve pre-purchase research. Such channels may include retail, online, mobile and mobile app stores and telephone sales.

Orders ” means requests from our intermodal customers for services.

Over-dimensional ” means freight of a certain size or dimension that renders traditional shipping and packing methods used by less-than-truckload carriers inefficient or time-consuming for at least a portion of the transportation route when compared to trucks.

Owner-operator ” means a trucking business with whom we contract to move freight utilizing our operating authority, generally by pulling Schneider trailers attached to the owner-operator trucks driven by owner-operator

 

iv


Table of Contents

drivers. The driver of an owner-operator truck may also be the owner of the associated owner-operator trucking business. Owner-operators have the ability to select the loads that they choose to move. Owner-operators are generally compensated on a percentage of revenue basis and must pay their own operating expenses, such as fuel, maintenance, the truck’s physical damage insurance and driver costs, and must meet our specified standards with respect to safety. Owner-operators hired by other companies in our industry are generally compensated on a per-mile basis.

Preferred lanes ” means the routes along which we strive to direct most of our trucks.

Private fleet ” means the trucks and trailers owned or leased, and operated, by a shipper to transport its own goods.

Private fleet outsourcing ” means the decision by shippers using a private fleet to outsource all or a portion of their transportation and logistics requirements to for-hire truckload carriers. Some shippers that previously maintained their own private fleets outsource this function to for-hire truckload carriers, like us, to reduce operating costs and to focus their resources on their core businesses.

Revenue per order ” means revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) per order.

Revenue per truck per week ” means the revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) that a truck, available to work, generates (on average) over a work week.

Specialty equipment ” means trailing equipment, other than dry vans, used in our truckload segment. Examples would be flatbed trailers, bulk tanker trailers and temperature controlled trailers.

Stop-off pay ” means the compensation we receive from customers for stopping a haul to pick up or unload a portion of the load or to allow for a sample testing of the product being transported.

Straight truck ” means a vehicle with the cargo body and tractor mounted on the same chassis.

Team driving ” means two drivers occupying a single truck who alternate between driving and non-driving time (such as time spent sleeping and resting) in order to expedite the shipment and maximize the overall production of the truck by decreasing idle time in transit to its destination.

Temperature controlled ” means an enclosed, temperature controlled trailer, generally used to carry perishable goods.

Third-party logistics provider ” or “ 3PL ” means a provider of outsourced logistics services. In logistics and supply chain management, it means a company’s use of third-party businesses, the 3PL(s) to outsource elements of the company’s distribution, fulfillment and supply chain management services.

Total miles ” means the miles driven both with and without revenue-generating freight being transported.

Tractor ” means a vehicle with the ability to tow a trailer, generally by the use of the fifth wheel mounted over the tractor’s drive axle.

Trailer ” means a cargo body that is mounted on a separate chassis and attached to the back of a tractor or, in the case of a tandem rig, the tail of another trailer attached to a tractor.

Trans-loading ” means the process of transferring a shipment from one mode of transportation to another, through multiple forms of transportation including ship and rail. It is most commonly employed when one mode of transportation or one vehicle cannot be used for the entire trip, such as when goods must be shipped internationally from one inland point to another.

 

v


Table of Contents

Truck ” means a vehicle that carries goods in a cargo body mounted to its chassis, such as a straight truck, and/or in a trailer towed by the vehicle, such as a tractor. Our truck fleet is mostly comprised of Class 8 tractors, which are generally over 33,000 pounds in gross vehicle weight rating.

Truckload carrier ” means a carrier that generally dedicates an entire trailer to one customer from origin to destination.

Unbilled miles ” means miles driven without revenue generation for us.

White glove ” means a delivery service in which the shipped items are unloaded from a truck and then unpackaged and placed into a specific location designated by the customer.

 

 

vi


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information about our business and the offering of our Class B common stock that appears elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class B common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

OUR COMPANY

We are a leading transportation and logistics services company providing a broad portfolio of premier truckload, intermodal and logistics solutions and operating one of the largest for-hire trucking fleets in North America. We believe we have developed a differentiated business model that is difficult to replicate due to our scale, breadth of complementary service offerings and proprietary technology platform. Our highly flexible and balanced business combines asset-based truckload services with asset-light intermodal and non-asset logistics offerings, enabling us to serve our customers’ diverse transportation needs. Since our founding in 1935, we believe we have become an iconic and trusted brand within the transportation industry by adhering to a culture of safety “first and always” and upholding our responsibility to our associates, our customers and the communities that we serve.

We are the second largest truckload company in North America by revenue, one of the largest intermodal transportation providers in North America by revenue and an industry leader in specialty equipment services and e-commerce fulfillment. We categorize our operations into the following reportable segments:

 

    Truckload – which consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by our company-employed drivers in company trucks and by owner-operators, executed through either for-hire or dedicated contracts.

 

    Intermodal – which consists of door-to-door, container on flat car service by a combination of rail and over-the-road transportation, in association with our rail carrier partners. Our intermodal service offers vast coverage throughout North America, including cross-border freight through company containers and trucks.

 

    Logistics – which consists of non-asset freight brokerage services, supply chain services (including 3PL) and import/export services. Our logistics business typically provides value-added services using third-party capacity, augmented by our assets, to manage and move our customers’ freight.

We also engage in equipment leasing and provide insurance to support owner-operators, which combined with our limited Chinese truck brokerage and logistics operations, account for our remaining operating revenue.

Our portfolio consists of approximately 10,800 company and 2,800 owner-operator trucks, 38,400 trailers and 18,000 intermodal containers across North America and approximately 19,300 enterprise associates. We serve a diverse customer base across multiple industries represented by approximately 10,000 customers, including more than 200 Fortune 500 companies. Each day, our freight moves more than 8.8 million miles, equivalent to circling the globe approximately 350 times. Our logistics business manages over 20,000 qualified carrier relationships and, in 2015, managed approximately $2 billion of third-party freight. Our portfolio diversity, network density throughout North America and large fleet allow us to provide an exceptional level of service to our customers and consistently excel as a reliable partner, especially at times of peak demand.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

We believe we offer one of the broadest arrays of services in the transportation and logistics industries, ranging from dry van to bulk transport, intermodal to supply chain management and first to final mile “white glove” delivery. We believe we differentiate ourselves through expertise in services that utilize specialty equipment, which have high barriers to entry. With our recent acquisitions of Watkins and Shepard Trucking, Inc. (Watkins & Shepard) and Lodeso, Inc. (Lodeso) we have established a national footprint and expertise in shipping difficult-to-handle consumer items, such as furniture, mattresses and other household goods, which based on internal research conducted by management have been in the forefront of the transition in consumer purchasing patterns to the e-commerce channel. Our comprehensive and integrated suite of industry leading service offerings allows us to better meet customer needs and capture a larger share of our customers’ transportation spend. Customers value our breadth of services, demonstrated by 22 of our top 25 customers utilizing services from all three of our reportable segments.

The following graphic demonstrates the breadth and diversity of our service offerings:

 

 

LOGO

In 2007, we launched Quest, a multi-year, comprehensive business processes and technology transformation program, using technology from our strategic development partner, Oracle Corporation. As part of this transformation, we created a quote-to-cash technology platform, which we refer to as our Quest platform, that serves as the backbone of our business and seamlessly integrates all business lines and functions. Our state-of-the-art Quest platform allows us to make informed decisions at every level of our business, providing real-time data analytics to optimize network density and equipment utilization across our entire network, which drives better customer service, operational efficiency and load optimization. We also realigned our organization to give our associates a direct line of sight to profit-and-loss responsibility both within their business lines and across the organization. This organizational change combined with our Quest platform empowers our associates to proactively pursue business opportunities that enhance profitability while maintaining high levels of customer service. We believe our over $250 million investment in technology and our related organizational realignment over the past several years have enabled us to improve our profit margins and put us in a favorable position to expand our profit margins and continue growing our business.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Since refocusing our strategy and initiating our Quest technology and business transformation in 2007, we have experienced strong revenue growth and margin expansion, which is demonstrated in the following table.

 

(in thousands)    2015 Fiscal Year      3-Year CAGR (1)  

Operating revenue

   $ 3,959,372         4.3

Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) (2)

   $ 3,588,220         7.7

Net income

   $ 140,932         27.1

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 529,338         12.9

Adjusted net income (3)

   $ 162,740         27.3

 

(1) Three-year compound annual growth rate from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015.
(2) Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of operating revenue, the most closely comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations.”
(3) Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, in each case for which net income is the most comparable GAAP measure, see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Schneider was founded in 1935 by Al J. Schneider in Green Bay, Wisconsin, and further developed under the leadership of his son, Donald J. Schneider. Schneider’s deeply-rooted culture embodies several core values:

 

    Safety First and Always

 

    Integrity in Every Action

 

    Respect for All

 

    Excellence in What We Do

We put these values into practice through the Schneider “Value Triangle” of operational excellence. A guiding tenet of our business for over a decade, our “Value Triangle” provides a key reference for our associates to consider when making business decisions at each level of the company, including the needs of our customers, our associates and our business and its shareholders. We believe managing and balancing these often competing interests compels us to weigh the collective benefits to all of our stakeholders for every business decision.

 

 

LOGO

 



 

3


Table of Contents

OUR INDUSTRY

Truckload

Trucking is the primary means of serving the North American transportation market and hauls approximately 70% of freight volume within the United States, which is embodied in a common phrase used within our industry: “if you’ve got it—a truck brought it.” Trucking continues to attract shippers due to the mode’s cost advantages relative to air transportation and flexibility relative to rail. Truckload growth is largely tied to U.S. economic activity such as GDP growth and industrial production and moves in line with changes in sales, inventory and production within various sectors of the U.S. economy. Truckload volumes are also positioned to benefit from secular trends in e-commerce retail, which is expected to grow at a 13% CAGR from 2014 to 2019 according to e-Marketer. Based on estimates by the American Trucking Associations (ATA), the U.S. trucking industry generated approximately $726 billion in revenue in 2015 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.8% from 2016 to 2022.

The U.S. truckload industry is large and fragmented, characterized by many small carriers with revenues of less than $1 million per year, less than 50 carriers with revenues exceeding $100 million per year and 10 carriers with revenues exceeding $1 billion per year, according to 2015 data published by Transport Topics, an ATA publication. According to Department of Transportation (DOT) data, there were over 550,000 trucking companies in the United States at the end of 2015, approximately 90% of which owned 10 or fewer trucks.

Regulations and initiatives to improve the safety of the U.S. trucking industry have impacted industry dynamics. We believe the recent trend is for industry regulation to become progressively more restrictive and complex, which constrains the overall supply of trucks and drivers in the industry. Examples of recently enacted and upcoming regulations and initiatives include the Comprehensive Safety Analysis (CSA) initiative (2010), Hours of Service (HOS) rules (2013) and mandatory use of electronic logging devices to enforce Hours of Service (HOS) rules (2015), hair follicle (2016) and sleep apnea screening (upcoming), installation of speed limiters (2016) and phase 2 emission standards (2016). We believe small carriers will likely be challenged to maintain the utilization required for acceptable profitability under this regulatory framework.

Domestic Intermodal

Domestic intermodal transportation involves the transportation of freight in a 53-foot container or trailer, combining multiple modes of transportation (rail and truck) within the United States, Canada and Mexico. Eliminating the need for customers to directly handle freight when changing modes between rail and truck, intermodal transportation holds significant productivity, cost and fuel-efficiency advantages when moving mass freight. Domestic intermodal volumes are largely driven by over-the-road conversions from truckload to intermodal and from the volume of overseas imports into the United States, such as from China. Our management estimates the North American intermodal and drayage market to be $22 billion. According to the Association of American Railroads (AAR), intermodal has grown from 27% of all railcar loads in 1990 to 49% in 2015. Domestic intermodal accounts for 50% of total intermodal volume according to the Intermodal Association of North America (IANA). With fuel costs likely to increase in the long-term, fuel efficiency regulations set to tighten and labor shortages in the trucking industry, the intermodal market is well-positioned to take on freight capacity as trucking markets face external pressures.

The intermodal market is comprised of service providers of differing asset intensity, with customers being served by either non-asset intermodal marketing companies (IMCs) or asset-light network intermodal providers such as Schneider. While IMCs are the most prevalent intermodal solution provider, asset-light network intermodal providers offer differentiated higher-value solutions to customers given the reliability, geographic breadth and high service levels of company assets (trucks, containers and even chassis) compared to non-asset IMCs.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The domestic intermodal segment is highly consolidated, where the top three intermodal providers operate over 50% of the U.S. dry van domestic container fleet, according to management estimates. Network density, size and scale are critical barriers to entry in the intermodal market. Increasing sophistication and complexity of shippers’ needs require network density and the ability to deliver reliable capacity. According to AAR, railroads have been spending record amounts in recent years to maintain and improve their infrastructure and equipment, which we believe supports growth of the intermodal industry and improves the efficiency and reliability of the railroad component of our intermodal service.

Logistics

The logistics industry is a large, fast-growing and fragmented market that represents an integral part of the global economy. As supply chain complexity increases, corporations have elected to focus on innovation, design, sales and marketing of their products rather than supply chain operations. Increased material costs coupled with enhanced global competition impose margin pressure on manufacturers, requiring the outsourcing of noncore transportation logistics to supply chain specialists who offer a combination of scale, strong technology platforms and lower costs. Additionally, more shipments of inputs and products will be transported using multiple modes and technical expertise, driving shipper preferences for logistics providers with an asset-based network to complement their third-party capacity. Transportation asset owners often provide logistics services to meet excess demand and provide customers with greater breadth of services.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe the following key strengths have been instrumental to our success and position us well to continue growing our business and market share:

Iconic large-scale diversified North American truckload provider with a modern fleet

Over the past 80 years, we have become one of North America’s largest and most trusted providers of truckload services, including specialty equipment services. We have established a leading position through our commitment to provide an outstanding level of customer service. In 2016 alone, we have received 17 awards from customers and the media in recognition of our exceptional service and reliability. We operate one of North America’s largest truckload fleets with approximately 12,000 trucks and 38,100 trailers used in our truckload business. Given our large scale, we offer both network density and broad geographic coverage to meet our customers’ transportation needs across North America. Our scale and strong balance sheet provides us with access to capital necessary to consistently invest in our capacity, technology and people to drive performance and growth, and to comply with regulations. Our scale also gives us significant purchasing benefits in third-party capacity, fuel, equipment and MRO (maintenance, repair and operations), lowering our costs compared to smaller competitors.

Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in safety-enhancing equipment and technology, including roll stability, collision avoidance, forward facing cab cameras, training simulators and real-time truck sensor monitoring. Our relentless focus on safety not only enables us to better uphold our responsibility towards our associates, customers and the community, but also provides a critical competitive advantage in an industry with increasingly stringent safety and regulatory requirements and results in lower operating risk and insurance costs. In 2010, we were among the first large-scale carriers to fully equip our fleet with EOBRs, providing improved network management and safety. Unlike carriers that have yet to undertake the electronic logging device implementation process, we have significant experience operating with EOBRs and are well-positioned to benefit from the upcoming legislation on mandatory electronic logging device standards, which we expect will tighten truckload capacity and subsequently increase rates.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Industry leading and highly scalable Quest technology platform integrated across all business lines and functions

Our early investment and adoption of next generation technology and data analytics is a competitive advantage. We believe we are the only truckload and intermodal industry player of size to have completed, integrated and culturally adopted a comprehensive quote-to-cash technology transformation that allows us to efficiently match capacity with customer loads/orders. Our Quest platform allows us to assess our entire network every 90 seconds, resulting in real-time, round-the-clock visibility into every shipment and delivery, route schedules, truck and driver capacity and the profitability of each load/order. Our Quest platform enables us to minimize unbilled miles, optimize driver efficiency and improve safety, resulting in increased service levels and profitability. We manage the purchasing of nearly 500,000 gallons of fuel per day and communicate to our drivers optimal timing and locations for refueling through our Quest platform, which increases our fuel efficiency and lowers our fuel purchasing costs. We have become a pioneer in applying “decision science” technology to trucking and intermodal freight that enhances driver and asset efficiency, leading to higher profitability and driver satisfaction. We receive and process millions of driver and equipment location updates daily, allowing us to select the optimal driver, truck and trailer for each load/order. This has been a key driver of increased profitability per load and operating margin improvements over the last few years. We believe that our Quest technology and business transformation provides us with a clear advantage within the transportation industry from which we are continuing to realize the financial benefits .

Leadership in fast-growing e-commerce, final mile and other specialty equipment markets

Our recent acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso have allowed us to rapidly expand our customized home, commercial and retail delivery offerings with “white glove” service for brick and mortar and e-commerce customers. New components of our final mile services include real-time shipment tracking for customers and our proprietary Simplex technology, which integrates with retailers’ e-commerce infrastructure, providing seamless end-to-end solutions and visibility for complex final mile deliveries. E-commerce has increasingly become the preferred channel for purchasing difficult-to-handle items, an area in which Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso specialize. Our expertise in this channel and national footprint in the final mile market positions us well to capitalize on this high-growth market opportunity that traditional less-than-truckload and package delivery operations generally cannot serve.

We have established a major nationwide presence in numerous specialty equipment freight markets with premium pricing and higher barriers to entry, including bulk chemicals, energy services and other specialty liquids. Our large specialty equipment asset base positions us to serve customers across the country, which differentiates us from most of our regional-based competitors and positions us well to take market share with large customers who value our geographic reach.

A leading intermodal business with built-in cost reductions through transition to a company-owned chassis model driving profitability

We are currently one of the largest intermodal providers in North America by revenue and are well-positioned for future growth in intermodal freight through our nationwide network and company container model. Our long-standing railroad relationships with BNSF Railway, CSX Transportation, Canadian National Railway, Kansas City Southern Railway and other regional rail carriers, such as Florida East Coast Railway, provide rail access nationwide. Our customers value our intermodal network over IMCs due to our consistent access to capacity through our company assets and high-quality drayage services that provide a larger geographic reach around intermodal terminals. We are in the process of converting from our rented chassis model to a company-owned chassis model. This conversion will lower our all-in chassis operating costs, improve service reliability, as well as increase driver efficiency and satisfaction, by increasing our control over the chassis

 



 

6


Table of Contents

operations of our intermodal business. We expect to complete our conversion to a company-owned chassis fleet by December 2017. We believe that our balanced network and large base of company assets provide a significant competitive advantage that would be difficult for other carriers to replicate.

Fast-growing non-asset logistics business expanding our customer base and complementing our asset-based network

Our non-asset logistics business represents our fastest-growing segment and complements our asset-based businesses with freight brokerage services and comprehensive supply chain management. In the three years from January 1, 2013, through December 31, 2015, our logistics segment operating revenue grew at a CAGR of 14%. Our logistics business not only provides additional services to existing customers and incremental freight to our assets, but helps to facilitate the expansion of our customer base and offers opportunities for cross-selling our suite of services. In 2015, our logistics business helped generate approximately $164 million in revenue for our truckload and intermodal segments. The scale of our asset-based network and our relationships with over 20,000 third-party carriers allow us to provide our brokerage and supply chain services (including 3PL) to our customers at competitive rates. By also offering warehousing, trans-loading and port drayage, we can provide customers with a suite of services that covers their entire North American transportation supply chain.

Diversified and resilient revenue mix supporting stable growth through business cycles

Our diverse portfolio of services, equipment, customers and end markets allows for resilient and consistent financial performance through all business cycles. We believe we offer the broadest portfolio of services in our industry, including in our truckload business, which consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by drivers in company trucks and by owner-operators. In addition to both long-haul and regional shipping services, our truckload services include team-based shipping for time-sensitive loads (utilizing dry van equipment) and bulk, temperature controlled, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads (utilizing specialty equipment). Our primarily asset-based truckload business is complemented by our asset-light intermodal and non-asset logistics businesses. Asset-based operations have the benefit of providing shippers with certainty of capacity and continuity of operations, while non-asset operations generally have lower capex requirements, higher returns on invested capital and lower fixed costs. We also manage a balanced mix of spot rates and contracted rates, through for-hire and dedicated contracts, to take advantage of freight rate increases in the short-term while benefiting from more resilient contracted revenue. Our dedicated contracts typically average three years in duration and provide us with greater revenue stability across economic cycles, promote customer loyalty and increase driver retention due to higher predictability in number of miles along familiar routes and time at home.

Our broad portfolio also limits our customer and industry concentration as compared to other carriers. We receive revenue from a diversified customer base with no single customer representing 10% or more of our revenue. The percentage of our revenue derived from our top ten customers has decreased by 800 basis points over the past five years. New business increased by approximately $300 million in 2015. We maintain a broad end-market footprint, encompassing over ten distinct industries including general merchandise, chemicals, electronics & appliances, and food & beverage, among others. Our diversified revenue mix and customer base drives stability throughout the fiscal year, even though many of our customers are affected by seasonal fluctuations.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Proven and motivated management team with deep transportation industry expertise

We have a premier management team with extensive experience in the transportation and logistics industry, as well as a proven track record of success through various business environments. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher B. Lofgren, has over 22 years of experience at Schneider, a PhD in Industrial and Systems Engineering and is responsible for spearheading our Quest technology and business transformation. Our senior management team has spent on average over 14 years with Schneider and is composed of highly experienced transportation and logistics industry experts overseeing day-to-day operations. Our management team’s compensation structure and ownership of common stock provide further incentive to improve business performance and profitability. Our governance structure provides key independent oversight, complementing the strengths of the management team. A majority of the members of our Board of Directors are independent, a structure that has been in place since 1988. Our senior management team’s experience and commitment to upholding deeply-rooted values of safety, respect, integrity and excellence will continue to be critical to our future growth and performance. We believe our leadership team is well-positioned to execute our strategy and remains a key driver of our financial and operational success.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES

Our goals are to grow profitably, drive strong and consistent return on capital and increase stakeholder value. We believe our competitive strengths position us to pursue our goals through the following strategies:

Strengthen core operations to drive organic growth and maintain a leading market position

We intend to drive organic growth through leveraging our existing customer relationships, as well as expanding our customer base. With a broad, comprehensive service offering and a true North American footprint, we believe we have substantial cross-selling opportunities and the potential to capture a greater share of each customer’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures. We also plan to drive revenue growth by increasing market share amid a fragmented marketplace by marketing our services to customers seeking to outsource their transportation services. Our Quest platform serves as an instrumental factor in driving profitable growth from both new and existing customers as it enables real-time, data-driven decision support and business analysis of every load/order, assisting our associates in proactively cross-selling our broad suite of offerings. Together with our highly incentivized and proactive sales organization, our data-driven Quest platform will drive better service and organic growth in each of our reportable segments.

Expand capabilities in specialty equipment freight market and continue growing our freight brokerage business

We believe that our capabilities position us to grow in the specialty equipment market, which enjoys higher barriers to entry and a premium to conventional dry van pricing. The specialty equipment freight market represents a large addressable market within the truckload segment, comprising 62% of U.S. truckload revenue in 2015 according to Transportation Economics. The complexity and time-sensitivity of the loads often require enhanced collaboration with, and greater understanding of, our customers’ business needs and processes. The transportation of specialty equipment freight requires specially trained drivers with appropriate licenses and special hauling permits, as well as equipment that can handle items with unique requirements in terms of temperature, freight treatment, size and shape. As such, there are few carriers that have comparable network scale and capabilities in the specialty equipment market, which we believe will allow us to profitably grow in that segment.

The growth of our freight brokerage business, which is a significant part of our logistics segment, contributed to the growth of our logistics segment operating revenue, which grew at a CAGR of 14%, in the three years from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015. As shippers increasingly consolidate their business with

 



 

8


Table of Contents

fewer freight brokers, we are well-positioned to become one of their select providers due to our customer service and established, dense network of third-party carriers. Large shippers in particular see the value of working with providers like us that have scale, capacity and lane density, as they are more reliable, efficient and cost effective at covering loads. Our freight brokerage business provides us with the opportunity to serve our customers more broadly where we might not otherwise serve them, building diversity and resiliency in our existing customer portfolio in a non-asset manner with minimal capital deployment.

Capitalize on the growth of e-commerce fulfillment

As a leading “first, final and every mile” carrier for difficult-to-handle consumer items, such as furniture and mattresses, one of the fastest-growing e-commerce markets, we are well-positioned to capitalize on continued e-commerce growth. According to e-Marketer, the e-commerce industry is set to grow at four times the rate of traditional retail in North America (13% vs. 3% 2014-2019 CAGR) and is anticipated to reach 13% of total retail sales worldwide by 2019 (up from 6% in 2014). We provide services for many online retailers, offering first-to-final mile delivery from warehouses to consumer living rooms. Unlike many competitors, we have the technological capability, national footprint and the ability to utilize team driver capacity to provide network breadth and density to meet growing e-commerce fulfillment needs. We intend to leverage our end-market expertise, leading technology platform and end-to-end integrated capabilities to continue taking the complexity out of the supply chain for omni-channel retailers, further driving our revenue in the fast-growing e-commerce market.

Continue to improve our operations and margins by leveraging benefits from recent investments in our Quest technology and business transformation

We continue to benefit from the operational improvements related to our Quest technology and business transformation and continue to improve the effectiveness with which we utilize data to increase revenue and lower costs. We are able to better service customers, retain drivers and generate repeat business by anticipating our customers’ and drivers’ needs and preferences. We believe the future implementation of simple and intuitive customer interfaces will also enable a stronger connection with our customers through increased interaction and an enhanced user experience. We expect additional margin improvement as we continue to leverage data analytics within the Quest platform. The strong foundation we have established with our continuing Quest transformation will allow us to incorporate new technologies and build new capabilities into the platform over time, maintaining our competitive edge and setting the base for future growth.

Allocate capital across businesses to maximize return on capital, and selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions

Our broad suite of services provides us with a greater opportunity to allocate growth capital in a manner that maximizes returns throughout the seasonal and economic business cycles. For example, we can efficiently move our equipment between services and regions when we see opportunities to maximize our return on capital. We continually monitor our performance to ensure appropriate allocation of capital and resources to grow our businesses while optimizing returns across reportable segments. Furthermore, our strong balance sheet enables us to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions that complement our current portfolio. We are positioned to leverage our scalable platform and experienced operations team to acquire high-quality businesses that meet our disciplined selection criteria in order to expand our service offerings and customer base.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Attract and retain top talent at all levels to ensure sustainable growth

Our people are our strongest assets, and we believe they are key to growing our customer base and driving our performance. Our goal is to attract, retain and develop the best talent in the industry across all levels. We strive to foster a collaborative environment and seek individuals who are passionate about our business and fit within our culture. We value the direct relationships we have with our associates and we intend to continue working together without third-party representation. Our compensation structure is performance-based and aligned with our strategic objectives. Amid today’s driver shortage environment, we seek to maintain our reputation as a preferred carrier within the driver community. Our culture, which from its founding was focused on the well-being of our associates, helps us attract and retain high quality drivers. In addition to mandatory physical check-ups, covering among other things sleep apnea, we enforce hair follicle drug testing alongside mandatory urine testing and invest in the well-being of our drivers, which we believe helps us maintain a high quality driver base. Our leading technology platform facilitates the application, screening and onboarding of top talent. As a stable industry leader with a respected safety culture and underlying core values, we believe that we will continue to be the employer of choice for both driving and non-driving associates.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND THIS OFFERING

Investing in our Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our Class B common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Class B common stock may decline and you may lose part or all of your investment. Below is a summary of the primary risks to our business:

 

    economic and business risks inherent in the truckload industry, including competitive pressures pertaining to pricing, capacity and service;

 

    the significant portion of revenue we derive from our largest customers, including approximately 30% in the aggregate for fiscal year 2015 with respect to our 10 largest customers;

 

    fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel, the volume and terms of diesel fuel purchase commitments and surcharge collection;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified drivers, including owner-operators, in the operation of our intermodal and trucking businesses, which is difficult to predict and is subject to factors outside of our control;

 

    our third-party logistics customers improving their internal logistics operations and transportation services and therefore decreasing their reliance on our service offerings;

 

    our ability to recruit, develop and retain our key associates and drivers;

 

    increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future federal or state regulations in our industry, which is highly regulated;

 

    significant systems disruptions, including those caused by cybersecurity breaches, affecting our data networks and systems, including tracking and communications systems;

 

    negative seasonal patterns generally experienced in the trucking industry during traditionally slower shipping periods and winter months;

 

    we will be a “controlled company” within the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, the exemption from the requirement that our corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

    the interests of our controlling shareholder may conflict with yours in the future, and, for so long as the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust (the “Voting Trust”) maintains control of us, our other shareholders will be unable to affect the outcome of proposed corporate actions supported by the Voting Trust trustees or, in the case of certain actions including a change of control, the Schneider family and trusts for their benefit.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 3101 Packerland Drive, Green Bay, Wisconsin, and our telephone number is (920) 592-2000. We also maintain a website at https://schneider.com. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

  

None.

Class B common stock offered

  

By us

  

         shares.

By the selling shareholders

  

         shares.

Option to purchase additional shares of Class B
common stock

  


We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to              additional shares of our Class B common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts.

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this
offering

  


         shares, representing a     % voting interest (or a     % voting interest, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class B common stock).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this
offering

  


         shares, representing a     % voting interest (or                  shares, representing a     % voting interest, if the underwriters’ exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class B common stock).

Voting rights

  

Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.

 

Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. After this offering, the Voting Trust will control more than     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, will continue to hold all of our Class A common stock and effectively control all matters submitted to our shareholders for a vote, except for the vote in any Major Transactions (as defined under “Description of Capital Stock—Shareholder Approval of Major Transactions”), which will be controlled by certain trusts for the benefit of the Schneider family members holding the trust certificates issued by the Voting Trust. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Controlled company

   Upon the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE . Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to take

 



 

12


Table of Contents
   advantage of the exemption from the requirement to have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. We have elected not to take advantage of any of the other available exemptions. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $        if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment of indebtedness, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our Class B common stock by the selling shareholders named in this prospectus. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

  

As a public company we anticipate paying a quarterly dividend to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock.

 

The declaration and payment of all other future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements and any debt agreements we are then party to and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. “See Dividend Policy.”

Risk factors

   Investing in shares of our Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before you decide to invest in our Class B common stock.

Proposed listing and symbol

   We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SNDR.”

Except where expressly indicated otherwise, references to the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering is based on                  shares of our Class A common stock and                  shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of                 , and excludes the following shares:

 

                 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering; and

 



 

13


Table of Contents
                 shares of Class B common stock reserved as of the closing date of this offering for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects and assumes:

 

    No exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class B common stock; and

 

    An initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015, and as of September 30, 2016, have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on substantially the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our financial position and operating results as of the dates and for the periods presented. The operating results presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year or in any future period.

Contemporaneously with the completion of this offering, we will amend the Schneider National, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain agreements governing ownership of our common stock held by existing shareholders, including members of the Schneider family and their family trusts, in order to remove provisions that currently grant each of our shareholders the right to require us to repurchase our common stock held by such shareholder under certain circumstances. The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 presents our consolidated balance sheet to give effect to the reclassification of our Class A and Class B common stock, which is, before giving effect to these amendments, considered redeemable under GAAP, to shareholders’ equity, including common stock and additional paid-in capital upon the elimination of the repurchase rights from the shareholders.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Consolidated Statements of Income Data

($ in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
   2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Operating revenue

   $ 2,975,844       $ 2,932,875       $ 3,959,372       $ 3,940,576       $ 3,624,366   

Operating expenses:

              

Purchased transportation

     1,077,635         1,055,865         1,430,164         1,384,979         1,198,090   

Salaries, wages, and benefits

     848,208         805,217         1,076,512         1,037,781         974,570   

Fuel and fuel taxes

     184,376         226,472         290,454         455,751         504,457   

Depreciation and amortization

     197,704         174,339         236,330         230,008         212,557   

Operating supplies and expenses

     333,049         340,193         452,452         435,753         397,465   

Insurance and related expenses

     57,050         55,552         82,007         62,846         71,577   

Other general expenses

     75,353         100,897         125,176         94,107         94,401   

Goodwill impairment charge

                     6,037                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,773,375         2,758,535         3,699,132         3,701,225         3,453,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 202,469       $ 174,340       $ 260,240       $ 239,351       $ 171,249   

Non-operating expenses:

              

Interest expense—net

     15,708         13,968         18,730         11,732         13,860   

Other—net

     1,771         2,196         2,786         1,756         851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-operating expenses

     17,479         16,164         21,516         13,488         14,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     184,990         158,176         238,724         225,863         156,538   

Provision for income taxes

     75,846         64,852         97,792         92,295         61,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324       $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 



 

15


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income Per Share Data

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
   2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

              

Basic

   $ 20.97       $ 18.04       $ 27.23       $ 25.85       $ 18.50   

Diluted

   $ 20.95       $ 18.01       $ 27.18       $ 25.80       $ 18.44   

Weighted average number of shares used in per share amounts

              

Basic

     5,203,633         5,174,476         5,176,332         5,166,126         5,159,505   

Diluted

     5,209,735         5,180,902         5,185,548         5,177,671         5,177,555   

Other Financial Data

($ in thousands, except per share data)

             

Adjusted income from operations (1)

   $ 204,070       $ 201,040       $ 293,008       $ 244,276       $ 174,204   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ 401,774       $ 375,379       $ 529,338       $ 474,284       $ 386,761   

Adjusted net income (3)

   $ 110,089       $ 109,077       $ 162,740       $ 136,474       $ 97,277   

Adjusted net income per share (4)

              

Basic

   $ 21.16       $ 21.08       $ 31.44       $ 26.42       $ 18.85   

Diluted

   $ 21.13       $ 21.05       $ 31.38       $ 26.36       $ 18.79   
Operating Statistics ($)              

Truckload

              

Revenue per truck per week (5)

   $ 3,444       $ 3,478       $ 3,520       $ 3,518       $ 3,366   

Average trucks: (6)

              

Company

     9,006         8,514         8,536         8,336         8,334   

Owner-operator

     2,663         2,389         2,446         2,048         1,863   

Intermodal

              

Orders (in thousands)

     281.4         286.9         386.9         376.9         360.6   

Containers (at period end)

     17,568         17,325         17,397         17,280         14,315   

Revenue per order (7)

   $ 1,989       $ 2,014       $ 2,040       $ 1,918       $ 1,845   

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

($ in thousands)

   As of September 30, 2016  
   Actual      As
Adjusted (8)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,954       $ 84,954   

Property and equipment (net)

     1,785,128         1,785,128   

Total assets

     3,023,221         3,023,221   

Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases

     560,146         560,146   

Temporary equity—Redeemable common stock, Class A

     563,217           

Temporary equity—Redeemable common stock, Class B

     496,478           

Accumulated earnings

     108,733           

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,158         1,158   

Common stock, Class A

               

Common stock, Class B

               

Additional paid-in capital

             1,059,695   

Retained earnings

             108,733   

 



 

16


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Data

 

($ in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2015     2014     2013  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 317,496      $ 352,128      $ 485,557      $ 345,749      $ 278,283   

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (442,030     (375,042     (483,302     (475,724     (270,463

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     48,812        4,580        8,536        109,028        (7,210

 

(1) We define “adjusted income from operations” as income from operations, adjusted to exclude certain litigation costs, goodwill impairment, changes in vacation policy and acquisition costs. We describe these adjustments reconciling income from operations to adjusted income from operations in the table below.

We believe that using adjusted income from operations is helpful in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from our operating results that, in our opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. Our management and our Board of Directors focus on adjusted income from operations as a key measure of our performance. We believe our presentation of adjusted income from operations is helpful to investors because it provides investors the same information that we use internally for purposes of assessing our core operating performance.

Adjusted income from operations is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to income from operations as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, and it should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. In evaluating adjusted income from operations, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of adjusted income from operations should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Our management compensates for these limitations by primarily relying on our GAAP results in addition to using adjusted income from operations supplementally.

The following is a reconciliation of income from operations, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted income from operations:

 

($ in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Income from operations

   $ 202,469       $ 174,340       $ 260,240       $ 239,351       $ 171,249   

Litigation (a)

             26,700         26,731         4,925         10,000   

Goodwill impairment (b)

                     6,037                   

Change in vacation policy (c)

                                     (7,045

Acquisition costs (d)

     1,601                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted income from operations

   $ 204,070       $ 201,040       $ 293,008       $ 244,276       $ 174,204   

 

  (a) Costs associated with certain lawsuits challenging compliance with aspects of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).

 

  (b) As a result of our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2015, we took an impairment charge for our Asia reporting unit.

 

  (c) Reflects a change to our vacation policy in 2013 in which the award of vacation days changed from being based on a vesting plan to an annual granting plan, resulting in a one-time benefit to income from operations.

 

  (d) Costs related to the acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.

 

(2) We define “adjusted EBITDA” as net income, plus income tax expense, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude other (income)/expense and certain adjustments. We describe these adjustments reconciling net income to adjusted EBITDA in the table below.

We believe that using adjusted EBITDA is helpful in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from our operating results that, in our opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. Our management focuses on adjusted EBITDA principally as a measure of our operating performance and believes that adjusted EBITDA is helpful to investors because it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We also believe adjusted EBITDA is helpful to our management and investors as a measure of comparative operating performance from period to period.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, and it should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. In

 



 

17


Table of Contents

evaluating adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Our management compensates for these limitations by primarily relying on our GAAP results in addition to using adjusted EBITDA supplementally.

The following is a reconciliation of net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA:

 

($ in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Net income

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324       $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   

Provision for income taxes

     75,846         64,852         97,792         92,295         61,064   

Interest expense

     15,708         13,968         18,730         11,732         13,860   

Depreciation and amortization

     197,704         174,339         236,330         230,008         212,557   

Other non-operating expenses

     1,771         2,196         2,786         1,756         851   

Litigation (a)

             26,700         26,731         4,925         10,000   

Goodwill impairment (b)

                     6,037                   

Change in vacation policy (c)

                                     (7,045

Acquisition costs (d)

     1,601                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 401,774       $ 375,379       $ 529,338       $ 474,284       $ 386,761   

 

  (a) Costs associated with certain lawsuits challenging compliance with aspects of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).
  (b) As a result of our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2015, we took an impairment charge for our Asia reporting unit.
  (c) Reflects a change to our vacation policy in 2013 in which the award of vacation days changed from being based on a vesting plan to an annual granting plan, resulting in a one-time benefit to net income.
  (d) Costs related to the acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.

 

(3) We define “adjusted net income” as net income, as adjusted to exclude certain litigation costs, goodwill impairment, changes in vacation policy and acquisition costs. We describe these adjustments reconciling net income to adjusted net income in the table below.

We believe that using adjusted net income is helpful in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from our operating results that, in our opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. We believe our presentation of adjusted net income is helpful to investors because it provides investors the same type of information that we use internally for purposes of assessing our core operating performance.

Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, and it should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. In evaluating adjusted net income, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of adjusted net income should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Our management compensates for these limitations by primarily relying on our GAAP results in addition to using adjusted net income supplementally.

The following is a reconciliation of net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted net income:

 

($ in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Net income

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324       $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   

Litigation (a)

             26,700         26,731         4,925         10,000   

Goodwill impairment (b)

                     6,037                   

Change in vacation policy (c)

                                     (7,045

Acquisition costs (d)

     1,601                                   

Income tax adjustment (e)

     (656      (10,947      (10,960      (2,019      (1,152
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 110,089       $ 109,077       $ 162,740       $ 136,474       $ 97,277   

 

  (a) Costs associated with certain lawsuits challenging compliance with aspects of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).
  (b) As a result of our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2015, we took an impairment charge for our Asia reporting unit.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
  (c) Reflects a change to our vacation policy in 2013 in which the award of vacation changed from being based on a vesting plan to an annual granting plan, resulting in a one-time benefit to net income.
  (d) Costs related to the acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.
  (e) Reflects an income tax adjustment calculated based on the consolidated effective tax rate on a GAAP basis, applied to the non-GAAP adjustments, unless the underlying item has a materially different tax treatment, in which case the actual or estimated tax rate applicable to the adjustment is used. The income tax adjustment rate applied was 41% for all items in 2016, 41% for all items other than goodwill (for which the rate applied was 0%) in 2015, 41% for all items in 2014 and 39% for all items in 2013.

 

(4) Calculated as adjusted net income divided by weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period (for basic) or the weighted-average number of diluted common shares outstanding during the applicable period (for diluted).
(5) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators—Truckload Segment” for a discussion of revenue per truck per week.
(6) Average trucks is calculated based on beginning and ending month counts and represents the average number of trucks available to haul freight over a specific period of time.
(7) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators— Intermodal Segment” for a discussion of revenue per order.
(8) The consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016, as adjusted, presents our consolidated balance sheet to give effect to the reclassification of our Class A and Class B common stock, which is, before giving effect to these amendments, considered redeemable under GAAP, to shareholders’ equity, including common stock and additional paid-in capital and upon the elimination of the repurchase rights from the shareholders. Contemporaneously with the completion of this offering, we will amend the Schneider National, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain agreements governing ownership of our common stock held by existing shareholders, including members of the Schneider family and their family trusts, in order to remove provisions that currently grant each of our shareholders the right to require us to repurchase our common stock held by such shareholder under certain circumstances. When these repurchase rights terminate upon completion of this offering, all of our outstanding common stock will be considered shareholders’ equity rather than temporary equity under GAAP.

 



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class B common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class B common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The truckload and transportation industry is affected by economic and business risks that are largely beyond our control.

The truckload industry is highly cyclical, and our business is dependent on a number of factors that may have a negative impact on our operating results, many of which are beyond our control. A substantial portion of our freight is from customers in the general merchandise and consumer products goods industries. As such, our volumes are largely dependent on consumer spending and retail sales and our results may be more susceptible to trends in unemployment and retail sales than carriers that do not have this concentration.

We believe that some of the most significant factors beyond our control that may negatively impact our operating results are economic changes that affect supply and demand in transportation markets, such as:

 

    recessionary economic cycles, such as the period from 2007 to 2009;

 

    changes in customers’ inventory levels, including shrinking product/package sizes, and in the availability of funding for their working capital;

 

    commercial (Class A) driver shortages;

 

    industry compliance with an ongoing regulatory environment;

 

    excess truck capacity in comparison with shipping demand; and

 

    downturns in customers’ business cycles, which may be caused by declines in consumer spending.

The risks associated with these factors are heightened when the United States economy is weakened. Some of the principal risks during such times are as follows:

 

    low overall freight levels, which may impair our asset utilization;

 

    customers with credit issues and cash flow problems;

 

    changing freight patterns resulting from redesigned supply chains, resulting in an imbalance between our capacity and customer demand;

 

    customers bidding out freight or selecting competitors that offer lower rates, in an attempt to lower their costs, forcing us to lower our rates or lose freight; and

 

    more unbilled miles incurred to obtain loads.

Economic conditions that decrease shipping demand or increase the supply of capacity in the truckload transportation industry can exert downward pressure on rates and equipment utilization, thereby decreasing asset productivity. Declining freight levels and rates, a prolonged recession or general economic instability could result in declines in our results of operations, which declines may be material.

We also are subject to cost increases outside our control that could materially reduce our profitability if we are unable to increase our rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not limited to, fuel and energy

 

20


Table of Contents

prices, driver wages, taxes and interest rates, tolls, license and registration fees, insurance premiums, regulations, revenue equipment and related maintenance costs and healthcare and other benefits for our associates. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any such cost increase or event could occur. Any such cost increase or event could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, events outside our control, such as strikes or other work stoppages at our facilities or at customer, port, border or other shipping locations, weather, actual or threatened armed conflicts or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign state or heightened security requirements could lead to reduced economic demand, reduced availability of credit or temporary closing of shipping locations or United States borders. Such events or enhanced security measures in connection with such events could impair our operations and result in higher operating costs.

The truckload and transportation industry is highly competitive and fragmented, which subjects us to competitive pressures pertaining to pricing, capacity and service.

Our operating segments compete with many truckload carriers, some LTL carriers, railroads, logistics, brokerage, freight forwarding and other transportation companies. The North American surface transportation market is highly competitive and fragmented. Some of our customers may utilize their own private fleets rather than outsourcing loads to us. Some of our competitors may have greater access to equipment, a larger fleet, a wider range of services, preferential dedicated customer contracts, greater capital resources or other competitive advantages. Numerous competitive factors could impair our ability to maintain or improve our profitability. These factors include the following:

 

    Many of our competitors periodically reduce their freight rates to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth in the economy. This may make it difficult for us to maintain or increase freight rates, or may require us to reduce our freight rates. Additionally, it may limit our ability to maintain or expand our business.

 

    We recently expanded our presence in the final mile market, with our acquisition of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso. This is a difficult to serve market and we face competition in this market from competitors that have operated in this market for several years, which may hinder our ability to compete and gain market share.

 

    Since some of our customers also operate their own private trucking fleets, they may decide to transport more of their own freight.

 

    Some shippers have selected core carriers for their shipping needs, for which we may not be selected.

 

    Many customers periodically solicit bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs, despite the existence of dedicated contracts, which may depress freight rates or result in a loss of business to our competitors.

 

    The continuing trend toward consolidation in the trucking industry may result in more large carriers with greater financial resources and other competitive advantages, with which we may have difficulty competing.

 

    Higher fuel prices and higher fuel surcharges to our customers may cause some of our customers to consider freight transportation alternatives, including rail transportation.

 

    Advancements in technology may necessitate that we increase investments in order to remain competitive, and our customers may not be willing to accept higher freight rates to cover the cost of these investments.

 

    Competition from freight logistics and brokerage companies may negatively impact our customer relationships and freight rates.

 

    Smaller carriers may build economies of scale with procurement aggregation providers, which may improve such carriers’ abilities to compete with us.

 

21


Table of Contents

We may not be able to effectively manage and implement our organic growth strategies.

While we currently believe we can grow our profits and cash flows organically through further penetration of existing customers and by expanding our customer base, we may not be able to effectively and successfully implement such strategies and realize our stated goals. Our goals may be negatively affected by a failure to further penetrate our existing customer base, cross-sell our service offerings, pursue new customer opportunities, manage the operations and expenses of new or growing service offerings or otherwise achieve growth of our service offerings. Successful execution of our business strategies may not result in us achieving our current business goals.

Our businesses depend on our strong reputation and the value of the Schneider brand.

We believe that the Schneider brand name symbolizes high-quality service, reliability and efficiency, and is one of our most important and valuable assets. The Schneider brand name and our corporate reputation are significant sales and marketing tools, and we devote substantial resources to promoting and protecting them. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our associates, contractors or agents, such as accidents, customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increased use of social media outlets such as YouTube, Facebook and Twitter, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity could reduce demand for our services and thus have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand.

We have several major customers, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A significant portion of our operating revenue is generated from a number of major customers, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our top 20 customers accounted for approximately 43% of our revenue, our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 30% of our revenue, our top 5 customers accounted for approximately 22% of our revenue and our largest customer accounted for less than 10% of our revenue. Economic and capital markets conditions may adversely affect our customers and their ability to remain solvent. Our customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact our business and operating results and financial condition. Generally, we do not have contractual relationships with our customers that guarantee any minimum volumes, and our customer relationships may not continue as presently in effect. We generally do not have long-term contractual relationships with our customers, including our dedicated customers, and certain of these contracts contain clauses that permit cancellation on a short-term basis without cause, and accordingly any of our customers may not continue to utilize our services, renew our existing contracts or continue at the same volume levels. Despite the existence of contract arrangements with our customers, certain of our customers may nonetheless engage in competitive bidding processes that could negatively impact our contractual relationship. In addition, certain of our major customers may increasingly use their own truckload and delivery fleets, which would reduce our freight volumes. A reduction in or termination of our services by one or more of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our profitability may be materially adversely impacted if our capital investments do not match customer demand for invested resources or if there is a decline in the availability of funding sources for these investments.

Our operations require significant investments. The amount and timing of capital investments depend on various factors, including anticipated volume levels and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, our capital-intensive truckload segment may have too much or too little

 

22


Table of Contents

capacity. Moreover, across our three reportable segments resource requirements vary with customer demand, which may be subject to seasonal or general economic conditions. Our ability to properly select freight and adapt to changes in customer transportation requirements is important to efficiently deploy resources and make capital investments in trucks, trailers, containers and chassis (with respect to our truckload and intermodal segments) or obtain qualified third-party capacity at a reasonable price (with respect to our logistics segment). Although our business volume is not highly concentrated, our customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may also affect us.

We may not be able to successfully implement our company enterprise strategy of diversifying our revenue base and expanding our capabilities.

Our company enterprise strategy entails selectively diversifying our revenue base, as we have done, by entering the over-dimensional consumer freight market, increasingly becoming part of the e-commerce supply chain and growing our market share in specialty equipment services. This strategy involves certain risks, and we may not overcome these risks, in which case our business, financial position and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In connection with our company enterprise strategy, we have in the past made selective acquisitions, made new investments in technology and in office, service and warehouse centers, increased sales and marketing efforts and hired new drivers and associates. We expect to continue to pursue our company enterprise strategy, and this exposes us to certain risks, including:

 

    making significant capital expenditures, which could require substantial capital and cash flow that we may not have or may not be able to obtain on satisfactory terms;

 

    growth may strain our management, capital resources, information systems and customer service;

 

    hiring new managers, drivers and other associates, including in specialty equipment services, may increase training and compliance costs and may result in temporary inefficiencies until those associates become proficient in their jobs;

 

    specialty transport of bulk chemicals and other hazardous materials, which subjects us to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations by governmental authorities and, in the event of an accidental release of these commodities, could result in significant loss of life and extensive property damage as well as environmental remediation obligations; and

 

    expanding our service offerings may require us to encounter new competitive challenges in markets in which we have not previously operated or with which we are unfamiliar.

Fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel, the volume and terms of diesel fuel purchase commitments and surcharge collection may increase our costs of operation, which could materially and adversely affect our margins.

Fuel represents a significant expense for us. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond our control, such as political events, terrorist activities, armed conflicts, depreciation of the dollar against other currencies and weather, such as hurricanes, and other natural or man-made disasters, each of which may lead to an increase in the cost of fuel. Fuel prices also are affected by the rising demand in developing countries, and could be adversely impacted by diminished drilling activity and by the use of crude oil and oil reserves for other purposes. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices, but also to fuel shortages and disruptions in the fuel supply chain. Because our operations are dependent upon diesel fuel, and a portion of our business is based on fuel purchased on the spot market at prevailing market rates, significant diesel fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Increases in fuel costs, to the extent not offset by rate per mile increases or fuel surcharges, have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. While a portion of our fuel costs are covered by pass-through

 

23


Table of Contents

provisions in customer contracts and compensatory fuel surcharge programs, we also incur fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect to customers with which we maintain fuel surcharge programs, such as those associated with unbilled miles, or the time when our engines are idling. Because our fuel surcharge recovery lags behind changes in fuel prices, our fuel surcharge recovery may not capture the increased costs we pay for fuel, especially when prices are rising, leading to fluctuations in our levels of reimbursement. Our levels of reimbursement have fluctuated in the past. Further, during periods of low freight volumes, shippers can use their negotiating leverage to impose less compensatory fuel surcharge policies. In addition, the terms of each customer’s fuel surcharge agreement vary, and customers may seek to modify the terms of their fuel surcharge agreements to minimize recoverability for fuel price increases. Such fuel surcharges may not be maintained indefinitely or may not be sufficiently effective. As of December 31, 2015, we had no derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to fuel price fluctuations.

Difficulties attracting and retaining qualified drivers, including through owner-operators, could materially adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintain or grow our fleet.

Like many truckload carriers, from time to time we may experience difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified drivers, including through owner-operators, and driver shortages may recur in the future. Our challenge with attracting and retaining qualified drivers stems from intense market competition and our driver quality standards, which subjects us to increased payments for driver compensation and owner-operator contracted rates. Our specialty equipment services require special training to handle unique operating requirements. We use physical function tests and hair follicle and urine testing to screen and test all driver applicants, which we believe is a rigorous standard relative to others in our industry and could decrease the pool of qualified applicants available to us. Failure to recruit high-quality, safe drivers that meet our testing standards could diminish the safety of our fleet and could have a materially adverse effect on our customer relationships and our business.

Our company drivers are generally compensated on a per-mile basis, and the rate per-mile generally increases with the drivers’ length of service. Owner-operators contracting with us are generally compensated on a percentage of revenue basis. The compensation we offer our drivers and owner-operators is also subject to market conditions and labor supply. We may in future periods increase company driver and owner-operator compensation, which will be more likely to the extent that economic conditions improve and industry regulation exacerbates driver shortages forcing driver compensation higher. The recent electronic logging device regulations, requiring compliance by 2017, are expected to further tighten the market for eligible drivers. In addition to involuntary associate terminations, our company driver voluntary turnover rate throughout 2015 was approximately 79%, and like most in our industry, we suffer from a high turnover rate of company drivers, especially in the first 90 days of employment. Our turnover rate requires us to continually recruit a substantial number of company drivers in order to operate our revenue-producing fleet equipment, including trucks, chassis and specialty equipment. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain a sufficient number of high-quality company drivers, and contract with suitable owner-operators, we could be required to adjust our compensation packages, or operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting shipper demands, all of which could adversely affect our profitability and ability to maintain our size or grow.

Our use of owner-operators to provide a portion of our truck fleet exposes us to different risks than we face with our owned trucks.

We may contract with more owner-operators and use more owner-operator trucks than some of our competitors. We are therefore more dependent on owner-operator trucks than some of our competitors. Failure to maintain owner-operator business and relationships and increased industry competition for owner-operators could have a materially adverse effect on our operating results.

During times of increased economic activity, we face heightened competition for owner-operators from other carriers. To the extent our turnover increases, we may be required to increase owner-operator compensation

 

24


Table of Contents

or take other measures to remain an attractive option for owner-operators. If we cannot attract sufficient owner-operators, or it becomes economically difficult for owner-operators to survive, we may not be able to maintain the percentage of our fleet provided by owner-operators or maintain our delivery schedules.

We provide financing to certain qualified owner-operators who qualify for financing in order to lease trucks from us. If we are unable to provide such financing in the future, due to liquidity constraints or other restrictions, we may experience a decrease in the number of owner-operators available to fully operate our assets. Further, if owner-operators operating the trucks we finance default under or otherwise terminate the financing arrangement and we are unable to find a replacement owner-operator, we may incur losses on amounts owed to us with respect to the truck in addition to any losses we may incur as a result of idling the truck.

Our lease contracts with owner-operators are governed by the federal and other leasing regulations, which impose specific requirements on us and owner-operators. It is possible that we could face lawsuits alleging the violation of leasing obligations or failure to follow the contractual terms, which could result in liability.

We utilize owner-operators to complete our services. These owner-operators are subject to similar regulation requirements, such as the electronic on-board recording and driver Hours of Service (HOS) requirements that apply to larger carriers, which may have a more significant impact on their operations, causing them to exit the transportation industry. Aside from when these third parties may use our trailing equipment to fulfill loads, we do not own the revenue equipment or control the drivers delivering these loads. The inability to obtain reliable third-party owner-operators could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and business growth.

We depend on railroads in the operation of our intermodal business and therefore our ability to offer intermodal services could be limited if we experience instability from third parties we use in that business.

Our intermodal segment utilizes railroads in the performance of its transportation services. The majority of these services are provided pursuant to contractual relationships with the railroads. While we have agreements with a number of Class I railroads, the majority of our business travels on the Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) and the CSX Transportation (CSX) railways, with which we have established relationships. One of our competitors has a preferential contractual arrangement with BNSF, which limits the market share and relative profitability of the services we provide through BNSF. We are currently in negotiations with CSX with respect to renewal of our contract, and there is no guarantee that these negotiations will be successful. Our intermodal business may be affected by any adverse change to relationships with railroad service providers upon the expiration or renewal of such contracts.

Pricing arrangements with these Class I Railroads generally permit pricing to be adjusted based on market conditions and an adverse change in future market conditions could adversely affect pricing. In addition, a material change in the relationship with or the inability to utilize one or more of these railroads could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. While the intermodal train speeds of BNSF in the western United States improved throughout 2015, intermodal train speeds on the eastern railroads CSX have been limited due to volume growth in the past two years. Future declines in overall service and volume levels provided by these railroads could have a material adverse effect on our intermodal segment. In addition, a portion of the freight we deliver through both our intermodal and trucking segments is imported to the United States through ports of call that are subject to labor union contracts. Work stoppages or other disruptions at any of these ports could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on third-party capacity providers for logistics brokerage business, and service instability from these providers could limit growth and profitability of our logistics segment, which could adversely affect our revenue, operating results and customer relationships.

Our brokerage business is dependent upon the services of third-party capacity providers, including other truckload carriers. These third-party providers may seek other freight opportunities and may require increased

 

25


Table of Contents

compensation in times of improved freight demand or tight trucking capacity. Our third-party truckload carriers may also be affected by certain factors to which our drivers and owner-operators are subject, including, but not limited to, driver shortage, alternative employment opportunities, varying freight market conditions, high capital expenditures and trucking industry regulations. Most of our third-party capacity provider transportation services contracts are cancelable on a short-term basis without cause. Our inability to secure the services of these third-parties, or increases in the prices we must pay to secure such services, could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability to the extent we are not able to obtain corresponding customer rate increases.

We currently depend on intermodal chassis rented to us by a third-party and our plan to convert our intermodal chassis supply to an ownership model will result in significant one-time costs and adversely affect our operating results if not executed successfully.

A significant percentage of the chassis currently utilized in our intermodal business are rented from a single company, which results in costs relating to lease, maintenance and repair and puts us at a competitive disadvantage. We expect to convert our rented intermodal chassis model to an ownership model to achieve cost savings, including by improving chassis quality. The expected timing for completion of this conversion process is constrained by our current chassis rental contract and may lead to significant one-time costs through fiscal year 2017 resulting from conversion costs and payments under our existing chassis rental contract (which is set to expire in fiscal year 2017). Our conversion of our rented intermodal chassis model to an ownership model to improve cost savings may not be successful and therefore could adversely affect our operating results.

If our third-party logistics customers are able to reduce their total cost structure and improve their internal logistics operations and transportation services, our third-party logistics business and operating results may be materially adversely effected.

A major driver for customers to use third-party logistics providers instead of their own personnel is their inherent high cost and difficulty in attaining logistics expertise and operational efficiencies. Our third-party logistics service is generally able to provide such services more efficiently than otherwise could be provided “in-house,” primarily as a result of our technological efficiencies, lower and more flexible associate cost structure and our existing industry relationships and expertise. If, however, our third-party logistics customers are able to reduce their in-house logistics cost structures, especially by reducing associate costs, we may not be able to provide our customers with an attractive alternative for their logistics needs and our third-party logistics business and operating results may be materially adversely effected.

Difficulty in obtaining material, equipment, goods and services from our vendors and suppliers could adversely affect our business.

We are dependent upon our suppliers for certain products and materials, including our trucks, trailers, chassis and containers. We manage our over-the-road fleet to a 5 year trade cycle with the current average age-of-fleet of our sleeper cab tractors at approximately 2.5 years. Accordingly, we rely on suppliers of our trucks and truck components to maintain the age of our fleet. We believe that we have positive relationships with our vendors and suppliers and are generally able to obtain favorable pricing and other terms from such parties. If we fail to maintain these relationships with our vendors and suppliers, or if our vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials we need or undergo financial hardship, we could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services because of production interruptions, limited material availability or other reasons. Subsequently, our business and operations could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to recruit, develop and retain our key associates, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

We are highly dependent upon the services of certain key employees, including our team of executive officers and managers. We currently do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers, and

 

26


Table of Contents

the loss of any of their services could negatively impact our operations and future profitability. Inadequate succession planning or unexpected departure of key executive officers could cause substantial disruption to our business operations, deplete our institutional knowledge base and erode our competitive advantage. Additionally, we must continue to recruit, develop and retain skilled and experienced service center managers if we are to realize our goal of expanding our operations and continuing our growth, including internationally. Failure to recruit, develop and retain a core group of service center managers could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

Efforts by labor unions could divert management’s attention and could have a materially adverse effect on our operating results.

We face the risk that Congress or one or more states will approve legislation significantly affecting our business and our relationship with our associates, such as the previously proposed federal legislation referred to as the Employee Free Choice Act, which would substantially liberalize the procedures for union organization. We also face the risk that our associates, including drivers, may attempt to organize. Currently, thirteen of our company drivers are members of an organized labor union as a result of a commitment from the 1980s to allow this group of drivers to finish their careers with Schneider. Any attempt to organize by our associates could result in increased legal and other associated costs. In addition, if we were to enter into a collective bargaining agreement, the terms could negatively affect our costs, efficiency and ability to generate acceptable returns on the affected operations. Moreover, any labor disputes or work stoppages, whether or not our other associates unionize, could disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues.

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our earnings.

Our future insurance and claims expense might exceed historical levels, which could reduce our earnings. We self-insure or maintain a high deductible for a portion of our claims exposure resulting from workers’ compensation, auto liability, general liability, cargo and property damage claims, as well as associate health insurance. Estimating the number and severity of claims, as well as related judgment or settlement amounts is inherently difficult. This, along with legal expenses, incurred but not reported claims and other uncertainties can cause unfavorable differences between actual claim costs and our reserve estimates. We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our experience. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.

We maintain insurance with licensed insurance carriers above the amounts which we retain. Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. If any claim were to exceed our coverage, we would bear the excess, in addition to our other self-insured/retained amounts. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many businesses, including transportation companies. As a result, our insurance and claims expense could increase, or we could raise our self-insured retention or deductible when our policies are renewed or replaced. Our operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (i) cost per claim, premiums, or the number of claims significantly exceeds our estimates, (ii) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (iii) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance claims or (iv) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided.

Insuring risk through our captive insurance company could adversely impact our operations.

We insure a significant portion of our risk through our wholly owned and consolidated captive insurance company, INS Insurance, Inc. (INS). In addition to insuring portions of our own risk, INS provides insurance coverage to owner-operators. Our captive insurance company accesses the reinsurance markets and may increase retention amounts to offset the insurance market pressures, which could expose us to volatility in claims expenses.

 

27


Table of Contents

To comply with certain state insurance regulatory requirements, cash and cash equivalents must be paid to INS as capital investments and to cover insurance premiums, which deployed assets may be restricted as collateral for anticipated losses. In addition, we must deploy from our balance sheet the restricted cash used for payment of insured claims. In the future, we may continue to insure our risk through our captive insurance subsidiary, which may cause increases in the required amount of our restricted cash or other collateral, such as letters of credit. Significant increases in the amount of collateral required by third-party insurance carriers and regulators would reduce our liquidity and could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our captive insurance company is subject to substantial government regulation.

Our captive insurance company is domiciled in Vermont and regulated by state authorities. State regulations generally provide protection to policy holders, rather than shareholders, and generally involve:

 

    approval of premium rates for insurance;

 

    standards of solvency;

 

    minimum amounts of statutory capital surplus that must be maintained;

 

    limitations on types and amounts of investments;

 

    regulation of dividend payments and other transactions between affiliates;

 

    regulation of reinsurance;

 

    regulation of underwriting and marketing practices;

 

    approval of policy forms;

 

    methods of accounting; and

 

    filing of annual and other reports with respect to financial condition and other matters.

These regulations may increase our costs of regulatory compliance, limit our ability to change premiums, restrict our ability to access cash held in our captive insurance companies and otherwise impede our ability to take actions we would otherwise take.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future federal or state regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to regulation at the federal level and at the state level. We may incur additional expenses associated with state wage, driver meal and rest break regulation such as that which has been enacted in California. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In addition, we operate in the United States pursuant to federal operating authority granted by the DOT. Our company drivers and owner-operator drivers with whom we contract also must comply with the safety and fitness regulations of the DOT, implemented through the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), including those relating to CSA safety performance and measurements, drug and alcohol testing and Hours of Service (HOS). Weight and equipment dimensions also are subject to government regulations. We also may become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to exhaust emissions, drivers’ Hours of Service (HOS), ergonomics, collective bargaining, security at ports and other matters affecting safety or operating methods. In addition, FMCSA published the notice of proposed rulemaking regarding how carriers are assigned their “safety fitness” score in January 2016. See “Business—Regulation—Safety Fitness Determination.” Under the proposed rule, the current three tier system that requires an audit to occur in order for a rating to be issued would be replaced by a new system that would only indicate those carriers that are unfit. The new system would continue to use comprehensive audits but also allow for ratings to be based on CSA scores which are derived from roadside inspection and crash performance to determine which carriers are unfit to operate based on their performance against fixed thresholds. In order to be deemed unfit using CSA scores a carrier would have to be failing in 2 or more BASICs. We are still awaiting the final rule which is not expected until 2016 or 2017. FMCSA estimates that the proposed rule would increase the number of motor carriers determined to be unfit by more than two and a half times. Future CSA rulemaking could adversely affect us, including our ability to maintain or grow our fleet as well as our customer relationships.

 

28


Table of Contents

In December 2015, the FMCSA final rule related to mandatory use of electronic logging devices was published, and requires the use of electronic logging devices by nearly all carriers by December 10, 2017. All of our trucks, including all the owner-operator trucks used by us, are currently equipped with EOBRs. Nonetheless, we believe this electronic logging device regulation may exacerbate the driver shortage, tighten truck capacity and disproportionately impact relatively smaller carriers by reducing available driving time. There can be no guarantee that despite our current fleet-wide use of EOBRs, that upon enforcement of the electronic logging device regulation we will be found by enforcement authorities to be compliant with the electronic logging device rule in all respects. In addition, the implementation of the electronic logging device final rule is being contested in federal court by parties opposed to the rule. Federal law also requires major freight and commuter railroads to install and maintain new safety technology known as Positive Train Control, which is complex and can be costly to implement, and therefore may adversely affect our railroad partners and in turn have a materially adverse effect on operating results of our intermodal business. In September 2016, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and FMCSA proposed regulations that would require vehicles of a certain size to be equipped with a speed limiting device set to a speed to be specified. There can be no guarantee as to whether a final rule requiring speed limiting devices will be implemented, and if so the nature of any such rule and its impact on our fleet and operations.

In 2008 the State of California’s Air Resources Board (ARB) approved the Heavy-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emission Reduction Regulation in efforts to reduce GHG emissions from certain long-haul tractor-trailers that operate in California by requiring them to utilize technologies that improve fuel efficiency (regardless of where the vehicle is registered). The regulation required owners of long-haul tractors and 53-foot trailers to replace or retrofit their vehicles with aerodynamic technologies and low rolling resistance tires. The regulation also contained certain emissions and registration standards for temperature controlled trailer operators. In December 2013, California’s ARB approved regulations to align its GHG emission standards and test procedures, as well as its tractor-trailer GHG regulation, with the federal Phase 1 GHG regulation, which applied fuel efficiency standards to vehicles for model years 2014-2018. In June 2015, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and NHTSA, working in concert with California’s ARB, formally announced a proposed national program establishing Phase 2 of the GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles for model year 2018 and beyond.

In October 2016, the EPA and NHTSA formally published the Final Rule for Phase 2 of the GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium and heavy-duty engines and vehicles. The Final Rule, which will be effective as of December 27, 2016, is expected by the EPA to lower CO 2 emissions by 1.1 billion metric tons and reduce oil consumption by up to 2 billion barrels over the lifetime of the vehicles sold under the Phase 2 program. As expected, first-time GHG and fuel efficiency standards for trailers will start in model year 2018 for EPA and model year 2021 for NHSTA, and CO 2 and fuel consumption standards for combination tractors and engines (which are subject to individual and separate regulatory requirements) commence in model year 2021, increase incrementally in model year 2024 and achieve a fully phased-in requirement by model year 2027. EPA and NHSTA expect that motor carriers will meet the increased standards through the use of technology improvements in multiple areas, including the engine, transmission, driveline, aerodynamic design, extended idle reduction technologies and the use of other accessories. These regulations could adversely affect us by increasing the cost of new trucks, impairing productivity and increasing our operating expenses.

In addition to the United States, we also have the authority to operate in Mexico, various Canadian provinces and China. We, as well as our drivers and owner-operators, must comply with enacted governmental regulations regarding safety, equipment, environmental protection and operating methods. Examples include regulation of equipment weight, equipment dimensions, fuel emissions, driver Hours of Service (HOS), driver eligibility requirements, on-board reporting of operations and ergonomics. We may also become subject to new or more restrictive regulations related to safety or operating methods, which could adversely affect our fleet and operations in those jurisdictions.

 

29


Table of Contents

If current or future legislation or judicial decisions deem that independent contractors (owner-operators) or contingent workers are equivalent to employees, we would incur more employee-related expenses.

We face a complex and increasingly stringent regulatory and statutory scheme relating to wages, classification of employees and alternate work arrangements. Tax, federal and other regulatory authorities and private plaintiffs have argued that owner-operator drivers in the trucking and transportation industries are employees, rather than independent contractors. In April 2010, federal legislation was proposed that increased the recordkeeping requirements for companies that engage independent contractors and heightened the penalties to employers that misclassify individuals or violate overtime and/or wage requirements. There have been and may continue to be lawsuits concerning the appropriate worker classification of individuals that provide delivery services and the outcomes of such cases may be adverse to us. Further, class actions and other lawsuits have been filed against us and others in our industry seeking to reclassify owner-operator drivers as employees for a variety of purposes, including workers’ compensation and health care coverage. If any such cases are judicially determined in a manner adverse to us or our businesses, there could be an adverse impact on our operations in the effected jurisdictions. Taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. If the owner-operator drivers we contract with are deemed employees, we would incur additional exposure under laws for federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort. The exposure could include prior period compensation, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings.

Our operations in Mexico, Canada and China, including our cross-border operations with Canada and Mexico, make us vulnerable to risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.

As a result of our operations in Mexico, Canada and China, including our cross-border intermodal operations with Canada and Mexico, we are subject to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad, including:

 

    exposure to local economic and political conditions (for example, total freight value to and from both Mexico and Canada fell 10.7% from October 2014 to October 2015 in part as a result of lower crude oil prices);

 

    foreign exchange rate fluctuations and currency controls (for example, the recent weakening of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar, as well as fluctuations in the Mexican peso and the Chinese yuan relative to the U.S. dollar);

 

    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

 

    difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and intellectual property rights;

 

    investment restrictions or requirements; and

 

    export and import restrictions.

In addition, if we are unable to maintain our C-TPAT, Free and Secure Trade (FAST) and Partners in Protection (PIP) status, we may have significant border delays. This could cause our Mexican and Canadian operations to be less efficient than those of competitor truckload carriers that have such status and operate in Mexico or Canada. We also face additional risks associated with our foreign operations, including restrictive trade policies and imposition of duties, taxes or government royalties imposed by the Mexican or Canadian government, to the extent not preempted by the terms of the North American Free Trade Agreement. In addition, changes to the North American Free Trade Agreement or other treaties governing our business could adversely impact our international business. Failure to comply with trade compliance laws and regulations applicable to our international operations may subject us to liability.

Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, the violation of which could result in substantial fines or penalties.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations dealing with the hauling and handling of hazardous materials, waste and other oil, fuel storage tanks, air emissions from our vehicles and facilities, engine

 

30


Table of Contents

idling and discharge and retention of storm water. Our truck terminals often are located in industrial areas where groundwater or other forms of environmental contamination could occur. Our operations involve the risks of fuel spillage or seepage, environmental damage and hazardous waste disposal, among others. Certain of our facilities have waste oil or fuel storage tanks and fueling islands. If we are involved in a spill or other accident involving hazardous substances, if there are releases of hazardous substances we transport, if soil or groundwater contamination is found at our facilities or results from our operations, or if we are found to be in violation of applicable environmental laws or regulations, we could owe cleanup costs and incur related liabilities, including substantial fines or penalties or civil and criminal liability, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our business and operating results.

EPA regulations limiting exhaust emissions became more restrictive in 2010. In 2010, an executive memorandum was signed directing the NHTSA and the EPA to develop new, stricter fuel efficiency standards for heavy trucks. In 2011, the NHTSA and the EPA adopted final rules that established the first-ever fuel economy and greenhouse gas standards for medium-and heavy-duty vehicles. These standards apply to model years 2014 to 2018, which are required to achieve an approximate 20 percent reduction in fuel consumption by model year 2018, and equates to approximately four gallons of fuel for every 100 miles traveled. In June 2015, the EPA and NHTSA jointly proposed new stricter standards that would apply to trailers beginning with model year 2018 and tractors beginning with model year 2021.

In October 2016, the EPA and NHTSA formally published the Final Rule for Phase 2 of the GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium and heavy-duty engines and vehicles. See “—We operate in a highly regulated industry and increased costs of compliance with, or liability for violation of, existing or future federal or state regulations could have a materially adverse effect on our business.”

We have significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect our profitability if we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms.

The truckload industry generally, and our trucking and intermodal segments in particular, are capital intensive and asset heavy, and our policy of maintaining a young, technology-equipped fleet requires us to expend significant amounts in capital expenditures annually. We expect to pay for projected capital expenditures with cash flows from operations, proceeds from equity sales or financing available under our existing debt instruments. Our total capital expenditures in fiscal year 2015 were $483 million. If we were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations, we would need to seek alternative sources of capital, including financing, to meet our capital requirements. In the event that we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms in the future, we may have to limit our fleet size, enter into less favorable financing arrangements or operate our revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our profitability.

The seasonal pattern generally experienced in the trucking industry may affect our periodic results during traditionally slower shipping periods and winter months.

In the trucking industry, revenue generally follows a seasonal pattern which may affect our operating results. We typically experience a seasonal surge in sales during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year as a result of holiday sales. After the December holiday season and during the remaining winter months, our freight volumes are typically lower because some customers reduce shipment levels. Our operating expenses have historically been higher in the winter months because of cold temperatures and other adverse winter weather conditions which result in decreased fuel efficiency, increased cold weather-related maintenance costs of revenue equipment and increased insurance and claims costs. Revenue can also be affected by adverse weather conditions, holidays and the number of business days during a given period because revenue is directly related to the available working days of shippers. From time to time, we may also suffer short-term impacts from severe weather and similar events, such as tornadoes, hurricanes, blizzards, ice storms, floods, fires, earthquakes, and explosions that could harm our results of operations or make our results of operations more volatile.

 

31


Table of Contents

We are increasingly dependent on data networks and systems, including tracking and communications systems, and significant systems disruptions, including those caused by cybersecurity breaches, could adversely affect our business.

Our policy of increasingly using technology to improve productivity and reduce costs through our Quest platform means that our business is reliant on the efficient, stable and uninterrupted operation of our data networks and systems, including tracking and communications systems. Our computer systems and telematics technology are used in various aspects of our business, including load planning and receiving, dispatch of drivers and third-party capacity providers, freight and container tracking, customer billing and account monitoring, automation of tasks, producing financial and other reports and other general functions and purposes. We are currently dependent on a single vendor for asset management, driver communication and critical load planning data. If the stability or capability of such vendor is compromised, it could adversely affect our revenue, customer service, driver turnover rates and data preservation. Additionally, if any of our critical information or communications systems fail or become unavailable, we could have to perform certain functions manually, which could temporarily affect the efficiency and effectiveness of our operations.

Our operations and those of our technology and communications service providers are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, internet failures, computer viruses, malware, hacking and other events beyond our control. More sophisticated and frequent cyber-attacks within the United States in recent years have also increased security risks associated with information technology systems. Although we maintain information security processes and policies to protect our information, computer systems and data from cybersecurity threats, breaches and other such events, we have experienced cyber-attacks in the past that we were able to mitigate without any material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In an attempt to reduce the risk of disruption to our business operations should a disaster occur, we have redundant computer systems and networks and the capability to deploy these backup systems from an off-site alternate location. We believe that any such disruption would be minimal, moderate or temporary. However, we cannot predict the likelihood or extent to which such alternate location or our information and communication systems would be affected. Our business and operations could be adversely affected in the event of a system failure, disruption or security breach that causes a delay, interruption or impairment of our services and operations.

Historically we have not made a significant number of acquisitions and we may not make acquisitions in the future, or if we do, we may not be successful in integrating the acquired company, either of which could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

Historically, acquisitions have not been a significant part of our growth strategy. From 2008 to 2015 we did not complete any significant acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying, negotiating or consummating any future acquisitions. In 2016, we acquired Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso, and we may not successfully integrate these businesses or achieve the synergies and operating results anticipated in connection with these acquisitions. The continuing trend toward consolidation in the trucking industry may result in the acquisitions of smaller carriers by large carriers that gain market share and other competitive advantages through such acquisitions. If we fail to make or successfully execute future acquisitions, our growth rate could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, any acquisitions we undertake could involve numerous risks that could have a materially adverse effect on our business and operating results, including:

 

    difficulties in integrating the acquired company’s operations and in realizing anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner that could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;

 

    challenges in achieving anticipated revenue, earnings or cash flows;

 

    assumption of liabilities that may exceed our estimates or what was disclosed to us;

 

32


Table of Contents
    the diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

    the potential loss of customers, key associates and drivers of the acquired company;

 

    difficulties operating in markets in which we have had no or only limited direct experience;

 

    the incurrence of additional indebtedness; and

 

    the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, which would dilute your ownership in the company.

We are subject to various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, and increases in the amount or severity of these claims and lawsuits could adversely affect us.

We are exposed to various claims and litigation related to commercial disputes, personal injury, property damage, environmental liability and other matters. Proceedings include claims by third parties, and certain proceedings have been certified or purport to be class actions. Developments in regulatory, legislative or judicial standards, material changes to litigation trends, or a catastrophic accident or series of accidents, including railroad derailments that afflict our intermodal railroad operating partners, involving any or all of property damage, personal injury, and environmental liability could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

We may need to obtain additional financing which may not be available or, if it is available, may result in a reduction in the percentage ownership of our then-existing shareholders.

We may need to raise additional funds in order to:

 

    finance unanticipated working capital requirements or refinance existing indebtedness;

 

    develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing products and services;

 

    fund strategic relationships;

 

    respond to competitive pressures; and

 

    acquire complementary businesses, technologies, products or services.

Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to fund our expansion strategy, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance technology or services or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our then-existing shareholders may be reduced, and holders of these securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our then-existing shareholders.

Our existing and future indebtedness could limit our flexibility in operating our business or adversely affect our business and our liquidity position.

As of September 30, 2016, we had $615 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding, consisting of $500 million outstanding under our senior notes and $115 million of borrowings outstanding under our accounts receivable securitization facility.

Our indebtedness may increase from time to time in the future for various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions.

Any indebtedness we incur and restrictive covenants contained in the agreements related thereto could:

 

    make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including making interest payments on our debt obligations;

 

33


Table of Contents
    limit our ability to obtain additional financing to operate our business;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our debt, reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund capital expenditures and working capital and other general operational requirements;

 

    limit our flexibility to plan for and react to changes in our business;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to some of our competitors that have less, or less restrictive, debt than us;

 

    limit our ability to pursue acquisitions; and

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates or a downturn in our business or the economy.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results or cause a significant decrease in our liquidity and impair our ability to pay amounts due on our indebtedness. Significant repayment penalties may limit our flexibility.

In addition, our credit facility contains, among other things, restrictive covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. The credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue guarantees, create liens on our assets make distributions on or redeem equity interests, make investments, transfer or sell properties or other assets and engage in mergers, consolidations or acquisitions. In addition, our credit facility requires us to meet specified financial ratios and tests.

We may be exposed to interest rate risk with regard to any indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility.

The interest rate under the credit agreement governing our revolving credit facility is based on the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR, depending upon the specific type of borrowing, plus an applicable margin. To the extent we incur borrowings under our revolving credit facility, increases in any of these rates may increase our interest expense relating to these borrowings. As a result, we are exposed to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations could increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. We are not a party to an interest rate swap contract or other derivative instrument designed to hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuation risk.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us and could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to herein as the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we may need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be

 

34


Table of Contents

implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Sustaining our growth also will require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to identify new professionals to join the company and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class B Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with the Schneider family and the trustees under the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters. Their interests may conflict with yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized and outstanding common stock:

 

    Class A common stock, which is entitled to ten votes per share; and

 

    Class B common stock, which is entitled to one vote per share.

All holders of Class A common stock and all holders of Class B common stock vote together as a single group on all matters submitted to a vote or consent of our shareholders. See “Description of Capital Stock”. Upon the consummation of this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option, the Schneider family, including trusts established for the benefit of members of the Schneider family, will collectively beneficially own 100% of our outstanding Class A common stock and     % of our outstanding Class B common stock, representing approximately     % of the total voting power of all of our outstanding common stock and approximately     % of our total outstanding common stock. The Voting Trust holds the shares of Class A common stock and the trustees of the Voting Trust have agreed, pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated 1995 Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust Agreement and Voting Agreement (the “Voting Trust Agreement”), to, among other things, vote the shares of Class A common stock in favor of our Chief Executive Officer and designated members of the Schneider family in any election of members of our Board of Directors in accordance with the nomination process agreement described below. This Voting Trust Agreement provides that the members of our corporate governance committee (other than Schneider family members) will serve as trustees of the Voting Trust. Schneider family members have entered into a nomination process agreement with us pursuant to which our corporate governance committee will recommend, and our Board of Directors will include in the slate of director nominees recommended to our shareholders, two specified Schneider family members to be nominated to serve on our Board of Directors on an annual, rotating basis. See “Description of Capital Stock—Voting Trust Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock—Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement.”

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that each share of Class A common stock withdrawn from, or otherwise transferred out of, the Voting Trust will automatically be converted into a share of Class B common stock.

As a result of these arrangements, the Voting Trust’s voting control of us allows it to control the outcome of corporate actions that require or may be accomplished by shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and transactions resulting in a change in control of the company. For so long as the Voting Trust maintains control of us, our shareholders other than those members of the Schneider family will be unable to affect the outcome of proposed corporate actions supported by the Schneider family, including a change in control of the company.

 

35


Table of Contents

The interests of the Schneider family may not be the same as ours or those of our other shareholders. For example, the Schneider family may have an interest in pursuing transactions that could enhance its investment even though such transactions might involve risks to the company and to you. The Schneider family may also have an interest in delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control or business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to the company and to you.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements relating to our corporate governance committee. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of other companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon the completion of this offering, the Voting Trust will have more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. As a result, we will qualify as a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for NYSE-listed companies. As a controlled company, certain exemptions under the NYSE listing standards will exempt us from the obligation to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that we have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

We have elected to take advantage of this “controlled company” exemption, and the holders of our Class B common stock therefore may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for NYSE-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could therefore make our Class B common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

In addition, in 2012, the SEC passed final rules implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 pertaining to compensation committee independence. The SEC’s rules direct each of the national securities exchanges (including the NYSE, on which we intend to list our Class B common stock) to develop listing standards requiring, among other things, that compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements.

As a “controlled company,” we will not be subject to this compensation committee independence requirement under Dodd-Frank.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class B common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and stock price.

We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results. As a public company, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering.

When evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude, on an ongoing basis, that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class B common stock.

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our shares of Class B common stock, which may cause shares of our Class B common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class B common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class B common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our Class B common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price of shares of our Class B common stock is, or will be, determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our Class B common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our Class B common stock at or above the initial public offering price, or at all.

We are not selling shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, and accordingly there will be no public market for shares of our Class A common stock.

We expect that our Class B common stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our Class B common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

    market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our guidance, quarterly financial reports and operating results;

 

37


Table of Contents
    our ability to satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements;

 

    adverse market reaction to any additional indebtedness incurred or securities we may issue in the future;

 

    introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements by our competitors of acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

    sales of large blocks of our stock;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business;

 

    adverse publicity about our industry or individual scandals;

 

    litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

    economic and political conditions or events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our Class B common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class B common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class B common stock. In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing shareholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price of our Class B common stock to decline.

If our existing shareholders sell substantial amounts of our Class B common stock in the public market following this offering, or transfer substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in a manner that would cause such Class A common stock to automatically convert into newly issued shares of Class B common stock, the market price of our Class B common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing shareholders might sell shares of Class B common stock or transfer shares of Class A common stock could also depress our market price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of Class A common stock outstanding and                  shares of Class B common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the remaining shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

    shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

We, our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding common stock will enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering. The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date

 

38


Table of Contents

of this prospectus, subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will have an aggregate of up to                  shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuances under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the common stock subject to outstanding equity awards, as well as stock options and shares reserved for future issuance, under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject in the case of shares held by our affiliates to volume limits under Rule 144 and any applicable lock-up period.

After requisite holding periods have elapsed and, in the case of restricted stock, the shares have vested, additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. The market price of shares of our Class B common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing shareholders lapse. A decline in the price of shares of our Class B common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our Class B common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities.

Some provisions of Wisconsin law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our Class B common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our status as a Wisconsin corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (WBCL) may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control even if a change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested shareholder. We may engage in a business combination with an interested shareholder after the expiration of the three-year period with respect to that shareholder only if one or more of the following conditions is satisfied: (1) our Board of Directors approved the acquisition of the stock before the date on which the shareholder acquired the shares, (2) the business combination is approved by a majority of our outstanding voting stock not beneficially owned by the interested shareholder or (3) the consideration to be received by shareholders meets certain fair price requirements of the WBCL with respect to form and amount.

In addition, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the company more difficult, including the following:

 

    a dual class common stock structure, which provides the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval, even if the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust beneficially owns significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock;

 

    require that certain transactions be conditioned upon approval by 60 percent of the voting power of our capital stock, including any transaction which results in the Schneider family holding less than 40 percent of the voting power of our capital stock, a sale of substantially all of our assets and a dissolution;

 

    do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

 

    provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called only by the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer, and by our shareholders only if holders of at least ten percent of all votes entitled to be cast on the proposed issue submit a written demand in accordance with the WBCL and the other provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

39


Table of Contents
    establish advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates for election as directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at shareholder meetings; and

 

    authorize undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued by our Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

These provisions could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a transaction involving a change in control of the company. These provisions could also have the effect of discouraging proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you desire.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our Class B common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding Class B common stock immediately after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of             , if you purchase our Class B common stock in this offering you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing shareholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $        per share in pro forma net tangible book value. See “Dilution.” As a result of such dilution, investors purchasing Class B common stock in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation.

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately              shares of Class B common stock authorized but unissued. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation will authorize us to issue these shares of Class B common stock and options relating to Class B common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved shares for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2017 Equity Incentive Plan.” Any Class B common stock that we issue, including under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class B common stock in this offering.

We will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this offering, and we may not effectively expend the proceeds.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions, repayment of indebtedness and capital expenditures. We will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and we may not apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

None of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class B common stock by the selling shareholders in this offering will be available to us to fund our operations or to pay dividends.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class B common stock by the selling shareholders in this offering. The selling shareholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of such Class B shares. Consequently, none of the proceeds from such sale by the selling shareholders will be available to us to fund our operations, capital expenditures, compensation plans or acquisition opportunities or to pay dividends. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

40


Table of Contents

We may change our dividend policy at any time.

Although following this offering we initially expect to pay dividends to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock, we have no obligation to pay any dividend, and our dividend policy may change at any time without notice. The declaration and amount of any future dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors in determining whether dividends are in the best interest of our shareholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to the declaration and payment of cash dividends by us. Future dividends may also be affected by factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant, including our potential future capital requirements for investments, legal risks, changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws and contractual restrictions such as financial or operating covenants in our debt arrangements. As a result, we may not pay dividends at any rate or at all.

Our business and stock price may suffer as a result of our lack of public company operating experience.

We have been a privately-held company since we began operations in 1935. Our lack of public company operating experience may make it difficult to forecast and evaluate our future prospects. If we are unable to execute our business strategy, either as a result of our inability to effectively manage our business in a public company environment or for any other reason, our prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class B common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our Class B common stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws designate courts in the State of Wisconsin as the exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit your ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that, unless the company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, one of the Circuit Court for Brown County, Wisconsin or the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin—Green Bay Division will be the exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the WBCL, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws and (d) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases subject to the applicable court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this exclusive forum provision. This exclusive forum provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.

Alternatively, if a court were to find this exclusive forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ articles of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find this exclusive forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operating” and “Business” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments or other strategic transactions we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by any applicable securities laws.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the section entitled “Business.” We have obtained the market data from certain publicly available sources of information, including publicly available independent industry publications and other third-party sources. American Trucking Associations, Inc. (ATA), Association of American Railroads (AAR), Intermodal Association of North America (IANA) and Transportation Economics were the primary independent sources of market data. Unless otherwise indicated, statements in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and competitive position, business opportunity and market size, growth and share, are based on data from our internal research and management estimates and, where indicated, information from independent industry organizations and other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts). Forecasts are based on industry surveys and the preparer’s expertise in the industry and there is no assurance that any of the forecasted amounts will be achieved. We believe the data that third parties have compiled is reliable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. Forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

 

42


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which, to our knowledge, are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $        if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the senior note outstanding under our Note Purchase Agreement dated May 7, 2010. The senior note bears interest at a rate of 4.83% and matures on May 7, 2017. The proceeds from the senior note were used for general corporate purposes. The remaining net proceeds from this offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and potential acquisitions.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders, including if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. After deducting the underwriting discounts, the selling shareholders will receive approximately $         of proceeds from this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share of $        per share, based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $        million.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2016:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the reclassification of redeemable Class A and B common stock from temporary equity to shareholders’ equity to give effect to the removal of certain repurchase rights currently applicable to all of our common stock, which will occur concurrently with the closing of this offering; and

 

    on an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the reclassification described above and the issuance and sale of              shares of Class B common stock by us in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the application of the net proceeds of the offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table should be read in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2016  
     Actual      As Adjusted (1)      As Further
Adjusted (1)(2)
 
            ($ in thousands)         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,954       $ 84,954       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases

   $ 560,146       $ 560,146       $     

Temporary equity:

        

Redeemable common stock, Class A

     563,217              

Redeemable common stock, Class B

     496,478              

Accumulated earnings

     108,733              

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,158              

Shareholders’ equity:

        

Common stock, Class A

                       

Common stock, Class B

                       

Additional paid-in capital

        1,059,695      

Retained earnings

        108,733      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        1,158      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

        1,169,586      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,729,732       $ 1,729,732       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The as adjusted and as further adjusted columns present our capitalization giving effect to the reclassification of amounts attributed to redeemable Class A and B common stock to shareholders’ equity, including common stock and additional paid-in capital. Contemporaneously with the completion of this offering, we will amend the Schneider National, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain agreements governing ownership of our common stock held by existing shareholders, including members of the Schneider family and their family trusts, in order to remove provisions that currently grant each of our shareholders the right to require us to repurchase our common stock held by such shareholder under certain circumstances. When these repurchase rights terminate upon completion of this offering, all of our outstanding common stock will be treated as shareholders’ equity rather than temporary equity under GAAP and our common stock will no longer be treated as redeemable under GAAP.

 

45


Table of Contents
(2) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ investment and total capitalization by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ investment and total capitalization by approximately $        million after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

As a public company we anticipate paying a quarterly dividend to holders of our Class A and Class B common stock.

The declaration and payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements and any debt agreements we are then party to and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that holders of our Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock will be treated equally and ratably on a per share basis with respect to any such dividends, unless disparate treatment is approved in advance by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Prior to this offering, we paid annual dividends of $4.01 per share of redeemable Class A common stock and Class B common stock in fiscal year 2014, $4.85 per share of redeemable Class A common stock and Class B common stock in fiscal year 2015 and $6.00 per share of redeemable Class A common stock and Class B common stock on December 15, 2016.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class B common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share you will pay in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class B common stock immediately after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.

Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016, was approximately $        or $        per share of our Class A and Class B common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the aggregate number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding.

After giving pro forma effect (1) to the sale by us and by the selling shareholders of the shares of Class B common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt and application of the net proceeds, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” and (2) the termination of our shareholders’ current rights to require us to repurchase our common stock held by our shareholders under certain circumstances, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016, would have been $          or $          per share of our Class B common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $          per share and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $        per share. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be paid by new investors for the shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2016

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering

   $        
  

 

 

    

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

Assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering by $        per share and would increase or decrease the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $        million after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value attributable to new investors by $        per share and the dilution to new investors by $        per share and increase (decrease) the adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to this offering, by $        per share.

The following table sets forth, on an as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares of Class B common stock purchased from us and the selling shareholders, the total consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing shareholders and by the new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing shareholders paid. The table below assumes

 

48


Table of Contents

an initial public offering price of $          per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

               $                             $                

New investors (1)

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1) Does not reflect any shares that may be purchased by new investors from us pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all shareholders by approximately $        . An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $        million, $        million and $        per share, respectively.

To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised or other issuances of Class B common stock are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present our selected historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 and as of September 30, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our financial position and operating results as of the dates and for the periods presented. The operating results presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year or in any future period.

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents

($ in thousands, except for share and per share
amounts)

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Consolidated Statements of Income Data

             

Operating revenues

  $ 2,975,844      $ 2,932,875      $ 3,959,372      $ 3,940,576      $ 3,624,366      $ 3,489,434      $ 3,420,663   

Operating expenses:

             

Purchased transportation

    1,077,635        1,055,865        1,430,164        1,384,979        1,198,090        1,106,389        1,034,467   

Salaries, wages, and benefits

    848,208        805,217        1,076,512        1,037,781        974,570        983,026        965,191   

Fuel and fuel taxes

    184,376        226,472        290,454        455,751        504,457        539,018        562,723   

Depreciation and amortization

    197,704        174,339        236,330        230,008        212,557        220,710        198,546   

Operating supplies and expenses

    333,049        340,193        452,452        435,753        397,465        368,966        379,318   

Insurance and related expenses

    57,050        55,552        82,007        62,846        71,577        53,690        63,592   

Other general expenses

    75,353        100,897        125,176        94,107        94,401        87,946        78,308   

Goodwill impairment charge

                  6,037                      —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    2,773,375        2,758,535        3,699,132        3,701,225        3,453,117        3,359,745        3,282,145   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

    202,469        174,340        260,240        239,351        171,249        129,689        138,518   

Non-operating expenses:

             

Interest expense—net

    15,708        13,968        18,730        11,732        13,860        13,700        15,038   

Other—net

    1,771        2,196        2,786        1,756        851        1,401        1,587   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating expenses

    17,479        16,164        21,516        13,488        14,711        15,101        16,625   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  $ 184,990      $ 158,176      $ 238,724      $ 225,863      $ 156,538      $ 114,588      $ 121,893   

Provision for income taxes

    75,846        64,852        97,792        92,295        61,064        45,898        49,597   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 109,144      $ 93,324      $ 140,932      $ 133,568      $ 95,474      $ 68,690      $ 72,296   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data

             

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

             

Basic

  $ 20.97      $ 18.04      $ 27.23      $ 25.85      $ 18.50      $ 13.20      $ 13.91   

Diluted

  $ 20.95      $ 18.01      $ 27.18      $ 25.80      $ 18.44      $ 13.16      $ 13.85   

Weighted average number of shares used in per share amounts

             

Basic

    5,203,633        5,174,476        5,176,332        5,166,126        5,159,505        5,204,202        5,195,557   

Diluted

    5,209,735        5,180,902        5,185,548        5,177,671        5,177,555        5,219,568        5,219,786   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 84,954        $ 160,676      $ 149,885      $ 170,832      $ 170,222      $ 179,230   

Property and equipment (net)

    1,785,128          1,503,957        1,276,202        1,059,557        1,008,121        915,158   

Total assets

    3,023,221          2,621,937        2,320,211        2,010,236        1,893,927        1,842,461   

Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases

    560,146          539,606        509,223        294,902        336,320        334,668   

Temporary equity—Redeemable common stock, Class A (1)

    563,217          504,543        443,793        401,448        371,419        337,377   

Temporary equity—Redeemable common stock, Class B (1)

    496,478          441,018        383,109        347,050        323,107        295,702   

Accumulated earnings

    108,733          109,550        106,969        73,050        49,728        58,572   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    1,158          412        810        758        1,663        357   

Total Dividends

    —          —          25,158        20,697        16,001        12,794        7,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Pursuant to the Schneider National, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain agreements governing ownership of our common stock held by existing shareholders, including members of the Schneider family and their family trusts, each of our shareholders may require us to repurchase our common stock held by such shareholder under certain circumstances. As a result of these repurchase rights, we determined that our common stock is presently redeemable in accordance with GAAP, and therefore our common stock is treated as temporary equity in our historical financial statements. All such repurchase rights will be terminated contemporaneously with, and contingent upon, the completion of this offering via amendments to these documents. As a result, all of our outstanding redeemable common stock will be classified within shareholders’ equity, including common stock and additional paid-in capital. See “Capitalization.”

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in any forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a leading transportation and logistics services company providing a broad portfolio of premier truckload, intermodal and logistics solutions and operating one of the largest for-hire trucking fleets in North America. We believe we have developed a differentiated business model that is difficult to replicate due to our scale, breadth of complementary service offerings and proprietary technology platform. Our highly flexible and balanced business combines asset-based truckload services with asset-light intermodal and non-asset logistics offerings, enabling us to serve our customers’ diverse transportation needs. Since our founding in 1935, we believe we have become an iconic and trusted brand within the transportation industry by adhering to a culture of safety “first and always” and upholding our responsibility to our associates, our customers and the communities that we serve.

We are the second largest truckload company in North America by revenue, one of the largest intermodal transportation providers in North America by revenue and an industry leader in specialty equipment services and e-commerce fulfillment. We categorize our operations into the following reportable segments:

 

    Truckload – which consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by company-employed drivers in company trucks and owner-operators. Our truckload services include standard long-haul and regional shipping services primarily utilizing dry van equipment and bulk, temperature controlled, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads. These services are executed through either for-hire or dedicated contracts.

 

    Intermodal – which consists of door-to-door, container on flat car service by a combination of rail and over-the-road transportation, in conjunction with our rail carrier partners. Our intermodal service offers vast coverage throughout North America, including cross-border freight utilizing company containers and trucks.

 

    Logistics – which consists of non-asset brokerage, supply chain services (including 3PL) and import/export services. Our logistics business typically provides value-added services using third-party capacity, generally augmented by Schneider assets (except in our brokerage services), to handle and move our customers’ freight.

In addition, we engage in equipment leasing to third parties through our wholly-owned subsidiary Schneider Finance, Inc. (SFI), which is an equipment leasing company primarily engaged in leasing trucks to owner-operators with whom we contract. We also provide insurance for both the company and owner-operators through our wholly owned insurance subsidiary and conduct limited China-based trucking operations consisting primarily of truck brokerage services.

Our portfolio consists of approximately 10,800 company and 2,800 owner-operator trucks, 38,400 trailers and 18,000 intermodal containers across North America and approximately 19,300 enterprise associates. We

 

52


Table of Contents

serve a diverse customer base across multiple industries represented by approximately 10,000 customers, including more than 200 Fortune 500 companies. Each day, our freight moves more than 8.8 million miles, equivalent to circling the globe approximately 350 times. Our logistics business manages over 20,000 qualified carrier relationships and, in 2015, managed approximately $2 billion of third-party freight. In addition, we have established a network of facilities across North America in order to maximize the geographic reach of our company trucks and owner-operators and provide maintenance services and personal amenities for our drivers. Our portfolio diversity, network density throughout North America and large fleet allow us to provide an exceptional level of service to our customers and consistently excel as a reliable partner, especially at times of peak demand.

Our success depends on our ability to balance our transportation network and efficiently and effectively manage our resources in the delivery of truckload, intermodal and logistics services to our customers. Resource requirements vary with customer demand, which may be subject to seasonal or general economic conditions. Our ability to properly select freight and adapt to changes in customer transportation requirements is important to efficiently deploy resources and make capital investments in trucks, trailers, containers and chassis (with respect to our truckload and intermodal segments) or obtain qualified third-party capacity at a reasonable price (with respect to our logistics segment). Although our business volume is not highly concentrated, our customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may also affect us.

Factors Affecting Our Company and Results of Operations

Market Demand

Our results of operations are affected by industry-wide economic factors, general economic conditions, seasonal trucking industry freight patterns and industry capacity. The industry in which we operate is impacted by key drivers and trends including: the industrial and consumer economic environment of the United States, shipper demand for transportation services, truckload and intermodal capacity, market prices and the strength of the secondary equipment sales market. Our results of operations depend on our ability to efficiently manage our resources in providing solutions to our customers across all of our businesses in light of these factors. These drivers and trends impact our decisions in areas such as allocating capital across our reportable segments, driver wages, customer acquisition and retention, freight rates and investments in technology and fleet age.

Fuel

Shortages of fuel, increases in fuel prices and rationing of petroleum products can have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability. Our customer fuel surcharge reimbursement programs generally enable us to recover from our customers a majority, but not all, of higher fuel prices compared to normalized average fuel prices. Rapid fluctuations in fuel cost can impact the effectiveness of those fuel surcharge reimbursement programs. In addition, we also pay fuel surcharges to our railroad partners in our intermodal segment. We attempt to offset these expenses by passing the fuel costs through to our customers. At times, the amount of fuel surcharge revenue we receive from our customers is less than the amount of fuel surcharges we pay to railroads in our intermodal segment, which can adversely affect our profitability.

Driver Capacity and Wage Cost

We recognize that our professional driver workforce is one of our most valuable assets. At times, there are driver shortages in the trucking industry. Changes in the demographic composition of the workforce, alternative employment opportunities that become available in the economy, and individual drivers’ desire to be home more frequently can affect availability of experienced drivers, including by increasing the wages our drivers require. Driver shortages impact both our ability to serve customers and driver wages paid to attract and retain drivers and can have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

 

53


Table of Contents

Regulations

We are a motor carrier regulated by the DOT in the United States and similar governmental transportation agencies in the foreign countries in which we operate. The DOT generally governs matters such as safety requirements, registration to engage in motor carrier operations, and Hours of Service (HOS). New regulations and changes in regulations, such as the upcoming requirement to use electronic logging devices, could have a significant impact on the industry and company by increasing costs and reducing driver availability.

We have, and have always maintained, a satisfactory DOT safety rating, which is the highest available rating, and continually take efforts to maintain our satisfactory rating. A conditional or unsatisfactory DOT safety rating could adversely affect us because some of our customer contracts require a satisfactory rating. Equipment weight and dimensions are also subject to federal, state and international regulations with which we are required to comply.

We do not anticipate that the regulatory changes currently scheduled or being reviewed will have a material adverse impact on the Company.

Classification and Wage Litigation

The industry, including the company, has been subject to class action lawsuits challenging its compliance with aspects of the Fair Labor Standard Act (FLSA). Findings against us have the potential to both result in significant penalties and require inefficient, difficult to implement processes. As these judicial and legislative interpretations have taken effect, we have made the necessary adjustments to adequately comply with such interpretations.

Seasonality

In the transportation industry, results of operations generally show a seasonal pattern. As our customers ramp up for the holiday season at year-end, the late third and fourth quarters historically have been our strongest volume quarters. As our customers reduce shipments after the winter holiday season, the first quarter historically has been a lower volume quarter. Additionally, our operating expenses tend to be higher in the winter months primarily due to colder weather, which causes higher fuel consumption from increased idle time.

Key Performance Indicators

In addition to traditional financial metrics and our segment-level financial information, we track the key performance indicators described below to evaluate our business performance relative to our competitors and facilitate long-term high-level strategic planning.

Enterprise Level

We rely upon adjusted income from operations at the enterprise level to evaluate our business performance and facilitate long-term strategic planning. Operating ratio and adjusted operating ratio are used by us as indicators of our operating efficiency and profitability.

Adjusted income from operations and adjusted operating ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see “—Results of Operations” below for a reconciliation of income from operations, the most comparable measure under GAAP, to adjusted income from operations, and operating ratio, the most comparable measure under GAAP, to adjusted operating ratio, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

Truckload Segment

Trucks

Trucks includes both company and owner-operator trucks in our active fleet that are available to be dispatched to haul freight at any point in time. This includes trucks that are able to be dispatched but have not been assigned a driver or are otherwise unstaffed.

Company trucks, a subset of trucks, includes trucks owned by the company and trucks acquired under capital and/or operating leases, and excludes units held for sale. Owner-operator trucks includes trucks owned and operated by third parties responsible for their own maintenance, licensing and other costs, but operated under our operating authority. Number of trucks is a key indicator of our capacity to haul freight in our truckload segment. This measure changes based on our ability to increase or decrease our fleet size to respond to changes in demand, as well as our ability to match drivers with trucks.

Average trucks is calculated based on beginning and ending month counts and represents the average number of trucks available to haul freight over a specific time frame.

Revenue Per Truck Per Week

Revenue per truck per week is a key productivity metric for our truckload segment and is calculated by dividing revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), which is how revenue is reported for segment purposes (as described below), by average trucks divided by weeks based off weighted workdays. Average trucks is calculated based on beginning and ending month counts. Because fuel surcharge revenues fluctuate in response to changes in fuel costs, we identify them separately and exclude them from the statistical calculations to provide a meaningful comparison between periods.

We strive to increase our revenue per truck per week by increasing freight rates and ancillary services billed to our customers, by hauling more loads and by moving more revenue producing miles with our existing equipment. Effectively moving freight within our network, keeping trucks maintained, recruiting and retaining drivers, and contracting owner-operators each impacts the increase of loads and miles and therefore revenue per truck per week.

We also assess average trucks and revenue per truck per week within the truckload segment to determine and compare how the type of contractual relationship with our customers, either for-hire or dedicated, drives our performance in a given period. The matrix explained in the bullet points below illustrates the way we monitor our truckload segment, based on the type of service offering and type of contractual relationship. We use this matrix to compare our business to our competitors and within our industry.

 

    For-hire (Standard) —Transportation services of one-way shipments utilizing standard dry van trailing equipment.

 

    For-hire (Specialty) —Transportation services of one-way shipments utilizing bulk, temperature controlled, flatbed, straight truck and other specialty equipment.

 

    Dedicated (Standard) —Transportation services with equipment devoted to customers under long-term contracts utilizing standard dry van trailing equipment.

 

    Dedicated (Specialty) —Transportation services with devoted equipment to customers under long-term contracts utilizing bulk, temperature controlled, flatbed, straight truck and other specialty equipment.

Trailers

Trailers are ‘standard’ 53-foot dry vans and specialty trailers, including flatbeds, temperature controlled trailers and bulk tankers, which we own or lease, or are owned by our customers and used by us in providing services. Trailers is a key indicator of our capacity to haul freight in our truckload segment. This measure changes based mainly on our ability to increase our fleet size to respond to changes in demand.

 

55


Table of Contents

Operating Ratio—Truckload

Operating ratio is used by us as an indicator of operating efficiency and profitability of our truckload segment. It is calculated as segment operating expenses divided by segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge).

The following table presents our key performance metrics for our truckload segment for the periods indicated, consistent with how revenues and expenses are reported internally for segment purposes.

 

Truckload

(Revenue in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Dedicated standard

              

Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 225,333       $ 189,587       $ 267,542       $ 216,294       $ 204,672   

Average trucks (1)

     1,766         1,468         1,532         1,284         1,206   

Revenue per truck per week (2)

   $ 3,305       $ 3,356       $ 3,416       $ 3,307       $ 3,340   

Dedicated specialty

              

Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 283,533       $ 265,902       $ 358,352       $ 327,133       $ 297,523   

Average trucks (1)

     2,038         1,909         1,917         1,837         1,753   

Revenue per truck per week (2)

   $ 3,604       $ 3,619       $ 3,655       $ 3,495       $ 3,341   

For-hire standard

              

Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 876,579       $ 882,433       $ 1,191,997       $ 1,138,528       $ 1,057,347   

Average trucks (1)

     6,707         6,637         6,652         6,356         6,233   

Revenue per truck per week (2)

   $ 3,386       $ 3,455       $ 3,504       $ 3,515       $ 3,340   

For-hire specialty

              

Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 165,547       $ 121,089       $ 159,078       $ 179,912       $ 184,239   

Average trucks (1)

     1,158         888         880         909         1,005   

Revenue per truck per week (2)

   $ 3,704       $ 3,543       $ 3,534       $ 3,885       $ 3,610   

Total Truckload

              

Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 1,550,992       $ 1,459,011       $ 1,976,970       $ 1,861,867       $ 1,743,781   

Average trucks (1) (3)

     11,669         10,903         10,982         10,385         10,197   

Revenue per truck per week (2)

   $ 3,444       $ 3,478       $ 3,520       $ 3,518       $ 3,366   

Average company trucks (1)

     9,006         8,514         8,536         8,336         8,334   

Average owner-operator trucks (1)

     2,663         2,389         2,446         2,048         1,863   

Trailers

     38,098         33,579         33,508         32,055         30,777   

Operating ratio

     89.8%         90.0%         89.0%         89.2%         92.1%   

 

(1) Calculated based on beginning and ending month counts and represents the average number of trucks available to haul freight over the specified time frame.
(2) Calculated excluding fuel surcharge, consistent with how revenue is reported internally for segment purposes, using weighted workdays.
(3) Includes company trucks and owner-operator trucks.

Intermodal Segment

Orders

Orders are requests from our intermodal customers for services for which the customer agrees to pay. Generally, an intermodal order represents a customer request for a full container of freight to be moved via intermodal from one shipping location to one destination. Because an order in an intermodal business generally represents one full container of freight to be transported by truck and by railroad, evaluating overall orders provides a consistent indicator of the volume and size of our intermodal business in a fiscal period. We review orders in intermodal but not truckload because in truckload there are significant differences in order size and volume within various truckload services such as final mile and other specialty services. For example, one

 

56


Table of Contents

truckload order may take up the entire capacity of a truck (known as a “full truckload” order) whereas another truckload order may be for a single end table or other item of furniture, leaving excess capacity in the truck. Given these differences, an order lacks consistency and reliability as a measurement tool for our truckload and logistics segments.

Containers

A container means a cargo container used in the domestic intermodal market with dimensions approximately the same dimensions as a 53-foot dry van that can be lifted from a detachable chassis and placed on a railcar (as opposed to international intermodal containers, which are 20-foot or 40-foot International Standards Organization (ISO) containers). Domestic intermodal containers are often double stacked on rail cars to minimize transportation cost. Containers are a key indicator of our ability to haul freight in our intermodal segment. This measure changes mainly based on our ability to increase our fleet size to respond to changes in demand.

Trucks

Trucks includes both company and owner-operator trucks in our active fleet that are available to be dispatched to haul freight at any point in time. This includes trucks that are able to be dispatched but have not been assigned a driver or are otherwise unstaffed.

Company trucks, a subset of trucks, includes trucks owned by the company and trucks acquired under capital and/or operating leases, and excludes units held for sale. Owner-operator trucks includes trucks owned and operated by third parties responsible for their own maintenance, licensing and other costs, but operated under our operating authority. Number of trucks is a key indicator of our capacity to haul freight in our intermodal segment. This measure changes based on our ability to increase or decrease our fleet size to respond to changes in demand, as well as our ability to match drivers with trucks.

Average trucks is calculated based on beginning and ending month counts and represents the average number of trucks available to haul freight over a specified time frame.

Revenue Per Order

Revenue per order is a key price metric for our intermodal segment and is calculated by dividing revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), consistent with how revenue is reported internally for segment purposes, by orders.

We strive to increase our revenue per order by improving rates with our customers. Orders and the rates received for our services affect revenue per order.

Operating Ratio—Intermodal

Operating ratio is used by us as an indicator of operating efficiency and profitability of our intermodal segment. It is calculated as segment operating expenses divided by segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge, consistent with how revenue is reported internally for segment purposes).

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table presents our key performance indicators for our intermodal segment for the periods indicated.

 

Intermodal

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Orders (in thousands)

     281.4         286.9         386.9         376.9         360.6   

Containers

     17,568         17,325         17,397         17,280         14,315   

Trucks (1)

     1,288         1,342         1,335         1,313         1,236   

Revenue per order (2)

   $ 1,989       $ 2,014       $ 2,040       $ 1,918       $ 1,845   

Operating ratio

     94.3%         93.4%         92.6%         94.3%         94.1%   

 

(1) Includes company and owner-operator trucks.
(2) Calculated excluding fuel surcharge, consistent with how revenue is calculated internally for segment purposes.

Logistics Segment

Operating Ratio—Logistics

Operating ratio is used by us as an indicator of operating efficiency and profitability of our logistics segment. It is calculated as segment operating expenses divided by segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge, consistent with how revenue is reported internally for segment purposes).

The following table presents our key performance indicator for our logistics segment for the periods indicated.

 

Logistics

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Operating ratio

     96.0%         96.4%         96.0%         96.9%         97.1%   

Components of Revenue and Expenses

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue represents all revenue, including fuel surcharge revenue, reduced by inter-segment eliminations.

We primarily generate operating revenue by transporting freight for our customers. We are typically paid a predetermined rate per mile for our services. We enhance our revenue by charging for ancillary services including stop-off pay, loading and unloading activities, truck, trailer and container detention and other services. The main factors that affect our revenue are our revenue per truck per week, our total number of trucks and the number of miles traveled by our trucks. In the case of our intermodal segment, we receive a rate per order. In our logistics segment, we generate brokerage revenue generally based on a rate per order, while supply chain services (including 3PL) and import/export services revenue is generally based on a rate per transaction or rate per service provided.

We also generate other revenue streams, mainly premium revenue generated by our captive insurance company, INS, and truck lease revenue streams through leases from our leasing company, SFI.

Fuel surcharge revenue is designed to compensate us for fuel costs above a certain cost per gallon base. Generally, we receive fuel surcharge revenue on the miles for which we are compensated by customers.

 

58


Table of Contents

However, we continue to have exposure, as a result of shipper and rail contracts, to changing fuel prices to the extent the fuel surcharge paid by the customer is insufficient to cover the cost of our fuel. Generally, fuel surcharge revenue is determined based on the average price of fuel in the United States as determined by the Department of Energy. The main factors that affect fuel surcharge revenue are the price of diesel fuel and the number of miles driven.

Management’s goal with respect to fuel surcharge revenue is to reduce fluctuations in financial results caused by the cost of fuel. Some customers choose to incorporate the additional charge by splitting the impact between the basic rate per mile and the fuel surcharge rate. Fuel surcharge is calculated on a lag, meaning, the rate that we charge customers is based on a previous week’s DOE index.

Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) is derived by excluding fuel surcharge revenue from operating revenue. Management recognizes that fuel surcharge revenue can and does fluctuate as fuel costs fluctuate, which is out of the control of management and can distort comparisons and analytics.

Expenses

The key expenses in our business vary with miles traveled and include fuel, driver-related expenses (such as wages and benefits) and purchased transportation expenses (services purchased from owner-operators, other transportation providers, such as the railroads, drayage providers and other trucking companies). Expenses that have both fixed and variable components include maintenance and tire expense and our total cost of insurance and claims. These expenses generally vary with the miles we travel, but also have a controllable component based on fleet age, efficiency, safety history and other factors. Our main fixed costs are depreciation of long-term assets, such as trucks, trailers, containers, chassis, software, facilities and the compensation of non-driver personnel.

Purchased Transportation

Purchased transportation consists of the payments we make to railroads (including fuel surcharges paid to our railroad partners), owner-operators, and third-party carriers that haul loads on our behalf. Fluctuations in purchased transportation are the result of the rates paid for these services and the mix of customer orders moved by these third parties (compared to company equipment). Rates fluctuate due to industry supply and demand.

Salaries, Wages, and Benefits

Salaries, wages, and benefits consist primarily of compensation and related taxes and benefits (including worker’s compensation). Salaries, wages, and benefits are primarily affected by the total number of miles driven by company drivers, the rate per mile we pay our company drivers, employee benefits including but not limited to health care costs, and, to a lesser extent, by the number of, and compensation and benefits paid to, non-driver associates.

Fuel and Fuel Taxes

Fuel expense consists primarily of diesel fuel expense and fuel taxes for our company trucks. The primary factors affecting our fuel expense are the cost of diesel fuel, the miles per gallon we realize with our equipment and the number of miles driven by company drivers. We believe the most effective protection against fuel cost increases is to maintain a fuel-efficient fleet (by incorporating fuel efficiency measures, such as slower truck speeds and engine idle limitations) and effective fuel surcharge programs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of company trucks, trailers, containers, chassis, facilities and office equipment, and also includes the amortization of software and other

 

59


Table of Contents

intangible assets. The primary factors affecting these expense items include the size and age of our truck, trailer, container and chassis fleet, the cost of new equipment and the expected value of the assets upon disposal.

Operating Supplies and Expenses

Operating supplies and expenses consist primarily of ordinary vehicle repairs and maintenance, driver tolls, third-party lumper and related services, tank-washing costs, costs associated with preparing trucks and trailers for sale or trade-in, costs of taxes and licenses associated with our fleet of equipment, driver expenses, facility and office equipment rents, utilities and communications expenses. Communications expenses include driver in-cab mobile communications devices.

It also includes gain or loss on the sale of property, plant and equipment, operating leases for trucks, trailers, containers, chassis, facilities and computer equipment, and the cost of goods sold by our sales-type equipment leasing business. The age and size of our company - fleet of trucks and trailers, the number of miles driven in a period, the number of owner-operators leasing equipment from us, the number of units sold and proceeds in the used equipment market are the primary factors affecting operating supplies and expenses.

Insurance and Related Expenses

Insurance and related expenses consist of insurance premiums and the accruals we make for estimated payments and expenses for claims for bodily injury, property damage, cargo damage and other casualty events. The primary factors affecting our insurance and related expense are the frequency and severity of accidents, seasonality (we typically experience higher accident frequency in winter months), developments in large, prior-year claims, trends in the development factors used in our actuarial accruals, and our self-insurance retention levels.

Other General Expenses

Other general expenses primarily represent administrative costs related to our organization. These costs include general office expenses, professional services, associate travel and entertainment, driver onboarding costs and other related expenses.

Goodwill Impairment Charge

Goodwill impairment charge is recorded when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value in connection with a goodwill impairment test.

Interest Expense—Net

Interest expense —net represents interest associated with our borrowings and leases and amortization of related issuance costs and fees.

Other—Net

Other—net represents all other non-operating expenses besides interest expense – net that are outside of our main operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes represents the estimated amount of income taxes that we expect to pay for the current year and deferred taxes which will affect our future tax obligations.

 

60


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations:

 

($ in thousands)    Nine months ended
September 30,
     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Operating revenue

   $ 2,975,844       $ 2,932,875       $ 3,959,372       $ 3,940,576       $ 3,624,366   

Operating expenses:

              

Purchased transportation

     1,077,635       $ 1,055,865         1,430,164         1,384,979         1,198,090   

Salaries, wages, and benefits

     848,208         805,217         1,076,512         1,037,781         974,570   

Fuel and fuel taxes

     184,376         226,472         290,454         455,751         504,457   

Depreciation and amortization

     197,704         174,339         236,330         230,008         212,557   

Operating supplies and expenses

     333,049         340,193         452,452         435,753         397,465   

Insurance and related expenses

     57,050         55,552         82,007         62,846         71,577   

Other general expenses

     75,353         100,897         125,176         94,107         94,401   

Goodwill impairment charge

                     6,037                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,773,375         2,758,535         3,699,132         3,701,225         3,453,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 202,469       $ 174,340       $ 260,240       $ 239,351       $ 171,249   

Non-operating expenses

              

Interest expense—net

     15,708         13,968         18,730         11,732         13,860   

Other—net

     1,771         2,196         2,786         1,756         851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-operating expenses

     17,479         16,164         21,516         13,488         14,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     184,990         158,176         238,724         225,863         156,538   

Provision for income taxes

     75,846         64,852         97,792         92,295         61,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324       $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) (1)

   $ 2,766,131       $ 2,641,554       $ 3,588,220       $ 3,333,718       $ 3,003,972   

Adjusted income from operations (2)

   $ 204,070       $ 201,040       $ 293,008       $ 244,276       $ 174,204   

 

(1) Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) is a non-GAAP financial measure, and represents operating revenue, minus fuel surcharge revenue. This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered an alternative to, or superior to, the GAAP financial measure operating revenue. However, our management believes that the non-GAAP measure adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) provides a useful measure of business results because it eliminates the distortion caused by fluctuating fuel costs. Volume, price and cost changes directly related to how we operate our business and industry demand are more readily apparent utilizing adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), since it isolates these factors from the exogenous factor of fuel prices and the programs we have in place to manage fuel price fluctuations. Although fuel-related costs and its impact on the industry are important to our results of operations, they are often independent of other factors affecting our industry that are more directly germane to the transportation industry specifically. Please see the table below for a reconciliation of operating revenue, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge).

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Operating revenue

   $ 2,975,844       $ 2,932,875       $ 3,959,372       $ 3,940,576       $ 3,624,366   

less: Fuel surcharge revenue

     209,713         291,321         371,152         606,858         620,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge)

   $ 2,766,131       $ 2,641,554       $ 3,588,220       $ 3,333,718       $ 3,003,972   

 

61


Table of Contents
(2) We define “adjusted income from operations” as income from operations, adjusted to exclude certain litigation costs, goodwill impairment, changes in vacation policy and acquisition costs. We describe these adjustments reconciling income from operations to adjusted income from operations in the table below.

We believe that using adjusted income from operations is helpful in analyzing our performance because it removes the impact of items from our operating results that, in our opinion, do not reflect our core operating performance. Our management and our Board of Directors focus on adjusted income from operations as a key measure of our performance. We believe our presentation of adjusted income from operations is helpful to investors because it provides investors the same information that we use internally for purposes of assessing our core operating performance.

Adjusted income from operations is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and it should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. In evaluating adjusted income from operations, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of adjusted income from operations should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Our management compensates for these limitations by primarily relying on our GAAP results in addition to using adjusted income from operations supplementally.

The following is a reconciliation of income from operations, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted income from operations:

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Income from operations

   $ 202,469       $ 174,340       $ 260,240       $ 239,351       $ 171,249   

Litigation (a)

             26,700         26,731         4,925         10,000   

Goodwill impairment (b)

                     6,037                   

Change in vacation policy (c)

                                     (7,045

Acquisition costs (d)

     1,601                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted income from operations

   $ 204,070       $ 201,040       $ 293,008       $ 244,276       $ 174,204   

 

  (a)   Costs associated with certain lawsuits challenging compliance with aspects of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA).

 

  (b)   As a result of our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2015, we took an impairment charge for our Asia reporting unit.

 

  (c)   Reflects a change to our vacation policy in 2013 in which the award of vacation days changed from being based on a vesting plan to an annual granting plan, resulting in a one-time benefit to income from operations.

 

  (d)   Costs related to the acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, items in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a percentage of operating revenue:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
         2016             2015         2015         2014             2013      

Operating revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Purchased transportation

     36.2     36.0     36.1     35.1     33.1

Salaries, wages, and benefits

     28.5     27.5     27.2     26.3     26.9

Fuel and fuel taxes

     6.2     7.7     7.3     11.6     13.9

Depreciation and amortization

     6.6     5.9     6.0     5.8     5.9

Operating supplies and expenses

     11.2     11.6     11.4     11.1     11.0

Insurance and related expenses

     1.9     1.9     2.1     1.6     2.0

Other general expenses

     2.6     3.5     3.1     2.4     2.5

Goodwill impairment charge

     0.0     0.0     0.2     0.0     0.0

Total operating expenses

     93.2     94.1     93.4     93.9     95.3

Operating ratio is calculated on both a GAAP basis (operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenue) and on a non-GAAP basis, (which we refer to as adjusted operating ratio, and calculated as operating expenses, less fuel surcharge and certain litigation costs, goodwill impairment, change in vacation policy and acquisition costs as a percentage of adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge). Adjusted operating ratio should not be considered an alternative to, or superior to, the GAAP financial measure operating ratio. However, we believe adjusted operating ratio allows us to effectively compare periods while excluding the potentially volatile effect of changes in fuel prices and other certain adjustments. Adjusted operating ratio is not a substitute for the GAAP measurement operating ratio.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, operating ratio (GAAP) and adjusted operating ratio (non-GAAP):

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
    For the year ended December 31,  
     2016     2015         2015             2014             2013      

Operating ratio

     93.2     94.1     93.4     93.9     95.3

Adjustment

     -0.6     -1.7     -1.6     -1.3     -1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating ratio

     92.6     92.4     91.8     92.7     94.2

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

Net Income

Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $109.1 million, an increase of $15.8 million, or 16.9%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, primarily due to operating revenue growth, favorable fuel cost and lower legal costs.

Revenue

Operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $2,975.8 million, an increase of $42.9 million, or 1.5%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. This increase was primarily due to increased volume in our truckload and logistics segments and our acquisition of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso in June 2016, offset by volume and price declines in our intermodal segment. Due to lower fuel prices, fuel surcharge revenue decreased $81.6 million, or 28.0%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $2,766.1 million, an increase of $124.6 million, or 4.7% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

63


Table of Contents

Expenses

Our operating ratio (operating expenses expressed as a percentage of operating revenue) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was 93.2%, compared to 94.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Key expense items that impacted the overall operating ratio are described below.

 

    Purchased transportation for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased by $21.8 million, or 2.1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in purchased transportation was primarily due to a 9.6% increase in the average number of owner-operators and over a 16% growth in our logistics segment operating revenue which resulted in higher third-party carrier costs. Offsetting the increase in purchased transportation costs was lower utilization of third-party carriers in our truckload segment and lower volumes in our intermodal segment. Purchased transportation represented 36.2% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 36.0% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Salaries, wages, and benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased by $43.0 million, or 5.3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in salaries, wages, and benefits was primarily due to a headcount increase of over 19% in our logistics segment due to business growth and driver related costs due to our June 2016 acquisition of Watkins & Shepard. Salaries, wages, and benefits represented 28.5% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 27.5% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Fuel and fuel taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 decreased by $42.1 million, or 18.6%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Age-of-fleet reductions, aerodynamic truck improvements and lower national fuel prices resulted in a greater than 2% improvement in miles per gallon and a greater than 20% reduction in cost per gallon. Fuel and fuel taxes represented 6.2% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 7.7% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Depreciation and amortization for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased by $23.4 million, or 13.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was primarily due to increases in our fleet size through purchases of owned and conversion of leased units. Depreciation and amortization represented 6.6% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 5.9% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Operating supplies and expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 decreased by $7.2 million, or 2.1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in operating supplies and expenses was primarily due to lower cost of goods sold under sales-type financing leases and a reduction in the number of truck operating leases offset by $8.0 million lower gains on equipment sales and by related expenses of Watkins & Shepard. Operating supplies and expenses represented 11.2% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 11.6% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Insurance and related expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased by $1.5 million, or 2.7%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in insurance and related expenses was primarily due to our acquisition of Watkins & Shepard offset by lower accident severity. Insurance and related expenses represented 1.9% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 1.9% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

    Other general expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 decreased by $25.6 million, or 25.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, primarily due to a $25.1 million reduction in legal expenses. Other general expenses represented 2.6% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 3.5% of our operating revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

64


Table of Contents

Income from Operations

Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $202.5 million, an increase of $28.2 million, or 16.2%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Adjusted income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $204.1 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 1.5% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Interest and Taxes

 

    Interest expense —net for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased by $1.7 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in interest expense—net was primarily due to $93.9 million of debt related to our acquisition of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.

 

    Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was 41.0%, unchanged compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Net Income

Net income for fiscal year 2015 was $140.9 million, an increase of $7.3 million, or 5.5%, compared to 2014, primarily due to operating revenue growth, lower fuel and workers compensation expenses offset by increased insurance and legal expenses.

Revenue

Operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 was $3,959.4 million, an increase of $18.8 million, or 0.5%, compared to 2014 primarily due to price and volume increases. Volume increases were due to improved productivity across existing equipment and increased equipment levels. Due to lower fuel prices, fuel surcharge revenue decreased $235.7 million, or 38.8%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), for fiscal year 2015 was $3,588.2 million, an increase of $254.5 million, or 7.6%, compared to 2014.

Expenses

Our operating ratio (operating expenses expressed as a percentage of operating revenue) for the fiscal year 2015 was 93.4%, compared to 93.9% for fiscal year 2014. Key expense items that impacted the overall operating ratio are described below.

 

    Purchased transportation for fiscal year 2015 increased by $45.2 million, or 3.3%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in purchased transportation was primarily due to over a 20% increase in the average number of owner-operators and an 8.4% growth in our logistics segment operating revenue. Offsetting the increase in purchased transportation costs were lower third-party capacity rates across all segments due to market supply level relative to demand and declining fuel prices resulted in lower fuel surcharges being paid to owner-operators and third-party carriers. Purchased transportation represented 36.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015, and 35.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    Salaries, wages, and benefits for fiscal year 2015 increased by $38.7 million, or 3.7%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in salaries, wages, and benefits was primarily due to over a 3% increase in our average number of company drivers, driver pay increases and an increase in our non-driver associates; primarily to accommodate growth in our logistics segment and in our maintenance operations due to increased fleet size. Offsetting the increase was lower worker’s compensation expense. Salaries, wages, and benefits represented 27.2% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 26.3% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

65


Table of Contents
    Fuel and fuel taxes for fiscal year 2015 decreased by $165.3 million, or 36.3%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Moderate weather, which generally improves driving conditions and enables our trucks to travel with fewer delays and obstacles than inclement weather, and lower national fuel prices resulted in over a 3% improvement in miles per gallon and over a 35% reduction in cost per gallon. Fuel and fuel taxes expense represented 7.3% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 11.6% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    Depreciation and amortization for fiscal year 2015 increased by $6.3 million, or 2.7%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization represented 6.0% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 5.8% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    Operating supplies and expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased by $16.7 million, or 3.8% compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in operating supplies and expenses was primarily due to an increase in cost of goods sold under sales-type financing leases offset by a decrease of our revenue equipment operating leases; primarily chassis. Operating supplies and expenses represented 11.4% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 11.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    Insurance and related expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased by $19.2 million, or 30.6%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in insurance and related expenses was primarily due to accident frequency. Insurance and related expenses represented 2.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 1.6% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    Other general expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased by $31.2 million, or 33.2%, compared to fiscal year 2014, primarily due to legal expenses of $26.7 million relating to a driver meal/rest break and wage lawsuit in California and an increase in driver onboarding due to over a 24% increase in company driver and owner-operator hires. Other general expenses represented 3.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 2.4% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014.

 

    As further described in note 2 to the audited financial statements, we incurred a goodwill impairment charge for fiscal year 2015 of $6.0 million for our Asia business (included in our other segment).

Income from Operations

Income from operations for fiscal year 2015 was $260.2 million, an increase of $20.8 million, or 8.7%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Adjusted income from operations for fiscal year 2015 was $293.0 million, an increase of $48.7 million, or 19.9% compared to fiscal year 2014.

Interest and Taxes

 

    Interest expense —net for fiscal year 2015 increased by $7.0 million compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in interest expense —net is primarily due to interest associated with the issuance of notes on November 10, 2014 and March 10, 2015 in a total aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million.

 

    Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2015 was 41.0% compared to 40.9% fiscal year 2014. The increase in effective tax rate was primarily related to an increase in the provision for state taxes.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net Income

Net income for fiscal year 2014 was $133.6 million, an increase of $38.1 million, or 39.9% compared to 2013, due primarily to operating revenue growth in all segments and favorable gains from equipment disposals and insurance and related expenses.

 

66


Table of Contents

Revenue

Operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 was $3,940.6 million, an increase of $316.2 million, or 8.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily due to revenue management and network alignment that resulted in all of our segments experiencing volume and price growth. Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2014 was $3,333.7 million, an increase of $329.7 million, or 11.0% compared to fiscal year 2013.

Expenses

Our operating ratio (operating expenses expressed as a percentage of operating revenue) for fiscal year 2014 was 93.9%, compared to 95.3% for fiscal year 2013. Expense items that impacted the overall operating ratio are described below.

 

    Purchased transportation for fiscal year 2014 was $1,385.0 million, an increase of $186.9 million, or 15.6%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The increase in purchased transportation was primarily due to an 11.0% growth in the average number of owner-operator s, a 4.5% growth in intermodal loads, and a 26.0% growth in our logistics segment operating revenue. Tight market capacity drove third-party demand and price s up. Purchased transportation represented 35.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 33.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Salaries, wages, and benefits for fiscal year 2014 was $1,037.8 million, an increase of $63.2 million, or 6.5% compared to fiscal year 2013. The increase in salaries, wages, and benefits was primarily due to a year-over-year headcount increase of over 4%, an increase of $14.6 million in our profit-sharing expense due to financial performance and increased worker’s compensation expense. Salaries, wages, and benefits represented 26.3% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 26.9% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Fuel and fuel taxes for fiscal year 2014 were $455.6 million, a decrease of $48.7 million, or 9.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The decrease in fuel and fuel taxes was primarily due to over a 5% decrease in cost per gallon and over a 3% improvement in miles per gallon primarily due to age-of-fleet reduction. Fuel and fuel taxes represented 11.6% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 13.9% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Depreciation and amortization for fiscal year 2014 were $230.0 million, an increase of $17.5 million, or 8.2%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization represented 5.8% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 5.9% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Operating supplies and expenses for fiscal year 2014 were $435.8 million, an increase of $38.3 million, or 9.6% compared to fiscal year 2013. The increase in operating supplies and expenses was primarily due to an increase in cost of goods sold under sales-type financing leases and increases in maintenance costs offset by a $7.9 million increase in gains on sales of property, plant and equipment. Operating supplies and expenses represented 11.1% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 11.0% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Insurance and related expenses for fiscal year 2014 were $62.8 million, a decrease of $8.7 million, or 12.2%, compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily due to favorable accident development. Insurance and related expenses represented 1.6% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 2.0% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

    Other general expenses for fiscal year 2014 were $94.1 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 0.3% compared to fiscal year 2013. Other general expenses represented 2.4% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 2.6% of our operating revenue for fiscal year 2013.

 

67


Table of Contents

Income from Operations

Income from operations for fiscal year 2014 was $239.4 million, an increase of $68.1 million, or 39.8%, compared to fiscal year 2013. Adjusted income from operations for fiscal year 2014 was $244.3 million, an increase of $70.1 million, or 40.2% compared to fiscal year 2013.

Interest and Taxes

 

    Interest expense—net for fiscal year 2014 was $11.7 million, a decrease of $2.2 million, or 15.4%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The decrease in interest expense—net was primarily due to lower interest rates associated with the Senior Notes.

 

    Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2014 was 40.9% compared to 39.0% for fiscal year 2013. The increase in effective tax rate was primarily related to the release of a capital loss valuation allowance in fiscal year 2013. Capital gains generated from the sale leaseback transactions allowed us to fully utilize capital losses generated in earlier years.

Results of Operations—Reportable Segments

Truckload

Our truckload segment consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by company-employed drivers in company trucks and owner-operators. In addition to both long-haul and regional shipping services, our truckload services include team-based shipping for time-sensitive loads (utilizing dry van equipment) and bulk, temperature controlled, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads (utilizing specialty equipment). These services are executed through either for-hire or dedicated contracts. Our recent acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso have allowed us to rapidly expand our customized home, commercial and retail delivery offerings with “white glove” service for brick and mortar and e-commerce customers. Generally, our customers pay for our services based on the number of miles and for other ancillary services we provide. Fluctuations in North American activity, as well as changes in inventory levels, changes in shipper packaging methods that reduce volumes, specific customer demand, the level of capacity in the truckload industry, driver availability and modal shifts between truck and rail intermodal shipping affect trucking revenue. As of the end of fiscal year 2015, our truckload segment had approximately 11,300 trucks (both company and owner-operator), 28,500 dry vans and 5,000 specialty trailers. Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the truckload segment in fiscal year 2015, consistent with how revenues are reported internally for segment purposes, was $1,977.0 million.

Intermodal

Our intermodal segment consists of door-to-door, container on flat car service by a combination of rail and over-the-road transportation, in conjunction with our rail carrier partners. Our intermodal service offers vast coverage within the United States and cross-border throughout North America. We generate intermodal segment revenue by hauling freight for our customers using our trucks and containers over-the-road and over-the-rail. Generally, our customers pay us per order, based on the number of miles and for other ancillary services we provide. The main factors that affect intermodal rail revenue are available containers, rail capacity and our revenue per order. Fluctuations in North American economic activity, as well as changes in inventory levels, changes in shipper packaging methods that reduce volumes, specific customer demand, the level of capacity in the intermodal industry and modal shifts between truck and rail intermodal shipping affect intermodal rail revenue.

As of the end of fiscal year 2015, our intermodal segment had approximately 1,300 trucks (primarily company), 17,400 containers and 4,900 company-owned chassis. Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the intermodal segment in 2015, consistent with how revenues are reported internally for segment purposes, was $789.5 million.

 

68


Table of Contents

Logistics

Our logistics segment offers three services: brokerage, supply chain and import/export. We generate logistics segment brokerage services revenue by executing movement of freight for our customers using third-party equipment and authority. Generally, we generate supply chain services (including 3PL) revenue based upon either a flat amount per transaction or on consulting and management fees. We generate import/export services revenue based upon the number of orders handled and in some circumstances the time the product is stored in company-operated warehouses.

In fiscal year 2015, our logistics brokerage service executed approximately 328,000 orders, our supply chain service (including 3PL) operation managed approximately $1.6 billion of transportation spend on behalf of customers and our import/export services operation managed over 6.2 million square feet monthly. Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the logistics segment in fiscal year 2015, consistent with how revenues are reported internally for segment purposes, was $638.6 million.

The following tables summarize, for the periods indicated, revenue and operating earnings by segment.

Revenue by Segment

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2015     2014     2013  

Truckload

   $ 1,550,992      $ 1,459,011      $ 1,976,970      $ 1,861,867      $ 1,743,781   

Intermodal

     559,654        577,708        789,521        722,724        665,067   

Logistics

     539,909        464,319        638,648        587,778        466,682   

Other

     171,611        196,694        255,455        233,324        145,489   

Fuel surcharge

     209,713        291,321        371,152        606,858        620,394   

Inter-segment eliminations

     (56,035     (56,178     (72,374     (71,975     (17,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating revenue

   $ 2,975,844      $ 2,932,875      $ 3,959,372      $ 3,940,576      $ 3,624,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Earnings by Segment

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2015     2014     2013  

Truckload

   $ 157,548      $ 146,111      $ 217,363      $ 201,612      $ 137,418   

Intermodal

     31,631        38,353        58,117        40,862        39,393   

Logistics

     21,687        16,533        25,455        18,127        13,554   

Other

     (8,397     (26,657     (40,695     (21,250     (19,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 202,469      $ 174,340      $ 260,240      $ 239,351      $ 171,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results of Operations—Reportable Segments

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

Truckload

Truckload segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $1,551.0 million, an increase of $92.0 million, or 6.3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in truckload segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) was primarily due to an 11.6 % increase in load volume and a 0.6% increase in price. Revenue per truck per week was $3,444, a decrease of $34, or 1.0%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015 as a result of decreased tractor utilization.

 

69


Table of Contents

Truckload segment operating earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $157.5 million, an increase of $11.4 million, or 7.8%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in truckload segment operating earnings was primarily due to increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above and declining fuel cost per gallon. The earnings contribution of revenue was offset by an increase of $20.2 million in equipment ownership costs due to upgrading our trailing equipment fleet, and our acquisition of Watkins & Shepard. Facility costs increased $6.2 million due to an expansion of our network footprint and a $2.0 million facility gain on sale recorded in 2015.

Intermodal

Intermodal segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $559.7 million, a decrease of $18.1 million, or 3.1%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Due to the competitive market and over-supply of truckload capacity and the 2.1% decrease in length of haul compared to 2015, revenue per order was $1,989, down $25, or 1.3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. In addition, intermodal volume was 1.9% lower.

Intermodal segment operating earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $31.6 million, a decrease of $6.7 million, or 17.5%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The decrease in intermodal segment operating earnings was primarily due to the decreased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above and a $4.0 million lower gain on equipment sales.

Logistics

Logistics segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $539.9 million, an increase of $75.6 million, or 16.3%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Brokerage load volume increase of 32.1% and new customer business were the primary drivers of the increase in revenue.

Logistics segment operating earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $21.7 million, an increase of $5.2 million, or 31.2%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase in logistics segment operating earnings was primarily due to the increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above offset by $3.1 million of increased facility costs primarily due to new business. Brokerage gross margin per order decreased 9.7% compared to the same period in 2015 primarily due to market softness.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Truckload

Truckload segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2015 was $1,977.0 million, an increase of $115.1 million, or 6.2%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The revenue increase was primarily due to improvements in our revenue management and network capabilities and new business wins. Load volume increased 5.9% and price increased 1.6%. Revenue per truck per week for fiscal year 2015 was $3,520 compared to $3,518 for fiscal year 2014 primarily due to improved price.

Truckload segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2015 was $217.4 million, an increase of $15.8 million, or 7.8%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The change was primarily due to the increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above offset by increased driver and owner operator costs of $92.9 million due to increased miles, driver pay increases to align with the market and changes to our owner operator rate structure.

Intermodal

Intermodal segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2015 was $789.5 million, an increase of $66.8 million, or 9.2%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Despite port labor issues, intermodal segment orders for

 

70


Table of Contents

fiscal year 2015 were 386,929, an increase of 10,037, or 2.7%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Revenue per order for fiscal year 2015 increased by $123, or 6.4%, compared to fiscal year 2014 due to a 4.9% increase in price and a 1.3% increase in length of haul.

Intermodal segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2015 was $58.1 million, an increase of $17.3 million, or 42.2%, compared to fiscal year 2014 primarily due to the increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above. The earnings contribution of the increased revenue was offset by an increase of $43 in rail pay per order due to a longer length of haul and increased rail rates.

Logistics

Logistics segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2015 was $638.6 million, an increase of $50.9 million, or 8.7%, compared to fiscal year 2014. Despite excess market capacity, brokerage load volume increased 29.6%. Strong market demand and new customer business also contributed to the increase in revenue.

Logistics segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2015 was $25.5 million, an increase of $7.3 million, or 40.4%, compared to fiscal year 2014. The increase in logistics segment operating earnings was primarily due to increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above and operational efficiencies which resulted in a 1.4% decrease in warehouse labor costs as a percentage of revenue compared to fiscal year 2014.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Truckload

Truckload segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2014 was $1,861.9 million, an increase of $118.1 million, or 6.8%, primarily due to an 8.8% increase in price and a 2.0% increase in load volume. Revenue per truck per week for fiscal year 2014 was $3,518, an increase of $152, or 4.5%, compared to fiscal year 2013 due to network efficiencies and premium revenue opportunities.

Truckload segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2014 was $201.6 million, an increase of $64.2 million, or 46.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily due to increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above. Declining fuel cost per gallon and $10.3 million of increased gain on equipment sales also contributed to increased earnings.

Intermodal

Intermodal segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2014 was $722.7 million, an increase of $57.7 million, or 8.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013. This increase was primarily due to a 4.5% increase in load volume and a 4.5% increase in price, offset by a 2.9% shorter length of haul. Intermodal revenue per order for fiscal year 2014 increased $73, or 4.0%, compared to fiscal year 2013.

Intermodal segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2014 was $40.9 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 3.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The impacts of adverse winter weather carried into 2014 and resulted in additional network costs. In addition, declining fuel cost per gallon (which due to a lag in the fuel costs charged to us by the railroads caused earnings pressure), and $7.4 million increase in equipment ownership costs due to growth of our container fleet, resulted in a modest improvement in operating earnings compared to fiscal year 2013.

Logistics

Logistics segment revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for fiscal year 2014 was $587.8 million, an increase of $121.1 million, or 25.9%, compared to fiscal year 2013. This increase was primarily due to brokerage load volume growth of 17.4% over fiscal year 2013.

 

71


Table of Contents

Logistics segment operating earnings for fiscal year 2014 was $18.1 million, an increase of $4.6 million, or 33.7%, compared to fiscal year 2013. The increase in logistics segment operating earnings was primarily due to increased revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) as cited above. Brokerage net revenue per order increased 16.2% compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily due to market demand strength partially offset by increased capacity costs.

See the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our reportable segments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of cash are working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt service requirements. Additionally, from time to time, we may use cash for acquisitions and other investing and financing activities. Working capital is required principally to ensure we are able to run the business and have sufficient funds to satisfy maturing short-term debt and upcoming operational expenses. Our capital expenditures consist primarily of transportation equipment and IT-related assets.

Historically, our primary source of liquidity has been cash flow from operations. In addition, we also have a $250 million revolving credit facility and a $200 million accounts receivable facility to provide us with an additional source of liquidity. We anticipate that cash generated from operations together with amounts available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our future working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt service obligations as they become due for the foreseeable future. To the extent additional funds are necessary to meet our long-term liquidity needs as we continue to execute our business strategy, we anticipate that they will be obtained through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of funds. In the event that we need access to additional cash, we may not be able to access the credit markets on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Our ability to fund future operating expenses and capital expenditures and our ability to meet future debt service obligations or refinance our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial and other factors beyond our control, including those described under “Risk Factors.”

The following table presents, as of the dates indicated, our cash and cash equivalents and debt:

 

($ in thousands)    As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,954       $ 131,551       $ 160,676       $ 149,885       $ 170,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt:

              

Senior Notes

     500,000         500,000         500,000         320,000         223,000   

Accounts Receivable Facility

     115,000                 30,000         145,000         75,000   

Revolving Credit Facility

                             28,900           

Equipment Financing

     54,409                                   

Capital Leases

     19,369         17,819         16,932         20,451         23,918   

Subordinated Notes

                                     57,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 688,778       $ 517,819       $ 546,932       $ 514,351       $ 379,464   

We believe our liquid assets, cash generated from operations, and various financing arrangements will provide sufficient funds for our capital requirements for the foreseeable future.

Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

As of September 30, 2016, we had $246.4 million of unused availability (after giving effect to $3.6 million of outstanding letters of credit) under a revolving credit facility pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of

 

72


Table of Contents

February 18, 2011 (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 21, 2013), among our subsidiary Schneider National Leasing, Inc. (as borrower), Schneider National, Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries (as guarantors), the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility matures in November 2018. The Revolving Credit Facility allows us to request an increase in the total commitment by up to $150 million. The Revolving Credit Facility also provides a sublimit of $100 million to be used for the issuance of letters of credit. At September 30, 2016, standby letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility amounted to $3.6 million and were primarily related to real estate leases. The applicable interest rate under the Revolving Credit Facility is based on the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR, depending upon the specific type of borrowing, plus an applicable margin based on the Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter. At September 30, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Senior Notes

As of September 30, 2016, we had the following series of senior notes outstanding:

 

($ in thousands)    Principal
Outstanding
     Issuance
Date
     Maturity
Date
     Interest
Rate

Senior Notes—2010

   $ 100,000         May 7, 2010         May 7, 2017       4.83%

Senior Notes—2013

   $ 30,000         September 25, 2013         September 25, 2020       2.91%
   $ 70,000         September 25, 2013         September 25, 2023       3.55%

Senior Notes—2014

   $ 40,000         November 10, 2014         November 10, 2019       2.76%
   $ 40,000         November 10, 2014         November 10, 2021       3.25%
   $ 40,000         November 10, 2014         November 10, 2024       3.61%

Senior Notes—2015

   $ 25,000         March 10, 2015         March 10, 2020       2.86%
   $ 60,000         March 10, 2015         March 10, 2022       3.35%
   $ 95,000         March 10, 2015         March 10, 2025       3.71%

The senior notes were issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc. and are guaranteed by the company and certain of our subsidiaries. The senior notes may be redeemed pursuant to make-whole provisions set forth in the applicable note purchase agreement.

Accounts Receivable Facility

As of September 30, 2016, we had unused availability of $85 million (after giving effect to $115 million of outstanding borrowings) under a secured credit facility pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, among Schneider Receivables Corporation (as seller), Schneider National, Inc. (as servicer) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and L/C issuer (the “Accounts Receivable Facility”). The Accounts Receivable Facility matures in December 2017. The terms of the Accounts Receivable Facility allow funds to be borrowed at rates based on the 30-day LIBOR. The Accounts Receivable Facility allows for the issuance of letters of credit. At September 30, 2016 we had $115 million of outstanding borrowings under the Accounts Receivable Facility. We issued $66.1 million in standby letters of credit under the Accounts Receivable Facility primarily related to insurance obligations.

Covenants

Our financing arrangements require us to maintain certain covenants and financial ratios. Our Revolving Credit Facility contains various financial and other covenants, including required minimum consolidated net worth, consolidated net debt, limitations on indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, shareholder debt and restricted payments. Our parent guaranty of the outstanding senior notes subjects us to various financial and other covenants, including a maximum ratio of consolidated adjusted debt to consolidated EBITDA, a minimum

 

73


Table of Contents

consolidated net worth, and limitations on liens, priority debt, asset sales and transactions with affiliates. In addition, our Revolving Credit Facility and senior notes contain change of control provisions pursuant to which a change of control is defined to mean the Schneider family no longer owns more than 50% of the combined voting power of our capital stock. As of September 30, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratios under the Revolving Credit Facility and the note purchase agreements governing the senior notes.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions, repayment of indebtedness and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

This summary of our credit facilities and other financing arrangements does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Capital Expenditures

The following table sets forth, for the dates indicated, our total capital expenditures. The sources of cash for such capital expenditures were primarily cash flows from operations and, to a lesser extent, working capital and borrowings.

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2015      2015      2014      2013  

Transportation equipment

   $ 359,680       $ 332,729       $ 441,764       $ 463,795       $ 281,614   

Other property and equipment

     29,508         29,599         41,020         23,904         27,037   

Acquisition of businesses

     78,221                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 467,409       $ 362,328       $ 482,784       $ 487,699       $ 308,651   

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, the changes to our cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities. It has been derived from our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

($ in thousands)    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2015     2014     2013  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 317,496      $ 352,128      $ 485,557      $ 345,749      $ 278,283   

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (442,030     (375,042     (483,302     (475,724     (270,463

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     48,812        4,580        8,536        109,028        (7,210

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

As of September 30, 2016, we had $85.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $46.6 million compared to September 30, 2015. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

74


Table of Contents

Operating Activities : For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $317.5 million. Compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the decrease of $34.6 million, or 9.8%, was primarily due to increased working capital cash usage, primarily to pay taxes and litigation liabilities and increased trade accounts receivable offset by increased earnings and depreciation and the fluctuation of other working capital items.

Investing Activities : For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, cash used by investing activities was $442.0 million. Compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the increase of $67.0 million, or 17.9%, was primarily due to the acquisition of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso and an increase in equipment purchases offset by lower equipment lease receivables due to a reduced number of new leases.

Financing Activities : For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, cash provided by financing activities was $48.8 million. Compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the increase of $44.2 million primarily resulted from the debt assumed in the acquisition of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

At December 31, 2015, we had $160.7 million of cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $10.8 million compared to December 31, 2014. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.

Operating Activities: For fiscal year 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $485.6 million. Compared to fiscal year 2014, the increase of $139.9 million, or 40.5%, was primarily due to increased net income, deferred taxes (primarily from accelerated tax depreciation on revenue equipment) and accounts payable and reduced accounts receivable (primarily from lower fuel surcharge receivables).

Investing Activities: For fiscal year 2015, cash used by investing activities was $483.3 million. Compared to fiscal year 2014, the increase of $7.6 million, or 1.6%, was primarily due to increased leased equipment receivables offset by increased proceeds from sale of property and equipment.

Financing Activities: For fiscal year 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $8.5 million. Compared to fiscal year 2014, the decrease of $100.5 million was primarily due to net repayments of our revolving credit facility driven by strong cash flows.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

At December 31, 2014, we had $149.9 million of cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $20.9 million compared to December 31, 2013. The following discussion summarizes changes to our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Operating Activities : For fiscal year 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $345.7 million. Compared to fiscal year 2013, the increase of $67.4 million, or 24.2%, was primarily due to increased net income, depreciation and amortization (primarily on revenue equipment) offset by increased accounts receivable (primarily tied to revenue growth).

Investing Activities : For fiscal year 2014, cash used by investing activities was $475.7 million. Compared to fiscal year 2013, the increase of $205.2 million, or 75.9%, was primarily due to increased revenue equipment purchases, increased leased equipment receivables and lower proceeds received from the sale of equipment.

Financing Activities : For fiscal year 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $109.0 million. Compared to fiscal year 2013, the increase of $116.2 million was primarily due to additional borrowings to fund

 

75


Table of Contents

revenue equipment capital expenditures, investments in tractor leases to owner-operators, and working capital (primarily growth driven receivable increase).

Contractual Obligations

We are committed to making cash payments in the future on long-term debt, capital leases, operating leases, and purchase commitments. We have not guaranteed the debt of any other party. The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2015 for each of the periods indicated:

 

Contractual Obligations

($ in thousands)

   Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt obligations—principal

   $ 500,000       $       $ 140,000       $ 95,000       $ 265,000   

Long-term debt obligations—interest

     106,467         18,285         42,781         22,758         22,643   

AR securitization facility

     30,000                 30,000                   

Capital lease obligations—principal

     16,932         5,966         10,837         129           

Capital lease obligations—interest

     1,279         464         802         13           

Operating lease obligations

     88,927         38,225         42,718         5,751         2,233   

Purchase obligations

     188,907         188,907                           

Other long-term liabilities

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 932,512       $ 251,847       $ 267,138       $ 123,651       $ 289,876   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The contractual obligations table is presented as of December 31, 2015. The amount of these obligations can be expected to change over time as new contracts are initiated and existing contracts are completed, terminated or modified.

Operating Leases

We have no off balance sheet arrangements other than our operating leases. Please see “—Cash Flows–Contractual Obligations.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in certain commodity prices, foreign currency exchange rates, and interest rates. All of these market risks arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative trading activities. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risk and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risk.

Commodity Risk

We have commodity exposure with respect to fuel used in company-owned tractors. Further increases in fuel prices will continue to raise our operating costs, even after applying fuel surcharge revenue. Historically, we have been able to recover a majority of fuel price increases from our customers in the form of fuel surcharges. The average diesel price per gallon in the United States, as reported by the Department of Energy, declined from an average of $2.80 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to an average of $2.25 per gallon for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We cannot predict the extent or speed of potential changes in fuel price levels in the future, the degree to which the lag effect of our fuel surcharge programs will impact us as a result of the timing and magnitude of such changes, or the extent to which effective fuel surcharges can be maintained and collected to offset future increases. We generally have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge our fuel price exposure in the past, but continue to evaluate this possibility.

 

76


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash of $84,954 as of September 30, 2016, which consists of bank deposits with FDIC participating banks and investments of $43,297. The cash on deposit with banks is not susceptible to interest rate risk.

U.S. agency obligations, certificates of deposit and Treasuries are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

There were no identified events or changes in circumstances that had a significant adverse effect on the values of these investments. If there were evidence of a decline in value, which is other than temporary, the amounts would be written down to their estimated recoverable value.

We have interest rate exposure arising from our existing revolving credit facility and accounts receivable securitization facility, which have variable interest rates. These variable interest rates are impacted by changes in short-term interest rates. We manage interest rate exposure through a mix of variable rate debt, fixed rate senior debt, fixed rate financing, and fixed rate lease financing. At September 30, 2016, we had outstanding variable rate borrowings of $115,000 under the accounts receivable securitization facility which is subject to LIBOR interest rates. Assuming the current level of borrowing under this facility, a hypothetical one-percentage point increase in LIBOR rates would increase our annual interest expense by $1,150.

Inflation Risk

Inflation can have an impact on our operating costs. A prolonged period of inflation could cause interest rates, fuel, wages and other costs to increase, which would adversely affect our results of operations unless freight rates correspondingly increase. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Although we conduct business in foreign countries, international operations are not material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our results of operations. We are not currently subject to material foreign currency exchange rate risks from the effects that exchange rate movements of foreign currencies would have on our future costs or on future cash flows we would receive from our foreign investment. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other derivative financial instruments to hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and assumptions that impact the amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Therefore, these estimates and assumptions affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and associated disclosures of contingent liabilities. Management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with third parties and other methods considered reasonable in the particular circumstances. Nevertheless, actual results may differ significantly from our estimates. Any effects on our business, financial position or results of operations resulting from revisions to these estimates are recognized in the accounting period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be

 

77


Table of Contents

those that require us to make more significant judgments and estimates when we prepare our financial statements and include the following:

Claims Accruals

Reserves are established based on estimated or expected losses for claims. The primary claims arising for the company consist of cargo liability, personal injury, property damage, collision, comprehensive, workers’ compensation and associate medical expenses. We maintain self-insurance levels for these various areas of risk and have established reserves to cover these self-insured liabilities. We also maintain insurance to cover liabilities in excess of the self-insurance amounts. The reserves represent accruals for the estimated self-insured portion of pending claims, including adverse development of known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. Our estimates require judgments concerning the nature and severity of the claim, historical trends, advice from third-party administrators and insurers, consultation with actuarial experts, the specific facts of individual cases, the jurisdictions involved, estimates of future claims development and the legal and other costs to settle or defend the claims. The actual cost to settle our self-insured claim liabilities can differ from our reserve estimates because of a number of uncertainties, including the inherent difficulty in estimating the severity of a claim and the potential amount to defend and settle a claim. We have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. If there is an increase in the frequency and severity of claims, or we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts if the claims prove to be more severe than originally assessed, or any of the claims would exceed the limits of our insurance coverage, our profitability would be adversely affected.

In addition to estimates within our self-insured retention, we also must make judgments concerning our coverage limits. If any claim were to exceed our coverage limits, we would have to accrue for the excess amount. Our critical estimates include evaluating whether a claim may exceed such limits and, if so, by how much. Currently, we are not aware of any such claims. If one or more claims were to exceed our effective coverage limits, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Depreciation of Property and Equipment

We operate a significant number of trucks, trailers, containers, chassis and other equipment in connection with our business and must select estimated useful lives and salvage values for calculating depreciation. Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. It is depreciated to an estimated salvage value using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life. Depreciable lives of revenue equipment range from 4 to 20 years and are based on historical experience, as well as future expectations regarding the period we expect to benefit from the assets and company policies around maintenance and asset replacement. Estimates of salvage value at the expected date of sale are based on the expected market values of equipment at the expected time of disposal. We consider our experience with similar assets, conditions in the used revenue equipment market and operational information such as average annual miles. We periodically review the reasonableness of our estimates regarding useful lives and salvage values of our revenue equipment and adjust these assumptions appropriately when warranted. We review our property and equipment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss equal to the excess of carrying amount over fair value would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

To expand our business offerings, we have, on occasion, acquired other companies. In a business combination, the consideration is first assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities, including customer lists and earn-out contracts, based on estimated fair values, with any excess recorded as goodwill. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, history and future expansion expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.

 

78


Table of Contents

Goodwill is not amortized and is assessed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is evaluated using a two-step impairment test at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit can be a segment or business within a segment. The first step compares the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by its discounted cash flows. Discounted cash flows are primarily based on growth rates for sales and operating profit which are inputs from our annual long-range planning process. Additionally, they are also impacted by estimates of discount rates, perpetuity growth assumptions and other factors. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we complete the second step to determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss that we should record, if any. In the second step, we determine an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible assets). The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill.

Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain risks discussed in earlier in this document.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, in accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and in determining whether deferred tax assets will be realized in full or in part. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If we ever estimated that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of specific deferred tax assets will not be realized, we must establish a valuation allowance for the amount of the deferred tax assets that are determined not to be realizable. Accordingly, if the facts or financial results were to change in such a way as to impact the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, we would have to apply judgment to determine the amount of valuation allowance required in the appropriate period.

We recognize a liability from unrecognized tax benefits when the benefits of tax positions taken on a tax return are not more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. See Note 9, Income Taxes, to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of our current tax contingencies.

 

79


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading transportation and logistics services company providing a broad portfolio of premier truckload, intermodal and logistics solutions and operating one of the largest for-hire trucking fleets in North America. We believe we have developed a differentiated business model that is difficult to replicate due to our scale, breadth of complementary service offerings and proprietary technology platform. Our highly flexible and balanced business combines asset-based truckload services with asset-light intermodal and non-asset logistics offerings, enabling us to serve our customers’ diverse transportation needs. Since our founding in 1935, we believe we have become an iconic and trusted brand within the transportation industry by adhering to a culture of safety “first and always” and upholding our responsibility to our associates, our customers and the communities that we serve.

We are the second largest truckload company in North America by revenue, one of the largest intermodal transportation providers in North America by revenue and an industry leader in specialty equipment services and e-commerce fulfillment. We categorize our operations into the following reportable segments:

 

    Truckload – which consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by our company-employed drivers in company trucks and by owner-operators. Our truckload services include standard long-haul and regional shipping services primarily utilizing dry van equipment and bulk, temperature controlled, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads. These services are executed through either for-hire or dedicated contracts.

 

    Intermodal – which consists of door-to-door, container on flat car service by a combination of rail and over-the-road transportation, in association with our rail carrier partners. Our intermodal service offers vast coverage throughout North America, including cross-border freight through company containers and trucks.

 

    Logistics – which consists of non-asset freight brokerage services, supply chain services (including 3PL) and import/export services. Our logistics business typically provides value-added services using third-party capacity, augmented by our assets, to manage and move our customers’ freight.

In addition, we engage in equipment leasing to third parties through our wholly owned subsidiary Schneider Finance, Inc. (SFI), which is primarily engaged in leasing trucks to owner-operators, including owner-operators with whom we contract. We also provide insurance for both the company and owner-operators through our wholly owned insurance subsidiary and conduct limited China-based trucking operations consisting primarily of truck brokerage services.

Our portfolio consists of approximately 10,800 company and 2,800 owner-operator trucks, 38,400 trailers and 18,000 intermodal containers across North America and approximately 19,300 enterprise associates. We serve a diverse customer base across multiple industries and serve approximately 10,000 customers, including more than 200 Fortune 500 companies. Each day, our freight moves more than 8.8 million miles, equivalent to circling the globe approximately 350 times. Our logistics business manages over 20,000 qualified carrier relationships and, in 2015, managed approximately $2 billion of third-party freight. In addition, we have established a network of facilities across North America in order to maximize the geographic reach of our company trucks and owner-operators and provide maintenance services and personal amenities for our drivers. Our portfolio diversity, network density throughout North America and large fleet allow us to provide an exceptional level of service to our customers and consistently excel as a reliable partner, especially at times of peak demand.

 

80


Table of Contents

We believe we offer one of the broadest arrays of services in the transportation and logistics industries, ranging from dry van to bulk transport, intermodal to supply chain management and first to final mile “white glove” delivery. We believe we differentiate ourselves through expertise in services that utilize specialty equipment, which have high barriers to entry. With our recent acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso, we have established a national footprint and expertise in shipping difficult-to-handle consumer items, such as furniture, mattresses and other household goods, which based on internal research conducted by management have been in the forefront of the transition in consumer purchasing patterns to the e-commerce channel. Our comprehensive and integrated suite of industry leading service offerings allows us to better meet customer needs and capture a larger share of our customers’ transportation spend. Customers value our breadth of services, demonstrated by 22 of our top 25 customers utilizing services from all three of our reportable segments.

The following graphic demonstrates the breadth and diversity of our service offerings:

 

LOGO

In 2007, we launched Quest, a multi-year, comprehensive business processes and technology transformation program, using technology from our strategic development partner, Oracle Corporation. As part of this transformation, we created a quote-to-cash technology platform, which we refer to as our Quest platform, that serves as the backbone of our business and seamlessly integrates all business lines and functions. Our state-of-the-art Quest platform allows us to make informed decisions at every level of our business, providing real-time data analytics to optimize network density and equipment utilization across our entire network, which drives better customer service, operational efficiency and load optimization. We also realigned our organization to give our associates a direct line of sight to profit-and-loss responsibility both within their business lines and across the organization. This organizational change combined with our Quest platform empowers our associates to proactively pursue business opportunities that enhance profitability while maintaining high levels of customer service. We believe our over $250 million investment in technology and our related organizational realignment over the past several years have enabled us to improve our profit margins and put us in a favorable position to expand our profit margins and continue growing our business.

 

81


Table of Contents

Since refocusing our strategy and initiating our Quest technology and business transformation in 2007, we have experienced strong revenue growth and margin expansion, which is demonstrated in the following table:

 

(in thousands)    2015 Fiscal Year      3-Year CAGR (1)  

Operating revenue

   $ 3,959,372         4.3

Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) (2)

   $ 3,588,220         7.7

Net income

   $ 140,932         27.1

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 529,338         12.9

Adjusted net income (3)

   $ 162,740         27.3

 

(1) Three-year compound annual growth rate from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015.
(2) Adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of operating revenue, the most closely comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted enterprise revenue (excluding fuel surcharge), see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations.”
(3) Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, in each case for which net income is the most comparable GAAP measure, see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

We were founded in 1935 by Al J. Schneider in Green Bay, Wisconsin, who sold the family car to buy the first truck for the business that would become Schneider. His son, Donald J. Schneider, followed in his father’s footsteps to become our chief executive officer, and began our expansion from a United States company to one with international reach. Our deeply-rooted culture embodies several core values that Al and Donald Schneider established:

 

    Safety First and Always : We have a responsibility to our associates, customers and the community to operate safely. Nothing we do is worth harming ourselves or others.

 

    Integrity in Every Action : We do what we say. We conduct our business with the highest ethical standards.

 

    Respect for All : We treat everyone with dignity and respect. We embrace diversity of thought, experience and background.

 

    Excellence in What We Do : We do not stop until we have delivered a superior experience. We have a relentless passion for innovation and improvement.

We put these values into practice through the Schneider “Value Triangle” of operational excellence. A guiding tenet of our business for over a decade, our “Value Triangle” provides a key reference for our associates to consider when making business decisions at each level of the company, including the needs of our customers, our associates and our business and its shareholders. We believe managing and balancing these often competing interests compels us to weigh the collective benefits to all of our stakeholders for every business decision.

 

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

Industry and Competition

Truckload

Trucking is the primary means of serving the North American transportation market and hauls approximately 70% of freight volume within the United States, which is embodied in a common phrase used within our industry: “if you’ve got it—a truck brought it.” Trucking continues to attract shippers due to the mode’s cost advantages relative to air transportation and flexibility relative to rail. Truckload growth is largely tied to U.S. economic activity such as GDP growth and industrial production and moves in line with changes in sales, inventory and production within various sectors of the U.S. economy, including manufactured goods, construction products and bulk commodities. Truckload volumes are also positioned to benefit from secular trends in e-commerce retail, which is expected to grow at a 13% CAGR from 2014 to 2019 according to e-Marketer. Based on estimates by the ATA, the U.S. trucking industry generated approximately $726 billion in revenue in 2015 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.8% from 2016 to 2022.

The U.S. truckload industry sector comprises the use of dry van and specialty equipment. Both dry van and specialty equipment are used to transport goods over a long-haul and on a regional basis. Dry van carriers represent an integral component of the transportation supply chain for most retail and manufactured goods in North America. Specialty carriers employ equipment such as flat-bed trucks, temperature controlled trailers, over-sized trailers and bulk transport, dump and waste equipment. These carriers can transport temperature controlled products and bulk commodities such as specialty chemicals and petrochemicals. Specialty equipment offering is characterized by higher equipment costs and more extensive driver training requirements relative to dry van offerings, resulting in higher barriers to entry and creating opportunities for differentiated value propositions for customers.

The U.S. truckload industry is large and fragmented, characterized by many small carriers with revenues of less than $1 million per year, less than 50 carriers with revenues exceeding $100 million per year and 10 carriers with revenues exceeding $1 billion per year, according to 2015 data published by Transport Topics, an ATA publication. According to Department of Transportation data, there were over 550,000 trucking companies in the United States at the end of 2015, approximately 90% of which owned 10 or fewer trucks. The 25 largest for-hire truckload carriers are estimated to comprise approximately 8% of the total for-hire truckload revenue, according to Transport Topics.

Regulations and initiatives to improve the safety of the U.S. trucking industry have impacted industry dynamics. We believe the recent trend is for industry regulation to become progressively more restrictive and complex, which constrains the overall supply of trucks and drivers in the industry. Examples of recently enacted and upcoming regulations and initiatives include the Comprehensive Safety Analysis (CSA) initiative (2010), Hours of Service (HOS) rules (2013) and mandatory use of electronic logging devices to enforce Hours of Service (HOS) rules (2015), hair follicle (2016) and sleep apnea screening (upcoming), installation of speed limiters (2016) and phase 2 emission standards (2016). We believe small carriers will likely be challenged to maintain the utilization required for acceptable profitability under this regulatory framework.

Domestic Intermodal

“Domestic” or “North American domestic” intermodal is the term used within the trucking industry to refer to intermodal operations within North America (such as a shipment by rail and by truck either all within the United States or from Canada, through the United States and into Mexico). Domestic intermodal transportation involves the transportation of freight in a 53-foot container or trailer, combining multiple modes of transportation (rail and truck) within the United States, Canada and Mexico. Eliminating the need for customers to directly handle freight when changing modes between rail and truck, intermodal transportation holds significant productivity, cost and fuel-efficiency advantages when moving mass freight. Containers are typically moved from truck onto rail and then back onto trucks before they reach their final destination. Domestic intermodal

 

83


Table of Contents

volumes are largely driven by over-the-road conversions from truckload to intermodal and from the volume of overseas imports into the United States, such as from China. Our management estimates the North American intermodal and drayage market to be $22 billion. According to AAR, intermodal has grown from 27% of all railcar loads in 1990 to 49% in 2015. Domestic intermodal accounts for 50% of total intermodal volume according to the IANA. With fuel costs likely to increase in the long-term, fuel efficiency regulations set to tighten and labor shortages in the trucking industry, the intermodal market is well-positioned to take on freight capacity as trucking markets face external pressures. The ATA estimates rail intermodal volumes will grow at 4.0% CAGR over the next five years.

The intermodal market is comprised of service providers of differing asset intensity, with customers being served by either non-asset intermodal marketing companies (IMCs) or asset-light network intermodal providers such as Schneider. While IMCs are the most prevalent intermodal solution provider, asset-light network intermodal providers offer differentiated higher-value solutions to customers given the reliability, geographic breadth and high service levels of company assets (trucks, containers and even chassis) compared to non-asset IMCs.

The domestic intermodal segment is highly consolidated, where the top three intermodal providers operate over 50% of the U.S. dry van domestic container fleet, according to management estimates. Network density, size and scale are critical barriers to entry in the intermodal market. Increasing sophistication and complexity of shippers’ needs require network density and the ability to deliver reliable capacity. According to AAR, railroads have been spending record amounts in recent years to maintain and improve their infrastructure and equipment, which we believe supports growth of the intermodal industry and improves the efficiency and reliability of the railroad component of our intermodal service.

 

 

LOGO

Logistics

The logistics industry is a large, fast-growing and fragmented market that represents an integral part of the global economy. Global trade has grown at twice the rate of global GDP over the last two decades. As supply chain complexity increases, corporations have elected to focus on innovation, design, sales and marketing of their products rather than supply chain operations. Increased material costs coupled with enhanced global competition impose margin pressure on manufacturers, requiring the outsourcing of noncore transportation logistics to supply

 

84


Table of Contents

chain specialists who offer a combination of scale, strong technology platforms and lower costs. Additionally, more shipments of inputs and products will be transported using multiple modes and technical expertise, driving shipper preferences for logistics providers with an asset-based network to complement their third-party capacity. Transportation asset owners often provide logistics services to meet excess demand and provide customers with greater breadth of services.

Our Competitive Strengths

We benefit from significant scale, as well as competitive margins and compelling returns on invested capital, in each of our three reportable segments. Our unique and balanced business mix as compared to our peers creates resiliency across business cycles. Specifically, we believe the following key strengths have been instrumental to our success and position us well to continue growing our business and market share:

Iconic large-scale diversified North American truckload provider with a modern fleet

Over the past 80 years, we have become one of North America’s largest and most trusted providers of truckload services, including specialty equipment services. We have established a leading position through our commitment to provide an outstanding level of customer service. In 2016 alone, we have received 17 awards from customers and the media in recognition of our exceptional service and reliability. We operate one of North America’s largest truckload fleets with approximately 12,000 trucks and 38,100 trailers used in our truckload business. Given our large scale, we offer both network density and broad geographic coverage to meet our customers’ transportation needs across North America. Our scale and strong balance sheet provides us with access to capital necessary to consistently invest in our capacity, technology and people to drive performance and growth, and to comply with regulations. Our scale also gives us significant purchasing benefits in third-party capacity, fuel, equipment and MRO (maintenance, repair and operations), lowering our costs compared to smaller competitors.

Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in safety-enhancing equipment and technology, including roll stability, collision avoidance, forward facing cab cameras, training simulators and real-time truck sensor monitoring. Our relentless focus on safety not only enables us to better uphold our responsibility towards our associates, customers and the community, but also provides a critical competitive advantage in an industry with increasingly stringent safety and regulatory requirements and results in lower operating risk and insurance costs. As we have modernized our fleet, the average age of our total truck fleet has decreased to 2.8 years over the last several years, with over-the-road sleeper cab tractors at an average age of approximately 2.5 years. Furthermore, in 2010, we were among the first large-scale carriers to fully equip our fleet with EOBRs, providing improved network management and safety. Unlike carriers that have yet to undertake the electronic logging device implementation process, we have significant experience operating with EOBRs and are well-positioned to benefit from the upcoming legislation on mandatory electronic logging device standards, which we expect will tighten truckload capacity and subsequently increase rates.

Industry leading and highly scalable Quest technology platform integrated across all business lines and functions

Our early investment and adoption of next generation technology and data analytics is a competitive advantage. We believe we are the only truckload and intermodal industry player of size to have completed and culturally adopted a comprehensive quote-to-cash technology transformation that allows us to efficiently match capacity with customer loads/orders. Our Quest platform allows us to assess our entire network every 90 seconds, resulting in real-time, round-the-clock visibility into every shipment and delivery, route schedules, truck and driver capacity and the profitability of each load/order. Our Quest platform enables us to minimize unbilled miles, optimize driver efficiency and improve safety, resulting in increased service levels and profitability. We manage the purchasing of nearly 500,000 gallons of fuel per day and communicate to our drivers optimal timing and locations for refueling through our Quest platform, which increases our fuel efficiency and lowers our fuel

 

85


Table of Contents

purchasing costs. We have become a pioneer in applying “decision science” technology to trucking and intermodal freight that enhances driver and asset efficiency, leading to higher profitability and driver satisfaction. We receive and process millions of driver and equipment location updates daily, allowing us to select the optimal driver, truck and trailer for each load/order. This has been a key driver of increased profitability per load and operating margin improvements over the last few years. We believe that our Quest technology and business transformation provides us with a clear advantage within the transportation industry from which we are continuing to realize the financial benefits .

Leadership in fast-growing e-commerce, final mile and other specialty equipment markets

Our recent acquisitions of Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso have allowed us to rapidly expand our customized home, commercial and retail delivery offerings with “white glove” service for brick and mortar and e-commerce customers. New components of our final mile services include real-time shipment tracking for customers and our proprietary Simplex technology, which integrates with retailers’ e-commerce infrastructure, providing seamless end-to-end solutions and visibility for complex final mile deliveries. E-commerce has increasingly become the preferred channel for purchasing difficult-to-handle items, such as furniture and mattresses, an area in which Watkins & Shepard and Lodeso specialize. Our expertise in this channel and national footprint in the final mile market positions us well to capitalize on this high-growth market opportunity that traditional less-than-truckload and package delivery operations generally cannot serve.

We have established a major nationwide presence in numerous specialty equipment freight markets with premium pricing and higher barriers to entry, including bulk chemicals, energy services and other specialty liquids. Our large specialty equipment asset base positions us to serve customers across the country, which differentiates us from most of our regional-based competitors and positions us well to take market share with large customers who value our geographic reach.

A leading intermodal business with built-in cost reductions through transition to a company-owned chassis model driving profitability

We are currently one of the largest intermodal providers in North America by revenue and are well-positioned for future growth in intermodal freight through our nationwide network and company container model. We focus on intermodal service as an alternative to placing additional trucks and drivers in lanes for which rail service otherwise provides competitive service or that are significantly longer in distance. Our long-standing railroad relationships with BNSF Railway, CSX Transportation, Canadian National Railway, Kansas City Southern Railway and other regional rail carriers, such as Florida East Coast Railway, provide rail access nationwide. In addition, we have a significant presence in the North American cross-border intermodal market, crossing a border with an intermodal load 120 times each day. Our customers value our intermodal network over IMCs due to our consistent access to capacity through our company assets and high-quality drayage services that provide a larger geographic reach around intermodal terminals. We are in the process of converting from our rented chassis model, where we pay a rental fee to use chassis owned by a third-party chassis rental company, to a company-owned chassis model. This conversion will lower our all-in chassis operating costs, improve service reliability, as well as increase driver efficiency and satisfaction, by increasing our control over the chassis operations of our intermodal business. We expect to complete our conversion to a company-owned chassis fleet by December 2017. We believe that our balanced network and large base of company assets provide a significant competitive advantage that would be difficult for other carriers to replicate.

Fast-growing non-asset logistics business expanding our customer base and complementing our asset-based network

Our non-asset logistics business represents our fastest-growing segment and complements our asset-based businesses with freight brokerage services and comprehensive supply chain management. In the three years from January 1, 2013, through December 31, 2015, our logistics segment operating revenue grew at a CAGR of 14%.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our logistics business not only provides additional services to existing customers and incremental freight to our assets, but helps to facilitate the expansion of our customer base and offers opportunities for cross-selling our suite of services. In 2015, our logistics business helped generate approximately $164 million in revenue for our truckload and intermodal segments. The scale of our asset-based network and our relationships with over 20,000 third-party carriers allow us to provide our brokerage and supply chain services (including 3PL) to our customers at competitive rates. By also offering warehousing, trans-loading and port drayage, we can provide customers with a suite of services that covers their entire North American transportation supply chain.

Diversified and resilient revenue mix supporting stable growth through business cycles

Our diverse portfolio of services, equipment, customers and end markets allows for resilient and consistent financial performance through all business cycles. We believe we offer the broadest portfolio of services in our industry, including in our truckload business, which consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by drivers in company trucks and by owner-operators. In addition to both long-haul and regional shipping services, our truckload services include team-based shipping for time-sensitive loads (utilizing dry van equipment) and bulk, temperature controlled, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads (utilizing specialty equipment). Our primarily asset-based truckload business is complemented by our asset-light intermodal and non-asset logistics businesses. Asset-based operations have the benefit of providing shippers with certainty of capacity and continuity of operations, while non-asset operations generally have lower capex requirements, higher returns on invested capital and lower fixed costs. We also manage a balanced mix of spot rates and contracted rates, through for-hire and dedicated contracts, to take advantage of freight rate increases in the short-term while benefiting from more resilient contracted revenue. Our dedicated contracts typically average three years in duration and provide us with greater revenue stability across economic cycles, promote customer loyalty and increase driver retention due to higher predictability in number of miles along familiar routes and time at home.

Our broad portfolio also limits our customer and industry concentration as compared to other carriers. We receive revenue from a diversified customer base with no single customer representing 10% or more of our revenue. The percentage of our revenue derived from our top ten customers has decreased by 800 basis points over the past five years. New business increased by approximately $300 million in 2015. We maintain a broad end-market footprint, encompassing over ten distinct industries including general merchandise, chemicals, electronics & appliances, and food & beverage, among others. Our diversified revenue mix and customer base drives stability throughout the fiscal year, even though many of our customers are affected by seasonal fluctuations. For example, our consumer goods and big box retail sales experience the greatest demand in the fourth quarter, whereas our food & beverage sales peak during the summer and the home improvement sales peak in spring and early summer, creating more balanced year-round demand. Our balanced revenue base allows for stable revenue and yield management through the fiscal year, allowing for more efficient seasonality management.

Proven and motivated management team with deep transportation industry expertise

We have a premier management team with extensive experience in the transportation and logistics industry, as well as a proven track record of success through various business environments. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher B. Lofgren, has over 22 years of experience at Schneider, a PhD in Industrial Engineering and is responsible for spearheading our Quest technology and business transformation. Our senior management team has spent on average over 14 years with Schneider and is composed of highly experienced transportation and logistics industry experts overseeing day-to-day operations. In their many years of collaboration, the management team has implemented strategic initiatives that have concentrated on increasing profitability and optimizing the portfolio of offerings, as well as leveraging technological innovation to manage revenue and drive horizontal integration across our reportable segments. Our management team’s compensation structure and ownership of common stock provide further incentive to improve business performance and profitability, aligning the senior team’s interests with our shareholders’. Our governance structure provides key independent oversight, complementing the strengths of the management team. A majority of the members of our

 

87


Table of Contents

Board of Directors are independent, a structure that has been in place since 1988. Our senior management team’s experience and commitment to upholding deeply-rooted values of safety, respect, integrity and excellence will continue to be critical to our future growth and performance. We believe our leadership team is well-positioned to execute our strategy and remains a key driver of our financial and operational success.

Our Growth Strategies

Our goals are to grow profitably, drive strong and consistent return on capital and increase stakeholder value. We believe our competitive strengths position us to pursue our goals through the following strategies:

Strengthen core operations to drive organic growth and maintain a leading market position

We intend to drive organic growth through leveraging our existing customer relationships, as well as expanding our customer base. With a broad, comprehensive service offering and a true North American footprint, we believe we have substantial cross-selling opportunities and the potential to capture a greater share of each customer’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures. We also plan to drive revenue growth by increasing market share amid a fragmented marketplace by marketing our services to customers seeking to outsource their transportation services. Our growth decisions are based on our “Value Triangle,” enabling us to grow sustainably and with balanced benefits for our three key stakeholders—our customers, our associates and our business and its shareholders. Our Quest platform serves as an instrumental factor in driving profitable growth from both new and existing customers as it enables real-time, data-driven decision support and business analysis of every load/order, assisting our associates in proactively cross-selling our broad suite of offerings. Together with our highly incentivized and proactive sales organization, our data-driven Quest platform will drive better service and organic growth in each of our reportable segments.

Expand capabilities in specialty equipment freight market and continue growing our freight brokerage business

We believe that our capabilities position us to grow in the specialty equipment market, which enjoys higher barriers to entry and a premium to conventional dry van pricing. The specialty equipment freight market represents a large addressable market within the truckload segment, comprising 62% of U.S. truckload revenue in 2015 according to Transportation Economics. The complexity and time-sensitivity of the loads often require enhanced collaboration with, and greater understanding of, our customers’ business needs and processes. The transportation of specialty equipment freight requires specially trained drivers with appropriate licenses and special hauling permits, as well as equipment that can handle items with unique requirements in terms of temperature, freight treatment, size and shape. As such, there are few carriers that have comparable network scale and capabilities in the specialty equipment market, which we believe will allow us to profitably grow in that segment.

Freight brokerage is another business where we have seen strong recent growth and expect to continue growing. The growth of our freight brokerage business, which is a significant part of our logistics segment, contributed to the growth of our logistics segment operating revenue, which grew at a CAGR of 14%, in the three years from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015. As shippers increasingly consolidate their business with fewer freight brokers, we are well-positioned to become one of their select providers due to our customer service and established, dense network of third-party carriers. Large shippers in particular see the value of working with providers like us that have scale, capacity and lane density, as they are more reliable, efficient and cost effective at covering loads. Our freight brokerage business provides us with the opportunity to serve our customers more broadly where we might not otherwise serve them, building diversity and resiliency in our existing customer portfolio in a non-asset manner with minimal capital deployment.

Capitalize on the growth of e-commerce fulfillment

As a leading “first, final and every mile” carrier for difficult-to-handle consumer items, such as furniture and mattresses, one of the fastest-growing e-commerce markets, we are well-positioned to capitalize on continued e-commerce growth. According to e-Marketer, the e-commerce industry is set to grow at four times the

 

88


Table of Contents

rate of traditional retail in North America (13% vs. 3% 2014-2019 CAGR) and is anticipated to reach 13% of total retail sales worldwide by 2019 (up from 6% in 2014). We provide services for many online retailers, offering first-to-final mile delivery from warehouses to consumer living rooms. Unlike many competitors, we have the technological capability, national footprint and the ability to utilize team driver capacity to provide network breadth and density to meet growing e-commerce fulfillment needs. We intend to leverage our end-market expertise, leading technology platform and end-to-end integrated capabilities to continue taking the complexity out of the supply chain for omni-channel retailers, further driving our revenue in the fast-growing e-commerce market.

Continue to improve our operations and margins by leveraging benefits from recent investments in our Quest technology and business transformation

We continue to benefit from our Quest technology and business transformation by improving the effectiveness with which we utilize data to increase revenue and lower costs. Full visibility into each driver’s profile allows us to increase associate satisfaction and retention by matching drivers to loads and routes that better fit their individual needs. We are able to better service customers, retain drivers and generate repeat business by anticipating our customers’ and drivers’ needs and preferences. We believe the future implementation of simple and intuitive customer interfaces will also enable a stronger connection with our customers through increased interaction and an enhanced user experience. We expect additional margin improvement as we continue to leverage data analytics within the Quest platform. The strong foundation we have established with our continuing Quest transformation will allow us to incorporate new technologies and build new capabilities into the platform over time, maintaining our competitive edge and setting the base for future growth.

Allocate capital across businesses to maximize return on capital, and selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions

Our broad suite of services provides us with a greater opportunity to allocate growth capital in a manner that maximizes returns throughout the seasonal and economic business cycles. For example, we can efficiently move our equipment between services and regions when we see opportunities to maximize our return on capital. We continually monitor our performance to ensure appropriate allocation of capital and resources to grow our businesses while optimizing returns across reportable segments. Furthermore, our strong balance sheet enables us to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions that complement our current portfolio. We are positioned to leverage our scalable platform and experienced operations team to acquire high-quality businesses that meet our disciplined selection criteria in order to expand our service offerings and customer base.

Attract and retain top talent at all levels to ensure sustainable growth

Our people are our strongest assets, and we believe they are key to growing our customer base and driving our performance. Our goal is to attract, retain and develop the best talent in the industry across all levels. We strive to foster a collaborative environment and seek individuals who are passionate about our business and fit within our culture. We value the direct relationships we have with our associates and we intend to continue working together without third-party representation. Our compensation structure is performance-based and aligned with our strategic objectives. Amid today’s driver shortage environment, we seek to maintain our reputation as a preferred carrier within the driver community. Our culture, which from its founding was focused on the well-being of our associates, helps us attract and retain high quality drivers. In addition to mandatory physical check-ups, covering among other things sleep apnea, we enforce hair follicle drug testing alongside mandatory urine testing and invest in the well-being of our drivers, which we believe helps us maintain a high quality driver base. Our leading technology platform facilitates the application, screening and onboarding of top talent. As a stable industry leader with a respected safety culture and underlying core values, we believe that we will continue to be the employer of choice for both driving and non-driving associates.

 

89


Table of Contents

Customers

We offer our services to approximately 10,000 customers across our portfolio, including more than 200 Fortune 500 companies. Our top 10 customers include Family Dollar, Ford Motor Co, Georgia Pacific, Home Depot, Kimberly Clark, Lowes Home Centers, PEPSICO Inc., Proctor & Gamble, Target Stores and Wal Mart. For the past five years, we have been focused on broadening our customer base to reduce exposure to a single customer by growing our small and medium shipper base. We believe a broader customer base promotes resilience in all market conditions, since it increases the likelihood that any weakness that affects a specific customer or customer industry will be mitigated by our exposure to customers in industries not affected by the same weakness. Moreover, different types of customers mitigate seasonal volatility. For example, our big box retailer and consumer goods manufacturer sales experience the greatest demand in the fourth quarter, whereas our food and beverage sales peak during the summer and the home improvement sales peak in spring and early summer, creating more balanced year-round demand.

Our brokerage business has approximately 165 inside sales representatives that primarily conduct business telephonically rather than in person, which promotes our effort to expand beyond our legacy relationships with large shippers by developing relationships with smaller shippers. Inside sales representatives are able to contact a greater number of shippers at a lower cost than other sales representatives, increasing the efficiency of our outreach to smaller shipping customers. They also may generate leads for the rest of our sales force. This broadens our customer base and provides a solid source of incremental prospects for the enterprise. With a broad, comprehensive service offering and a true North American footprint, we believe we have substantial cross-selling opportunities and the potential to capture a greater share of each customer’s annual transportation and logistics expenditures.

We believe our customer base represents a wide cross-section of industries with truckload needs. By diversifying our customer portfolio to include accelerated growth of the small and medium sized shipper, we have been reducing our dependence on big box retailers and consumer goods manufacturers whose truckload activity is disproportionately concentrated in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. Food and beverage is now a larger part of our customer portfolio. Peak activity for those shippers typically is higher earlier in the calendar year, which we believe balances the impact of seasonality on our business.

Reportable Segments

We categorize our operations into truckload, intermodal and logistics segments.

Truckload Segment

We are the second largest truckload carrier in North America by revenue. Our truckload segment consists of freight transported and delivered with dry van and specialty equipment by company-employed drivers in company trucks and owner-operators. In addition to both long-haul and regional shipping services, our truckload services include team-based shipping for time-sensitive loads (utilizing dry van equipment) and bulk, final mile “white glove” delivery and customized solutions for high-value and time-sensitive loads (utilizing specialty equipment). The principal types of freight we transport include retail store merchandise, consumer products, grocery products, perishables, food and beverage, bulk chemicals and manufactured products. We focus on transporting consumer nondurable products that generally ship more consistently throughout the year and whose volumes are generally more stable during a slowdown in the economy. We generate truckload segment revenue by hauling freight for our customers using our trucks or owner-operators’ equipment.

Our truckload services are executed through either for-hire or dedicated contracts. Generally, for-hire services are contracted on a spot rate basis and/or lane based contract pricing which tend to be for a short duration. Dedicated contracts, which are typically three years in duration, are those contracts in which we have agreed to assign specific truck and trailer capacity for use by a specific customer. Dedicated contracts often have predictable routes and revenue, are attractive to drivers, and frequently replace all or part of a shipper’s private fleet.

 

90


Table of Contents

Generally, our customers pay for our services based on the number of miles and for other ancillary services we provide. Our truckload segment operates within the United States and Canada, and cross-border with both Canada and Mexico. The graphic below illustrates our service offerings categorized according to trailing equipment and contract type.

 

LOGO

Our specialty equipment fleet is employed on both for-hire and dedicated contracts. The majority of our specialty trailer fleet is assigned to solve a specific supply chain problem for a specific customer under a dedicated contract.

Intermodal Segment

We are one of the largest intermodal providers in North America. Our intermodal segment accounted for 23% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, and consists of door-to-door, container on flat car service by a combination of rail and over-the-road transportation, in conjunction with our rail carrier partners. Our intermodal service offers vast coverage throughout North America, including Transcontinental, Eastern Core and North American Cross-Border.

Our intermodal segment consists of over-the-road drayage and over-the-rail mixed mode operations with primarily a company container and truck fleet. Intermodal relies on rail carriers for the line haul movement of its containers and freight between rail ramps. Key railroad relationships include the BNSF Railway, CSX Transportation, Canadian National Railway, Kansas City Southern Railway and other regional rail carriers, such as Florida East Coast Railway. Our company trucks accomplish the origin and destination pickup and delivery services for the majority of our intermodal loads, while we use third-party dray carriers where economical or necessary.

The majority of drayage for our intermodal shipments is provided by a company fleet of approximately 1,300 trucks. We are in the process of converting our rented chassis to a lower cost, more reliable company-owned chassis. This will improve customer service and driver satisfaction, and we estimate that it will lower our chassis cost by approximately 55% when fully converted at the end of 2017. The combination of company driver dray, owned containers and owned chassis positions our intermodal business for industry leading reliability and service.

 

91


Table of Contents

Generally, our intermodal services serve the same customer bases as our van truckload service. Customers choose intermodal when the time sensitivity of a shipment is relatively low, allowing them to take advantage of less expensive rail shipments that typically operate on a slower timeframe than truckloads. As the electronic logging device mandate and other regulatory changes put pressure on truckload capacity, intermodal will continue to be an attractive alternative. The graphic below illustrates our nationwide network of relationships with major railroads, which we believe positions our intermodal segment to take advantage of this trend of customers choosing intermodal service when the lead time of a shipment is adequate.

 

 

LOGO

Logistics Segment

Our logistics segment offers three services: brokerage, supply chain (including 3PL) and import/export. Revenue (excluding fuel surcharge) for our logistics business has grown at 14%, compounded annually from January 1, 2013, through December 31, 2015. Additionally, our logistics business generated approximately $164 million of intercompany freight revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015, providing incremental growth to our portfolio of service offerings.

Our brokerage services use contracted carriers to complete customer shipments and delivers loads anywhere within the United States, Canada and Mexico. Our brokerage offering leverages relationships with over 20,000 other carriers across the truckload, less-than-truckload and intermodal segments of the transportation industry. Our brokerage business assists customers in contracting with these carriers to ship a single load or multiple loads, and also assists customers in extraordinary transportation projects using shipping transactions brokered for these customers. We generate brokerage services revenue by executing movement of freight for our customers using third-party equipment and authority. Fuel surcharge revenue is not recorded for our brokerage operation.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our supply chain services consist of a full range of single-source logistics management services and solutions, including supply chain design and optimization and coordinates suppliers for inbound transportation to customer’s supply chains. Generally, we generate supply chain services (including 3PL) revenue either based upon a flat amount per load or as consulting fees. We provide supply chain consulting and third-party logistics outsourced management for all or a portion of a customer’s supply chains. As a third-party logistics provider we leverage over 20,000 carriers.

Import/export services leverage 6.2 million square feet of warehouse space to provide value-added services immediately after shipments arrive in the United States, including trans-loading and warehousing, re-labeling, kitting, pick and pack assembly and inspection. A port drayage fleet of over 200 owner-operators ensures that product moves from the port to the warehouse timely and in good condition. Port business revenue is generated based upon the number of cases handled and, in some situations, the time the product is stored in company-leased warehouses.

Other

Not included in our three reportable segments is equipment leasing by SFI to third parties (primarily trucks to owner-operators) and our captive insurance business, which also provides insurance for both the company and owner-operators. It also includes limited China-based trucking operations consisting primarily of truck brokerage services.

Equipment

We operate a modern truck fleet to help attract and retain drivers, promote safe operations and reduce maintenance and repair costs. We use a level buy strategy for the tractor fleet in order to optimize total cost of ownership. The fleet is comprised of over-the-road sleeper cab tractors (approximately 85% of the fleet) and other trucks including day cab tractors (approximately 15% of the fleet). The over-the-road fleet is managed to a 5 year trade cycle, with the current average age-of-fleet of our sleeper cab tractors at approximately 2.5 years. The day-cab fleet is managed to an 8 year trade cycle and the current age-of-fleet is 4.1 years. The average age-of-fleet for the entire truck fleet is 2.8 years.

We own and lease the trucks in our company fleet. Owner-operators use their own equipment, although they may lease it from us through SFI. The table below shows the model year of our owned and leased company trucks, trailers, containers and chassis as of September 30, 2016.

 

Model Year

   Trucks      Trailers      Containers      Chassis  

2017

     1,629         5,222         253         18   

2016

     2,601         4,094         1,133         1,500   

2015

     1,969         5,066         3,679         3,088   

2014 and prior

     4,584         23,990         12,932         847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,783         38,372         17,997         5,453   
     Trucks      Trailers      Containers      Chassis (1)  

Leased Units

     275        390        —           —     

Owned Units

     10,508        37,982        17,997        5,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,783        38,372        17,997        5,453   

 

 

(1) Does not include rented chassis, the number of which varies based on our capacity needs. Please refer to page 26 for a description of our chassis rental arrangement.

Employees

As of September 30, 2016, we employed approximately 19,300 persons, approximately 62% of whom are drivers and 38% of whom are managers, support personnel and other corporate office employees. Approximately 14% of our associates are based in our headquarters in Brown County, Wisconsin. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our associate relations to be good. Currently thirteen of our company drivers are

 

93


Table of Contents

members of an organized labor union, as a result of a commitment we made in the 1980s to allow this group of drivers to finish their careers at Schneider while remaining union members. None of our other associates are represented by a labor union.

Owner-Operators

In addition to the company drivers that we employ, we enter into contracts with owner-operators. Owner-operators are small business owners who operate their own trucks (although some may employ drivers that they hire) and provide us with services under a contractual arrangement whereby they are generally responsible for the ownership and operating expenses and are generally compensated on a percentage of revenue basis. Owner-operators select their own load assignments and are in control of their schedule.

Owner-operators represented approximately 20% of all trucks in our truckload fleet as of September 30, 2016. By operating safely and productively, owner-operators can improve their own profitability and ours. Owner-operators tend to be experienced business owners that share the same incentives to be safe and productive as the company.

We offer owner-operators the opportunity to purchase trucks from us, and sometimes provide financing to owner-operators for these purchases. We offer owner-operators various operating arrangements that we believe strengthen our position as a strategic partner with these owner-operators, including self-dispatch, percentage of revenue settlement and truck financing. We believe these offerings are unique in our industry and position us as a preferred partner for owner-operators.

Safety

“Safety first and always” is a Schneider core value. We believe we have a responsibility to our associates, customers and the community to operate safely. Our safety culture is built on five key components.

 

    Driver hiring and drug testing . We complement our comprehensive driver hiring with physical testing. We voluntarily choose to use hair follicle testing in addition to urine-based drug testing. While costing more per driver, hair follicle testing is generally more accurate than the alternative.

 

    Military drivers . We have a strong relationship with the United States military, and were voted most valuable military employer in 2014 and 2015. Military experience produces quality truck drivers due to the discipline instilled through the military training programs. We currently employ approximately 2,100 former military drivers, representing 18.6% of our drivers.

 

    Training . Initial training is complemented by regularly scheduled follow-up training to sustain and enhance basic skills. We hire both experienced drivers and drivers new to the industry. We operate 17 company-sponsored driver training facilities. Additional training investments include 34 training simulators used for both initial and sustainment training.

 

    Equipment and technology We invest in trucks that are configured with roll stability capability, proprietary collision mitigation and forward facing cameras. Driving behavior is electronically monitored, alerts are provided to the driver situationally and performance is documented for subsequent coaching. We employ electronic logging, which ensures Hours of Service (HOS) compliance and reduces the instance of fatigue.

 

    Active management . Driver leaders and safety coordinators have real-time access to activity in the truck, facilitating situational and scheduled coaching. We have invested in predictive analytics that assist in proactively identifying drivers with potential safety issues and recommending a remediation path.

Truckload carriers share safety performance information in monitored peer to peer forums. These comparisons show that we are one of the safest truckload carriers on the road today. We have, and have always maintained, a satisfactory DOT safety rating, which is the highest available rating.

 

94


Table of Contents

Fuel

We actively manage our fuel purchasing network in an effort to maintain adequate fuel supplies . In 2015, we purchased 127.3 million gallons of fuel, 98% of which were through negotiated volume purchase discounts. We minimize our fuel cost by providing our drivers with location and quantity specific fueling instructions as a part of their work assignment, which is facilitated by our Quest platform. We store fuel in underground storage tanks at 11 locations and at above ground storage tanks at 13 locations. We believe that we are in substantive compliance with applicable environmental laws relating to the storage of fuel.

Shortage of fuel, increases in fuel prices or rationing of petroleum products could have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability. In response to increases in fuel costs we use fuel surcharge programs with our customers to pass on the majority of increase in fuel costs to our customers. We believe that the most cost effective protection against fuel cost increase is to continue the fuel surcharge programs and to invest in a fuel efficient fleet. To that end, we leverage fuel consumption metrics in driver evaluation. However, fuel surcharges may not adequately cover potential future increases in fuel prices.

Regulation

Industry Regulation

Our operations are regulated and licensed by various agencies in the United States, Mexico and Canada. Our company drivers and owner-operators must comply with the safety and fitness regulations of the DOT, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing and Hours of Service (HOS). Weight and equipment dimensions are also subject to government regulations. Other agencies, such as the EPA and Department of Homeland Security, also regulate equipment. We believe regulation in the transportation industry may become progressively more restrictive and complex. The following discussion presents recently enacted federal, state and local regulations that have an impact on our operations.

Hours of Service

In December 2011, the FMCSA released its final Hours of Service (HOS) rule, which was effective on July 1, 2013. The key provisions included:

 

    retaining the current 11-hour daily driving time limit;

 

    reducing the maximum number of hours a truck driver can work within a week from 82 hours to 70 hours; and

 

    limiting the number of consecutive driving hours a truck driver can work to eight hours before requiring the driver to take a 30 minute break.

In 2013, we experienced some negative impact on our productivity as a result of the above. However, since then, we have raised our productivity levels while maintaining compliance.

Since 2004, the Hours of Service (HOS) rules allowed drivers to restart their duty-cycle clocks every 34 hours to begin a new work week. From July 2013 through December 2014, as a result of the final rule on Hours of Service (HOS), the FMCSA required that drivers include 1:00 a.m. to 5:00 a.m. on consecutive days before applying the restart, which was also capped at once per week, or 168 hours. On December 13, 2014, Congress passed the fiscal year 2015 Omnibus Appropriations bill, which temporarily suspended enforcement of the 1:00 a.m. to 5:00 am provision and the 168-hour rule until September 30, 2015. The restart provision was again suspended on December 18, 2015, when Congress passed the fiscal year 2016 Omnibus Appropriations bill. All other provisions of the Hours of Service (HOS) rules that went into effect on July 1, 2013 remained unchanged. A study on the effectiveness of the suspended restart provisions was recently completed. The FMCSA could move to reinstate these provisions or request that Congress remove the suspension. We continue to evaluate and adjust the various segments of our operations toward the ultimate impact of these changes in Hours of Service (HOS) safety requirements.

 

95


Table of Contents

BASICs

In December 2010, the FMCSA introduced a new enforcement and compliance model that ranks both fleets and individual drivers on seven categories of safety-related data, eventually replacing the current SafeStat model. The seven categories of safety-related data, known as BASICs, currently include Unsafe Driving, Fatigued Driving (Hours of Service), Driver Fitness, Controlled Substances/Alcohol, Vehicle Maintenance, Hazardous Materials Compliance and Crash Indicator.

Certain BASICs information was initially published and made available to carriers, as well as the general public. However, in December 2015, as part of the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, Congress mandated that the FMCSA remove all CSA scores from public view until a more comprehensive study regarding the effectiveness of BASICs improving truck safety can be completed.

Implementation and effective dates are unclear, as there is currently no proposed rulemaking with respect to BASICs, leaving SafeStat the authoritative safety measurement system in effect. We currently have a satisfactory SafeStat DOT rating, which is the best available rating under the current safety rating scale.

Safety Fitness Determination

In January 2016, the FMCSA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) in the Federal Register, regarding carrier safety fitness determination. The NPRM proposes new methodologies that would determine when a motor carrier is not fit to operate a controlled motor vehicle. Key proposed changes included in the NPRM are as follows:

 

    There would be only one safety rating of “unfit,” as compared to the current rules, which have three safety ratings (satisfactory, conditional and unsatisfactory).

 

    Carriers could be determined “unfit” by failing two or more BASICs, investigation results or a combination of the two.

 

    Stricter standards would be used for BASICs with a higher correlation to crash risk (Unsafe Driving and Hours of Service (HOS) Compliance).

 

    All investigation results would be used, not just results from comprehensive on-site reviews.

 

    Violations of a revised list of “critical” and “acute” safety regulations would result in failing a BASIC.

 

    Carriers would be assessed monthly.

The FMCSA estimates that the proposed rule would increase the number of carriers determined to be “unfit” by more than two and a half times.

Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Bill

On July 6, 2012, Congress passed the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21 st Century bill into law. Included in the highway bill was a provision that mandates electronic logging devices in commercial motor vehicles to record Hours of Service (HOS). During 2012, the FMCSA published a Supplemental NPRM, announcing its plan to proceed with the electronic logging device and Hours of Service (HOS) supporting documents rulemaking. In December 2015, the electronic logging device rule became final, as published in the Federal Register. Although the final electronic logging device rule may have a large impact on the industry as a whole, we do not expect a significant impact on us, as we previously installed EOBRs in our operational trucks in conjunction with our efforts to improve efficiency and communications with drivers and owner-operators. Our EOBRs comply with current electronic logging device rules and we expect that by 2019, the deadline for us to comply with new electronic logging device rules, we will remain in compliance.

 

96


Table of Contents

Prohibiting Coercion of Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers

In November 2015, the Prohibiting Coercion of Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers rule became final, as published in the Federal Register and adopted by the FMCSA. The rule explicitly prohibits motor carriers, among other parties in the supply chain, from coercing drivers to violate certain FMCSA regulations, including driver Hours of Service (HOS) limits, commercial drivers license regulations, drug and alcohol testing rules and hazardous materials regulations, among others. Under the new rule, drivers can report incidents of coercion to the FMCSA, who is authorized to issue penalties against the offending party.

Environmental Regulation

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations dealing with the hauling and handling of hazardous materials, fuel storage tanks, emissions from our vehicle and facilities, engine idling, discharge and retention of storm water and other environmental matters that involve inherent environmental risk. We maintain bulk fuel storage and fuel islands at many of our terminals. We also have vehicle maintenance, repair and washing operations at some of our facilities. Our operations involve the risks of fuel spillage and seepage, discharge of contaminants, environmental damage and hazardous waste disposal, among others. We have instituted programs to monitor and control environmental risks and maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws. As part of our safety and risk management program we periodically perform environmental reviews. We are a partner in the EPA’s SmartWay Transport Partnership, a voluntary program promoting energy efficiency and air quality. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with current laws and regulations and do not know of any existing environmental condition that would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.

If we are held responsible for the cleanup of any environmental incidents caused by our operations or business, or if we are found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to liabilities, including substantial fines or penalties or civil and criminal liability. We have paid penalties for, and have incurred costs to remediate, spills and violations in the past.

In 2008 the State of California’s Air Resources Board (ARB) approved the Heavy-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emission Reduction Regulation in efforts to reduce GHG emissions from certain long-haul tractor-trailers that operate in California by requiring them to utilize technologies that improve fuel efficiency (regardless of where the vehicle is registered). The regulation required owners of long-haul tractors and 53-foot trailers to replace or retrofit their vehicles with aerodynamic technologies and low rolling resistance tires. The regulation also contained certain emissions and registration standards for temperature controlled trailer operators.

Thereafter, the United States EPA and the NHTSA began taking coordinated steps in support of a new generation of clean vehicles and engines through reduced GHG emissions and improved fuel efficiency at a national level. In September 2011, the United States EPA finalized federal regulations for controlling GHG emissions, beginning with model year 2014 medium- and heavy-duty engines and vehicles and increasing in stringency through model year 2018. The federal regulations relate to efficient engines, use of auxiliary power units, mass reduction, low rolling resistance tires, improved aerodynamics, improved transmissions and reduced accessory loads.

In December 2013, California’s ARB approved regulations to align its GHG emission standards and test procedures, as well as its tractor-trailer GHG regulation, with the federal Phase 1 GHG regulation, which applied fuel efficiency standards to vehicles for model years 2014 to 2018. In June 2015, the EPA and NHTSA, working in concert with California’s ARB, formally announced a proposed national program establishing Phase 2 of the GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles for model year 2018 and beyond.

In October 2016, the EPA and NHTSA formally published the Final Rule for Phase 2 of the GHG emissions and fuel efficiency standards for medium and heavy-duty engines and vehicles. The Final Rule, which will be

 

97


Table of Contents

effective as of December 27, 2016, is expected by the EPA to lower CO 2 emissions by 1.1 billion metric tons and reduce oil consumption by up to 2 billion barrels over the lifetime of vehicles sold under the Phase 2 program. As expected, first-time GHG and fuel efficiency standards for trailers will start in model year 2018 for EPA and model year 2021 for NHSTA, and CO 2 and fuel consumption standards for combination tractors and engines (which are subject to individual and separate regulatory requirements) commence in model year 2021, increase incrementally in model year 2024 and achieve a fully phased-in requirement by model year 2027. EPA and NHSTA expect that motor carriers will meet the increased standards through the use of technology improvements in multiple areas, including the engine, transmission, driveline, aerodynamic design, extended idle reduction technologies and the use of other accessories.

Current and proposed GHG regulations could impact us by increasing the cost of new trucks, impairing productivity and increasing our operating expenses.

Federal and state lawmakers are considering a variety of climate-change proposals related to carbon emissions and GHG emissions. The proposals could potentially limit carbon emissions for certain states and municipalities, which continue to restrict the location and amount of time that diesel-powered trucks (like ours) may idle.

Other Regulation

In the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, federal, state and municipal authorities implemented and continue to implement various security measures on large trucks, including checkpoints and travel restrictions. The TSA adopted regulations that require drivers applying for or renewing a license for carrying hazardous materials to obtain a TSA determination that they are not a security threat.

In December 2014, United States President, Barack Obama, signed the Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 (TIPA). Among other things, TIPA extended 50% bonus depreciation and the Work Opportunity Tax Credit (WOTC). In December 2015, President Obama signed the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes (PATH) Act of 2015.

Sales and Marketing

We sell combinations of transportation services directly to 200 Fortune 500. We leverage a key account program providing each key account with a Global Account General Manager as the lead commercial interface (29 key accounts account for 37% of enterprise revenue).

Each service offering is represented by independent field sales representatives. We have approximately 175 field representatives located throughout North America. There are three distinct field representative roles, which respectively focus on: (1) generating new business with large shippers; (2) maintaining and growing relationships with existing customers; and (3) developing new business with the small to medium sized shipper. These roles are measured, trained and incentivized uniquely.

While our field representatives are service offering experts they are also trained and incented to cross-sell other services in which they do not have expertise. Twenty-two of our top twenty-five customers utilize services from all three reportable segments. We supplement the field representatives with approximately 165 inside sales representatives who focus primarily on new prospects (the bulk of these are in our brokerage business).

Large shippers generally anchor transportation buying in annual purchasing events. Over half of the freight we move is initially secured through a procurement event. Our outside and inside sellers are supported by customer service representatives who interact with our customers daily booking and executing orders.

 

98


Table of Contents

Unexpected exceptions are a staple of supply chains. Our customer service representatives’ ability to adroitly problem-solve and increase the level of sales to our existing customers, based on their knowledge of the business of our existing customers, is a key component of our commercial approach.

Technology and Research and Development

We are a technology leader in the truckload industry. We are pioneers in in-cab communications and were the first to install on-board satellite communications, untethering our drivers from landline telephones. We have built on that core in-cab capability over the past 30 years. Today our in-cab telematics platform in the truck delivers customer location specific step-by-step work assignments to our driver fleet. Work assignments include routing (with in-cab navigation) and fueling direction. Our trailer and container fleets are equipped with monitoring devices which function both when tethered to a tractor and standing alone. Our tractors are equipped with stability and collision avoidance technology. All tractor technology interfaces with the in-cab device and provides the driver and the driver leader with real-time performance data.

We execute our business on Quest, an integrated technology platform using technology from our strategic development partner, Oracle Corporation, reflecting an end-to-end process design with focus on information accessibility and insight across our value chain. Quest enables an integrated approach to cash process including load/order acceptance, based on driver and network optimization, vehicle dispatch, continuous quote monitoring and visibility to the load from pick up to delivery and finally customer billing. Our technology is enhanced by the work of a team of operations research engineers and data scientists. Proprietary decision support tools are embedded throughout the Quest platform. Decision support tools improve our ability to, among other things, situationally coach drivers, minimize fuel costs and maintain the fleet in the most cost effective manner. The most significant application of such “decision science” technology is in planning and dispatch. These tools assist our associates in making the right trades-offs among drivers’ needs for earnings and work-life balance, customers’ needs for reliable capacity and service, and our business and its shareholders’ needs for an adequate return.

We continue to expand business capabilities by extending the foundational Quest platform. Development of the next generation of in-cab technology is well underway. We are also leveraging mobile applications to better connect with drivers and customers. One recent example is a mobile application that prompts our drivers to rate the shipping, receiving and driver support locations that they visit. Our gathering and sharing of this information with customers and providers has been well received and is driving action to improve the driver’s experience.

Properties

We own or lease over two hundred properties across thirty-six states, Canada and Mexico. Our expansive network includes nearly 50 operating centers, approximately 40 distribution warehouses, 14 offices and over 100 drop yards. In addition, we physically operate at a number of customer locations.

 

99


Table of Contents

The operating centers we own or lease throughout the United States offer on-site management to support our transportation network for our truckload and intermodal segments. Often, our facilities include customer service centers, where our customers may contact a company representative to discuss their loads/orders, fuel and maintenance stations, and other amenities to support our drivers. Our facility network also includes warehouse capacity to further enhance our supply chain solutions. The following table provides a list of 32 properties that are central to our transportation network and indicates the functional capability at each site.

 

          Facility Capabilities

Location

  

Function

   Customer
Service
   Operations    Fuel    Maintenance

Charlotte, NC

   Truckload            

Gary, IN

   Truckload            

Indianapolis, IN

   Truckload            

West Memphis, AR

   Truckload            

Puslinch/Guelph, ON

   Truckload            

Houston, TX

   Truckload            

Dallas, TX

   Truckload            

Carlisle/Harrisburg, PA

   Truckload            

Green Bay, WI (three facilities)

   Corporate            

Santa Fe / Mexico City, Mexico

   Mexico            

Chicago, IL

   Logistics            

Dallas, TX

   Logistics            

Farmington Hills, MI

   Logistics            

Green Bay, WI

   Truckload            

Atlanta, GA

   Truckload            

Eastvale, CA

   Truckload            

Edwardsville, IL

   Truckload            

Portland, OR

   Truckload            

Des Moines, IA

   Truckload            

Chicago, IL

   Intermodal            

Elwood, IL

   Logistics            

Laredo, TX

   Truckload            

Houston, TX

   Truckload            

Reserve, LA

   Truckload            

San Bernardino, CA

   Intermodal            

Phoenix, AZ

   Truckload            

Port Wentworth, GA

   Logistics            

Zeeland, MI

   Truckload            

Helena, MT

   Truckload            

Missoula, MT

   Truckload            

Legal Proceedings

In November 2016, we received a Finding and Notice of Violation from the EPA alleging that, among other matters, 150 of the vehicles we own, hire or lease failed to comply with certain provisions of the California Air Resources Board Truck and Bus Regulation, in violation of the Clean Air Act.

We are not currently a party to any material litigation proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and significant employees at the time of effectiveness of this registration statement:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Christopher B. Lofgren

   57   

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Mark Rourke

   52   

Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President

Lori Lutey

   52   

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

Shaleen Devgun

   44   

Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President

Steve Matheys

   58   

Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President

Paul Kardish

   54   

General Counsel, Secretary and Executive Vice President

Thomas Gannon

   62   

Director

Adam Godfrey

   54   

Director

Robert Grubbs

   59   

Director

Norman Johnson

   68   

Director

Therese Koller

   56   

Director

Daniel Sullivan

   70   

Chairman of our Board of Directors

R. Scott Trumbull

   68   

Director

Kathleen Zimmermann

   50   

Director

Christopher B. Lofgren has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President, and as a director, since August 2002. He joined Schneider Logistics in 1994 as vice president of engineering and systems. He later served as Chief Information Officer and Chief Operating Officer before being named President and Chief Executive Officer of Schneider in 2002. Dr. Lofgren currently serves on the Board of Directors of CA Technologies and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce. Locally, he is a member of the Senior Advisory Council for Junior Achievement of Brown County (Wisconsin). Before joining the company, Dr. Lofgren held positions at Symantec Corporation, Motorola and CAPS Logistics. He holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in industrial and management engineering from Montana State University and a doctorate in industrial and systems engineering from The Georgia Institute of Technology. In October 2009, Dr. Lofgren was inducted into the National Academy of Engineering. We believe that Dr. Lofgren is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience in all aspects of our business, and his extensive technical expertise in all aspects of our truckload, intermodal and logistics services.

Mark Rourke has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President since September 2015. He previously served as our President of our Truckload Services Division and was also previously General Manager of Schneider Transportation Management, where he was responsible for the effective delivery to market of sole source, promotional and brokerage service offerings. Before that, he held a variety of leadership roles with increasing responsibility at our company, including Vice President of Customer Service, Director of Transportation Planning for Customer Service, Midwest Area Service Manager for Customer Service and Director of Driver Training. Mr. Rourke joined our company in 1987 as a service team leader in the company’s Seville, Ohio, location. His earlier roles with the company included on-site account manager for B.F. Goodrich in Cleveland, Ohio, Dedicated team operations manager and van support manager. He holds a bachelor’s degree in marketing from the University of Akron, Ohio. He also serves on the Board of Directors for the Boys and Girls Club of Green Bay.

 

101


Table of Contents

Lori Lutey has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President since April 2011. Prior to joining our company in 2011, Ms. Lutey was Vice President of Finance at FedEx Services, where she was responsible for financial planning and analysis for over $1 billion in annual expense and led all strategic and tactical financial support. Ms. Lutey started her 22-year career with FedEx Corporation and advanced steadily after starting as a financial analyst, including serving as Vice President at FedEx Supply Chain Services and as Vice President and CFO of FedEx Trade Networks. She holds a bachelor’s degree in management information systems from Tennessee Tech University and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Memphis. She also serves on the Board of Directors for LIVE54218, a non-profit focused on obesity prevention.

Shaleen Devgun has served as our Chief Information Officer and Executive Vice President since July 2015. Mr. Devgun previously served as Vice President for Strategy, Planning and Solution Delivery. Prior to joining our company in 2009, Mr. Devgun spent twelve years in management consulting roles with DiamondCluster International and Deloitte, specializing in corporate venturing, formulation and execution of business and technology strategy, program leadership and operational design. He holds bachelor’s degrees in economics and math from the University of Pune and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Detroit Mercy.

Steve Matheys has served as our Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President since October 2009. Mr. Matheys joined our company in 1994 and held progressive leadership roles in the Information Technology department before being promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer in 2001. Subsequently, he was promoted to Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in 2004, added customer service to his responsibilities in 2006, and then refocused his accountability on our largest customers in 2008 prior to moving into his current role in 2009. In addition to his leadership roles at the company, Mr. Matheys spent the first thirteen years of his career with Nielson Marketing Research, The Trane Company and General Motors in a variety of information technology roles. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Wisconsin-La Crosse, with a minor in computer science, and actively serves on the Brown County United Way Board of Directors, of which he was previously chair, and the Wharton Research Advisory Group (RAG) for Human Resources.

Paul Kardish has served as our General Counsel, Secretary and Executive Vice President since August 2013. At the time Mr. Kardish joined our company, he had more than 20 years of broad ranging corporate legal, human resource, corporate governance/compliance, security and government relations experience. His career includes work at several Fortune 250 companies spanning multiple industries, including Honeywell, Intel, Micron and Freeport McMoRan. He holds a bachelor’s degree in social work/psychology from Juniata College, a juris doctor from Gonzaga University School of Law and a master of laws degree from New York University School of Law. He was admitted to the Texas Bar in 1993 and to the Wisconsin Bar in 2013. Mr. Kardish also served as a Special Agent with the Federal Bureau of Investigation and is trained in emergency management. Mr. Kardish is a member of the Texas and Wisconsin and American Bar Associations and the Phi Delta Phi Legal Honor Fraternity. He also serves as a member of the Board of Directors for the American Red Cross—Northeastern Wisconsin.

Thomas Gannon has served as a director since 2005, and has served as chairman of the corporate governance committee and as a member of the audit and compensation committees of the Board during his tenure. Mr. Gannon joined our company in 1982. Since 1984, he has served as a financial, tax and philanthropic adviser to multiple generations and family branches of the Schneider family and related trusts, and has been principally responsible for maintaining ownership control by the Schneider family through generational shifts. He is also responsible for all matters relating to the company’s shareholders and transactions in Company stock. Mr. Gannon has indicated to the company that he intends to resign from these roles at the time of this offering. Mr. Gannon also served as the chief financial officer of the company from 1989 until 2005, and the Secretary of the company from 1991 until 2015. Mr. Gannon has also served as a director of the Little Rapids Corporation, where he was chairman of the audit and compensation committees, from 2001 until 2015, and as a director of Aearo Technologies, Inc. from 2006 until 2008, where he served as chairman of the audit committee. He holds

 

102


Table of Contents

an Economics degree from Marquette University and a law degree from the University of Wisconsin. We believe that Mr. Gannon is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his deep knowledge of Schneider, its history and its corporate values, in addition to his business and leadership experience.

Adam Godfrey has served as a director since 2005. Mr. Godfrey is a Managing Partner of Stella Point Capital, which he co-founded in 2012. Stella Point Capital is a New York-based private equity firm focused on industrial, consumer and business services investments. Mr. Godfrey is an investment professional and has sourced and managed numerous investments for Stella Point Capital. Previously, Mr. Godfrey spent nearly 19 years with Lindsay Goldberg and its predecessor entities, which he joined in 1992. Currently, he serves on the Board of Directors of First American Payment Systems Holdings, Inc., Rightpoint Consulting LLC and Intermex Holdings, Inc. Mr. Godfrey holds a bachelor’s degree from Brown University and a master’s degree in business administration from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. We believe that Mr. Godfrey is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive experience in finance, investing and corporate strategy during his time at Stella Point Capital and Lindsay Goldberg and his prior experience serving on the Boards of Directors of several portfolio companies in which Stella Point Capital and Lindsay Goldberg invested.

Robert Grubbs has served as a director since 2012. Mr. Grubbs serves as the Non-Executive Chairman of Ohio Transmission Corp., a distributor of motion control and related products and services. He also serves as Non-executive Chairman of Grand Northern Products (GNAP, LLC), a distributor of industrial abrasive products, equipment, specialty ceramics and ancillary services used in the applications of investment casting, metal stamping, machining, forging, remediation, coating and paving. Ohio Transmission Corp. and Grand Northern Products have previously received financing from Frontenac Company, LLC, a private equity firm based in Chicago that focuses on investing in lower middle market buyout transactions in the food, industrial and services industries. From 1998 to 2008, Mr. Grubbs served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Anixter International Inc., a Chicago-based distributor of network and security solutions, electrical and electronic solutions and utility power solutions. From 1994 to 2008 Mr. Grubbs was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Anixter Inc., a subsidiary of Anixter International Inc. He has also served as a director of Anixter International Inc. since 1996. Mr. Grubbs holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Missouri. We believe Mr. Grubbs is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive executive, leadership and director experience, his experience as an executive and director of a publicly traded company and because of his expertise in the area of supply chain services (including 3PL).

Norman Johnson has served as a director since 2006. Since August 2012, Mr. Johnson has served on the Board of Directors of Cracker Barrel Old Country Store, Inc., an operator of stores and restaurants. From March 2000 to July 2010, Mr. Johnson served as President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CLARCOR Inc., a diverse filtration company. From July 2010 to December 2011, Mr. Johnson was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CLARCOR, and he later served as the Executive Chairman of CLARCOR from December 2011 until his retirement in November 2012. In addition, Mr. Johnson served from July 2012 until October 2016 on the Board of Directors of CIRCOR International, Inc., a manufacturer of valves and other highly engineered products and sub-systems used in the energy, aerospace and industrial markets. Mr. Johnson holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Iowa and a master’s degree in business administration from Drake University. We believe Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive executive, leadership and director experience, his experience as an executive and director of publicly traded companies and because of his deep knowledge of integration and distribution networks.

Therese Koller has served as a director following her appointment for the 2016 annual term. Ms. Koller engages in philanthropic work and serves on the board of a variety of non-profit organizations. She holds a bachelor’s degree from the University of St. Thomas and a master’s degree from the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Koller is the sister of director Kathleen Zimmermann. We believe that Ms. Koller is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to her deep knowledge of Schneider, its history and its corporate values, in addition to her business and leadership experience.

 

103


Table of Contents

Daniel Sullivan has served as a director since 2009 and as Chairman of our Board of Directors since 2014. Mr. Sullivan is a Principal of Flyway, LLC, a private investment company. He most recently served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Ground from 1998 until 2007. FedEx Ground is a wholly owned subsidiary of FedEx Corporation. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Sullivan was the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Caliber System. In 1995, Mr. Sullivan was the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Roadway Services. Mr. Sullivan has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Computer Task Group, an IT solutions and staffing services company, since October 2014, and as a member of the Computer Task Group Board of Directors since 2002. He is also a current member of the Board of Directors of The Medical University of South Carolina Foundation where he serves as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Sullivan previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of Pike Electric, Inc. from 2007 to 2014 (Pike Electric was sold in December 2014 to Court Square Capital Partners), GDS Express (Akron, Ohio) from 2004 to 2009 and Gevity, Inc. (Bradenton, Florida) from 2008 to 2009. He is a former federal commissioner for the Flight 93 National Memorial project in Somerset County, Pennsylvania. Mr. Sullivan holds a bachelor’s degree from Amherst College. We believe that Mr. Sullivan is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive leadership and executive experience, his experience has a director of publicly traded companies and because of his operational experience with companies having large and diverse employee workforces across geographic markets.

R. Scott Trumbull has served as a director since 2002. Since January 2014, Mr. Trumbull has served on the Board of Directors of Columbus McKinnon Corporate, a global designer, manufacturer and marketer of material handling products for commercial and industrial end-user markets. Since 1999, Mr. Trumbull has served on the Board of Directors of Welltower Inc., a company that invests with seniors housing operators, post-acute providers and health systems to fund real estate and infrastructure. He also serves as a director of Artisan Partners Funds, Inc., a registered mutual fund, and is a member of the Board of Trustees of ProMedica, a healthcare system with facilities throughout Northwest Ohio and Southeast Michigan. From 2003 until May 2014, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Franklin Electric Co., Inc., a company that designs, manufactures and distributes water and fuel pumping systems. Mr. Trumbull also served as Chairman of the Board of Franklin Electric Co., Inc. from 2003 until May 2015. Prior to his service with Franklin Electric Co., Inc., Mr. Trumbull was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Owens-Illinois, Inc., a global manufacturer of glass and plastic packaging products, from 2001 to 2002, and prior thereto, he was Executive Vice President of International Operations & Corporate Development of Owens-Illinois, Inc., from 1993 to 2001. He began his career at Owens-Illinois, Inc. in 1972. Mr. Trumbull holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Denison University and a master’s degree in business administration from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Trumbull is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive leadership and executive experience, his experience has a director of publicly traded companies and because of his global perspective attained through many years of chief executive experience.

Kathleen Zimmermann is currently anticipated to serve as a director following her appointment for the 2017 annual term. Ms. Zimmermann is currently a real estate investor and holds her real estate license. She received her bachelor’s degree in marketing from Marquette University. Ms. Zimmerman is the sister of director Therese Koller. Ms. Zimmermann has held a variety of sales leadership roles throughout her career including with Schneider Communications, Frontier Communications and Global Crossing. We believe that Ms. Zimmermann is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to her deep knowledge of Schneider, its history and its corporate values, in addition to her business and leadership experience.

Controlled Company Status

Upon completion of this offering, the Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust will hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we expect to be considered a “controlled company” under the NYSE listing rules. As a controlled company, certain exemptions under the NYSE listing standards will exempt us from the obligation to have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. We intend to use this exemption following the completion of this offering. We do not intend to use any other controlled company exemption.

 

104


Table of Contents

Board Structure

Upon completion of the offering, our Board of Directors will consist of nine members. Our board has determined that each of Adam Godfrey, Robert Grubbs, Norman Johnson, Daniel Sullivan and R. Scott Trumbull is independent under applicable NYSE rules.

In accordance with our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws effective upon the completion of the offering, each of our directors will serve for a one-year term or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Each of our directors and director-nominees must satisfy certain conditions specified in our Amended and Restated Bylaws, including that such individual cannot be 74 years or older, cannot be a material customer or supplier, cannot be an officer of any entity of which any other of our directors is a director and must have his or her nomination approved by the unanimous vote of our full Board of Directors if such individual has served on our Board of Directors for more than 14 consecutive fiscal years. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, our shareholders will elect the members of our Board of Directors. There will be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on our Board of Directors.

Pursuant to the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement, five specified members of the Schneider family shall have the right to nominate, and the company shall include in the slate of nominees recommended to shareholders of the company for election as a director at any meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected, two family members to serve on our Board of Directors on an annual, rotating basis. Each Schneider family member nominated in accordance with such agreement must satisfy the qualifications for service as a director set forth in the Amended and Restated Bylaws or such qualifications must be waived in accordance with such Amended and Restated Bylaws. The directorships will rotate among the five Schneider family members through 2025, with each director anticipated to serve for three consecutive years, plus the remainder of any current rotation at the time of the consummation of this offering. After the rotation system described above is complete, the five specified Schneider family members may, if they have at least 80% of such family members in agreement, propose to the corporate governance committee an amendment to the agreement, consistent with such agreement, to cover nominations in subsequent periods, the approval of which shall not be unreasonably withheld by either the corporate governance committee or the Board of Directors.

Board Committees

Upon completion of the offering, our Board of Directors will have the following committees, each of which will operate under a written charter that will be posted on our website prior to the completion of this offering. The initial members of each committee will be determined prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of and will as of the consummation of our initial public offering continue to consist of Adam Godfrey, as chair, Daniel Sullivan and R. Scott Trumbull. The audit committee will assist the board in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee will be establishing the scope of the company’s annual audit, review the report and comments of the company’s independent registered public accounting firm, be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and will perform any other activities delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of and will as of the consummation of our initial public offering continue to consist of Robert Grubbs, as chair, Norman Johnson and Daniel Sullivan. The compensation committee is responsible for assisting our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to establishing and reviewing the compensation of our officers and approving, overseeing and monitoring incentive and other benefit plans for our employees and performing any other activities delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors.

 

105


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Committee

Effective upon the consummation of our intial public offering, our corporate governance committee will consist of Norman Johnson, as chair, Thomas Gannon, Adam Godfrey, Robert Grubbs, Daniel Sullivan, R. Scott Trumbull, Therese Koller and Kathleen Zimmermann. The corporate governance committee assists our Board of Directors in identifying individuals qualified to become members of our Board of Directors consistent with criteria established by our board and in developing our corporate governance principles. This committee’s responsibilities include selecting individuals to be proposed for nomination as directors of the company, nominating individuals for election as directors of the company, establishing and nominating directors for appointment to committees of the Board of Directors, reviewing the performance and qualifications of directors, reviewing and recommending policies to the Board of Directors and establishing and reviewing compensation for the Board of Directors and performing any other activities delegated to the committee by the Board of Directors.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that those members of our corporate governance committee who are not members of the Schneider family shall serve as trustees of the Voting Trust in accordance with the terms of the Voting Trust. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide that the chairman of our corporate governance committee shall be an individual who is not a member of the Schneider family, and that our corporate governance committee shall at all times be comprised of each director that is a member of the Schneider family and up to six directors who are not members of the Schneider family.

Code of Ethics

Our code of business conduct and ethics applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Any waiver of the code for directors or executive officers may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders through publication on our website, https://schneider.com. Amendments to the code must be approved by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed (other than technical, administrative or non-substantive changes). A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our Board of Directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines that serve as a flexible framework within which our Board of Directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas, including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. Additionally, our Board of Directors will adopt independence standards as part of our corporate governance guidelines. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website, https://schneider.com.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

 

106


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes our process for determining the compensation and benefits provided to our “named executive officers” in fiscal year 2016. We also provide an overview of the compensation philosophies we expect to adopt following the closing of this offering.

Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2016 are all members of our senior executive management team:

 

    Christopher B. Lofgren—President and Chief Executive Officer

 

    Lori Lutey—Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

    Mark Rourke—Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer

 

    Steve Matheys—Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

 

    Paul Kardish—Executive Vice President, General Counsel

We expect that our named executive officers will hold the same positions with the company following the closing of this offering.

Compensation Philosophy and Principles

Retention of executive talent is critical to our success. Our compensation committee believes that the ability to attract, retain and provide appropriate incentives to our leadership, including the named executive officers, is essential to maintain our leading competitive position and promote our long-term success. Accordingly, our executive compensation program is designed to encourage retention, particularly of executives who assume a broad span of responsibilities and successfully lead complex business units to market-leading positions in the industry.

The transportation industry is highly competitive, and we compete for executive talent with a large number of companies across various geographies, including companies with significant market capitalizations. Our compensation committee’s goal is to maintain compensation programs that are competitive both within the transportation industry and with similarly situated companies from the broader general industry. Each year, our compensation committee reviews the executive compensation program with respect to (i) external competitiveness and (ii) linkage between executive compensation and the creation of shareholder value, and determines what changes, if any, are appropriate.

The overall compensation philosophy of our compensation committee and management is guided by the following principles:

 

    Target compensation levels should be sufficiently competitive to attract and retain key talent . We aim to attract, motivate and retain high-performance talent to achieve and maintain a leading position in our industry. Our target total direct compensation (“TDC”) levels should be competitive with other transportation and general industry alternatives.

 

    Actual compensation should relate directly to performance and responsibility . Actual compensation levels should be tied to and vary with performance, both at the company and individual level, in achieving financial, operational and strategic objectives. Differentiated pay for high performers should be proportional to their contributions to our success.

 

    Incentive compensation should constitute a significant portion of target total direct compensation . A large portion of each executive’s compensation opportunity should be tied to performance, and therefore at risk, as position and responsibility increase. Individuals with greater roles and the ability to directly impact strategic direction and long-term results should bear a greater proportion of the risk.

 

107


Table of Contents
    Long-term incentive compensation should be closely aligned with shareholders’ interests . Awards of long-term compensation provide incentives to our named executive officers to focus on the company’s long-range growth and development. Moreover, providing our named executives with a meaningful equity stake in the company (including through our stock purchase policy) helps to align management interests with those of our shareholders, and encourages long-term career orientation. See “—Stock Purchase Policy.”

The company’s executive compensation program is designed to reward the achievement of initiatives regarding growth, productivity and people, including:

 

    setting, implementing and communicating strategies, goals and objectives to ensure that the company grows revenues and earnings at attractive rates over the long-term;

 

    motivating and exhibiting leadership that aligns the interests of the employees with those of the shareholders;

 

    developing a grasp of the competitive environment and taking steps to position the company for growth and as a competitive force in the industry;

 

    constantly renewing the company’s business model and seeking strategic opportunities that benefit the company and its shareholders; and

 

    implementing a discipline of compliance and focusing on the highest standards of professional conduct and corporate governance.

Process of Setting Compensation

Market Assessment against Peer Group

In 2015, our compensation committee engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”) to perform a competitive market assessment for our named executive officers, including with respect to base salary, annual incentive targets, target cash compensation, long-term incentives and target TDC level (the sum of base salary, target bonus and long-term incentive grant value).

The assessment involved a peer group consisting of companies in related industries with revenues generally ranging from one-third to 3.5 times those of the company and whose median revenue was similar to that of the company. The resulting group consisted of the following 15 transportation and logistics companies with median revenues of $3.929 billion compared to the company’s $3.970 billion.

 

Arc Best Corp.

   JB Hunt Transport Services, Inc.    SAIA, Inc.

C.H. Robinson Worldwide

   Landstar System, Inc.    Swift Transportation Company

Con-Way, Inc.

   Old Dominion Freight Line, Inc.    UTI Worldwide, Inc.

Expeditors Int’l of Washington, Inc.

   Roadrunner Transportation    Werner Enterprises, Inc.

Hub Group, Inc.

   Ryder System, Inc.    YRC Worldwide

The above peer group data were supplemented with general industry data from two national surveys to provide additional reference points, with data size-adjusted based on the revenue responsibility of each named executive officer and to reflect lower margins and market cap-to-revenue ratios among transportation companies relative to general industry companies. In reviewing target TDC levels against the survey data, our compensation committee considers only the aggregated survey data provided by the surveys. The identity of the individual companies comprising the survey data is not disclosed to, or considered by, our compensation committee in its evaluation process. Therefore, our compensation committee does not consider the identity of the companies comprising the survey data to be material for this purpose.

 

108


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee believes it is appropriate to consider both peer group data and general industry data in order to remain competitive within the transportation industry as well as with respect to other industries where skills may be easily transferable. Our compensation committee considers target TDC levels around the 50th percentile of each of the peer group data and survey data as a useful reference in determining the competitiveness of our named executive officers’ target TDC levels. Our compensation committee does not target specific positioning, nor does it use a formulaic approach in determining competitive pay levels. Instead, our compensation committee uses a range of data as a reference, which is considered in the context of various executive-specific factors, such as tenure, proficiency in role and criticality to the company.

Determining Executive Pay

Our compensation committee reviews and approves our Chief Executive Officer’s target TDC level annually. Our compensation committee also approves target TDC levels for the other named executive officers, taking into account our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations. This review process occurs in the fall of each year to coincide with our fourth quarter Board of Directors meeting. Historically, compensation actions, including annual long-term incentive grants, have been made in January, after the previous year’s performance results have been finalized and certified by our compensation committee. Compensation increases and equity award grants are not usually made at other times of the year, except in cases of new hires or promotions.

Key Compensation Policies and Programs

Pay for Performance

We believe that a sizeable portion of overall target TDC should be at risk and tied to shareholder value. Our compensation committee takes into account our performance in its process for determining executive compensation, and designs incentive programs to encourage our growth. Our compensation committee and management believe that the proportion of compensation at risk should rise as the employee’s level of responsibility increases.

For example, our annual cash bonuses in recent years have been tied to company-wide performance measures, such as earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) and revenue growth. As each performance measure improves, so do executive bonuses. We also use long-term incentives as tools to reward executives for future financial and stock price performance.

Long-Term Compensation

With respect to long-term incentive compensation awards, the company maintains the following long-term incentive plans:

 

    The Schneider National, Inc. Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (which we refer to as the “LTIP”), under which equity and cash awards may be granted to eligible employees and directors, including our named executive officers. Our Board of Directors originally adopted and approved the LTIP on February 7, 2011, and approved an amended and restated LTIP on November 8, 2011 and December 31, 2012.

 

    The 2005 Schneider National, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (which we refer to as the “2005 LTIP”), under which awards of Retention Credits (described below) have been granted, including to certain of our named executive officers. Our Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2005 LTIP effective January 1, 2005.

Recently, we have granted restricted share and performance-based long-term cash awards under the LTIP. These awards are intended to attract and retain employees and directors, to provide incentives to enhance job performance and to enable those persons to participate in the long-term success and growth of the company through an equity or equity-like interest in the company. The number of restricted shares that may be awarded to

 

109


Table of Contents

an individual, or the size of any cash award, is within the discretion of our compensation committee and is generally based on the company’s performance and the individual’s current level of compensation, individual performance, potential for promotion and marketability outside the company. The size of an individual’s previous LTIP awards may be, but is not always, a consideration in determining the amount of awards granted to that individual in the future. Restricted shares are intended to provide approximately 30% of the grant date value of an individual’s long-term incentive grant while the performance-based long-term cash award is intended to account for the other 70% (assuming target performance).

Restricted Shares . Our restricted share awards vest over time, typically over three years, based on continued employment with us through each vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of employment due to death or disability, an eligible retirement or a change in control. We began granting restricted shares under the LTIP in 2011. Recipients of restricted shares realize value as restricted shares vest, with such value increasing as our book value increases. Cash dividends are not paid on unvested restricted shares, nor do they accumulate during the vesting period.

Long-Term Cash Awards . Our long-term cash awards, which we have granted annually since 2013, are performance-based in an effort to link future compensation to the long-term financial success of the company. Payout is contingent on the company’s attainment of two pre-established performance metrics, measured over a five-year period: compounded net income growth (determined on the basis of GAAP) and return on capital (which we refer to as “ROC”). These performance metrics were selected because they represent the key drivers of value creation in the transportation industry. While each grant is expressed as a fixed dollar amount, the actual amount earned may range from 0% of target to 250% of target for superior performance. The award cliff-vests after the end of the five-year performance period, subject to continued employment with us and compliance with the terms of certain restrictive covenants. Vested awards will be paid out 90 days following completion of the five-year performance period, or on a subsequent deferral date elected by the executive pursuant to our 2005 Supplemental Savings Plan. See “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2016—Supplemental Savings Plan.” The awards are also subject to continued compliance with the terms of certain restrictive covenants. Individuals who terminate employment due to death, disability, an eligible retirement or a change in control during the performance period will receive a pro rata portion of the cash award.

Retention Credits . Our compensation committee occasionally grants mandatorily deferred time-based cash “Retention Credits,” which typically vest in 20% increments over a five-year period based on continued employment. Vested Retention Credits are paid out in March following the second anniversary of the date of the employee’s termination of employment, provided the employee has not violated the terms of their restrictive covenant agreements. These awards are intended to enhance the retentive aspects of executive compensation, to provide deferred compensation, and to incentivize compliance with post-employment restrictive covenants.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights, or “SARs,” is a legacy program. In 2011 and 2012, our compensation committee granted SARs which become 100% vested on the date provided in the applicable award agreement (generally a three-year vesting period). The account balance for 2011 and 2012 awards are included in the “Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End” column of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016. See “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation For Fiscal Year 2016.” Vested SARs will be paid out on March 1 of the fifth year following the year of such grant (or as soon as practicable thereafter, but in no event later than June 1) or on a subsequent deferral date elected by the executive (or within 90 days following a termination of employment or change in control, if earlier), and until payment, continue to appreciate (or depreciate) as if notionally invested in our Class B common stock. No payments in respect of SARs were made to our named executive officers in 2016 because each of them elected to defer. The value of the SARs upon payment will equal the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of payment over the grant price set forth in the applicable award agreement, multiplied by the number of vested SARs. Grants of SARs were intended to enhance the retentive aspects of executive compensation, and to tie executive compensation to the value of our equity.

 

110


Table of Contents

In connection with their annual grants, all LTIP participants are required to sign the company’s form of restrictive covenant agreement, which includes noncompetition, nonsolicitation and nondisclosure covenants. All of our named executive officers have signed and returned such agreements for each year in which they have participated in the LTIP.

Stock Purchase Policy

Historically, to align the interests of our executive officers with our shareholders, we have required our executive officers to purchase, using their own funds, shares of our Class B common stock at levels described in the table shown below, subject to the overall cap indicated. As of December 31, 2016, all of our named executive officers covered by this policy met these targets. Following this offering, this policy will be replaced by a stock ownership policy. See “—Looking Forward.”

 

Position

   Purchase Requirement as a Multiple
of Base Salary
     Purchase Cap  

Chief Executive Officer

     1.5 times       $ 3,100,000   

CEO Direct Reports

     1.0 times       $ 1,500,000   

Clawback Policy

The company has a policy requiring forfeiture of deferred LTIP payments upon any executive’s breach of confidentiality obligations, or breach of post-employment noncompetition or nonsolicitation agreements.

Retirement Focus

Our compensation committee believes it is important to use retirement programs that encourage our named executive officers to continue long-term careers with us. For example, stock ownership and equity awards are critical to each such executive’s ability to adequately provide for his or her retirement. Our named executive officers hold equity and cash awards that vest over time, or are deferred over time. We also encourage, although do not mandate, that our named executive officers maintain certain stock ownership levels until retirement.

In addition, our company maintains a 401(k) plan available to our employees generally, including our named executive officers. The company makes discretionary contributions to each participant’s account each year based on his or her voluntary contribution amount, eligible compensation and years of service.

2016 Compensation

Summary

Our executive compensation program is tied to the performance of the company and is structured to ensure that, due to the nature of the business and the degree of competitiveness for executive talent, there is an appropriate balance between:

 

    fixed and variable compensation;

 

    short-term and long-term compensation; and

 

    cash and equity compensation.

Each element of pay is determined and measured by:

 

    competitive compensation data;

 

    financial, operational and strategic goals;

 

111


Table of Contents
    short-term and long-term performance of the company compared with its peer group; and

 

    individual contribution to the success of the company.

For 2016, our compensation committee, in consultation with its independent compensation consultant, established target TDC levels of our named executive officers. To inform its decision-making with respect to the appropriate target range, our compensation committee reviewed target TDC levels of those provided to executives holding equivalent positions in the peer group (described above) and those provided to executives holding equivalent positions in the adjusted general industry survey data (described above). See “—Process of Setting Compensation—Market Assessment against Peer Group.” Our compensation committee believes that changes made in target TDC for 2016, as discussed further below, were necessary to provide each named executive officer with compensation appropriate for his or her respective peer group and position. Our compensation committee also believes that payments and awards were consistent with the company’s financial performance and size, as well as the individual performance of each of the named executive officers, and that target TDC was reasonable.

Elements of 2016 Compensation

Total compensation for the named executive officers consists of one or more of the following components:

 

    base salary;

 

    cash-based annual incentive awards;

 

    long-term incentive (cash and equity) awards;

 

    health and welfare benefits; and

 

    limited perquisite benefits.

Our compensation committee, with recommendations from management, works to create what it believes is the best mix of these components in delivering target TDC. In making its target TDC decisions annually, our compensation committee reviews all elements of target TDC separately and in the aggregate. These compensation components are comparable to those of the company’s competitors and peer group.

Determining 2016 Compensation

In its review of target TDC for our executive officers, and, in particular, in determining the amount and form of incentive awards discussed below, our compensation committee generally considers several factors. Among these factors are:

 

    market information with respect to cash and long-term compensation;

 

    the officer’s existing compensation package;

 

    annual bonus and other compensation;

 

    the officer’s responsibilities and performance during the calendar year; and

 

    our overall performance during prior calendar years and our future objectives and challenges.

At transportation companies, generally the largest elements of compensation are paid in the form of annual short-term incentives and long-term compensation. Compensation mix and industry profitability vary as the industry faces many risk factors, such as those associated with the economy, safety and fuel prices.

Our compensation committee generally determines bonus targets and long-term incentive awards based on each employee’s relevant peer group match, considering individual performance and experience. Our

 

112


Table of Contents

compensation committee has retained FW Cook as its compensation consultant. FW Cook reports directly to our compensation committee and has no other engagements with the company. See “—Process of Setting Compensation—Market Assessment against Peer Group.” In 2015, FW Cook prepared a study providing information and an independent analysis of the company’s executive compensation program. The results of the study included observations about the competitiveness of 2015 target TDC levels, which informed potential adjustments for 2016.

Our compensation committee does not rely solely on predetermined formulas or a limited set of criteria when it evaluates the individual performance of our named executive officers. Our compensation committee considers actual results against deliverables and also bases its compensation decisions for the named executive officers on:

 

    leadership;

 

    the execution of business plans;

 

    strategic results;

 

    operating results;

 

    growth in net income;

 

    size and complexity of the business;

 

    experience;

 

    strengthening of competitive position;

 

    analysis of competitive compensation practices; and

 

    an assessment of our performance.

Where possible, the above criteria were compared with our peer group, taking into account the Chief Executive Officer’s input for his direct reports. For our Chief Executive Officer, the above criteria were compared with our peer group, taking into account input from members of our compensation committee. Our Chief Executive Officer did not participate in any of our compensation committee’s deliberations regarding his own compensation.

Base Salary

Our compensation committee believes that competitive levels of cash compensation, together with equity-based and other incentive programs, are necessary for motivating and retaining the company’s executives. Salaries provide executives with a base level of monthly income and help achieve the objectives outlined above by attracting and retaining strong talent. Base salaries are evaluated annually for all the named executive officers. Generally, base salaries are not directly related to specific measures of corporate performance, but are determined by the relevance of experience, the scope and complexity of the position, current job responsibilities, retention and relative salaries of the peer group members. Our compensation committee may elect not to increase a named executive officer’s annual salary, and has so elected in prior years. However, if warranted, our compensation committee may increase base salary where a named executive officer takes on added responsibilities or is promoted.

 

113


Table of Contents

As shown in the table below, all of our named executive officers continued at the same annual base salary rate in 2016 except that we increased the annual base salary rate for Paul Kardish. Mr. Kardish’s salary increase was intended to align his target TDC level for 2016 with our market assessment against our peer group. See “—Process of Setting Compensation—Market Assessment against Peer Group.”

 

     Previous
Salary Rate
     Effective
Date of Previous
Salary Rate
    New Salary Rate      Effective
Date of New
Salary Rate
     Percentage Change  

Christopher B. Lofgren

     768,800         January 1, 2015        768,800         January 1, 2016         0

Lori Lutey

     399,800         January 1, 2015        399,800         January 1, 2016         0

Mark Rourke

     525,000         September 16, 2015     525,000         January 1, 2016         0

Steve Matheys

     375,000         January 1, 2015        375,000         January 1, 2016         0

Paul Kardish

     325,000         January 1, 2015        350,000         January 1, 2016         7.7

 

* The effective date of Mr. Rourke’s 2015 salary rate aligned with his promotion to Chief Operating Officer on October 1, 2015.

Annual Bonuses

Our annual bonus plan may be tied to revenue growth relative to budget, annual EBIT relative to budget, or a combination of the foregoing. At its fall meeting, when management presents its budget for the following year, our compensation committee establishes a matrix of revenue growth and/or EBIT results with bonus payout levels. These forecasted results are based on customer freight trends, strategies for growth and controlling costs and corporate strategies to maximize shareholder return. Once presented to our compensation committee, the revenue growth budget, EBIT budget, and bonus plan matrix remain fixed, and as the company performs against the original budget, the executive’s bonus performs against the pre-established matrix. Our compensation committee reserves the right to adjust payouts or performance targets based on non-recurring transactions or other extraordinary circumstances. Changes in uncontrollable factors such as general economic conditions, railroad service issues or rapidly fluctuating fuel costs can have a significant impact on the company’s actual revenue growth and EBIT.

For our 2016 annual incentive program, our compensation committee selected revenue growth and EBIT as the metrics, weighted 25% and 75%, respectively, for executives. For each metric, our compensation committee determines the threshold, target and maximum level of performance achievement.

 

    Revenue Growth : The portion of a named executive officer’s 2016 bonus relating to revenue growth goals ( i.e. , 25% of the 2016 bonus) may range between 0% and 200% of target. Performance at or below the threshold level of the revenue growth goal would result in no payout for that portion of the 2016 bonus. Achievement above the threshold level of the revenue growth goal would result in a payout determined by linear interpolation between threshold and maximum performance.

 

    EBIT : With respect to the portion of a named executive officer’s 2016 bonus relating to EBIT goals ( i.e. , the remaining 75% of the 2016 bonus), achievement of EBIT threshold, target and maximum performance results in a payout of 50%, 100% and 200% of target, respectively, with linear interpolation between threshold and maximum performance. Performance below the threshold level of the EBIT goal would result in no payout for that portion of the 2016 bonus.

 

114


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the corporate performance goals for our 2016 annual incentive program, our performance achievement against such goals and the resulting payout percentages:

 

           2016 Annual Incentive Performance Goals*
(000)
               
           Threshold      Target      Maximum      Actual
Performance
     Payout (% of Target)  

Performance Metrics

   Weighting     (Revenue: 0%
of Target
Payout if at or
below
Threshold;
EBIT: 50% of
Target Payout
at Threshold)
     (100% of
Target
Payout)
     (200% of
Target
Payout)
            (Unweighted)      (Weighted)  

Revenue Growth

     25   $ 129,500       $ 215,830       $ 302,160       $                  

EBIT Performance

     75   $ 249,600       $ 312,000       $ 436,800       $                      

Total

     100                 

 

* Linear interpolation applies between threshold and maximum performance levels

Actual bonus amounts payable to our named executive officers for 2016 will be based on the performance achievement levels described above. We do not expect adjustments to be made to bonus payouts or performance targets for 2016.

Our compensation committee considers several factors when approving each executive’s target bonus opportunity at the outset of the year, including our overall median philosophy, peer group and survey market data, prior year targets, the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer (other than for himself) and any other executive-specific factors that it deems relevant. Our target annual incentive opportunities are expressed and considered as a fixed dollar amount rather than a percentage of base salary, because by avoiding the direct flow-through impact of changes in base salary on the annual incentive opportunity, our compensation committee has greater flexibility to manage the magnitude and mix of the various elements of target TDC.

In determining target annual incentive opportunities for 2016, our compensation committee took into account the FW Cook market assessment prepared in 2015. Our compensation committee believed that changes to target TDC levels for 2016 were necessary to provide each named executive officer with compensation appropriate for his or her respective peer group and position. See “—Process of Setting Compensation—Market Assessment against Peer Group.” Accordingly, our compensation committee determined annual bonus targets for 2016 that were intended to align each named executive’s target TDC with the market.

The FW Cook market assessment indicated that the target TDC levels for our named executive officers for 2016 were, in the aggregate, 104% and 99% of the peer group proxy and survey medians. The FW Cook market assessment also indicated that the proposed target TDC levels for our named executive officers were 101% of the median, if the average of the peer group and survey data was used. These results indicate overall alignment with our compensation philosophy to provide competitive target TDC levels to our named executive officers, taking into consideration target TDC levels around the 50 th percentile of each of the peer group data and survey data, generally. Our compensation committee further believed that payments and awards were consistent with our financial performance and size, as well as the individual performance of each of the named executive officers, and that each named executive officer’s target TDC was reasonable.

 

115


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth each named executive officer’s target and actual bonus amounts for 2016:

 

     2016 Target Bonus ($)      2016 Actual Bonus ($)  

Christopher B. Lofgren

     850,000      

Lori Lutey

     275,000      

Mark Rourke

     425,000      

Steve Matheys

     200,000      

Paul Kardish

     200,000      

Long-Term Incentive Awards

Each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive a long-term incentive award of restricted shares and a performance-based long-term cash award, with value-based weightings of 30% and 70%, respectively. These long-term incentive awards are intended to help achieve the objectives of the compensation program, including the retention of high-performing and experienced talent, a career orientation and strong alignment with shareholders’ interests. No Retention Credits were granted during 2016.

In administering the LTIP and awarding long-term incentive awards, we are sensitive to the potential for shareholder dilution. The LTIP is a narrowly based incentive compensation program. At the same time, our compensation committee believes that restricted shares must be sufficient in size to provide a strong, long-term performance and retention incentive for executives and to increase their vested interest in the company. As such, we focus the program on executives who will have the greatest impact on the strategic direction and long-term results of the company by virtue of their senior roles and responsibilities. A total of 8,142 restricted shares were granted to the named executive officers in 2016.

Restricted Shares . For 2016, our compensation committee approved the following restricted share grants to the named executive officers:

 

     Restricted Shares (#)      Grant Date Fair Value ($)*  

Christopher B. Lofgren

     4,233         861,416   

Lori Lutey

     1,257         255,800   

Mark Rourke

     1,539         313,187   

Steve Matheys

     546         111,111   

Paul Kardish

     567         115,385   

 

* Grant date fair value determined in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity-based awards. See Note 12 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methodology and assumptions used in the FASB ASC Topic 718 valuations.

Our restricted share awards vest ratably over a three-year period, subject to continued employment with us through each vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of employment due to death or disability, an eligible retirement or a change in control.

2016 Long-Term Cash Awards. For 2016, our compensation committee also approved performance-based long-term cash awards for the named executive officers. Awards totaling $3,886,000 at target were awarded to the named executive officers in 2016, as follows:

 

     Threshold ($)
(10% of Target)
     Target ($)      Maximum ($)
(250% of Target)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

     202,100         2,021,000         5,052,500   

Lori Lutey

     60,000         600,000         1,500,000   

Mark Rourke

     73,500         735,000         1,837,500   

Steve Matheys

     26,000         260,000         650,000   

Paul Kardish

     27,000         270,000         675,000   

 

116


Table of Contents

Our long-term cash awards are subject to the company’s attainment of two pre-established performance metrics, measured over a five-year period: compounded net income growth (determined on the basis of GAAP) and ROC. See “—Long-Term Compensation—Long-Term Cash Awards.” While each grant is expressed as a fixed dollar amount, the actual amount earned is based on a performance grid and may range from 0% of target to 250% of target for achievement of maximum performance on one measure and at least threshold performance on the other measure. The awards are also subject to continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and continued employment through the end of the performance period (with limited exceptions in case of termination of employment due to death, disability, eligible retirement or change in control).

All participants who received restricted shares or long-term cash awards in 2016 have executed restrictive covenant agreements containing noncompetition, nonsolicitation and nondisclosure restrictions.

Deferred Compensation

The company maintains the 2005 Schneider National, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, a deferred compensation plan for its named executive officers. Under this plan, the officer may elect on an annual basis to defer up to 90% of his or her salary and/or bonus. In addition, the plan provides for continuation of company contributions in excess of that otherwise permitted under the qualified retirement plan. This plan assists key employees in planning for retirement. The company pays interest equal to the rate on a treasury bill with 7 years remaining to maturity plus one percent, currently 3.30%, and is reset each December 1 st . This plan is unfunded and any amounts are considered a general liability of the company.

Health and Welfare Benefits

The company provides benefits such as medical, dental, vision and life insurance, short-term and long-term disability coverage, and 401(k) and other retirement plan opportunities to all eligible employees, including the named executive officers. The company provides up to $1,000,000 in a combination of basic and supplemental life insurance coverage and up to $20,000 per month in long-term disability coverage. In accordance with SEC rules, the value of these benefits is not included in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016, because they are available to all employees on a nondiscriminatory basis.

The company matches employee contributions to the 401(k) plan up to a designated maximum amount and provides a retirement contribution dependent on years of service. In the case of the named executive officers and other highly compensated employees, the company’s retirement contribution is made in taxable cash in order to pass certain IRS nondiscrimination tests pertaining to the retirement plan. Further, the company provides up to 18 months of postretirement medical coverage to retirees who (i) are not employed by us as drivers at the time of retirement, (ii) have at least 20 years of service with the company, (iii) retire after age 62 and (iv) are not entitled to Medicare. This benefit is in addition to the 18-month period required under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (known as “COBRA”), and is at the retiree’s sole cost. None of our named executive officers were retirement-eligible as of December 31, 2016.

The company also provides vacation, sick leave and other paid holidays to employees, including the named executive officers, which are comparable to those provided at other transportation companies. The company’s commitment to provide employee benefits is due to our recognition that the health and well-being of our employees contribute directly to a productive and successful work life that produces better results for the company and for its employees.

Personal Benefits and Perquisites

In 2013, the company began offering an annual executive physical benefit to our Chief Executive Officer and his direct reports, including the named executive officers. In addition to the cost of the physical itself, the benefit covers ordinary and necessary travel, meals, lodging and tax gross-ups for the meals and lodging incurred

 

117


Table of Contents

in connection with the physical. The aggregate incremental cost of this benefit is reported in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016. See “—Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016.” Our practice of providing tax gross-ups on meals and lodging will be discontinued following the effectiveness of this offering. We do not provide any other personal benefits or perquisites to our named executive officers.

Termination and Change-in-Control Benefits

We do not have employment agreements or pre-established severance agreements with any of our named executive officers.

According to their terms, outstanding LTIP awards held by our named executive officers may become immediately vested, in whole or in part, upon certain termination of employment scenarios or a “change in control.” See “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” We believe that such protections help create an environment where key executives are able to take actions in the best interest of the company without incurring undue personal risk, and foster management stability during periods of potential uncertainty.

Looking Forward

Following this offering, our compensation committee expects that our objectives, principles and procedures for setting compensation levels for our executives will remain unchanged. In addition, we anticipate that all outstanding awards will continue to largely run their course, adjusted as appropriate to avoid undue dilution or enlargement of rights or value delivered substantially different than that expected when the awards were originally made. Following this offering, our compensation committee expects that we will continue to offer our key employees compensation directly linked to the performance of our business, which we expect will enhance our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel and serve the interests of our shareholders.

Management Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, Schneider intends to make no material modifications to the existing annual bonus plan design for our officers and associates, thereby maintaining alignment with the interests of our shareholders. Commencing with the first plan year following the offering, annual bonuses will be granted under the Schneider National, Inc. 2017 Management Incentive Plan (the “Management Incentive Plan”). The Management Incentive Plan provides general terms and conditions for our annual cash bonus program following the offering, including provisions relating to administration, eligibility and types of performance measures. See “—Management Incentive Plan”.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors has adopted the Schneider National, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”). The Omnibus Incentive Plan allows us to provide equity and cash incentive awards to officers, key employees and directors following this offering, aligning their interests with those of our shareholders. See “—2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan”.

Following this offering, we expect to offer three forms of equity awards to our executive officers under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, as follows:

 

    nonqualified stock options, representing approximately 25% of the annual long-term incentive grant value opportunity;

 

    performance shares or performance share units, representing approximately 50% of the annual long-term incentive grant value opportunity, utilizing the same performance metrics (compounded net income growth and ROC) and procedures to establish the goals as with our existing long-term cash awards; and

 

118


Table of Contents
    restricted shares or restricted share units, representing approximately 25% of the annual long-term incentive grant value opportunity, which will vest over time subject to continued employment or service.

For further details regarding certain terms and conditions relating to the awards described above (including vesting, dividend treatment and treatment upon employment separation and change in control), see “—2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan”.

Stock Ownership Policy

Our Board of Directors has adopted a stock ownership policy, effective following this offering, which requires executive officers to hold a multiple of annual base salary in our shares of common stock, supporting alignment with shareholder’s long-term interests. Under the stock ownership policy, our Chief Executive Officer will be required to hold equity with a value equal to six times annual base salary, our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to hold equity with a value equal to three times annual base salary, and direct reports to our Chief Executive Officer will be required to hold equity with a value equal to two times annual base salary. Executives must retain 75% of all shares from equity awards (on an after-tax basis, disregarding shares sold to cover any applicable exercise price) until the stock ownership policy requirements have been satisfied. Shares owned outright, the after-tax value of time-vested restricted share units, and vested and deferred restricted share units will count toward satisfaction of the stock ownership policy.

Clawback Policy

Awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are subject to any incentive compensation “clawback” rules that may apply to us, as and when applicable laws and regulations become effective. See “—2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan”.

Other Considerations

At this time, we do not anticipate entering into any new employment agreements or severance arrangements with any of our executive officers in connection with this offering. We expect that our executive officers will continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit programs that we will offer to our employees generally. We expect to continue to provide a nonqualified deferral opportunity.

Following this offering, our compensation committee will consider Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), when designing and implementing our compensation programs, but will maintain flexibility to authorize payments that might not be deductible. As a newly public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering becomes effective. As a result, compensation awards (whether in the form of equity awards or cash bonuses) under the Omnibus Incentive Plan or under our Management Incentive Plan need not be designed to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code during this transition period, and our compensation committee may take this into account in determining the terms and conditions of such awards.

Our executive compensation has not historically been the subject of a shareholder advisory vote. Following this offering, to the extent applicable, our compensation committee will consider the results of advisory votes and the views expressed by our shareholders.

 

119


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016

The following table summarizes the total compensation earned by, paid to or accrued for our named executive officers who served in such capacities as of December 31, 2016, for their services rendered to the company during fiscal year 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($) (1)
    Stock
Awards
($) (2)
    Non—Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($) (4)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
    Total ($)  

Christopher B. Lofgren

    2016        768,800        861,416                 104,647     

President and CEO

    2015        768,800        850,976        1,557,699               148,524        3,325,999   

Lori Lutey

    2016        399,800        255,800            76,793     

EVP, CFO

    2015        399,800        240,089        462,613               65,357        1,167,859   

Mark Rourke

    2016        525,000        313,187            143,676     

EVP, COO

    2015        498,013        292,592        603,791               157,365        1,551,761   

Steve Matheys

    2016        375,000        111,111            45,229     

EVP, CAO

    2015        375,000        111,568        261,300               52,412        800,280   

Paul Kardish

    2016        350,000        115,385            20,684     

EVP, General Counsel

    2015        325,000        102,817        167,055               21,491        616,363   

 

(1) Salary amounts shown above are reported as gross earnings ( i.e. gross amounts before taxes and applicable payroll deductions), and as such, may include amounts transferred into our nonqualified deferred compensation plan, our 401(k) plan or both. Salary amounts shown above take into account increases in annual base salary rates, following the effective date of such increase. See “—Determining 2016 Compensation—Base Salary.”
(2) Amounts reflect grant date fair value of restricted share awards, determined in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity-based awards. See Note 12 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methodology and assumptions used in the FASB ASC Topic 718 valuations. Awards of restricted shares granted in 2016 vest ratably on                             , subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.
(3) Represents the annual bonus earned 2016, which will be payable in early 2017. Annual bonus amounts shown above are reported as gross earnings ( i.e. , gross amounts before taxes and applicable payroll deductions), and as such, may include amounts transferred into our nonqualified deferred compensation plan, our 401(k) plan or both.
(4) None of our named executive officers receive any above-market or preferential earnings in respect of any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or benefit provided by the company.
(5) Further details on the “All Other Compensation” column for fiscal year 2016 are provided in the following table.

 

120


Table of Contents

Components of All Other Compensation for Fiscal Year 2016

 

     Perquisites (a)      Retirement Contributions      Retention
Award
        

Name

   Executive
Physical
($)
     Travel,
Meals &
Lodging
($)
     Tax Gross-
Up ($)
     401(k)
Company
Match
($)
     Taxable
Cash
Contribution
($) (b)
     Company SSP
Contributions
($) (c)
     Retention
Credit
($) (d)
     Total
($)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

     4,097         286                 7,950         16,033         76,281                 104,647   

Lori Lutey

     14,548         860         342         7,950         5,431         7,663         40,000         76,793   

Mark Rourke

     2,541         942         412         7,950         16,037         35,793         80,000         143,676   

Steve Matheys

     2,797         771         238         7,950         16,037         17,436                 45,229   

Paul Kardish

     2,250                         7,950         5,443         5,041                 20,684   

 

(a) Represents costs to the company for the executive physical benefit, affiliated travel, meals and lodging and tax gross-up on the meals and lodging. Our practice of providing tax gross-ups on meals and lodging will be discontinued following the effectiveness of this offering.
(b) Represents a taxable cash retirement contribution for 2016, which could not be contributed to the named executive officer’s 401(k) account due to limitations under the Code with respect to nondiscrimination testing of our 401(k) plan. Includes a $3 tax gross-up to cover Medicare tax paid to each named executive officer (which will be discontinued following the effectiveness of this offering).
(c) Represents contributions for 2016 made in early 2017.
(d) Represents that portion of Retention Credits awarded in prior years which vested during 2016.

 

121


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2016

The following table reflects estimated possible payouts under equity and non-equity incentive plans to the named executive officers during 2016. In 2016, (i) annual bonuses were awarded under our 2016 annual incentive program to named executive officers, measuring revenue growth and EBIT for the calendar year, (ii) long-term cash awards were granted under the LTIP to the named executive officers, subject to performance goal achievement over a five-year period and continued employment through the end of the performance period, and (iii) restricted share awards were granted under the LTIP subject to a vesting schedule over three years. See “—Determining 2016 Compensation.”

 

              Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
             

Name

  Grant Date    

Plan

  Threshold
($) (2)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock
(#)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Awards
($)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

    1/18/2016      Annual Bonus       850,000        1,700,000       
    1/18/2016      Long-Term Cash     202,100        2,021,000        5,052,500       
    1/18/2016      Restricted Shares           4,233        861,416   

Lori Lutey

    1/18/2016      Annual Bonus       275,000        550,000       
    1/18/2016      Long-Term Cash     60,000        600,000        1,500,000       
    1/18/2016      Restricted Shares           1,257        255,800   

Mark Rourke

    1/18/2016      Annual Bonus       425,000        850,000       
    1/18/2016      Long-Term Cash     73,500        735,000        1,837,500       
    1/18/2016      Restricted Shares           1,539        313,187   

Steve Matheys

    1/18/2016      Annual Bonus       200,000        400,000       
    1/18/2016      Long-Term Cash     26,000        260,000        650,000       
    1/18/2016      Restricted Shares           546        111,111   

Paul Kardish

    1/18/2016      Annual Bonus       200,000        400,000       
    1/18/2016      Long-Term Cash     27,000        270,000        675,000       
    1/18/2016      Restricted Shares           567        115,385   

 

(1) Actual amounts earned in respect of annual bonus grants shown here are disclosed in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. See “—Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016.”
(2) Awards under our 2016 annual incentive program may be achieved at 0% if neither the revenue growth goal nor the EBIT threshold goal is achieved. See “—2016 Compensation—Annual Bonuses.” Accordingly, no amounts are shown for annual bonus awards under the “Threshold” column. If the revenue growth goal is not achieved, but the EBIT threshold goal is achieved, the annual bonus payout would equal: Christopher B. Lofgren, $318,750; Lori Lutey, $103,125; Mark Rourke, $159,375; Steve Matheys, $75,000; and Paul Kardish, $75,000.

Material Terms and Conditions of LTIP Awards

The following narrative describes the material terms and conditions of the LTIP awards reported in our Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016 and Grants of Plan-Based Award Table for Fiscal Year 2016. See “—Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016.”

Restricted Shares . Restricted shares of our Class B common stock vest ratably over a three-year period, subject to continued employment with us through each vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of

 

122


Table of Contents

employment due to death or disability, an eligible retirement or a change in control. Dividends are not paid or accumulated during the vesting period.

Long-Term Cash Awards . Our long-term cash awards are target opportunities denominated in cash. They are granted annually and measure company performance over a five-year period. The actual payment to be made in 2021 will depend on the five-year compound annual growth rate of net income (“NI CAGR”) achieved relative to a target of 8% and the five-year average ROC achieved relative to a target of 16% occurring over the 2016-2020 timeframe. The amount ultimately paid is determined according to a schedule and may range from 0% to 250% of target with a threshold entry point of at least 3% NI CAGR and 11% ROC where 10% of target is paid. The award cliff-vests after the end of the five-year performance period, subject to continued employment with us and compliance with the terms of certain restrictive covenants. Individuals who terminate employment due to death, disability, an eligible retirement or a change in control during the performance period will receive a pro rata portion of the cash award. Provided a valid election has been made, the payment may be deferred under our nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

Retention Credits . Our compensation committee occasionally grants mandatorily deferred time-based cash “Retention Credits,” which typically vest in 20% increments over a five-year period based on continued employment with us.

SARs . SARs were awarded to certain of the named executive officers in 2011 and 2012. Each participant received a fixed number of units which generally cliff-vest after three years subject to continued employment with us. SARs are settled in cash after five years from grant, but may be deferred an additional five years from the original scheduled payment date if so elected by the executive, subject to Section 409A of the Code. No payments in respect of SARs were made to our named executive officers in 2016 because each of them elected to defer. We maintain an account for each participant, to which we notionally credit the value of the SARs. The value of the SARs is equal to the product of (a) the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of payment over the grant price and (b) the vested number of SARs granted. Dividends are not paid or accumulated on the SARs. The account is maintained solely for accounting purposes and no assets of the company are segregated or subject to any trust for the participant’s benefit.

Outstanding Equity Awards at End of Fiscal Year 2016

The following tables set forth information concerning equity awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2016.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares of Stock
That Have Not Vested (#) (1)
    Market Value of Shares of
Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (5)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

     1,770 (2)    
     3,112 (3)    
     4,233 (4)    

Lori Lutey

     500 (2)    
     878 (3)    
     1,257 (4)    

Mark Rourke

     589 (2)    
     1,070 (3)    
     1,539 (4)    

Steve Matheys

     192 (2)    
     408 (3)    
     546 (4)    

Paul Kardish

     189 (2)    
     376 (3)    
     567 (4)    

 

123


Table of Contents

 

(1) These awards of restricted shares vest in equal annual installments over three years, subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.
(2) The final installment of restricted share awards granted on January 17, 2014 vest on March 15, 2017.
(3) One-half of the remaining portion of the restricted share awards granted on January 17, 2015 is scheduled to vest on March 15, 2017, and one-half of such remaining portion is scheduled to vest on March 15, 2018, subject to continued employment with us.
(4) One-third of the restricted share awards granted on January 18, 2016 is scheduled to vest on                     ; one-third of such restricted shares is scheduled to vest on                     ; and the remaining one-third of such restricted shares is scheduled to vest on                     , in each case subject to continued employment with us.
(5) Market values are based on the closing book value of a Class B share equal to $             as of December 31, 2016.

Stock Vested in Fiscal Year 2016

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#)
     Value Realized
on Vesting ($) (1)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

     5,282         1,074,887   

Lori Lutey

     1,491         303,419   

Mark Rourke

     1,775         361,213   

Steve Matheys

     553         112,536   

Paul Kardish

     329         66,952   

 

(1) Values are based on the closing book value of a Class B share equal to $203.50 as of the vesting date (March 15, 2016). While values are shown in the above table as of the vesting date, such value is earned based on service over multiple years.

 

124


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2016

 

Name

      Executive
Contributions

in Last Fiscal
Year ($) (1)
    Registrant
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($) (2)
    Aggregate
Earnings

in Last
Fiscal

Year
($) (3)(4)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals
and
Distributions
($)
    Aggregate
Balance at
Last Fiscal
Year End ($) (5) (6)
 

Christopher B. Lofgren

 

SSP

           76,281        23,069               885,627   
  Retention Credits                   137,710               4,772,065   
  SARs                    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total            76,281              

Lori Lutey

 

SSP

           7,663        1,043               44,826   
  Retention Credits                   6,613               229,164   
  SARs                    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total            7,663              

Mark Rourke

 

SSP

           35,793        6,647               270,398   
  Retention Credits                   42,471               1,471,746   
  SARs                    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total            35,793              

Steve Matheys

 

SSP

    162,540        17,436        12,682               479,630   
  SARs                         
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total     162,540        17,436              

Paul Kardish

 

SSP

    94,264        5,041        5,685               235,320   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total     94,264        5,041                 235,320   

 

(1) Of the amount of executive contributions listed in this column for Mr. Kardish, $52,500 is included in the “Salary” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016.
(2) Represents our Supplemental Savings Plan contributions for 2016, made in early 2017 (which amounts are included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table, above).
(3) Represents (a) interest which accrued during 2016 on the executive’s and registrant’s contributions and existing balances under the Supplemental Savings Plan, (b) interest which accrued during 2016 on the deferred balance of the Retention Credits and (c) the change in vested SAR values during 2016.
(4) None of the amounts reported in the “Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year” column are required to be reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016 because there were no above-market or preferential earnings on the deferred compensation.
(5) Of the amounts reported in the “Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End” column, the following amounts were previously reported as 2015 compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for 2015: Mr. Lofgren: $117,489; Ms. Lutey: $52,107; Mr. Rourke: $130,479; Mr. Matheys: $188,132, and Mr. Kardish: $80,255.
(6) The “Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End” column includes our Supplemental Savings Plan contributions for 2016, made in early 2017.

The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016, above, includes amounts under the following plans.

Supplemental Savings Plan (or “SSP”) . We maintain the 2005 Supplemental Savings Plan, which was amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2007 and subsequently amended on December 31, 2012. The Supplemental Savings Plan is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Participants can elect to defer up to a maximum of 90% of their base salary as well as up to 90% of their bonus for the year. In addition, the plan provides for continuation of company contributions in excess of that otherwise permitted under the qualified plan. The compensation deferred under

 

125


Table of Contents

this plan is credited with earnings equal to the rate on a treasury bill with 7 years remaining to maturity plus one percent, currently 3.30%, and is reset each December 1 st . Each participant is fully vested in the deferred compensation and earnings which they contribute and which we contribute towards their retirement. All amounts are considered unfunded and are subject to general creditor claims until actually distributed to the employee. A participant may elect to receive their elective deferrals in one lump sum payment or in annual installments payable over a period of three, five or ten years. Non-elective retirement deferrals are paid out 50% in January of the year following separation of employment and 50% the January following that. As of January 2017, participants may defer an additional five years from the original scheduled payment date subject to Section 409A of the Code.

Retention Credits . Retention Credits, if any, are subject to a five-year vesting schedule. Vested Retention Credits are paid out in March following the second anniversary of the date of the employee’s termination of employment with us, provided the employee has not violated the terms of his or her restrictive covenant agreements. The company pays interest on the deferred balance of the Retention Credits, equal to the rate on a treasury bill with 7 years remaining to maturity plus one percent, which is currently 3.30%, and is reset each December 1st.

SARs . Vested SARs are notionally credited with the appreciation or depreciation of our Class B common stock, until the awards are settled. See “—Material Terms and Conditions of LTIP Awards—SARs.” SARs are settled in cash after five years from grant, but may be deferred an additional five years from the original scheduled payment date subject to Section 409A of the Code.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The company does not have employment agreements or predetermined personal severance agreements with any of its executives. According to the terms of our LTIP awards, certain outstanding awards held by our named executive officers accelerate all or in part upon death, disability, change in control and retirement, as described below.

Restricted Shares . Restricted shares immediately vest in full upon a change in control or upon a termination of employment due to death, disability or eligible retirement (provided that restricted shares granted after 2014 will continue to vest on the original vesting schedule upon retirement). Upon termination of employment for any reason other than death, disability or eligible retirement (including termination for cause or voluntary resignation), unvested restricted shares are forfeited.

Long-Term Cash Awards . Long-term cash awards held by our named executive officers vest as to the service-vesting condition on a pro rata basis upon termination of employment by reason of death, disability, eligible retirement or change in control during the performance period. The amount will be determined by our compensation committee, taking into account the executive’s completed calendar years of service during the performance period and the attained level of performance with respect to such year. Such vested amounts are payable within 90 days following such termination of employment. Upon termination of employment for any reason other than death, disability, eligible retirement or change in control (including termination for cause or voluntary resignation), the unvested portion of the award is forfeited, and any vested portion of the award is payable in cash within 90 days following the end of the five-year performance period. Payment of long-term cash awards is subject to compliance with the company’s restrictive covenant agreements.

Retention Credits . Retention Credits immediately vest in full upon termination of employment due to death, disability or eligible retirement (provided that unvested retention credits granted after 2014 are forfeited upon retirement unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee). Vested Retention Credits are payable within 90 days following death. In the case of termination of employment due to disability or eligible retirement, vested Retention Credits are payable on the normal payment date in March following the second anniversary of the date of termination of employment. Vesting of Retention Credits does not accelerate upon a change in control. Upon termination of employment for any reason other than death, disability or eligible retirement

 

126


Table of Contents

(including termination for cause or voluntary resignation), unvested Retention Credits are forfeited, and any then vested Retention Credits are payable on the normal payment date in March following the second anniversary of the date of termination of employment.

SARs . SARs account balances will be payable in a lump sum within 90 days following the executive’s termination of employment or a change in control (such account balances are set forth in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2016). See “—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2016.”

Generally, for purposes of the LTIP awards described above, a “change in control” means the date on which a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an “acquiring person”) has acquired legal or beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of Schneider National, Inc., or the date an acquiring person acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Schneider National, Inc. Transfers of voting stock of Schneider National, Inc. among trusts held for the primary benefit of members of the Donald J. Schneider family would not constitute a change in control.

Retirement treatment of LTIP awards is conditioned on, among other things, the executive reaching the required retirement age of 59  1 2 and having at least ten consecutive years of service with us. As of December 30, 2016, the last business day of fiscal 2016, none of the named executive officers met the required retirement age of 59  1 2 .

Potential benefits of the named executive officers due to death, disability or a change in control (other than payment of deferred compensation accounts) are shown in the table below, assuming such event occurred as of December 30, 2016, the last business day of fiscal 2016.

 

     Value of Long-
Term Cash
Awards ($) (1)
     Value of
Acceleration of
Restricted
Shares ($) (2)
     Value of
Acceleration
of Retention

Credits ($) (3)
     Total ($)  

Christopher B. Lofgren

           

Change in Control

     3,979,000            0      

Death or Disability

     3,979,000            0      

Lori Lutey

           

Change in Control

     1,128,000            0      

Death or Disability

     1,128,000            0      

Mark Rourke

           

Change in Control

     1,389,000            0      

Death or Disability

     1,389,000            89,359      

Steve Matheys

           

Change in Control

     477,600            0      

Death or Disability

     477,600            0      

Paul Kardish

           

Change in Control

     244,500            0      

Death or Disability

     244,500            0      

 

(1) Represents amounts payable under the long-term cash awards granted in 2014, 2015 and 2016 to our named executive officers that vest as to the service-vesting condition on a pro rata basis upon termination of employment by reason of death, disability or change in control, assuming performance achievement yielding a 100% payout of the executive’s target dollar value award, appropriately prorated through December 30, 2016.
(2) Represents value of restricted shares held by our named executive officers that vest upon a change in control or upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, using the closing book value of a share of Class B common stock equal to $                 as of December 30, 2016.
(3) Represents amounts payable in respect of Retention Credits, which immediately vest in full upon termination of employment due to death or disability.

 

127


Table of Contents

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors has adopted the Omnibus Incentive Plan, pursuant to which equity-based and cash incentives may be granted to current or prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants. We expect our shareholders to approve the Omnibus Incentive Plan prior to the consummation of this offering. No new awards, other than quarterly equity grants to our directors, will be granted under our LTIP until such time as this offering is effective. The following is a summary of certain terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration . Our compensation committee (or as necessary pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code or other rule or regulation, a subcommittee thereof) will administer the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules or regulations relating to the Omnibus Incentive Plan as it deems appropriate. Our compensation committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to establish such rules, regulations and procedures, and to determine, among other things, whether, under what circumstances and at which time or times the awards may be vested, exercised or settled. With respect to director awards, our Board of Directors may, at its discretion, grant or administer such awards, or may delegate such authority to a committee of our Board of Directors.

Eligibility . Any current or prospective directors, officers, employees and consultants of our company or its affiliates who are selected by our compensation committee will be eligible for awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of the date of this filing, a total of approximately                  individuals may be eligible. Our compensation committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized . The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of an aggregate of shares of our Class B common stock. No more than                  shares of our Class B common stock may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. No participant may be granted awards of options or stock appreciation rights with respect to more than                  shares of our Class B common stock in any single calendar year. With respect to any performance compensation awards (other than options or stock appreciation rights) denominated in shares, no more than                  shares of our Class B common stock may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to any participant for any single calendar year (or the equivalent amount in cash, other securities or property in which the award may be settled, based on the fair market value of a share as of the relevant date). With respect to any performance compensation awards (other than options or stock appreciation rights) denominated in cash, no more than $                 may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to any participant for any single calendar year, measured as of the date of grant. The maximum amount payable to any non-employee director under the Omnibus Incentive Plan for any single calendar year, taken together with any cash fees paid during the calendar year to the non-employee director in respect of the non-employee director’s service as a member of our Board of Directors (including service as a member or chair of any regular committees) is $                 (subject to any exceptions made by our Board of Directors for a non-executive chair or, in extraordinary circumstances, for other individual non-employee directors, so long as the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation does not participate in the decision to award such compensation). If any award granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan expires, terminates, is canceled or forfeited without being settled or exercised, or is settled in cash or otherwise without the issuance of shares, then shares of our Class B common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grants. In addition, if any shares are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, such shares will again be available for grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided that in no event will such shares increase the number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code.

Change in Capitalization . If there is a change in our company’s corporate capitalization in the event of an extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares or other securities or

 

128


Table of Contents

property), recapitalization, rights offering, stock split, reverse stock split, split-off or spin-off, our compensation committee will equitably adjust any or all of the following: the number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number and kind of securities covered by awards then outstanding under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and the exercise price, if applicable, with respect to any award. Our compensation committee will determine the method and manner in which to effect such equitable adjustment. In addition, upon any reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase or exchange of securities of the company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase securities of the company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the shares or the financial statements of the company or any affiliate, or any changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles or law, then our compensation committee may, in such manner as it may deem appropriate or desirable, make any of the adjustments described above; adjust any performance goal, target or measure, as applicable; make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award in consideration for the cancelation of such award; or provide for the cancelation, substitution, termination, or acceleration of vesting of any award.

Awards Available for Grant . Our compensation committee may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share awards, restricted share units, performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards), performance units, cash incentive awards and other equity-based awards (including deferred share units and fully vested shares). Awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by our company or with which our company combines (which awards are referred to herein as “Substitute Awards”).

Stock Options . Our compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “nonqualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be nonqualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an “incentive stock option.” Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of our Class B common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of vesting, exercise and expiration, as may be determined by our compensation committee. The maximum term of an option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (provided that, if the term of a nonqualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our Class B common stock is prohibited by our company’s insider trading policy or a company imposed “blackout period,” then the option’s term will be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension does not violate Section 409A of the Code). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash (or cash equivalent), or by such other method as our compensation committee may permit in its sole discretion, including (i) by exchanging shares of our Class B common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of our Class B common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism, or (iii) by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of Class B common stock will be settled in cash, securities or other property or be canceled, as our compensation committee may determine.

With respect to nonqualified stock option awards contemplated to be granted following this offering, the award agreements will provide that such awards will vest ratably over a four-year period, subject to continued employment with us through each vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of employment due to death or disability, eligible retirement or a change of control.

 

129


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights . Our compensation committee will be authorized to award stock appreciation rights under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. A stock appreciation right is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares, other securities or other property or any combination of the foregoing, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of stock appreciation rights will not be less than the fair market value of our Class B common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). The remaining terms of the stock appreciation rights will be established by our compensation committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Shares . Our compensation committee will be authorized under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to grant restricted shares, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. Restricted shares are shares of Class B common stock that are generally non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by our compensation committee for a specified period. The applicable award agreement may provide for the payment of dividends on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by our compensation committee in its discretion.

Restricted Share Unit Awards (including Performance Units) . Our compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted share unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. A restricted share unit award is an award of an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of our Class B common stock, cash, other securities or other properties, subject to certain restrictions under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise in an award agreement, upon the expiration of the restricted period or attainment of any other vesting criteria established by our compensation committee, the participant will be entitled to one share of our Class B common stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding restricted share unit which has not then been forfeited; provided, however, that our compensation committee may elect to (i) pay cash or a combination of cash and our Class B common stock in lieu of delivering only shares of our Class B common stock or (ii) defer the delivery of our Class B common stock (or cash or part common stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the restricted period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences to the participant under Section 409A of the Code. The applicable award agreement may provide that the holder of outstanding restricted share units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by our company of dividends on shares of our Class B common stock, which accumulated dividend equivalents will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted share units are settled.

With respect to restricted share or restricted share unit awards contemplated to be granted following this offering, the awards will vest ratably over a four-year period, subject to continued employment with us through each vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of employment due to death or disability, an eligible retirement or change in control. Each restricted share unit will be entitled to dividend equivalents, which will be paid in cash or shares, as determined by our compensation committee, if and when the underlying restricted share unit vests.

With respect to performance share or performance share unit awards contemplated to be granted following this offering, the award agreements will provide that the award will cliff-vest following a three-year performance period, subject to continued employment with us through the vesting date, with limited exceptions for a termination of employment due to death or disability, an eligible retirement or change in control. The number of earned performance shares or performance share units will be based on the attainment of specified levels of the performance measures during the performance period, as defined in the applicable award agreement. Each performance share unit will be entitled to dividend equivalents, which will be paid in cash or shares, as determined by our compensation committee, if and when the underlying performance share unit vests.

Other Stock-Based Awards . Our compensation committee will be authorized to grant other equity-based or equity-related awards (whether payable in cash, equity or otherwise) in such amounts and subject to such terms

 

130


Table of Contents

and conditions as our compensation committee will determine. Such awards may include deferred share units, unrestricted shares of our Class B common stock, rights to receive future grants of awards at a future date, awards denominated in our Class B common stock, or awards that provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value or future value of shares of our Class B common stock.

Performance Compensation Awards . Our compensation committee may grant any award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (other than options and stock appreciation rights) in the form of a “performance compensation award”, as defined therein, including cash bonuses, intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code by conditioning the number of shares earned or vested, or any payout, under the award on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. Our compensation committee may establish these performance goals based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions or operational units, or any combination of the foregoing, with reference to one or more of the following:

 

    share price;

 

    net income or earnings or loss before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), including cumulative compound net income growth rate;

 

    operating income or earnings;

 

    earnings per share (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    cash flow (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    revenues (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    return on invested capital, return on equity or other return measures (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    appreciation in or maintenance of the price of the Shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the company, or other shareholder return measures (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    return on sale, sales or product volume;

 

    working capital;

 

    gross, operating or net profitability or profit margins (including profitability of an identifiable business unit or product);

 

    objective measures of productivity or operating efficiency;

 

    costs or reduction in costs (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    expenses (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    product unit and pricing targets;

 

    premiums written and sales of particular products;

 

    combined ratio;

 

    operating ratio;

 

    leverage ratio;

 

    credit rating;

 

    borrowing levels;

 

    market share (in the aggregate or by segment);

 

    level or amount of acquisitions;

 

131


Table of Contents
    economic value;

 

    enterprise value;

 

    book, economic book or intrinsic book value (including book value per share);

 

    improvements in capital structure;

 

    underwriting income or profit;

 

    underwriting return on capital;

 

    underwriting return on equity;

 

    customer satisfaction survey results

 

    implementation or completion of critical projects

 

    safety and accident rates

 

    days sales outstanding;

 

    contribution margins; or

 

    any combination of the foregoing.

Any performance criteria that are financial metrics, may be determined in accordance with GAAP or may be adjusted when established (or to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, at any time thereafter) to include or exclude any items otherwise includable or excludable under GAAP. With respect to awards granted to participants who are not “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and who, in our compensation committee’s judgment, are not likely to be covered employees at any time during the applicable performance period or during any period in which an award may be paid following a performance period, the applicable performance criteria may consist of any objective or subjective corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, whether or not listed above, that our compensation committee in its discretion will determine. Performance criteria may be applied on an absolute basis, be relative to one or more peer companies of the company or indices or any combination thereof or, if applicable, be computed on an accrual or cash accounting basis. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, our compensation committee will, within the first 90 days of the applicable performance period (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective manner the method of calculating the performance criteria it selects to use for such performance period.

Our compensation committee may also specify adjustments or modifications (to the extent it would not result in adverse results under Section 162(m) of the Code) to be made to the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual, infrequently occurring or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development affecting the company, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal) or (ii) in recognition or anticipation of any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the company, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal), or the financial statements of the company, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal), or of changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles, law or business conditions.

Unless otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code or as determined by our compensation committee, a participant will be eligible to receive payment in respect of a performance compensation award only to the extent that (i) the performance goals for the relevant performance period are achieved and certified by our compensation committee in writing and (ii) the performance formula as applied against such performance goals determines that all or some portion of such participant’s performance compensation award has been earned

 

132


Table of Contents

for such performance period. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, our compensation committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award earned consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

As a newly public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering becomes effective. As a result, awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (whether in the form of equity awards or cash bonuses) need not be designed to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code during this transition period, and our compensation committee may take this into account in determining terms and conditions of awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Cash Incentive Awards . Our compensation committee will be authorized under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to grant cash incentive awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee, including the amount of cash incentive awards to be granted to any participant, and the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the cash incentive awards may vest or may be forfeited to the company. Each cash incentive award will have an initial value that is established at the time of grant. Our compensation committee will set performance goals or other payment conditions in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met during a specified performance period, will determine the amount and/or value of the cash incentive award that shall be paid to the participant.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

An award (other than an option, stock appreciation award or cash incentive award) may provide for dividend or dividend equivalents, as may be determined by the committee in its discretion. Dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of awards subject to performance goals are payable only to the extent that performance goals for the relevant performance period are achieved and that the performance formula, as defined in the applicable award agreement, determines that all or some portion of the applicable award has been earned.

Effect of a Change in Control.

No Assumption or Substitution . Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a change of control in which no provision is made for the acquirer’s assumption of or substitution for awards, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kinds of shares and the exercise prices, if applicable, then:

 

    any outstanding options or stock appreciation rights that are unexercisable or otherwise unvested will automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested as of immediately prior to such change of control, and our compensation committee will have authority to cancel such option or stock appreciation right (subject to a cash payment equal to the applicable spread value, if any);

 

    all performance units, cash incentive awards, awards designated as performance compensation awards and other performance-based awards will automatically vest as of immediately prior to such change of control, at either the target or actual level of performance (as determined by our compensation committee or set forth in the applicable award agreement), and will be paid out as soon as practicable following such change of control; and

 

    all other outstanding awards that are unexercisable, unvested or still subject to restrictions or forfeiture, will automatically be deemed exercisable and vested, and all restrictions and forfeiture provisions will lapse as of immediately prior to such change of control, and the award will be paid out within 30 days following such change of control or such later date as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Assumption or Substitution of Awards . Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, if within 24 months following a change of control in which the acquirer assumes or substitutes awards, with appropriate adjustments as

 

133


Table of Contents

to the number and kinds of shares and the exercise prices, if applicable, a participant’s employment is terminated by the company (or its successor) without cause (other than due to death or disability), then:

 

    any outstanding options or stock appreciation rights that are unexercisable or otherwise unvested will automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested, as the case may be, as of the date of such termination, and will remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the existing term or 90 days following the date of such termination;

 

    all performance units, cash incentive awards, awards designated as performance compensation awards and other performance-based awards will automatically vest as of the date of such termination, at either the target or actual level of performance (as determined by our compensation committee or set forth in the applicable award agreement), and such deemed earned amount will be paid out as soon as practicable following such termination; and

 

    all other outstanding awards that are unexercisable, unvested or still subject to restrictions or forfeiture, will automatically be deemed exercisable and vested, and all restrictions and forfeiture provisions related thereto will lapse as of date of such termination, and the award will be paid out as soon as practicable following such date of termination.

Nontransferability . Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless our compensation committee permits the transfer.

Clawback/Forfeiture . Awards may be subject to clawback or forfeiture to the extent required by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange or other applicable securities exchange, or if so required pursuant to a written policy adopted by the company or the provisions of an award agreement.

Term and Amendment; Prohibition on Repricing . The Omnibus Incentive Plan will have a term of ten years. Our Board may amend, modify or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan at any time, subject to shareholder approval of any amendment to increase the number of shares of Class B common stock reserved under the plan (other than certain adjustments upon changes in capitalization), to change the class of employees or other individuals eligible to participate, or to reprice options or stock appreciation right in a manner that requires shareholder approval. No amendment, modification or termination will materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient. Our compensation committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant, holder or beneficiary; and provided further that, without shareholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or stock appreciation right, (ii) our compensation committee may not cancel any outstanding option and replace it with a new option (with a lower exercise price) or cancel any stock appreciation right and replace it with a new stock appreciation right (with a lower strike price), or with another award or cash in a manner that would be treated as a repricing (for compensation disclosure or accounting purposes), and (iii) our compensation committee may not take any action with respect to any option or stock appreciation right that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a repricing. However, shareholder approval is not required with respect to clauses (i) through (iii) above with respect to certain adjustments upon changes in capitalization.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences . The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise and vesting of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and

 

134


Table of Contents

the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Stock Options. The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an incentive stock option, shares of our Class B common stock acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of incentive stock options will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or vesting or upon exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares within two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the share on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (measured as of the grant date), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a nonqualified stock option for federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option (“a nonqualified stock option”). Upon the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise and the participant’s tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. Our company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.

Stock Appreciation Rights. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a stock appreciation right. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the stock appreciation right. Our company will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Shares. A participant will not be subject to any tax upon the grant of restricted shares unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date the restricted shares become transferable or are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made such election, the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the

 

135


Table of Contents

shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. The participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to our company. Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Our company will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Share Units (including Performance Units). A participant will not be subject to any tax upon the grant of a restricted share unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted share unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. Our company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Cash Incentive Awards. The participant will have taxable compensation equal to the amount of cash the participant actually receives with respect to a cash incentive award. Our company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m). In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The Omnibus Incentive Plan is intended to permit grants of options and stock appreciation rights to covered employees which satisfy an exception to the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the Omnibus Incentive Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted shares, restricted share units and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. As discussed above, as a new public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering becomes effective. Our compensation committee retains authority to make payments or grant awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan that are not fully deductible if, in its judgment, such payments are necessary to achieve our compensation objectives and to protect shareholder interests.

New Plan Benefits . It is not possible to determine the benefits or amounts that will be received by or allocated to participants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan because awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be made at the discretion of our compensation committee (or as necessary pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, subcommittee thereof).

Senior Management Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors has adopted the Schneider National, Inc. Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “Management Incentive Plan”), to assist us in attracting, motivating and retaining officers and other senior managers who have significant responsibility for our growth and long-term success by providing incentive awards that ensure a strong pay-for-performance linkage for such officers and senior managers. The following is a summary of the material terms of the Management Incentive Plan.

Administration . The Management Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have the authority to (i) select the persons who are granted awards under the

 

136


Table of Contents

Management Incentive Plan, (ii) establish the performance goals and targets and other terms and conditions applicable to each participant’s award, (iii) certify in writing whether objectives and conditions for earning awards have been met, (iv) determine whether an award or payment of an award should be reduced or eliminated, (v) determine whether awards will be paid at the end of the award period or deferred and (vi) adopt, revise, suspend, waive or repeal such rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and conditions of the Plan.

Eligible Participants . Our officers and other selected employees will be eligible to participate in the Management Incentive Plan. As of the date of this filing, a total of approximately                  individuals may be eligible. Our compensation committee, in its discretion, will approve the officers and employees to whom awards may from time to time be granted under the Management Incentive Plan.

Award Types . The Management Incentive Plan will provide cash award opportunities for eligible participants on an annual basis.

Maximum Award . No Participant shall receive a payment under the Plan in a given calendar year, with respect to any performance period(s) ending in such calendar year, having a value in excess of $                .

Performance Goals . Payout of any award under the Management Incentive Plan will be conditioned on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. Our compensation committee may establish these performance goals based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of our company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions or operational units, or any combination of the foregoing, with reference to one or more of the following:

 

    share price;

 

    net income or earnings or loss before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), including cumulative compound net income growth rate;

 

    operating income or earnings;

 

    earnings per share (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    cash flow (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    revenues (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    return on invested capital, return on equity or other return measures (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    appreciation in or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of our company, or other shareholder return measures (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    return on sale, sales or product volume;

 

    working capital;

 

    gross, operating or net profitability or profit margins (including profitability of an identifiable business unit or product);

 

    objective measures of productivity or operating efficiency;

 

    costs or reduction in costs (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    expenses (including specified types or categories thereof);

 

    product unit and pricing targets;

 

    premiums written and sales of particular products;

 

    combined ratio;

 

137


Table of Contents
    operating ratio;

 

    leverage ratio;

 

    credit rating;

 

    borrowing levels;

 

    market share (in the aggregate or by segment);

 

    level or amount of acquisitions;

 

    economic value;

 

    enterprise value;

 

    book, economic book or intrinsic book value (including book value per share);

 

    improvements in capital structure;

 

    underwriting income or profit;

 

    underwriting return on capital;

 

    underwriting return on equity;

 

    customer satisfaction survey results

 

    implementation or completion of critical projects

 

    safety and accident rates

 

    days sales outstanding;

 

    contribution margins; or

 

    any combination of the foregoing.

Any performance criteria that are financial metrics, may be determined in accordance with GAAP or may be adjusted when established (or to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, at any time thereafter) to include or exclude any items otherwise includable or excludable under GAAP. With respect to awards granted to participants who are not “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and who, in our compensation committee’s judgment, are not likely to be covered employees at any time during the applicable performance period or during any period in which an award may be paid following a performance period, the applicable performance criteria may consist of any objective or subjective corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, whether or not listed above, that our compensation committee in its discretion will determine. Performance criteria may be applied on an absolute basis, be relative to one or more peer companies of our company or indices or any combination thereof or, if applicable, be computed on an accrual or cash accounting basis. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, our compensation committee will, within the first 90 days of the applicable performance period (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective manner the method of calculating the performance criteria it selects to use for such performance period.

Our compensation committee may also specify adjustments or modifications (to the extent it would not result in adverse results under Section 162(m) of the Code) to be made to the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual, infrequently occurring or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development affecting our company, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal) or (ii) in recognition or anticipation of any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting our company, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal), or the financial statements of our company, or any of its

 

138


Table of Contents

affiliates or subsidiaries, divisions or operating units (to the extent applicable to such performance goal), or of changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles, law or business conditions.

Unless otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code or as determined by our compensation committee, a participant will be eligible to receive payment in respect of such award only to the extent that (i) the performance goals for the relevant performance period are achieved and certified by our compensation committee in writing and (ii) the performance formula as applied against such performance goals determines that all or some portion of such participant’s award has been earned for such performance period. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, our compensation committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award earned consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences . The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and payment of awards under the Management Incentive Plan and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirement of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

The participant will have taxable compensation equal to the amount of cash the participant actually receives with respect to an award under the Management Incentive Plan. Our company will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The Management Incentive Plan is designed to permit cash bonus awards to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee retains authority to make payments under the Management Incentive Plan that are not fully deductible if, in its judgment, such payments are necessary to achieve our compensation objectives and to protect shareholder interests.

As a newly public company, we expect to be eligible for transition relief from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering becomes effective. As a result, awards under the Management Incentive Plan need not be designed to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code during this transition period, and our compensation committee may take this into account in determining terms and conditions of awards granted under the Management Incentive Plan.

New Plan Benefits.

It is not possible to determine the benefits or amounts that will be received by or allocated to participants under the Management Incentive Plan because awards will be made at the discretion of our compensation committee (or, as necessary pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, a subcommittee thereof).

 

139


Table of Contents

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2016

Currently, we provide each of our non-employee directors with an annual cash retainer of $125,000 and annual equity awards of $75,000, each awarded quarterly in arrears. We provide additional annual cash retainers of $75,000 for the chairperson and $10,000 for each committee chairperson. Directors may elect to receive their annual cash retainers in cash or equity. Equity awards are fully vested at grant. Retainers are prorated when a director joins or leaves our Board of Directors or a chairperson position. Directors do not receive meeting fees. All directors are eligible to participate in our medical plan and dental plan on a basis equivalent to our employees.

Under our director stock ownership policy, we require non-employee directors to purchase shares of our Class B common stock, with a value of at least two times their annual cash retainer, within two years of their election to our Board of Directors. Shares received by electing to receive annual cash retainers in equity count towards the stock ownership policy requirement; annual equity awards do not count towards the stock ownership policy requirement. As of December 31, 2016, all of our non-employee directors satisfied our director stock ownership policy.

The following table sets forth the compensation for each of our non-employee directors in 2016:

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash
($) (1)
     Stock awards
($) (2)(3)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Daniel J. Sullivan

     200,000         75,000         0         0         0         275,000   

Norman E. Johnson

     135,000         75,000         0         0         0         210,000   

Robert W. Grubbs

     125,000         75,000         0         0         0         200,000   

Adam P. Godfrey

     135,000         75,000         0         0         0         210,000   

R. Scott Trumbull

     125,000         75,000         0         0         0         200,000   

Thomas A. Gannon

     135,000         75,000         0         0         0         210,000   

 

(1) Represents the portion of the annual Board of Directors and chairperson retainers that was earned during 2016, paid quarterly in arrears. All such fees were paid in Class B shares, at the director’s election. The number of Class B shares issued was calculated using the value of a Class B share as of December 31, 2015, which was $203.50.
(2) Amounts reflect grant date fair value of restricted share awards, determined in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity-based awards. See Note 12 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the methodology and assumptions used in the FASB ASC Topic 718 valuations.
(3) All such equity awards were fully vested at grant.

Upon the closing of this offering, we may grant equity-based compensation to our directors. Further, we approved and implemented a new director compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this offering, will become applicable to all of our non-employee directors. Under the new director compensation policy, each non-employee director will be entitled to:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $75,000, paid quarterly in arrears, which the director can elect to receive in whole or in part in the form of restricted share units; and

 

    equity-based compensation of $125,000 in the form of restricted share units, which will vest on the earlier of (x) the one-year anniversary of the grant date and (y) the following year’s shareholder meeting.

We expect to reallocate our annual retainer amounts so that a greater portion of annual director compensation is weighted toward equity. Any director who joins our Board mid-year will receive a pro rata portion of equity-based compensation for service during the balance of the director’s service year, which will vest on the date of the next annual meeting.

 

140


Table of Contents

In addition, our new director compensation policy provides for annual retainers for the chairperson of our Board of Directors and committee chairs, in the following amounts:

 

    $100,000 for the chairperson;

 

    $20,000 for the chair of our audit committee;

 

    $15,000 for the chair of our compensation committee; and

 

    $10,000 for the chair of our governance committee.

Under our new director compensation policy, directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their cash compensation and/or settlement of their restricted share units. Equity awards will be granted to each director annually at the date of the annual shareholder meeting, prospectively for the year of service following the annual shareholder meeting. Directors joining our Board of Directors mid-year will receive a prorated equity grant in light of their partial year of service. Until the first annual shareholder meeting, we will continue with our practice of retrospective quarterly equity grants and cash compensation.

We have also approved a new director stock ownership policy, pursuant to which each non-employee director will be expected to retain equity with value at least equal to five times his or her annual cash retainer. We will no longer expect that directors will purchase stock; instead, each director will be required to maintain 75% of all shares from their equity awards on an after-tax basis, until achievement of the requirements of our director stock ownership policy. Only shares held outright and deferred stock units, not unvested equity awards, will count toward the director stock ownership policy.

 

141


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement described below, the following is a description of each transaction that has occurred during our last three fiscal years, and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate family or person sharing their household had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement

Pursuant to the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement, five specified members of the Schneider family shall have the right to nominate, and the company shall include in the slate of nominees recommended to shareholders of the company for election as a director at any meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected, two family members to serve on our Board of Directors on an annual, rotating basis. Each Schneider family member nominated in accordance with such agreement must satisfy the qualifications for service as a director set forth in the Amended and Restated Bylaws or such qualifications must be waived in accordance with such Amended and Restated Bylaws. The directorships will rotate among the five Schneider family members through 2025, with each director anticipated to serve for three consecutive years, plus the remainder of any current rotation at the time of the consummation of this offering. After the rotation system described above is complete, the five specified Schneider family members may, if they have at least 80% of such family members in agreement, propose to the corporate governance committee an amendment to the agreement, consistent with such agreement, to cover nominations in subsequent periods, the approval of which shall not be unreasonably withheld by either the corporate governance committee or the Board of Directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

Certain holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Employment Arrangements

We have employed Thomas Gannon, who is a director of our company, as a financial and tax adviser to the Schneider family and certain of the family trusts established for the benefit of the Schneider family. Mr. Gannon’s employment has also included responsibility for administrative matters relating to our company’s shareholders (including both the Schneider family and management investors), shareholder communications and oversight over all transactions in our company stock, including equity awards, and, until 2015, service as secretary of our company. Mr. Gannon has indicated to us that he intends to resign from his employment at the time of this offering. Mr. Gannon also serves as trustee for certain of the family trusts established for the benefit of the Schneider family members that hold greater than 5% of our common stock.

The foregoing employment roles and Mr. Gannon’s compensation were established in 2004 by our chairman of the Board of Directors at the time, Donald J. Schneider. In the previous three fiscal years, we paid Mr. Gannon a total amount of $698,678 in 2015, including $650,000 in salary, $10,728 in nonqualified deferred compensation interest, $7,950 in 401(k) matching contributions, $15,900 in retirement cash payments and $14,100 in nonqualified retirement contributions, $699,169 in 2014, including $650,000 in salary, $10,774 in

 

142


Table of Contents

nonqualified deferred compensation interest, $7,800 in 401(k) matching contributions, $15,600 in retirement cash payment, $14,400 in nonqualified retirement contributions, $357 in 410(k) contribution returns and $238 in cash to offset 401(k) match losses, and $694,162 in 2013, including $650,000 in salary, $6,512 in nonqualified deferred compensation interest, $7,650 in 401(k) matching contributions, $15,300 in retirement cash payment and $14,700 in nonqualified retirement contributions. During this three-year period, Mr. Gannon also received fees for his service as a director. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2015.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by our Board of Directors, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person. In reviewing any such proposal, our Board of Directors will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the commercial reasonableness of the terms, the benefit or perceived benefit, or lack thereof, to us, opportunity costs of alternate transactions, the materiality and character of the related person’s direct or indirect interest and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person.

All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and, as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

 

143


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

At the time of this offering, there is one record holder of Class A common stock and approximately          record holders of Class B common stock. The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock immediately prior to the initial public offering and after giving effect to the initial public offering, by:

 

    each of the directors and named executive officers individually;

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group;

 

    each other selling shareholder; and

 

    each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A or Class B common stock.

The number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering includes              shares of Class B common stock being offered for sale by us and by the selling shareholders in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to the initial public offering, and              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Beneficial ownership for purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if they have or share the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Accordingly, the following table does not include options to purchase shares of our common stock that are not exercisable within the next 60 days. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A or Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is 3101 Packerland Dr., Green Bay, WI 54313.

 

                                                              
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned (1)
   

Percentage of Shares of
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

  Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Offered
Hereby
   

Percentage of Shares of
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

 

Percentage of
Total Voting
Power Held

Name of Beneficial Owner

   

Before
Offering (2)

 

After
Offering (2)

     

Before
Offering (3)

 

After
Offering (4)

 

Before
Offering
(5)

 

After
Offering (6)

Named executive officers and directors (7) :

                 

Christopher B. Lofgren

                 

Paul Kardish

                 

Lori Lutey

                 

Steve Matheys

                 

Mark Rourke

                 

Thomas Gannon (8)(9)

                 

Adam Godfrey (8)

                 

Robert Grubbs (8)

                 

Norman Johnson (8)

                 

Daniel Sullivan (8)

                 

R. Scott Trumbull (8)

                 

Therese Koller (10)

                 

Kathleen Zimmermann (11)

                 

 

144


Table of Contents
                                                              
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned (1)
   

Percentage of Shares of
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

  Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
Offered
Hereby
   

Percentage of Shares of
Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

 

Percentage of Total
Voting Power Held

Name of Beneficial
Owner

   

Before
Offering (2)

 

After
Offering (2)

     

Before
Offering (3)

 

After
Offering (4)

 

Before
Offering (5)

 

After
Offering (6)

All directors and executive officers as a group (            persons)

                 

Other greater than 5% Shareholders:

                 

Joan Klimpel (12)

                 

Thomas Schneider (13)

                 

Mary DePrey (14)

                 

Paul Schneider (15)

                 

Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust (16)

                 

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Class A (10 votes per share) and Class B (1 vote per share). The Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust is the record holder of all shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock.”
(2) Assumes              Class A shares outstanding.
(3) Assumes              Class B shares outstanding.
(4) Assumes              Class B shares outstanding.
(5) Assumes Class A has              votes and Class B has              votes (for a total of             ).
(6) Assumes Class A has              votes and Class B has              votes (for a total of             ).
(7) The listed individuals will be directors and officers at the time of effectiveness of this registration statement and the initial public offering.
(8) Excludes Class A shares subject to the terms of the Voting Trust.
(9) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Mr. Gannon serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Gannon has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Mr. Gannon serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Gannon has shared voting and dispositive power and (iii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Mr. Gannon serves as the sole trustee, over which he has sole voting and dispositive power. Mr. Gannon is also a director of the company.                  Class B common shares owned by Mr. Gannon have been pledged as security to a financial institution.
(10) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. Koller and her descendants for which Ms. Koller serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. Koller has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. Koller and her descendants for which Ms. Koller serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. Koller has shared voting and dispositive power, (iii)             Class B shares held directly by Ms. Koller over which she has sole voting and dispositive power and (iv)             Class B shares held in trust for Ms. Koller’s children for which Ms. Koller is the sole trustee, over which she has sole voting and dispositive power.
(11) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. Zimmermann and her descendants for which Ms. Zimmermann serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. Zimmermann has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. Zimmermann and her descendants for which Ms. Zimmermann serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. Zimmermann has shared voting and dispositive power and (iii)             Class B shares held directly by Ms. Zimmermann and her spouse, over which she and her spouse have sole voting and dispositive power.
(12) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Ms. Klimpel serves as co-trustee with Mr. Gannon, over which Ms. Klimpel has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Ms. Klimpel serves as co-trustee with Mr. Thomas Schneider, Ms. DePrey, Ms. Koller, Ms. Zimmermann and Mr. Paul Schneider, respectively, over which Ms. Klimpel has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (iii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Ms. Klimpel serves as co-trustee with Mr. Gannon, over which Ms. Klimpel has shared voting and dispositive power, (iv)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Ms. Klimpel serves as co-trustee with Mr. Thomas Schneider, Ms. DePrey, Ms. Koller, Ms. Zimmermann and Mr. Paul Schneider, respectively, over which Ms. Klimpel has shared voting and dispositive power and (v)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of members of the Schneider family for which Ms. Klimpel serves as sole trustee, over which she has sole voting and dispositive power.
(13)

Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Schneider for which Mr. Schneider serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Schneider has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B

 

145


Table of Contents
  shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Schneider for which Mr. Schneider serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Schneider has shared voting and dispositive power and (iii)             Class B shares held directly by Mr. Schneider, over which he has sole voting and dispositive power.
(14) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. DePrey and her descendants for which Ms. DePrey serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. DePrey has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. DePrey and her descendants for which Ms. DePrey serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Ms. DePrey has shared voting and dispositive power, (iii)             Class B shares held directly by Ms. DePrey, over which she has sole voting and dispositive power and (iv)             Class B shares held in trust for Ms. DePrey’s children for which Ms. DePrey is the sole trustee, over which she has sole voting and dispositive power.
(15) Consists of (i)             Class A shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Schneider and his descendants for which Mr. Schneider serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Schneider has shared voting and dispositive power, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust, (ii)             Class B shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Schneider and his descendants for which Mr. Schneider serves as co-trustee with Ms. Klimpel, over which Mr. Schneider has shared voting and dispositive power and (iii)             Class B shares held directly by Mr. Schneider, over which he has sole voting and dispositive power.
(16) Consists of Class A shares over which the members of the corporate governance committee who serve as trustees of the Voting Trust, have shared voting power with the trustees of the trusts which have deposited such shares into the Voting Trust, subject to the terms of the Voting Trust.

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, Amended and Restated 1995 Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust Agreement and Voting Agreement, Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement and the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement that will be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, forms of which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law including the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (WBCL).

General

Following completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 250,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, no par value per share, 750,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, no par value per share and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share.

Class A Common Stock

Class A common stock outstanding . Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of Class A common stock outstanding. All outstanding shares of Class A common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust (the “Voting Trust”) holds all outstanding shares of Class A common stock for the benefit of certain Schneider family trusts.

Voting rights . The holder of Class A common stock is entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by our shareholders. See “Voting Trust Agreement.”

Conversion . The Voting Trust is the sole qualified Class A shareholder that is qualified to hold Class A common stock. Our shares of Class A common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis upon any transfer of Class A common stock, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary, in exchange for a trust certificate of the Voting Trust representing such share. We shall at all times reserve and keep available out of our authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock a number of shares of Class B common stock sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Class A common stock. Our Class A common stock is not and will not be listed for trading on any national stock exchange. Therefore, no trading market is expected to develop in our Class A common stock.

Class B Common Stock

Class B common stock outstanding . Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of Class B common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, after giving effect to the sale of shares of Class B common stock offered in this offering. All outstanding shares of Class B common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The Schneider family and trusts for their benefit will beneficially own              outstanding shares of Class B common stock upon completion of this offering.

Voting rights . The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by our shareholders. Our Class A shareholders and Class B shareholders will vote together as a single group on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders, subject to voting with respect to distribution rights as explained below, except as otherwise expressly provided for in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or required by applicable law.

Conversion . Our Class B common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

 

147


Table of Contents

Other Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock Generally

Except as otherwise provided in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or as required by applicable law, the rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except for the voting rights and conversion, as described above.

Distribution rights . Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock and except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.” However, a different dividend per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may be made if such different dividend is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group. Also, see “—Merger or consolidation” below.

Rights upon liquidation . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets and funds remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. However, a different distribution per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may be made if such different distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Subdivision or combination . Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may not be subdivided or combined unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided or combined in the manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock on the record date of such subdivision or combination. However, the shares of one class may be subdivided or combined in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision or combination is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Merger or consolidation . In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock upon the consolidation or merger of the company with or into any other entity, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock as a single class. However, shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger or consolidation if (i) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to a holder of a share of Class A common stock have ten times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of Class B common stock or (ii) such merger or consolidation is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate group.

Other rights . The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the shareholders.

 

148


Table of Contents

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company without further action by the shareholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Class B common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our Board of Directors will consist of up to fifteen directors, excluding any directors elected by holders of preferred stock voting separately as a series under our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. In accordance with our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement, each of our directors will serve for a one-year term or until his or her successor is elected. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, our shareholders will elect the members of our Board of Directors. There will be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on our Board of Directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The WBCL provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

The WBCL permits shareholder action by written consent if so provided by our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws permit shareholder action by written consent for any action that may be taken at a shareholders’ meeting if written consents are submitted and signed by shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting with voting power not less than the minimum number of votes entitled to vote on such action were a meeting to vote on such action to be held.

Shareholder Meetings

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called only by our Board of Directors or our chief executive officer. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide that a special meeting of shareholders may be held if written demand(s) are submitted by holders of at least ten percent of all votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at such meeting.

Shareholder Approval of Major Transactions

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws state that we shall not enter into any “Major Transaction” unless the consummation of the proposed Major Transaction is conditioned upon the approval of such Major Transaction by 60% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws define a Major Transaction as any one of the following: (i) any transaction to which we are party that results in, or would result in, more than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock being held collectively by persons who are not members of the Schneider family, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (iii) our dissolution or liquidation, (iv) changing the location of our headquarters from Green Bay, Wisconsin to a different location, (v) the removal of the name “Schneider” from our legal and/or business name or (vi) changing our official color from orange. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that we shall not enter into any proposed Major Transaction except in accordance with our Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

The affirmative vote of holders of at least 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock will generally be required to amend provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. The

 

149


Table of Contents

affirmative votes of at least 75% of our directors and of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock shall be required to amend certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, including the provision related to a Major Transaction described above.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws may generally be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with:

 

    the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors; or

 

    the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock.

The affirmative votes of at least 75% of our directors and of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be required to amend certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Bylaws, including the corporate governance bylaws, such as director nominations, voting for directors, director qualifications, tenure of directors, director vacancies, committees, indemnification, shareholder approval of Major Transactions and the power to amend certain bylaws related to the corporate governance bylaws. The aforementioned voting requirements are required until the first occurrence of: (i) any of the following Major Transactions: (a) any transaction to which we are party that results in, or would result in, more than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock being held collectively by persons who are not members of the Schneider family, (b) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (c) our dissolution or liquidation or (ii) the termination of the Voting Trust (as described below).

Voting Trust Agreement

The Voting Trust holds all of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and is governed by the Amended and Restated 1995 Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust Agreement and Voting Agreement, which we refer to herein as the Voting Trust Agreement. The trustees of the Voting Trust, whom we refer to herein as the Voting Trustees, are the members of the corporate governance committee of the Board of Directors who are not Schneider family members. In exchange for shares of Class A common stock transferred to the Voting Trust by Schneider family trusts, the Voting Trustees issued trust certificates evidencing shares of beneficial interest in the Voting Trust equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock transferred to the Voting Trust.

The Voting Trustees do not have any economic rights or investment power with respect to the shares of Class A common stock transferred to the Voting Trust; their rights consist of voting rights. Under the Voting Trust Agreement, the Voting Trust exercises all voting power with respect to shares of Class A common stock. Unless otherwise prescribed by the Voting Trust Agreement, the Voting Trustees must act by majority consent in exercising all voting power with respect to the shares of Class A common stock subject to the Voting Trust. However, if there is a vacancy, the Voting Trustees must act by unanimous consent. On votes with respect to Major Transactions, the Voting Trustees must take direction from the holders of trust certificates, voting in the same proportion as the vote of the holders of trust certificates. As a result, the vote on any Major Transactions will not be controlled by the Voting Trust, but instead will be controlled by certain trusts for the benefit of the Schneider family members holding the trust certificates issued by the Voting Trust.

The Voting Trust also requires the Voting Trustees to vote all shares of capital stock of the company held by the Voting Trust entitled to vote in the election of directors of the company to elect as director: (i) each eligible family member (as defined in the Voting Trust Agreement) who has been nominated in accordance with the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement (described below); (ii) the Chief Executive Officer; and (iii) each of up to fifteen individuals who are not eligible family members, less the number of individuals elected pursuant to (i) and (ii).

 

150


Table of Contents

The Voting Trust Agreement will automatically terminate upon:

 

    any of the following Major Transactions: (i) any transaction to which we are party that results in, or would result in, more than 40% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock being held collectively by persons who are not members of the Schneider family, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) our dissolution or liquidation;

 

    the affirmative vote of holders of trust certificates then holding at least 80% of the shares of beneficial interest in the Voting Trust or the unanimous agreement of the trustees of the Voting Trust to terminate the Voting Trust within 180 days after the issuance of our financial statements for any fiscal year as of the end of which the book value of the company plus any distributions is less than two-thirds of the book value of the company as of the end of any of the five fiscal years of the company preceding such fiscal year; or

 

    the time at which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent more than 40% of the voting power of the capital stock of the company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement

The Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement, which we refer to herein as the SRA, limits the transfer of trust certificates (evidencing shares of beneficial interest in the Voting Trust equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock transferred to the Voting Trust) or any interests therein from the Voting Trust to another party. The SRA provides for two circumstances in which a member of the Schneider family (and holder of a trust certificate) may withdraw shares of Class A common stock from the Voting Trust for sale, and such withdrawn shares shall be converted to shares of Class B common stock effective upon transfer in accordance with the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. The first circumstance is the funding of estate taxes attributable to shares of Class A common stock and the second circumstance is “emergency need” as defined in the SRA. The SRA provides that, prior to the termination of the Voting Trust, any shares of Class A common stock (represented by a trust certificate) that are transferred outside the Schneider family will be distributed from the Voting Trust and converted to shares of Class B common stock effective upon transfer and in accordance with the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. However, if such transfer is to an irrevocable trust providing a surviving spouse with income rights only for the balance of his or her lifetime after which ownership will rest with a descendant of Donald J. Schneider, no conversion to Class B common stock will occur. The SRA will automatically terminate upon the termination of the Voting Trust.

Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement

As described above, the Voting Trust Agreement requires that the trustees of the Voting Trust vote all shares of capital stock of the company held by the Voting Trust entitled to vote in the election of directors of the company to elect as a director of the company each of the eligible family members, as defined in the Voting Trust Agreement, who has been nominated in accordance with the Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement, which we refer to herein as the Nomination Agreement. The Nomination Agreement provides that the five Schneider family members specified in the Nomination Agreement shall have the right to nominate, and the company shall include in the slate of nominees recommended to shareholders of the company for election as a director at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected, the two family members specified in the Nomination Agreement for each of the annual meetings held in 2017 through 2025. The directorships will rotate among the five Schneider family members, and each member is anticipated to serve for three consecutive years, plus the remainder of any current rotation at the time of the consummation of this offering. Each Schneider family member nominated in accordance with the Nomination Agreement must satisfy the qualifications for service as a director set forth in the Amended and Restated Bylaws or such qualifications must be waived in accordance with such Amended and Restated Bylaws. The rotation system described above may end earlier than 2025 in the event a Schneider family member is unable or declines to serve all or any portion of his or her term. Each Schneider family member may participate as an observer in all board meetings occurring during the calendar quarter immediately preceding his or her scheduled nomination to the board.

 

151


Table of Contents

After the rotation system described above is complete, the five specified Schneider family members may, if they have at least 80% of such family members in agreement, propose an amendment to the Nomination Agreement to the corporate governance committee to cover subsequent periods. The amendment shall be consistent with the terms of the Nomination Agreement (including, but not limited to, satisfaction or waiver of the qualifications for service as a director set forth in Amended and Restated Bylaws and equal opportunity for representation among the family branches constituting the issue of Donald J. Schneider) and shall be subject to the approval of the corporate governance committee and the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. During any subsequent period that is not covered by an amendment to the Nomination Agreement that has been so approved, the trustees of the Voting Trust shall not be required to vote for the election of any Schneider family member as a director of the company.

The Nomination Agreement may be amended from time to time with the consent of at least 80% of the five specified Schneider family members and at least 75% of the directors constituting the full Board of Directors, and, in the case of the amendment referred to above, the approval of the corporate governance committee.

Other Limitations on Shareholder Actions

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws will also impose some procedural requirements on shareholders who wish to:

 

    make nominations in the election of directors;

 

    propose that a director be removed;

 

    propose any repeal or change in our bylaws; or

 

    propose any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of shareholders.

Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of shareholders, a shareholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentment at such a meeting, and such notice must be accompanied with the following information:

 

    a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting of shareholders and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

 

    with respect to the shareholder proposing such business:

 

    the name and address, as they appear on our books and records;

 

    the class and number of shares owned (beneficially or of record) or any other type of ownership, including but not limited to, through any derivative instrument or a proxy, contract or other arrangement that gives the shareholder the right to vote any of our shares;

 

    information of such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings in accordance with applicable SEC regulations;

 

    a representation that such shareholder is a holder of record of stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such proposed business; and

 

    any interest of the shareholder in such business.

To be timely, a shareholder must generally deliver notice:

 

    to the Secretary of the company at our principal office; and

 

    not later than the close of business on the 90 th day prior to, and not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day in advance of the anniversary of, the annual meeting of shareholders held in the prior year.

 

152


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Section 180.0828 of the WBCL provides that a director is not liable to a corporation, its shareholders or any person asserting rights on behalf of the corporation or its shareholders for damages, settlements, fees, fines, penalties or other monetary liabilities arising from the breach of, or failure to perform, any duty resulting solely from his or her status as director, unless the person asserting liability proves that the breach or failure to perform constitutes:

 

    a willful failure to deal fairly with the corporation or its shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer has a material conflict of interest;

 

    a violation of criminal law, unless the person has reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful;

 

    a transaction from which the person derived an improper personal profit; or

 

    willful misconduct.

As a result, our shareholders do not have the right, through shareholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above. A corporation may limit the immunity provided under Section 180.0828 by its articles of incorporation. We have not provided for such limitation in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain indemnification provisions that are substantially similar to the statutory indemnification provisions.

Forum Selection

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the Circuit Court for Brown County, Wisconsin or the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin—Green Bay Division will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the WBCL, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ articles of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Voting Trust, Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

So long as the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock represent a majority of the combined voting power of common stock, the Voting Trust will effectively control all matters submitted to our shareholders for a vote, except for the vote in any Major Transactions, which will be controlled by certain trusts for the benefit of the Schneider family members or holders of the trust certificates issued by the Voting Trust, as well as the overall management and direction of the company, which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the company. After such time as the shares of our Class A common stock no longer represent a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, the provisions of Wisconsin law, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of the company.

Some provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws could make the following more difficult:

 

    acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

 

    removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

 

153


Table of Contents

In addition, as provided in “Shareholder Approval of Major Transactions” above, we shall not enter into any Major Transaction unless the consummation of the proposed Major Transaction is conditioned upon the approval of such Major Transaction by 60% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of stock, with all classes of such stock voting together as a single voting group.

These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law

Wisconsin Business Combination Statutes . We are subject to Sections 180.1140 to 180.1144 of the WBCL, which prohibit a Wisconsin corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the interested stockholder’s stock acquisition date, unless before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the purchase of stock made by the interested stockholder on that stock acquisition date.

We may engage in a business combination with an interested stockholder after the expiration of the three-year period with respect to such stockholder only if one or more of the following is satisfied:

 

    our Board of Directors approved the acquisition of stock before such stockholder’s acquisition date;

 

    the business combination is approved by a majority of the outstanding voting stock not beneficially owned by such stockholder; or

 

    the consideration to be received by stockholders meets certain fair price requirements of the statute with respect to form and amount.

Section 180.1140 defines a business combination between a “resident domestic corporation” and an “interested stockholder” to include the following:

 

    a merger or share exchange with an interested stockholder or a corporation that is, or after the merger or share exchange would be, an affiliate or associate of an interested stockholder;

 

    a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets to or with an interested stockholder or affiliate or associate of an interested stockholder equal to 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the assets or outstanding stock of the resident domestic corporation or 10% of its earning power or income;

 

    the issuance or transfer of stock or rights to purchase stock with an aggregate market value equal to 5% or more of the outstanding stock of the resident domestic corporation; and

 

    certain other transactions involving an interested stockholder.

Section 180.1140(8)(a) of the WBCL defines an “interested stockholder” as a person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of a resident domestic corporation or who is an affiliate or associate of the resident domestic corporation and beneficially owned at least 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock within the last three years.

Section 180.1140(9)(a) defines a “resident domestic corporation” as a Wisconsin corporation that, as of the relevant date, satisfies any of the following: (i) its principal offices are located in Wisconsin, (ii) it has significant business operations located in Wisconsin, (iii) more than 10% of the holders of record of its shares are residents of Wisconsin or (iv) more than 10% of its shares are held of record by residents in Wisconsin. Following the closing of this offering we will be a resident domestic corporation for purposes of these statutory provisions.

 

154


Table of Contents

Wisconsin Fair Price Statute . Sections 180.1130 to 180.1133 of the WBCL provide that certain mergers, share exchanges or sales, leases, exchanges or other dispositions of assets in a transaction involving a “significant shareholder” require a supermajority vote of shareholders in addition to any approval otherwise required, unless shareholders receive a fair price for their shares that satisfies a statutory formula. A “significant shareholder” for this purpose is defined as a person or group who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate of the corporation and beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of the corporation within the last two years. Any business combination to which the statute applies must be approved by 80% of the voting power of the corporation’s stock and at least two-thirds of the voting power of the corporation’s stock not beneficially owned by the significant shareholder who is a party to the relevant transaction or any of its affiliates or associates, in each case voting together as a single group, unless the following standards have been met:

 

    the aggregate value of the per share consideration is at least equal to the highest of:

 

    the highest per share price paid for any shares of the same class of common stock of the corporation by the significant shareholder either in the transaction in which it became a significant shareholder or within two years before the date of the business combination, whichever is higher;

 

    the market value per share of the same class of the corporation’s common stock on the date of commencement of any tender offer by the significant shareholder, the date on which the person became a significant shareholder or the date of the first public announcement of the proposed business combination, whichever is higher; or

 

    the highest preferential amount per share of the same class or series of common stock in a liquidation or dissolution to which holders of the shares would be entitled; and

 

    either cash, or the form of consideration used by the significant shareholder to acquire the largest number of shares, is offered.

Wisconsin Defensive Action Restrictions . Section 180.1134 of the WBCL provides that, in addition to the vote otherwise required by law or the articles of incorporation of a resident domestic corporation, the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the proposal is required before such corporation can take certain actions while a takeover offer is being made or after a takeover offer has been publicly announced and before it is concluded. This statute requires shareholder approval for the corporation to do either of the following: (i) acquire more than 5% of its outstanding voting shares at a price above the market value from any individual or organization that owns more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares and has held such shares for less than two years, unless an equal offer is made to acquire all voting shares and all securities that may be converted into voting shares or (ii) sell or option assets of the resident domestic corporation that amount to 10% or more of the market value of the resident domestic corporation, unless the corporation has at least three independent directors (directors who are not officers or employees) and a majority of the independent directors vote not to have this provision apply to the resident domestic corporation.

We have elected not to be subject to Sections 180.1130 to 180.1134 of the WBCL.

Wisconsin Control Share Voting Restrictions Statute . Pursuant to Section 180.1150 of the WBCL, unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or otherwise specified by the board of directors, the voting power of shares of a resident domestic corporation held by any person, including shares issuable upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of options or warrants, in excess of 20% of the voting power in the election of directors is limited to 10% of the full voting power of those shares. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide this statute will not apply to the shares of common stock held by the Voting Trust.

Wisconsin Constituency or Stakeholder Provision . Pursuant to Section 180.0827 of the WBCL, in discharging his or her duties to us and in determining what he or she believes to be in our best interests, a director

 

155


Table of Contents

or officer may, in addition to considering the effects of any action on shareholders, consider the effects of the action on employees, suppliers, customers, the communities in which we operate and any other factors that the director or officer considers pertinent.

Registration Rights Agreement

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with                  to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our Class B common stock. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, this agreement will provide                  with certain registration rights as described below. An aggregate of                  shares of Class B common stock, including shares of Class A common stock that will convert into shares of Class B common stock if such shares of Class A common stock are transferred outside of the Voting Trust as specified in the Voting Trust Agreement and our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, will be entitled to these registration rights.

Demand registration rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, each of                  will have the right to demand that we file up to one registration statement on Form S-1 within any six-month period. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we will be required to use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration as expeditiously as possible.

Shelf registration rights

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3,                  will be entitled to have their shares of Class B common stock, including shares of Class A common stock that will convert into shares of Class B common stock if such shares of Class A common stock are transferred outside of the Voting Trust as specified in the Voting Trust Agreement and our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense. These shelf registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Expenses and indemnification

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand or shelf registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, subject to specified conditions and limitations. The registration rights agreement will include customary indemnification provisions, including indemnification of the participating holders of shares of Class B common stock and their directors, officers and employees by us for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities in respect thereof and expenses to which such holders may become subject under the Securities Act, state law or otherwise.

Termination of registration rights

The registration rights granted under the registration rights agreement will terminate upon the date the holders of shares that are a party thereto no longer hold any such shares that are entitled to registration rights.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class B common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SNDR.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Class B common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

 

156


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class B common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder.” Except where noted, this summary deals only with Class B common stock that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class B common stock that is a person or entity (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

    a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof or the District of Columbia; or

 

    an estate or trust, other than an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition of such individual’s common stock and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the disposition of our Class B common stock.

This discussion is based on the Code and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations each as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, potentially retroactively. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances and it does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). A change in law may alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class B common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are such an entity or arrangement holding our Class B common stock, or a partner in such an entity or arrangement, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class B common stock.

Prospective holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of purchasing, owning and disposing of our Class B common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Dividends

Except as provided under “Dividend Policy,” we do not currently expect to make any distributions on our Class B common stock. In the event that we do make any distributions of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class B common stock or rights to acquire our Class B common stock) with respect to shares of our Class B common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S.

 

157


Table of Contents

federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class B common stock and thereafter as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class B Common Stock.” Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class B common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide documentation (generally an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) certifying its entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty. Additional certification requirements apply if a non-U.S. holder holds our Class B common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary.

The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States). Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in substantially the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) with respect to its effectively-connected earnings and profits attributable to such dividends.

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax own advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

Gain on Disposition of Our Class B Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class B common stock unless:

 

    such gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), in which event such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person and, if such non-U.S. holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if it is provided by an applicable income tax treaty); or

 

    we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and our Class B common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

 

158


Table of Contents

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

FATCA Withholding

Under the provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (i) dividends on our Class B common stock and (ii) beginning after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class B common stock. In the case of payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (such as a bank, a broker or an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States, or an FFI Agreement or (ii) is required by (and does comply with) applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction, or an intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”), in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any “substantial U.S. owner” (generally any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity) or that identifies its substantial U.S. owners. If our Class B common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, unless such foreign financial institution is required by (and does comply with) applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Each non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class B common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Amounts treated as payments of dividends on our Class B common stock paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such payments generally must be reported annually to the IRS and to such non-U.S. holder by the applicable withholding agent.

The additional information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our Class B common stock to a non-U.S. holder if such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class B common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the non-U.S. holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class B common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such non-U.S. holder outside the United States, unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of

 

159


Table of Contents

perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class B common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Federal Estate Tax

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers) should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our Class B common stock generally will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

160


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of our Class B common stock by (i) employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), (ii) plans, individual retirement accounts, and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code, which we refer to collectively as Similar Laws, and (iii) entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets,” as defined by ERISA, of any such plans, accounts and arrangements, each of which we refer to as a Plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans which are subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, which we refer to as ERISA Plans, from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

Any fiduciary that proposes to cause an ERISA Plan to purchase the Class B common stock should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such purchase will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Because of the nature of our business as an operating company, it is not likely that we would be considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to any ERISA Plan. However, a prohibited transaction within the meaning of ERISA and the Code may result if our Class B common stock is acquired by an ERISA Plan to which an underwriter is a party in interest and such acquisition is not entitled to an applicable exemption, of which there are many. In addition, in considering an investment in the Class B common stock of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

By acceptance of the Class B common stock, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the Class B common stock will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the Class B common stock constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the Class B common stock by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

Purchasers of the Class B common stock have exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of the Class B common stock does not violate the fiduciary or prohibited transaction rules of ERISA or the Code, or any similar provision of applicable Similar Laws. The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive and is based on laws in effect on the date of this prospectus. Such discussion should not be construed as legal advice. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing our Class B common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any ERISA Plan or any Plan subject to any Similar Law, consult with their counsel regarding the matters described herein.

 

161


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class B common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class B common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class B common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After completion of this offering, we will have              shares of Class B common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). All of the shares of Class B common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares owned by our affiliates may not be resold except in compliance with Rule 144 volume limitations, manner of sale and notice requirements, pursuant to another applicable exemption from registration or pursuant to an effective registration statement. The shares of Class B common stock issuable to our Class B shareholders will be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. This rule is summarized below.

Rule 144

In general under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class B common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class B common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our Class B common stock then outstanding; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class B common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the shareholder and other factors.

Class B Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of Class A Common Stock

After completion of this offering,              shares of our Class A common stock will be outstanding. Each share of Class A common stock will automatically convert into shares of our Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis if such shares of Class A common stock are transferred outside of the Voting Trust as specified in the Voting Trust Agreement and our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

162


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding common stock, including certain Schneider family members and their family trusts, will enter into lock-up agreements in connection with this offering and will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class B common stock, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension upon the occurrence of specified events. For further details, see “Underwriting.”

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements in connection with this offering, up to an additional              shares of Class B common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class B common stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144.

Registration Rights Agreement

Certain holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Stock Options

             shares of Class B common stock are available for future option grants under stock plans.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of Class B common stock issuable pursuant to our to be adopted incentive plan. Subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, shares registered under any registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, or Rule 701, as currently in effect, any of our directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of Class B common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares of Class B common stock from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its six-month minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

 

163


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class B common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class B common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class B common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class B common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                 per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class B common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional shares of Class B common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class B common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class B common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class B common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

164


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling shareholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional shares of Class B common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $                    $                    $                

The selling shareholders

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders

   $                    $                    $                

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class B common stock offered by them.

We intend to list our Class B common stock on NYSE under the trading symbol “SNDR.”

We, our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding common stock, including certain Schneider family members and their family trusts, will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class B common stock beneficial owned by them (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or any securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Class B common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to, among other exceptions:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of an option outstanding on the date of this prospectus;

 

    transactions relating to shares of Class B common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the Class B common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

 

165


Table of Contents
    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Class B common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Class B common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Class B common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

In addition, we and each such person will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class B common stock, except a demand to register shares of Class B common stock on a resale shelf registration statement, provided that such registration statement is not filed during the restricted period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, may release the Class B common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class B common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class B common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class B common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class B common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class B common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class B common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class B common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class B common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related

 

166


Table of Contents

derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is the administrative agent under our revolving credit facility, and certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are lenders thereunder. To the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, these underwriters or their affiliates will receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Canada

The shares of our Class B common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106  Prospectus Exemptions  or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103  Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

167


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares of our Class B common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class B common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class B common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class B common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class B common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class B common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class B common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

168


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of the shares of Class B common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., Milwaukee, Wisconsin. We have also been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Class B common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the company and its Class B common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at https://schneider.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

169


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Index to audited consolidated financial statements

  

Schneider National, Inc. and Subsidiaries

     F-2   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of redeemable common shares, accumulated earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-6   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-7   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8   

Index to unaudited consolidated financial statements

  

Schneider National, Inc. and Subsidiaries

     F-29   

Consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2016 and year ended December 31, 2015

     F-29   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-31   

Consolidated statements of redeemable common shares, accumulated earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and year ended December 31, 2015

     F-32   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-33   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-34   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Schneider National, Inc.

Green Bay, Wisconsin

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Schneider National, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows, and redeemable common shares, accumulated earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Schneider National, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

December 22, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2015      2014  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 160,676       $ 149,885   

Marketable securities

     50,318         47,739   

Receivables:

     

Trade—net of allowance

     400,399         410,030   

Managed freight

     6,881         3,677   

Other

     64,645         44,122   

Current portion of lease receivables—net of allowance

     118,183         87,636   

Inventories

     68,466         44,944   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     43,430         40,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     912,998         828,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     

Transportation equipment—net

     1,409,445         1,194,411   

Land, buildings, and improvements—net

     64,578         63,623   

Other—net

     29,934         18,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

     1,503,957         1,276,202   

LEASE RECEIVABLES

     106,344         89,213   

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE AND OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS

     71,932         92,746   

GOODWILL

     26,706         33,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2,621,937       $ 2,320,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2015      2014  

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES, ACCUMULATED EARNINGS AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Payables:

     

Trade

   $ 203,319       $ 167,725   

Managed freight

     6,990         3,746   

Accrued liabilities:

     

Salaries and wages

     82,829         83,943   

Claims accruals

     49,198         49,961   

Other

     57,812         45,421   

Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations

     5,966         3,519   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     406,114         354,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Debt

     528,640         492,291   

Capital lease obligations

     10,966         16,932   

Claims accruals

     113,561         110,726   

Deferred income taxes

     464,314         377,604   

Other

     42,819         33,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noncurrent liabilities

     1,160,300         1,031,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14)

     

TEMPORARY EQUITY—REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES:

     

Redeemable common shares, Class A, $0.005 par value, shares authorized: 10,000,000, shares issued and outstanding: 2,767,650

     504,543         443,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable common shares, Class B, $0.005 par value, shares authorized: 30,000,000, shares issued and outstanding: 2,419,192 and 2,389,209, respectively

     441,018         383,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED EARNINGS

     109,550         106,969   

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     412         810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2,621,937       $ 2,320,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2015     2014     2013  

OPERATING REVENUES

   $ 3,959,372      $ 3,940,576      $ 3,624,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Purchased transportation

     1,430,164        1,384,979        1,198,090   

Salaries, wages, and benefits

     1,076,512        1,037,781        974,570   

Fuel and fuel taxes

     290,454        455,751        504,457   

Depreciation and amortization

     236,330        230,008        212,557   

Operating supplies and expenses

     452,452        435,753        397,465   

Insurance and related expenses

     82,007        62,846        71,577   

Other general expenses

     125,176        94,107        94,401   

Goodwill impairment charge

     6,037                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,699,132        3,701,225        3,453,117   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     260,240        239,351        171,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONOPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Interest expense—net

     18,730        11,732        13,860   

Other—net

     2,786        1,756        851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonoperating expenses

     21,516        13,488        14,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     238,724        225,863        156,538   

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     97,792        92,295        61,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     140,932        133,568        95,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (381     (140     39   

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities—net of tax

     (17     192        (944
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (398     52        (905
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   $ 140,534      $ 133,620      $ 94,569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,176,332        5,166,126        5,159,505   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 27.23      $ 25.85      $ 18.50   

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

     5,185,548        5,177,671        5,177,555   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 27.18      $ 25.80      $ 18.44   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES, ACCUMULATED EARNINGS

AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Class A
Redeemable Common Shares
     Class B
Redeemable Common Shares
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
 
         Shares              Amount              Shares             Amount          

BALANCE—December 31, 2012

     2,767,650       $ 371,419         2,407,653      $ 323,107      $ 49,728      $ 1,663   

Net income

                                   95,474          

Other comprehensive loss

                                          (905

Dividends declared at $3.10 per share

                                   (16,001       

Issuance of redeemable shares

                     33,605        4,874                 

Redemption of redeemable common shares

                     (48,633     (7,054              

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

             30,029                26,123        (56,152       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2013

     2,767,650       $ 401,448         2,392,625      $ 347,050      $ 73,049      $ 758   

Net income

                                   133,568          

Other comprehensive income

                                          52   

Dividends declared at $4.01 per share

                                   (20,697       

Issuance of redeemable shares

                     36,681        5,882                 

Redemption of redeemable common shares

                     (40,097     (6,429              

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

             42,345                36,606        (78,951       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2014

     2,767,650       $ 443,793         2,389,209      $ 383,109      $ 106,969      $ 810   

Net income

                                   140,932          

Other comprehensive loss

                                          (398

Dividends declared at $4.85 per share

                                   (25,158       

Issuance of redeemable shares

                     41,772        7,615                 

Redemption of redeemable common shares

                     (11,789     (2,149              

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

             60,750                52,443        (113,193       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2015

     2,767,650       $ 504,543         2,419,192      $ 441,018      $ 109,550      $ 412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

(in thousands)

 

     2015     2014     2013  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 140,932      $ 133,568      $ 95,474   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     236,330        230,008        212,557   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     (31,113     (26,708     (18,775

Impairment on assets held for sale

     2,950                 

Goodwill impairment charge

     6,037                 

Loss on sale of investments

     132        54        31   

Deferred income taxes

     86,719        57,257        20,731   

Other noncash items

     (955     (1,017     53   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables

     (14,095     (63,489     (30,622

Other assets

     (9     (2,586     495   

Payables

     32,441        5,448        (1,425

Other liabilities

     26,188        13,214        (236
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     485,557        345,749        278,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of transportation equipment

     (441,764     (463,795     (281,614

Purchases of other property and equipment

     (41,020     (23,904     (27,037

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     70,356        61,538        72,511   

Proceeds from lease receipts and sale of off lease inventory

     57,017        43,091        27,847   

Purchase of lease equipment

     (124,476     (91,706     (61,709

Sales of marketable securities

     15,166        12,084        16,795   

Purchases of marketable securities

     (18,581     (13,032     (17,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (483,302     (475,724     (270,463
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds under revolving credit agreements

     130,000        225,900        110,000   

Payments under revolving credit agreements

     (273,900     (127,000     (167,000

Proceeds from other debt

     180,000        120,000        100,000   

Payments of debt and capital lease obligations

     (3,519     (84,013     (30,381

Dividends on redeemable common shares

     (25,158     (20,697     (16,001

Redemptions of redeemable common shares

     (2,149     (6,430     (7,054

Proceeds from issuances of redeemable common shares

     3,262        1,268        3,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     8,536        109,028        (7,210
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     10,791        (20,947     610   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

      

Beginning of year

     149,885        170,832        170,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 160,676      $ 149,885      $ 170,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER DISCLOSURES:

      

Noncash investing and financing activity:

      

Equipment purchases in accounts payable

   $ 12,694      $ 6,298      $ 13,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

   $ 113,193      $ 78,951      $ 56,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 16,461      $ 12,516      $ 12,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes—net of refunds

   $ 30,502      $ 56,918      $ 45,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Schneider National, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Green Bay, Wisconsin. The Company is a leading transportation services organization providing a broad portfolio of premier truckload, intermodal and logistics solutions and operating one of the largest trucking fleets in North America. As described in Note 16, on June 1, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Watkins and Shepard Trucking, Inc. (“WST”). WST brings together final-mile delivery, claims-free handling and an innovative technology platform. The acquisition positions the Company in the fast growing transportation segment which delivers difficult to handle goods, such as furniture and floor coverings across North America using less-than-truckload (“LTL”), truckload and logistics services.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Subsequent Events —The Company evaluated subsequent events after the consolidated balance sheet date through December 22, 2016.

Revenue Recognition —The consolidated statements of comprehensive income reflect recognition of operating revenues (including fuel surcharge revenues) and related direct costs when the shipment is delivered.

The Company also manages freight transactions for certain customers. The Company records revenue based on the net services provided, meaning that the components of revenue and expense associated with these transactions are not presented on a gross basis in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income, but rather on a net basis and classified within revenue. The amounts due from customers associated with managed freight costs and the related amounts due to managed freight carriers are classified within managed freight receivables and managed freight payables in the consolidated balance sheets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include short-term liquid investments that have original maturities of three months or less.

Marketable Securities —Marketable securities represent investments in tax-exempt municipal bonds, corporate bonds, US Treasury notes, federal agency notes and bonds, commercial paper, and certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition. Marketable securities are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method; realized gains and losses resulting from such sales are included in interest expense—net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Marketable securities are periodically reviewed for indications of other than temporary impairment considering factors such as the extent and duration to which a security’s fair value has been less than its cost, overall economic and market conditions, and the financial conditions and specific prospects for the issuer. Impairment of marketable securities due to credit risk results in a recognized loss in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income when a market decline below cost is deemed other than temporary.

Receivables and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts —All trade and lease receivables are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at their outstanding balance adjusted for any charge-offs and net of allowances for doubtful accounts.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts to absorb probable losses inherent in its portfolio of receivables. The allowances for doubtful accounts represent management’s estimates and takes into consideration numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, by receivable type, including historical loss experience, portfolio duration, collection experience, delinquency trends, economic conditions, and credit risk quality. In estimating losses inherent in each of its receivable portfolios, the Company uses historical loss experience rates by portfolio and applies them to a related aging analysis.

Management performs detailed reviews of its receivables on a monthly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowances based on historical and current trends and other factors affecting credit losses and to determine if any impairment has occurred. A receivable is impaired when it is probable that amounts related to the receivable will not be collected according to contractual terms. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the net receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additions to the allowances for doubtful accounts are maintained through adjustments to bad debt expense, which is included in other general expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income; amounts determined to be uncollectible are charged directly against the allowances.

Inventories —Inventories consist of tractors and trailing equipment held for sale or lease to independent contractors and supplies. These inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using specific identification or average cost as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Tractors and trailing equipment for sale or lease

   $ 53,557       $ 30,540   

Replacement parts

     12,547         11,463   

Tires, rims, and other

     2,362         2,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 68,466       $ 44,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Equipment acquired under capitalized leases is included as a component of transportation equipment in the consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives and residual values. Generally, the estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Tractors

     6–8 years   

Trailing equipment

     10–20 years   

Other transportation equipment

     4–20 years   

Buildings and improvements

     5–25 years   

Other property

     3–10 years   

The Company had $1,166,239 and $1,118,476 of accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $207,483, $201,477, and $184,869, respectively.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Tires related to new equipment are included in the capitalized equipment cost and depreciated using the same methods as equipment. Replacement tires are expensed when placed in service.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Assets held for sale are evaluated for impairment when they are placed in held for sale status and in subsequent reporting periods. The assets are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, assets held for sale by segment were as follows:

 

Segment

   2015      2014  

Truckload

   $ 16,319       $ 14,207   

Intermodal

     1,061         502   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,380       $ 14,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains and losses on the sale or other disposition of equipment are recognized at the time of disposition and are based on the difference between the proceeds received and the net book value of the assets disposed. Gains from the sale of held for sale assets were $19,225, $15,280, and $8,369 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively and are classified in operating supplies and expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Software Development —The Company’s policy is to capitalize certain costs related to software developed and implemented for internal use and to amortize such costs over a period of five years on a straight-line basis. The Company had $67,728 and $86,741 of capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Amortization expense totaled $28,429 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Amortization expense was $27,904 and $27,061 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from these assets. Impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value and is classified in operating supplies and expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Such analyses necessarily involve significant estimates. Impairment of long-lived assets totaled $2,950 for the year ended December 31, 2015 using level 3 inputs as defined in Note 3. No impairment of long-lived assets was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles —The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level as of December 31 each year. The impairment test is a two-step process. Step 1 includes the estimation of the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the second step of the impairment test is required. Step 2 requires that the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

After performing Step 2, it was determined that the implied value of goodwill recorded in the Asia reporting unit, a business under the Other segment, was less than the carrying value, resulting in an impairment charge of $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The facts and circumstances that led to an impairment of goodwill included consecutive years of less than expected performance and the declining Chinese economy. Step 1 indicated no impairment for the Import/Export reporting unit, a business under the Logistics segment. The impairment test performed for both reporting units in 2014 and 2013 determined that there was no impairment nor was there impairment in any prior period.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Changes to goodwill, by reportable segment, and other intangibles during the periods indicated are as follows:

 

     Other     Logistics      Total
Goodwill
    Other
Intangibles
 

Balance—December 31, 2013

   $ 19,676      $ 14,173       $ 33,849      $ 1,298   

Currency translation

     (127             (127     (3

Amortization

                           (628
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2014

     19,549        14,173         33,722        667   

Currency translation

     (1,016             (1,016     (15

Impairment

     (6,000             (6,000       

Amortization

                           (418
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2015

   $ 12,533      $ 14,173       $ 26,706      $ 234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets, other than goodwill, include customer lists and are included as a component of other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Such assets are being amortized over a 10-year period from the date of acquisition.

Debt Issuance Costs —The Company incurred and capitalized certain costs and fees in connection with various financing transactions. These costs are being amortized within interest expense—net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the terms of the related financing agreements. Capitalized debt issuance costs are reported as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the associated debt on the consolidated balance sheets.

Earnings Per Share— The Company computes basic earnings per share by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the actual weighted average number of redeemable Class A and B common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if holders of unvested restricted shares become vested. Outstanding unvested restricted share units represent the dilutive effects on weighted average shares.

Accounts Payable —Included in payables—trade are amounts payable to banks as a result of checks in transit of $66,973 and $20,661 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Claims Accruals —The primary claims arising for the Company consist of cargo liability, auto liability, and workers’ compensation losses. Accruals are based on estimated or expected losses for claims. Estimates are determined by evaluating the nature and severity of individual claims and by estimating future claims development based upon historical claim development trends, advice from third-party administrators and legal counsel. The actual cost to settle claim liabilities may differ from reserve estimates due to legal costs, claims that have not been reported, and various other uncertainties, including the inherent difficulty in estimating the severity of the claims and the potential judgement or settlement amount to dispose of the claim. The obligations for claims that are not expected to be paid within one year are classified as noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The rollforward of the claims accruals for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Beginning Balance

   $ (160,687   $ (172,591   $ (179,238

Incurred

     (88,758     (88,393     (88,856

Paid

     86,686        100,298        95,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (162,759   $ (160,687   $ (172,591
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Current claims accruals

     49,198        49,961        84,799   

Noncurrent claim accruals

   $ 113,561      $ 110,726      $ 87,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related Parties —As of December 31, 2013, the Company had certain related-party balances with its majority shareholder and other shareholders consisting mainly of a note payable totaling $57,546 to the related party. The terms of the transactions were determined by the Company’s management and were reviewed by the Company’s Board of Directors. All such shareholder debts were paid off by the Company at maturity in January 2014.

Foreign Currency Translation —The net assets of the Company’s non-US operations in Mexico and China are translated at current exchange rates and income and expense items are translated at their average exchange rate for the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The functional currency for the non-US operations is the respective local currency.

Income Taxes —Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events other than proposed changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits when it is more likely than not that the benefits of tax positions taken on a tax return will not be sustained upon audit. Potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in income tax expense.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income —Accumulated other comprehensive income refers to unrealized gains and losses that are not currently included in net income. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ 407       $ 789   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities—net of taxes of $3 and $11 for 2015 and 2014, respectively.

     5         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 412       $ 810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2015, amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income represented realized losses of $132, which is included as a component of interest expense—net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

3. ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) issued their final standard on revenue from contracts with customers. The standard, issued as ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers by the FASB and as International Financial Reporting Standard 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, by the IASB, outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. As amended, the new revenue recognition standard will be effective for the Company’s 2018 interim and annual periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic   842) , which requires lessees to recognize in the consolidated balance sheets assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Consistent with current accounting principles, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. However, unlike current accounting principles, which require only capital leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, the new ASU will require both types of leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients that companies may elect to apply. These practical expedients relate to the identification and classification of leases that commenced before the effective date, initial direct costs for leases that commenced before the effective date, and the ability to use hindsight in evaluating lessee options to extend or terminate a lease or to purchase the underlying asset. The transition guidance also provides specific guidance for sale and leaseback transactions, build-to-suit leases, leveraged leases, and amounts previously recognized in accordance with the business combinations guidance for leases. The ASU will take effect for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments–Overall (Subtopic 825-10) . This update was issued to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments regarding certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure. The update (i) requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method or that are consolidated) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (iii) eliminates the requirement for an entity to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost; (iv) requires an entity to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; and (v) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. These provisions are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. The standard is to be applied using a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. An entity should recognize all excess tax benefits previously unrecognized, along with any valuation allowance, on a modified retrospective basis as a cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated earnings as of the date of adoption. The change in classification on the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

statement of cash flows can be applied prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented. The provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. Entities must apply the guidance retrospectively to all periods presented but may apply it prospectively if retrospective application would be impracticable. The provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value focuses on the estimated price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability, which is referred to as the exit price. Inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value fall into three broad levels (Levels 1, 2, and 3) as follows:

Level   1 —Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level   2 —Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities.

Level   3 —Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

The recorded value of cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The Company measures its marketable securities on a recurring, monthly basis. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, available-for-sale marketable securities of $50,318 and $47,739, respectively, were classified as current assets. The amortized cost of these securities was $50,311 and $47,707 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s marketable securities have maturities of 12 to 30 months and are as follows:

 

     2015      2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Zero coupon bonds

   $ 3,692       $ 3,724       $ 3,617       $ 3,624   

U.S. treasury and government agencies

     10,036         9,996         12,062         12,052   

Asset-backed securities

     528         514         652         636   

Corporate debt securities

     18,653         18,760         16,091         16,278   

State and political subdivisions

     17,402         17,324         15,285         15,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 50,311       $ 50,318       $ 47,707       $ 47,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All marketable securities were valued based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active (Level 2). During all periods presented, there were no transfers of securities between levels. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities were not material in 2015, 2014 or 2013.

The fair value of noncurrent assets are evaluated on a nonrecurring basis when facts come to the attention of management which indicate an other than temporary impairment. Fair values are determined based on valuation techniques using Level 3 inputs.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

5. RECEIVABLES

Trade Receivables —The Company’s trade receivables primarily arise from providing transportation and logistics services to customers. The components of trade receivables as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, are as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Trade receivables

   $ 403,955      $ 414,707   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,556     (4,677
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables—net of allowance

   $ 400,399      $ 410,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Beginning Balance

   $ (4,677   $ (3,093   $ (3,334

Provision

     (229     (2,442     (3,657

Recoveries

     (545     (174     (289

Write-offs

     1,895        1,032        4,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (3,556   $ (4,677   $ (3,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lease Receivables —The Company finances various types of transportation-related equipment for independent third parties. The transactions are generally for one to five years and are accounted for as sales-type or direct financing leases. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the investment in lease receivables was as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Future minimum payments to be received on leases

   $ 113,926      $ 95,999   

Guaranteed residual lease values

     137,040        102,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments to be received

     250,966        198,207   

Unearned income

     (26,439     (21,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in leases

     224,527        176,812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes receivable

            37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current maturities of lease and notes receivable

     118,846        87,932   

Less—allowance for doubtful accounts

     (663     (296
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion of lease and notes receivable—net of allowance

     118,183        87,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lease receivables—noncurrent

   $ 106,344      $ 89,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The principal amounts to be received on lease receivables as of December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31

   Leases  

2016

   $ 118,846   

2017

     51,789   

2018

     48,011   

2019

     5,121   

2020

     1,423   

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 225,190   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Leases are generally placed on nonaccrual status (nonaccrual of interest and other fees) when a payment becomes 90 days past due or upon receipt of notification of bankruptcy, upon the death of a customer, or in other instances in which management concludes collectability is not reasonably assured. The accrual of interest and other fees is resumed when all payments are less than 60 days past due. At December 31, 2015, there were $284 of lease payments greater than 90 days past due, with amounts reserved, as discussed in Note 2, of $663.

The terms of the lease agreements generally give the Company the ability to take possession of the underlying asset in the event of default. The Company may incur credit losses in excess of recorded allowances if the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale or re-lease of the asset supporting the third party’s financial obligation is not realized. Costs to repossess and estimated reconditioning costs are recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period incurred.

Other receivables—The Company’s other receivables consist of income tax receivable balances and other non-trade receivables. Non-trade receivables primarily arise from transactions outside of the core transportation and logistics business.

6. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, debt includes the following:

 

     2015     2014  

Unsecured senior notes: principal payable at maturity; interest payable in quarterly or semiannual installments through 2024; weighted-average interest rates of 3.66% and 3.76% for 2015 and 2014, respectively

   $ 500,000      $ 320,000   

Revolving credit borrowings: interest rates of 1.47% and 1.42% for 2015 and 2014, respectively

            28,900   

Secured credit facility: collateralized by certain trade receivables and interest rates of 1.38% and 1.26% for 2015 and 2014, respectively

     30,000        145,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal outstanding

     530,000        493,900   

Current maturities

              

Debt issuance costs

     (1,360     (1,609
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 528,640      $ 492,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheduled principal payments of debt subsequent to December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31

      

2016

   $   

2017

     130,000   

2018

       

2019

     40,000   

2020

     55,000   

2021 and thereafter

     305,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 530,000   
  

 

 

 

Financing arrangements require the Company to maintain certain covenants and financial ratios. The credit agreement contains various financial and other covenants, including required minimum consolidated net worth, consolidated net debt, limitations on indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, shareholder debt and restricted payments. The credit agreement and senior notes contain change of control provisions pursuant to which a change of control is defined to mean the Schneider family no longer owns more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s capital stock. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and financial ratios under the credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Notes.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In September 2014, the Company entered into a $300,000 private placement unsecured senior note offering. The initial funding of $120,000 occurred in November 2014, with final maturity dates of 2019, 2021, and 2024 and fixed interest rates of 2.76%, 3.25%, and 3.61%, respectively. The second funding of $180,000 was completed in March 2015, with final maturity dates of 2020, 2022, and 2025 and fixed interest rates of 2.86%, 3.35%, and 3.71%, respectively.

In November 2013, the Company entered into a five-year master revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks providing borrowing capacity of up to $250,000. This agreement extended until November 2018 the previous revolving credit agreement, which would have expired in February 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, funds may be borrowed at rates selected by the Company based on various market indices. Borrowings under the credit agreement, which are primarily used for working capital and capital expenditures, are unsecured. No principal payments are required until the expiration date of the agreement. This agreement also provides a sublimit of $100,000 to be used for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, standby letters of credit under this agreement amounted to $100 and $100, respectively, and were primarily related to the requirements of certain of the Company’s real estate leases. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit agreement. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $28,900 under the revolving credit agreement.

In December 2013, the Company entered into a secured credit facility that allows the Company to borrow up to $200,000 against qualifying trade receivables. This agreement extended the previous secured credit facility, which would have expired in March 2015. The amended credit facility, which expires in December 2017, increases the $125,000 borrowing capacity of the previous agreement. No principal payments are required until the expiration date of the facility. Under the terms of the agreement, funds may be borrowed at rates based on the 30-day London InterBank Offered Rate. The amended facility allows for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2015, standby letters of credit under this agreement amounted to $62,531 and were primarily related to the requirements of certain of the Company’s insurance obligations. The Company had $30,000 and $145,000 of outstanding borrowings under the credit facility as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Based upon borrowing rates available to the Company in the applicable year, a fixed-rate debt portfolio with similar terms and maturities would have a fair value of approximately $528,653 and $503,117 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

7. CAPITALIZED LEASES

The consolidated balance sheets include assets acquired under capital lease as components of property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Transportation equipment

   $ 29,991      $ 30,017   

Real property

     825        825   

Accumulated depreciation

     (11,712     (9,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,104      $ 21,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The related capitalized lease obligations as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, are as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Total future minimum payments

   $ 18,211      $ 22,274   

Amount representing interest

     (1,279     (1,823
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     16,932        20,451   

Current maturities

     (5,966     (3,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 10,966      $ 16,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Interest paid under capital leases totaled $544, $617, and $684 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Future minimum lease and interest payments required under capitalized leases as of December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31

      

2016

   $ 6,431   

2017

     2,465   

2018

     2,465   

2019

     6,708   

2020

     142   

2021 and thereafter

       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,211   
  

 

 

 

8. OPERATING LEASES

The Company has various operating lease agreements primarily related to transportation equipment and real estate. These leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through 2023. Future minimum payments required under these leases as of December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31

      

2016

   $ 38,225   

2017

     20,170   

2018

     14,170   

2019

     8,378   

2020

     5,751   

2021 and thereafter

     2,233   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,927   
  

 

 

 

Lease expense for all operating leases was $51,422, $51,750, and $53,716 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, and is classified in operating supplies and expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

9. INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, were as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 5,533       $ 28,988       $ 36,250   

State and other

     7,496         6,339         4,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,029         35,327         41,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

     79,311         51,765         18,147   

State and other

     5,452         5,203         1,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     84,763         56,968         19,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 97,792       $ 92,295       $ 61,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Foreign operations of the Company are insignificant in relation to overall Company operating results.

The provision for income taxes as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 differed from the amounts computed using the federal statutory rate of 35% as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Income tax at federal statutory rate

   $ 83,553       $ 78,999       $ 54,788   

State tax, net of federal effect

     10,325         9,323         4,923   

Nondeductible meals and entertainment

     3,572         3,523         3,734   

Other, net

     342         450         (2,381
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 97,792       $ 92,295       $ 61,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax liability included in deferred income taxes in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, were as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 830      $ 1,088   

Compensation and employee benefits

     15,859        12,835   

Insurance and claims accruals

     3,838        3,399   

Other

     8,763        12,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     29,290        30,144   

Valuation allowance

     (1,818     (2,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     27,472        27,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     473,000        394,569   

Prepaid expenses

     4,923        3,506   

Intangibles

     4,306        3,436   

Other

     9,557        3,877   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     491,786        405,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 464,314      $ 377,604   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded as other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, is as follows:

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—beginning of year

   $ 2,940      $ 3,274      $ 3,462   

Gross increases—tax positions related to current year

     525        347        247   

Gross decreases—tax positions taken in prior years

     (1,110     (513     0   

Settlements

     (237     (92     (113

Lapse of Statutes

     (78     (76     (322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—end of year

   $ 2,040      $ 2,940      $ 3,274   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits— The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 would reduce the provision for income taxes if subsequently recognized. Potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense. Interest and penalties recorded in income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were immaterial and accrued interest and penalties for such unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $948, $2,835 and

 

F-19


Table of Contents

$2,724 respectively. The Company expects no significant increases or decreases for uncertain tax positions during the twelve months immediately following the December 31, 2015 reporting date.

Tax Examinations The Company files a U.S. federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns in a majority of state tax jurisdictions. The Company also files returns in foreign jurisdictions. The years 2014 and 2015 are open for examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and various years are open for examination by state and foreign tax authorities. In June 2016, the Company closed the examination with the IRS for tax years 2012 and 2013 and there were no adjustments that had a material impact on income tax expense. State and foreign jurisdictional statutes of limitations generally range from three to four years.

Carryforwards As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $220,823 of state net operating loss carryforwards which are subject to expiration from 2016 to 2035. The Company also had state credit carryforwards of $2,001, which are subject to expiration from 2016 to 2019 and no capital loss carryforwards. The deferred tax assets related to carryforwards at December 31, 2015 were $10,908 for state net operating loss carryforwards and $1,301 for state credit carryforwards. Carryforwards are reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversals of existing temporary differences, tax-planning strategies, and projections of future taxable income. At December 31, 2015, the Company carried a total valuation allowance of $1,818 which represents $911 against state deferred tax assets and $907 against state credit carryforwards.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors defined contribution plans for certain eligible employees. Under these plans, annual contribution levels, as defined in the agreements, are based upon years of service. Expense under these plans totaled $10,325, $9,918, and $9,612 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, and is classified in salaries, wages, and benefits on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The Company also has a savings plan, organized pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, to provide employees with additional income upon retirement. Under the terms of the plan, substantially all employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation, as defined, to the plan. The Company makes contributions to the plan, up to a maximum amount per employee, based upon a percentage of employee contributions. The Company’s net expense under this plan was $9,556, $10,469, and $10,089 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

11. REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES AND SHARE-BASED AWARDS

The Company’s outstanding shares of Class A and B redeemable common shares share equally in all dividends and distributions. However, the redeemable Class B shares do not have voting rights. The Company has the right to call the Class A and Class B shares under certain circumstances. Likewise, the Class A and Class B Shareholders have the right to put the Class A and Class B shares to the Company under certain circumstances. The repurchase price in the event of a Company call or shareholder put is generally the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. Other than through these repurchase provisions or other certain permitted transactions defined in the shareholders’ agreement, the Class A and Class B Shareholders are not permitted to transfer their shares.

The Company has an employee share purchase plan whereby the Board of Directors may offer directors and selected employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s Class B common shares at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year (consistent with the price used for repurchasing Class A and B redeemable common shares with all shareholders). The directors and employees may sell their Class B redeemable common shares subject to the Company’s right of first refusal. If exercised, the Company’s right of first refusal would be exercised at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. The Company does not record compensation cost associated with the employee share purchase plan because the directors and employees purchase and sell their shares under the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

employee share purchase plan on the same terms available to all other holders of the Company’s Class A and Class B redeemable common shares.

The Board of Directors may grant directors and selected employees restricted shares at no cost to the recipient, and which can be settled only in Class B redeemable common shares at the end of the vesting period. Compensation cost associated with the awarded shares is measured at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year and is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally one to three years. Restricted shares do not provide the holder with cash dividends during the vesting period, nor do dividends accrue prior to vesting. Any Class B shares issued in settlement of vested restricted shares are subject to the same sale and repurchase provisions as the shares acquired under the employee share purchase plan discussed above.

While no Class A or Class B redeemable common shares are mandatorily redeemable, certain of the circumstances under which the Class A and Class B shareholders, including the directors and employees holding shares pursuant to the employee share purchase plan and settlement of restricted shares, can redeem shares are outside the control of the Company. As a consequence, all vested Class A and B common shares are recorded as temporary equity (redeemable common shares) in the consolidated balance sheets at their redemption value as of the respective balance sheet date. Accumulated earnings in the consolidated balance sheets is adjusted for the changes during the period in the current redemption value of vested Class A and B redeemable common shares. Restricted shares that are not yet vested and held for more than 180 days as of the reporting date are classified in liabilities at their redemption values taking into consideration the portion of the requisite service that has been provided as of the reporting date.

Employee and Director Share Purchases and Grants— During the year ended December 31, 2015, employees and directors purchased 25,053 Class B common shares at a price per share of $182.30. During the year ended December 31, 2014, employees and directors purchased 15,771 shares at a price per share of $160.35. During the year ended December 31, 2013, employees and directors purchased 25,579 shares at a price per share of $145.05. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was authorized to issue an additional 30,267 shares under the employee share purchase plan.

Restricted Shares— The Company grants to certain management restricted shares that vest generally over a three year period. Restricted shares must be paid out in shares and are accounted for as equity awards once vested and held for more than 180 days. Cash dividends are not paid on the nonvested restricted shares, nor do they accumulate during the vesting period. A summary of the restricted shares activity during 2015, was as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares  
     Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2015

     30,500      $ 148.98   

Granted

     13,581        182.30   

Vested

     (17,449     144.36   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

     26,632      $ 168.99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense recognized within salaries, wages, and benefits in the statements of comprehensive income for restricted shares in 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $2,194, $2,401, and $2,502, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted share grants awards was $2,630 and the weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 1.8 years.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

12. OTHER SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company offers the following compensation programs to employees that are based upon the performance of its Class B common shares or the Company’s economic performance. Programs must be settled in cash and do not result in the issuance of common shares. Awards under these programs are accounted for as liabilities within Other accrued liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities on the balance sheet, with compensation expense recorded within salaries, wages, and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Compensation expense recognized within salaries, wages, and benefits in the statements of comprehensive income for other share-based compensation programs in 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $14,406, $7,909, and $5,397, respectively.

Long-Term Cash Awards— The Company began to grant Long-Term Cash Awards (“LTCA”) in 2013. All payouts under the LTCA, if any, are made in cash after five years from the grant date. Compensation expense is recorded ratably generally over the cliff vesting performance period of 5 years based on the fair value of the awards at each reporting period. In general, in the event that a participant’s employment terminates prior to the conclusion of the performance period, the award under the LTCA is deemed forfeited and canceled. However, some awards under the LTCA pro rata vest in the event of a participant’s death, disability, retirement or change of control.

Payments under the LTCA are based on levels of compounded Net Income Growth and average Return on Capital, as defined in the long-term incentive plan agreement. No payments are made under the LTCA unless the Company achieves a minimum performance of 3% of compounded Net Income Growth and Return on Capital of 8.5%, 9.5%, and 10% in 2013-2017, 2014-2018 and 2015-2019 performance periods, respectively. Payments will equal 100% of the targeted payout if compounded Net Income Growth averages 8% and Return on Capital equals or exceeds 13.5%, 14.5%, and 15% in 2013-2017, 2014-2018 and 2015-2019 performance periods, respectively. Targeted payouts for the 2015, 2014 and 2013 grants are $5,776, $5,103 and $5,132, respectively. The actual amount earned may range from 0% to 250% of target based upon performance and 2015 (dollars in thousands).

Information related to the LTCA for the three years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     Amount  

LTCA liability at January 1, 2013

   $   

Compensation expense

     1,026   

Forfeitures

     (36

Payments

       
  

 

 

 

LTCA liability at December 31, 2013

     990   

Compensation expense

     5,696   

Forfeitures

     (17

Payments

       
  

 

 

 

LTCA liability at December 31, 2014

     6,669   

Compensation expense

     5,734   

Forfeitures

     (33

Payments

     (414
  

 

 

 

LTCA liability at December 31, 2015

   $ 11,956   

Stock Appreciation Rights— The Company under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) granted Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”) through 2012. SARs entitle the participants to the benefits of changes in fair value of the Class B common shares from the date of issuance to the date in which the award is redeemed. SARs cliff-vest three years after the grant date and ordinarily are redeemed five years after the grant date based on the fair value of the Class B common shares at that date. However, prior to the end of the fourth anniversary of the grant date, participants may elect to defer redemption until after the tenth year based on the fair value of the Class B common shares at that date. Subsequent to vesting, the Company continues to record the liabilities at fair value

 

F-22


Table of Contents

until redemption. Because no further service is required after the three-year vesting period, the Company records compensation expense based upon the fair value of the awards ratably over three years.

There were no redemptions that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, or 2013. SARs outstanding as of December 31, 2015 were 105,400 units, with a related liability recorded in the December 31, 2015 balance sheet of $6,269.

13. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company computes basic earnings per share by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the actual weighted average number of redeemable common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if holders of unvested restricted share units converted their holdings into redeemable common shares. Outstanding unvested restricted share units represent the dilutive effects on weighted average shares. A reconciliation of the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   2015      2014      2013  

Basic earnings per common share:

        

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares issued and outstanding

     5,176,332         5,166,126         5,159,505   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 27.23       $ 25.85       $ 18.50   

Diluted earnings per common share:

        

Net income applicable to diluted earnings per share

   $ 140,932       $ 133,568       $ 95,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive potential common shares:

        

Restricted share units

     9,216         11,545         18,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive potential common shares

     9,216         11,545         18,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding

     5,185,548         5,177,671         5,177,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 27.18       $ 25.80       $ 18.44   

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the ordinary course of conducting its business, the Company becomes involved in certain legal matters and investigations on a number of matters, including liability claims, taxes other than income taxes, contract disputes, employment, and other litigation matters. The Company accrues for anticipated costs to defend and resolve matters that are probable and estimatable. The Company believes the outcomes of these matters will not have a material impact on the business or the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had firm commitments coming due in 2016 to acquire approximately $188,907 of transportation equipment. Commitments related to operating leases are discussed in Note 8.

15. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has three reportable segments—Truckload, Intermodal, and Logistics—which are based primarily on the services each segment provides.

The Truckload reportable segment consists of three operating segments (Van Truckload, Specialty Dedicated, and Bulk) that are aggregated because they have similar economic characteristics and meet the other

 

F-23


Table of Contents

aggregation criteria described in the accounting guidance for segment reporting. The Van Truckload segment delivers truckload quantities over irregular routes using dry van trailers. The Specialty Dedicated segment is similar except that it involves recurring routes between the same locations for which specified trucks are dedicated to the route. The Bulk segment transports key inputs to the manufacturing process such as specialty chemicals.

The Intermodal reportable segment provides rail intermodal and drayage services to the Company’s customers. Company-owned containers and generally company-owned dray tractors are utilized to provide these transportation services.

The Logistics reportable segment consists of three operating segments (Brokerage, Supply Chain Management, and Import/Export Services) that are aggregated because they have similar economic characteristics and meet the other aggregation criteria described in the accounting guidance for segment reporting. In the Logistics segment, the Company provides additional sources of truck capacity and manages transportation-systems analysis requirements for individual customers and provides trans-loading and warehousing services.

The Company generates other revenues from a captive insurance business and from a leasing business which are operated by wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. The Company also has operations in Asia which meet the definition of an operating segment. None of these operations meets the quantitative reporting thresholds. As a result, these operations are grouped in “Other” in the tables below. The Company has also included in “Other”, revenues and expenses that are incidental to the Company’s activities and are not attributable to any of the operating segments. Separate balance sheets are not prepared by segment and, as a result, assets are not separately identifiable by segment. All transactions between reporting segments are eliminated in consolidation. The chief operating decision maker reviews revenue for each segment without the inclusion of fuel surcharge revenue. For segment purposes, any fuel surcharge revenues earned are recorded as a reduction of the segment’s fuel expenses in arriving at segment operating earnings.

The following tables summarize segment information:

 

     For the year ended December 31  
     2015     2014     2013  

Operating Revenues:

      

Truckload

   $ 1,976,970      $ 1,861,867      $ 1,743,781   

Intermodal

     789,521        722,724        665,067   

Logistics

     638,648        587,778        466,682   

Other

     255,455        233,324        145,489   

Fuel Surcharge

     371,152        606,858        620,394   

Inter-segment eliminations

     (72,374     (71,975     (17,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,959,372      $ 3,940,576      $ 3,624,366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Earnings :

      

Truckload

   $ 217,363      $ 201,612      $ 137,418   

Intermodal

     58,117        40,862        39,393   

Logistics

     25,455        18,127        13,554   

Other

     (40,695     (21,250     (19,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income from Operations

     260,240        239,351        171,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:

      

Truckload

   $ 159,558      $ 159,225      $ 150,189   

Intermodal

     38,297        32,536        24,329   

Logistics

     941        731        729   

Other

     37,534        37,516        37,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 236,330      $ 230,008      $ 212,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of income from operations to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31  
     2015     2014     2013  

Income from operations

   $ 260,240      $ 239,351      $ 171,249   

Interest expense, net

     (18,730     (11,732     (13,860

Other non-operating expenses

     (2,786     (1,756     (851
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 238,724      $ 225,863      $ 156,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Substantially all of the Company’s revenues and assets are located in the United States. No customer generated more than 10% of consolidated operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Dividends

On October 25, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2016 dividend of $6.00 per share of Class A common shares and Class B common shares. The dividend totaling $31,265 was paid on December 15, 2016.

Share Amendments

Certain amendments have been executed in October 2016 related to the Company’s Class A and Class B common shares in contemplation of the Company’s planned initial offering of Class B shares to the public. The amendments are only effective upon completion of the initial offering. Certain amendments have been completed while other amendments are still in process and will be completed prior to the offering becoming effective. Amendments to date include the removal of provisions that grant the Schneider family members and their family trusts rights to put certain shares to Schneider for repurchase.

Business Acquisition

On June 1, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Watkins and Shepard Trucking, Inc. (“WST”) for $150,752 in cash and future payments. WST brings together final-mile delivery, claims-free handling and an innovative technology platform. WST is a provider of LTL, truckload and logistics services for difficult to handle goods, such as furniture and floor coverings across North America. WST uses proprietary technology to handle supply chain complexities within the national home delivery industry. The Company acquired WST because management believes it creates integrated first-to-final-mile-delivery capabilities, which take the complexity out of the supply chain for omnichannel retailers and manufacturers.

The acquisition of WST was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair values of identifiable intangible assets, which were primarily customer relationships, trade names, and technology, were based on valuations using the income approach. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to expected synergies and expected growth opportunities. The Company estimates approximately 100% of goodwill will be deductible for United States income tax purposes. The allocation of purchase price is preliminary as the Company has not completed its analysis estimating certain contingent liabilities. Measurement period adjustments will be recorded in the reporting period in which they are identified.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The preliminary purchase price allocation for WST was as follows:

 

Consideration

  

Cash

   $ 79,539   

Guaranteed payments

     57,713   

Contingent payments

     13,500   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 150,752   
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

  

Cash

   $ 1,318   

Receivables

     16,347   

Inventories

     480   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,392   

Property and equipment

     85,030   

Capitalized software and other noncurrent assets

     5,915   

Intangible assets

     10,900   

Goodwill

     135,015   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     259,397   
  

 

 

 

Payables assumed

     7,807   

Accrued liabilities assumed

     5,289   

Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations assumed

     47,692   

Debt and capital lease obligations assumed

     46,211   

Other noncurrent liabilities assumed

     1,646   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 150,752   
  

 

 

 

Acquisition-related costs (included in other general expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the period ended September 30, 2016)

   $ 1,069   
  

 

 

 

In addition to the cash paid at closing, the guaranteed payment arrangement requires the Company to pay the former owners of WST $20,000 on each of the next three anniversary dates of the closing. This amount is discounted between one percent and three percent, based on the credit-adjusted discount rates for a present value amount of $57,713. The contingent payment arrangement requires the Company to make earnout payments of up to $13,333 at each of the 12 month, 24 month, and 36 month anniversaries of the closing date with the aggregate payment total not to exceed $39,999. Payments are based on a minimum of 80% achievement of annual EBITDA targets. The fair value of the contingent payment arrangement of $13,500 was estimated based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which are referred to as Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include a probability-adjusted level of EBITDA estimated using the Monte Carlo method.

The valuation of the net assets acquired, excluding acquired cash, was classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy (see Note 4 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the definition of Level 3 inputs). The Company valued property and equipment using both a market approach and a cost approach depending on the asset. Intangible assets were valued using the present value of projected future cash flows and significant assumptions included discount rates, customer attrition and obsolescence factors.

The components of Intangible assets included as part of the WST acquisition were as follows:

 

     Amortization
Period (Years)
     Gross
Value
 

Customer List

     10       $ 9,500   

Trade Name

     3         1,400   
     

 

 

 

Intangible assets

      $ 10,900   
     

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the Company’s results as if the Company had acquired WST on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared with the following considerations:

 

    The acquisition method of accounting under existing GAAP was used. The Company is the acquirer for accounting purposes.

 

    The financial information does not reflect any operating cost synergy savings that the combined companies may achieve as a result of the acquisition, the costs necessary to achieve these operating synergy savings or additional charges necessary as a result of the integration.

 

     December 2015      December 2014  

Pro forma net sales

   $ 4,137,010       $ 4,114,031   

Pro forma net income

   $ 144,756       $ 134,876   

Basic earnings per share as reported

   $ 27.23       $ 25.85   

Pro forma basic earnings per share

   $ 27.96       $ 26.11   

Diluted earnings per share as reported

   $ 27.18       $ 25.80   

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

   $ 27.92       $ 26.05   

******

 

F-27


Table of Contents

 

[Page intentionally left blank]

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,954       $ 160,676   

Marketable securities

     43,297         50,318   

Receivables:

     

Trade—net of allowance

     439,545         400,399   

Managed freight

     6,342         6,881   

Other

     41,895         64,645   

Current portion of lease receivables—net of allowance

     104,722         118,183   

Inventories

     86,564         68,466   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     74,578         43,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     881,897         912,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     

Transportation equipment—net

     1,679,354         1,409,445   

Land, buildings, and improvements—net

     70,397         64,578   

Other—net

     35,377         29,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net property and equipment

     1,785,128         1,503,957   

LEASE RECEIVABLES

     114,562         106,344   

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE AND OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS

     80,256         71,932   

GOODWILL

     161,378         26,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 3,023,221       $ 2,621,937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
     Pro Forma
Shareholders’
Equity as of
September 30,
2016

(Note 2)
 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES, ACCUMULATED EARNINGS, ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

        

Payables:

        

Trade

   $ 245,288       $ 203,319       $                

Managed freight

     6,461         6,990      

Accrued liabilities:

        

Salaries and wages

     76,809         82,829      

Claims accruals

     61,581         49,198      

Other

     55,418         57,812      

Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations

     127,474         5,966      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     573,031         406,114      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:

        

Debt

     547,907         528,640      

Capital lease obligations

     12,239         10,966      

Claims accruals

     110,314         113,561      

Deferred income taxes

     512,685         464,314      

Other

     97,459         42,819      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total noncurrent liabilities

     1,280,604         1,160,300      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)

        

TEMPORARY EQUITY—REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES:

        

Redeemable common shares, Class A, $0.005 par value; shares authorized: 10,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 2,767,650

     563,217         504,543           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Redeemable common shares, Class B, $0.005 par value; shares authorized: 30,000,000, shares issued and outstanding: 2,439,698 and 2,419,192, respectively

     496,478         441,018           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

ACCUMULATED EARNINGS

     108,733         109,550           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     1,158         412           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

        

Common shares, Class A, no par value; No shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, actual; 2,767,650 shares issued and outstanding, proforma (Note 2)

             

Common shares, Class B, no par value; No shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, actual; 2,439,698 and 2,419,192 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, proforma (Note 2)

             

Additional paid-in capital

           1,059,695   

Retained Earnings

           108,733   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

           1,158   
        

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

         $ 1,169,586   
        

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 3,023,221       $ 2,621,937      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2016      2015  

OPERATING REVENUES

   $ 2,975,844       $ 2,932,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

     

Purchased transportation

     1,077,635         1,055,865   

Salaries, wages, and benefits

     848,208         805,217   

Fuel and fuel taxes

     184,376         226,472   

Depreciation and amortization

     197,704         174,339   

Operating supplies and expenses

     333,049         340,193   

Insurance and related expenses

     57,050         55,552   

Other general expenses

     75,353         100,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,773,375         2,758,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     202,469         174,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NONOPERATING EXPENSES:

     

Interest expense—net

     15,708         13,968   

Other—net

     1,771         2,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonoperating expenses

     17,479         16,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     184,990         158,176   

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     75,846         64,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     109,144         93,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     381         (320

Unrealized gain on marketable securities—net of tax

     365         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     746         (122
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   $ 109,890       $ 93,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     5,203,633         5,174,476   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 20.97       $ 18.04   

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

     5,209,735         5,180,902   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 20.95       $ 18.01   

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES,
ACCUMULATED EARNINGS

AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     Class A
Redeemable Common Shares
     Class B
Redeemable Common Shares
    Accumulated
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
 
         Shares              Amount              Shares             Amount          

BALANCE—December 31, 2014

     2,767,650       $ 443,793         2,389,209      $ 383,109      $ 106,969      $ 810   

Net income

                                   140,932          

Other comprehensive loss

                                          (398

Dividends declared at $4.85 per share

                                   (25,158       

Issuance of redeemable shares

                     41,772        7,615            

Redemption of redeemable common shares

                     (11,789     (2,149         

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

             60,750                52,443        (113,193       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2015

     2,767,650       $ 504,543         2,419,192      $ 441,018      $ 109,550      $ 412   

Net income

                                   109,144          

Other comprehensive income

                                          746   

Issuance of redeemable shares

                     27,533        5,603                 

Redemption of redeemable common shares

                     (7,027     (1,430              

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

             58,674                51,287        (109,961       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—September 30, 2016

     2,767,650       $ 563,217         2,439,698      $ 496,478      $ 108,733      $ 1,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015

(in thousands)

 

     2016     2015  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 109,144      $ 93,324   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     197,704        174,339   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     (15,388     (23,214

Impairment on assets held for sale

     285        129   

Loss on sale of investments

     56        135   

Deferred income taxes

     49,316        (4,449

Other noncash items

     (1,044     (408

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables

     (30     22,149   

Other assets

     (7,684     (6,918

Payables

     6,319        29,662   

Other liabilities

     (21,182     67,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     317,496        352,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of transportation equipment

     (359,680     (332,729

Purchases of other property and equipment

     (29,508     (29,599

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     39,624        51,275   

Proceeds from lease receipts and sale of off lease inventory

     47,387        42,667   

Purchase of lease equipment

     (68,728     (105,599

Sales of marketable securities

     11,098        13,166   

Purchases of marketable securities

     (4,002     (14,223

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (78,221       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (442,030     (375,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payments under revolving credit agreements

     (89,948     (174,900

Proceeds under revolving credit agreements

     174,948        1,000   

Proceeds from other debt

     593        180,000   

Payments of debt and capital lease obligations

     (37,649     (2,632

Redemptions of redeemable common shares

     (1,430     (2,149

Proceeds from issuances of redeemable common shares

     2,298        3,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     48,812        4,580   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (75,722     (18,334

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

    

Beginning of period

     160,676        149,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 84,954      $ 131,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER DISCLOSURES:

    

Noncash investing and financing activity:

    

Equipment purchases in accounts payable

   $ 40,007      $ 61,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in redemption value of redeemable common shares

     109,961        113,193   

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 14,742      $ 11,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes—net of refunds

   $ 4,093      $ 27,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Schneider National, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Green Bay, Wisconsin. The Company is a leading transportation services organization providing a broad portfolio of premier truckload, intermodal and logistics solutions and operating one of the largest trucking fleets in North America. As described in Note 5, on June 1, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Watkins and Shepard Trucking, Inc. (“WST”). WST brings together final-mile delivery, claims-free handling and an innovative technology platform. The acquisition positions the Company in the fast growing transportation segment which delivers difficult to handle goods, such as furniture and floor coverings across North America using less-than-truckload (“LTL”), truckload and logistics services.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation —The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The unaudited financial statements included herein have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the December 31, 2015 financial statements and the notes thereto.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which unless otherwise noted are normal and recurring in nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows have been made. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016. A change in management’s estimates or assumptions could have a material impact on financial condition and results of operations during the period in which such change occurred.

Unaudited Pro Forma Shareholders’ Equity —The September 30, 2016 unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity has been prepared to reflect the reclassification of Redeemable Class A and Class B common shares to permanent equity as a result of amendments to the Class A and Class B shareholder agreements to remove all redemption features, effective upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering.

Subsequent Events —The Company evaluated subsequent events after the condensed consolidated balance sheet date through December 22, 2016.

Acquisitions —The Company recognizes assets acquired, liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies and guaranteed payments at their fair value on the acquisition date. The operating results of the acquired companies are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Revenue Recognition —Transportation-related operating revenues and the related direct costs are recorded upon delivery of the freight.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Company also manages freight transactions for certain customers. The Company records revenue based on the net services provided, meaning that the components of revenue and expense associated with these transactions are not presented on a gross basis in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income, but rather on a net basis and classified within revenue. The amounts due from customers associated with managed freight costs and the related amounts due to managed freight carriers are classified within managed freight receivables and managed freight payables in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

No customers generated more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated operating revenue for the periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include short-term liquid investments that have original maturities of three months or less.

Marketable Securities —Marketable securities represent investments in tax-exempt municipal bonds, corporate bonds, US Treasury notes, federal agency notes and bonds, commercial paper, and certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition. Marketable securities are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method; realized gains and losses resulting from such sales are included in interest expense—net in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Marketable securities are periodically reviewed for indications of other than temporary impairment considering factors such as the extent and duration to which a security’s fair value has been less than its cost, overall economic and market conditions, and the financial conditions and specific prospects for the issuer. Impairment of marketable securities due to credit risk results in a recognized loss in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income when a market decline below cost is deemed other than temporary.

Receivables and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts —All trade and lease receivables are reported in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at their outstanding balance adjusted for any charge-offs and net of allowances for doubtful accounts.

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts to absorb probable losses inherent in its portfolio of receivables. The allowances for doubtful accounts represent management’s estimates and takes into consideration numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, by receivable type, including historical loss experience, portfolio duration, collection experience, delinquency trends, economic conditions, and credit risk quality. In estimating losses inherent in each of its receivable portfolios, the Company uses historical loss experience rates by portfolio and applies them to a related aging analysis.

Management performs detailed reviews of its receivables on a monthly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowances based on historical and current trends and other factors affecting credit losses and to determine if any impairment has occurred. A receivable is impaired when it is probable that amounts related to the receivable will not be collected according to contractual terms. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the net receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additions to the allowances for doubtful accounts are maintained through adjustments to bad debt expense, which is included in other general expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income; amounts determined to be uncollectible are charged directly against the allowances.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Inventories —Inventories consist of tractors and trailing equipment held for sale or lease to independent contractors and supplies. These inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using specific identification or average cost as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and were as follows:

 

     September
2016
     December
2015
 

Tractors and trailing equipment for sale or lease

   $ 74,083       $ 53,557   

Replacement parts

     11,535         12,547   

Tires, rims, and other

     946         2,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 86,564       $ 68,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Equipment acquired under capitalized leases is included as a component of transportation equipment in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives and residual values. Generally, the estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Tractors

     5–10 years   

Trailing equipment

     6–20 years   

Other transportation equipment

     2–20 years   

Buildings and improvements

     5–25 years   

Other property

     3–10 years   

The Company had $1,192,237 and $1,166,239 of accumulated depreciation as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 was $176,254 and $152,453, respectively.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Tires related to new equipment are included in the capitalized equipment cost and depreciated using the same methods as equipment. Replacement tires are expensed when placed in service.

Assets held for sale are evaluated for impairment when they are placed in held for sale status and in subsequent periods. The assets are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, assets held for sale by segment were as follows:

 

Segment

   September 2016      December 2015  

Truckload

   $ 29,263       $ 16,319   

Intermodal

     3,061         1,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,324       $ 17,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains and losses on the sale or other disposition of equipment are recognized at the time of disposition and are based on the difference between the proceeds received and the net book value of the assets disposed. Gains from the sale of held for sale assets were $8,107 and $13,800 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively and are classified in operating supplies and expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income

Software Development —The Company’s policy is to capitalize certain costs related to software developed and implemented for internal use and to amortize such costs over a period of five years on a straight-line basis. The Company had $60,337 and $67,728 of capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Amortization expense totaled $20,891 and $21,498 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from these assets. Impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value and is classified in operating supplies and expense on the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Such analyses necessarily involve significant estimates. Impairment of long-lived assets totaled $285 and $129 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, using level 3 inputs as defined in Note 3.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles —The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level as of December 31 each year or when an event occurs which might cause or indicate impairment. The impairment test is a two-step process. Step 1 includes the estimation of the fair value of each reporting unit. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the second step of the impairment test is required. Step 2 requires that the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

After performing Step 2 in 2015, it was determined that the implied value of goodwill recorded in the Asia reporting unit, a business under the Other Segment, was less than the carrying value, resulting in an impairment charge of $6,000 in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2015. The facts and circumstances that led to an impairment of goodwill included consecutive years of less than expected performance and the declining Chinese economy. Step 1 indicated no impairment for the Import/Export reporting unit, a business under the Logistics segment. Changes to goodwill, by reportable segment, and other intangibles during the periods indicated are as follows:

 

     Truckload      Other     Logistics      Total
Goodwill
    Other
Intangibles
 

Balance—December 31, 2014

   $       $ 19,549      $ 14,173       $ 33,722      $ 667   

Currency translation

             (1,016             (1,016     (15

Impairment

             (6,000             (6,000  

Amortization

                                   (418
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2015

             12,533        14,173         26,706        234   

Acquisitions

     135,015                        135,015        10,900   

Currency translation

             (343             (343     (5

Amortization

                                   (559
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—September 30, 2016

   $ 135,015       $ 12,190      $ 14,173       $ 161,378      $ 10,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets, other than goodwill, include customer relationships and trade names and are included as a component of other noncurrent assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Such assets are being amortized over a 10-year period from the date of acquisition. The Company had $10,570, net of accumulated amortization, of customer relationship and trade name intangibles as of September 30, 2016 and $234 as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

Debt Issuance Costs —The Company incurred and capitalized certain costs and fees in connection with various financing transactions. These costs are being amortized within interest expense—net in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the terms of the related financing agreements. Capitalized debt issuance costs are reported as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the associated debt on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Payable —Included in payables—trade are amounts payable to banks as a result of checks in transit of $38,092 and $66,973 as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Claims Accruals —The primary claims arising for the Company consist of cargo liability, auto liability, and workers’ compensation losses. Accruals are based on estimated or expected losses for claims. Estimates are determined by evaluating the nature and severity of individual claims and by estimating future claims development based upon historical claim development trends, advice from third-party administrators and legal counsel. The actual cost to settle claim liabilities may differ from reserve estimates due to legal costs, claims that have not been reported, and various other uncertainties, including the inherent difficulty in estimating the severity of the claims and the potential judgement or settlement amount to dispose of the claim. The obligations for claims that are not expected to be paid within one year are classified as noncurrent liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency Translation —The net assets of the Company’s non-US operations in Mexico and China are translated at current exchange rates and income and expense items are translated at their average exchange rate for the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The functional currency for the non-US operations is the respective local currency.

Income Taxes —Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events other than proposed changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits when it is more likely than not that the benefits of tax positions taken on a tax return will not be sustained upon audit. Potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in income tax expense.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income —Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) refers to unrealized gains and losses that are not currently included in net income. At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

     September
2016
     December
2015
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ 788       $ 407   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities—net of taxes of $240 and $3 for 2016 and 2015, respectively.

     370         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,158       $ 412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income represented realized losses of $56 and $135 for the periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are included as a component of interest expense—net in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) issued their final standard on revenue from contracts with customers. The standard, issued as ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers by the FASB and as International Financial Reporting Standard 15, Revenue from Contracts with

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Customers, by the IASB, outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. As amended, the new revenue recognition standard will be effective for the Company’s 2018 interim and annual periods. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the alternative transition methods and the potential effects of the adoption of this update on the financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic   842) , which requires lessees to recognize in the consolidated balance sheets assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Consistent with current accounting principles, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. However, unlike current accounting principles, which require only capital leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, the new ASU will require both types of leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients that companies may elect to apply. These practical expedients relate to the identification and classification of leases that commenced before the effective date, initial direct costs for leases that commenced before the effective date, and the ability to use hindsight in evaluating lessee options to extend or terminate a lease or to purchase the underlying asset. The transition guidance also provides specific guidance for sale and leaseback transactions, build-to-suit leases, leveraged leases, and amounts previously recognized in accordance with the business combinations guidance for leases. The new standard is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this pronouncement will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments–Overall (Subtopic 825-10) . This update was issued to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments regarding certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure. The update (i) requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method or that are consolidated) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (iii) eliminates the requirement for an entity to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost; (iv) requires an entity to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; and (v) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes to the financial statements. These provisions are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. The standard is to be applied using a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. An entity should recognize all excess tax benefits previously unrecognized, along with any valuation allowance, on a modified retrospective basis as a cumulative-effect adjustment to accumulated earnings as of the date of adoption. The change in classification on the statement of cash flows can be applied prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented. The provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. Entities must apply the guidance retrospectively to all periods presented but may apply it prospectively if retrospective application would be impracticable. The provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adopting this standard will have on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value focuses on the estimated price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability, which is referred to as the exit price. Inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value fall into three broad levels (Levels 1, 2, and 3) as follows:

Level   1 —Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level   2 —Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities.

Level   3 —Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk).

The recorded value of cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The company measures its marketable securities on a recurring monthly basis. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, available-for-sale marketable securities of $43,297 and $50,318, respectively, were classified as current assets. The cost of these securities was $42,727 and $50,311 at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s marketable securities have maturities of 12 to 30 months and are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2016      December 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Zero coupon bonds

   $ 3,748       $ 3,858       $ 3,692       $ 3,724   

U.S. treasury and government agencies

     10,042         10,133         10,036         9,996   

Asset-backed securities

     409         399         528         514   

Corporate debt securities

     12,413         12,782         18,653         18,760   

State and political subdivisions

     16,115         16,125         17,402         17,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 42,727       $ 43,297       $ 50,311       $ 50,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All marketable securities were valued based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active (Level 2). During all periods presented, there were no transfers of securities between levels. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities were not material in 2016 or 2015.

The fair value of noncurrent assets are evaluated on a nonrecurring basis when facts come to the attention of management which indicate an other than temporary impairment. Fair values are determined based on valuation techniques using Level 3 inputs.

5. ACQUISITIONS

On June 1, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Watkins and Shepard Trucking, Inc. (“WST”) for $150,752 in cash and future payments. WST brings together final-mile delivery, claims-free

 

F-40


Table of Contents

handling and an innovative technology platform. WST is a provider of LTL, truckload and logistics services for difficult to handle goods, such as furniture and floor coverings across North America. WST uses proprietary technology to handle supply chain complexities within the national home delivery industry. The Company acquired WST because management believes it creates integrated first-to-final-mile-delivery capabilities, which take the complexity out of the supply chain for omnichannel retailers and manufacturers.

The acquisition of WST was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair values of identifiable intangible assets, which were primarily customer relationships, trade names, and technology, were based on valuations using the income approach. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to expected synergies and expected growth opportunities. The Company estimates approximately 100% of goodwill will be deductible for United States income tax purposes. The allocation of purchase price is preliminary as the Company has not completed its analysis estimating certain contingent liabilities. Measurement period adjustments will be recorded in the reporting period in which they are identified.

The preliminary purchase price allocation for WST was as follows:

 

Consideration

  

Cash

   $ 79,539   

Guaranteed payments

     57,713   

Contingent payments

     13,500   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

   $ 150,752   
  

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

  

Cash

   $ 1,318   

Receivables

     16,347   

Inventories

     480   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,392   

Property and equipment

     85,030   

Capitalized software and other noncurrent assets

     5,915   

Intangible assets

     10,900   

Goodwill

     135,015   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     259,397   
  

 

 

 

Payables assumed

     7,807   

Accrued liabilities assumed

     5,289   

Current maturities of debt and capital lease obligations assumed

     47,692   

Debt and capital lease obligations assumed

     46,211   

Other noncurrent liabilities assumed

     1,646   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 150,752   
  

 

 

 

Acquisition-related costs (included in other general expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the period ended September 30, 2016)

   $ 1,069   
  

 

 

 

In addition to cash paid at closing, the guaranteed payment arrangement requires the Company to pay the former owners of WST $20,000 on each of the next three anniversary dates of the closing. This amount is discounted between one percent and three percent, based on the credit-adjusted discount rates for a present value amount of $57,713. The contingent payment arrangement requires the Company to make earnout payments of up to $13,333 at each of the 12 month, 24 month, and 36 month anniversaries of the closing date with the aggregate payment total not to exceed $39,999. Payments are based on a minimum of 80% achievement of annual EBITDA targets. The fair value of the guaranteed payment arrangement of $13,500 was estimated based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which are referred to as Level 3 inputs. Key assumptions include a probability-adjusted level of EBITDA estimated using the Monte Carlo method. As of September 30, 2016, the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

amount recognized for the guaranteed and contingent payment arrangements, the range of outcomes, and the assumptions used to develop the estimates had not changed significantly.

The valuation of the net assets acquired, excluding acquired cash, was classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy (see Note 4 of the Notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the definition of Level 3 inputs). The Company valued property and equipment using both a market approach and a cost approach depending on the asset. Intangible assets were valued using the present value of projected future cash flows and significant assumptions included discount rates, customer attrition and obsolescence factors.

The components of Intangible assets included as part of the WST acquisition were as follows:

 

     Amortization
Period (Years)
     Gross Value  

Customer List

     10       $ 9,500   

Trade Name

     3         1,400   
     

 

 

 

Intangible assets

      $ 10,900   
     

 

 

 

The condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes WST revenue of $59,671 and net income of $1,486 since the date of acquisition during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The following pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the Company’s results as if the Company had acquired WST on January 1, 2015. The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared with the following considerations:

 

    The acquisition method of accounting under existing GAAP was used. The Company is the acquirer for accounting purposes.

 

    The financial information does not reflect any operating cost synergy savings that the combined companies may achieve as a result of the acquisition, the costs necessary to achieve these operating synergy savings or additional charges necessary as a result of the integration.

 

     Nine months
ended
September 2016
     Nine months
ended
September 2015
 

Pro forma net sales

   $ 3,049,409       $ 3,064,450   

Pro forma net income

   $ 106,953       $ 97,220   

Basic earnings per share as reported

   $ 20.97       $ 18.04   

Pro forma basic earnings per share

   $ 20.55       $ 18.79   

Diluted earnings per share as reported

   $ 20.95       $ 18.01   

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

   $ 20.53       $ 18.77   

6. RECEIVABLES

Trade Receivables —The Company’s trade receivables primarily arise from providing transportation and logistics services to customers. The components of trade receivables as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Trade receivables

   $ 442,572      $ 403,955   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,027     (3,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables—net of allowance

   $ 439,545      $ 400,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the nine-months ended September 30, 2016 and year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Beginning Balance

   $ (3,556   $ (4,677

Provision

     1,049        (229

Recoveries

     (1,050     (545

Write-offs

     530        1,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ (3,027   $ (3,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lease Receivable —The Company finances various types of transportation-related equipment for independent third parties. The transactions are generally for one to five years and are accounted for as sales-type or direct financing leases. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the investment in lease receivables was as follows:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Future minimum payments to be received on leases

   $ 121,978      $ 113,926   

Guaranteed residual lease values

     123,921        137,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments to be received

     245,899        250,966   

Unearned income

     (26,615     (26,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in leases

     219,284        224,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current maturities of lease receivables

     105,938        118,846   

Less—allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,216     (663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion of lease receivables—net of allowance

     104,722        118,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lease receivables—noncurrent

   $ 114,562      $ 106,344   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leases are generally placed on nonaccrual status (nonaccrual of interest and other fees) when a payment becomes 90 days past due or upon receipt of notification of bankruptcy, upon the death of a customer, or in other instances in which management concludes collectability is not reasonably assured. The accrual of interest and other fees is resumed when all payments are less than 60 days past due. At September 30, 2016, there were $818 of lease payments greater than 90 days past due, with amounts reserved, as discussed in Note 2, of $1,216.

The terms of the lease agreements generally give the Company the ability to take possession of the underlying asset in the event of default. The Company may incur credit losses in excess of recorded allowances if the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale or re-lease of the asset supporting the third party’s financial obligation is not realized. Costs to repossess and estimated reconditioning costs are recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period incurred.

Other receivables—The Company’s other receivables consist of income tax receivable balances and other non-trade receivables. Non-trade receivables primarily arise from transactions outside of the core transportation and logistics business.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

7. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES

As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, debt includes the following:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Unsecured senior notes: principal payable at maturity; interest payable in quarterly or semiannual installments through 2024; weighted-average interest rate of 3.66% for 2016 and 2015

   $ 500,000      $ 500,000   

Equipment financing notes: principal and interest payable in monthly installments through 2023; average interest rate of 3.97% for 2016

     54,409          

Secured credit facility: collateralized by certain trade receivables and interest rates of 1.66% and 1.38% for 2016 and 2015, respectively

     115,000        30,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal outstanding

     669,409        530,000   

Current maturities

     (120,344       

Debt issuance costs

     (1,158     (1,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 547,907      $ 528,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing arrangements require the Company to maintain certain covenants and financial ratios. The credit agreement contains various financial and other covenants, including required minimum consolidated net worth, consolidated net debt, limitations on indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, shareholder debt and restricted payments. The credit agreement and senior notes contain change of control provisions pursuant to which a change of control is defined to mean the Schneider family no longer owns more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s capital stock. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and financial ratios under the credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Notes.

On June 1, 2016, the Company acquired debt of $88,640 in accordance with the acquisition of WST referenced in footnote 5. In connection with the closing, the Company paid in full the outstanding balance due on the revolving credit facility and term loan of $22,623 and certain equipment financing notes of $3,631. The remaining equipment financing notes have maturities through 2023 with fixed interest rates ranging from 3.19% to 4.69%.

In September 2014, the Company entered into a $300,000 private placement unsecured senior note offering. The initial funding of $120,000 occurred in November 2014, with final maturity dates of 2019, 2021, and 2024 and fixed interest rates of 2.76%, 3.25%, and 3.61%, respectively. The second funding of $180,000 was completed in March 2015, with final maturity dates of 2020, 2022, and 2025 and fixed interest rates of 2.86%, 3.35%, and 3.71%, respectively.

In November 2013, the Company entered into a five-year master revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of commercial banks providing borrowing capacity of up to $250,000. This agreement extended until November 2018 the previous revolving credit agreement, which would have expired in February 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, funds may be borrowed at rates selected by the Company based on various market indices. Borrowings under the credit agreement, which are primarily used for working capital and capital expenditures, are unsecured. No principal payments are required until the expiration date of the agreement. This agreement also provides a sublimit of $100,000 to be used for the issuance of letters of credit. At September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, standby letters of credit under this agreement amounted to $3,600 and $100, respectively, and were primarily related to the requirements of certain of the Company’s real estate leases. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit agreement.

In December 2013, the Company entered into a secured credit facility that allows the Company to borrow up to $200,000 against qualifying trade receivables. This agreement extended the previous secured credit facility,

 

F-44


Table of Contents

which would have expired in March 2015. The amended credit facility, which expires in December 2017, increases the $125,000 borrowing capacity of the previous agreement. No principal payments are required until the expiration date of the facility. Under the terms of the agreement, funds may be borrowed at rates based on the 30-day London InterBank Offered Rate. The amended facility allows for the issuance of letters of credit. As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, standby letters of credit under this agreement amounted to $66,070 and $62,531, respectively, and were primarily related to the requirements of certain of the Company’s insurance obligations. The Company had $115,000 and $30,000 of outstanding borrowings under the credit facility as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Based upon borrowing rates available to the Company in the applicable year, a fixed-rate debt portfolio with similar terms and maturities would have a fair value of approximately $682,785 and $528,653 as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

8. CAPITALIZED LEASES

The condensed consolidated balance sheets include assets acquired under capital lease as components of property and equipment as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as follows:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Transportation equipment

   $ 35,403      $ 29,991   

Real property

     825        825   

IT equipment

     593     

Accumulated depreciation

     (14,039     (11,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,782      $ 19,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The related capitalized lease obligations as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

     September
2016
    December
2015
 

Total future minimum payments

   $ 20,585      $ 18,211   

Amount representing interest

     (1,216     (1,279
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     19,369        16,932   

Current maturities

     (7,130     (5,966
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 12,239      $ 10,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid under capital leases totaled $360 and $410 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

9. OPERATING LEASES

The Company has various operating lease agreements primarily related to transportation equipment and real estate. These leases are noncancelable and expire on various dates through 2023. Lease expense is included as a component of operating supplies and expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

10. INCOME TAXES

Effective Tax Rate —The effective income tax rate was 41% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015. In determining the quarterly provision for income taxes, the Company uses an estimated annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items. This rate is based upon the Company’s expected annual income, statutory tax rates, best estimate of nontaxable and nondeductible items of income and expense, and the ultimate outcome of tax audits.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Foreign operations of the Company are insignificant in relation to overall Company operating results.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits —The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits of $2,841 as of September 30, 2016 would reduce the provision for income taxes if subsequently recognized. Potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties for such unrecognized tax benefits was $948 at September 30, 2016. The Company expects no significant increases or decreases for these uncertain tax positions during the twelve months immediately following the September 30, 2016 reporting date.

Tax Examinations In June 2016, the Company closed the examination with the Internal Revenue Service for the tax years 2012 and 2013 and there were no adjustments that had a material impact on income tax expense. As of September 30, 2016, the Company remains subject to audits for various state jurisdictions for tax years subsequent to 2011.

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors defined contribution plans for certain eligible employees. Under these plans, annual contribution levels, as defined in the agreements, are based upon years of service. Expense under these plans totaled $8,526 and $8,176 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is a component of salaries, wages, and benefits on the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The Company also has a savings plan, organized pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, to provide employees with additional income upon retirement. Under the terms of the plan, substantially all employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation, as defined, to the plan. The Company makes contributions to the plan, up to a maximum amount per employee, based upon a percentage of employee contributions. The Company’s net expense under this plan was $7,471 and $7,200 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

12. REDEEMABLE COMMON SHARES AND SHARE-BASED AWARDS

The Company’s outstanding shares of Class A and B redeemable common stock share equally in all dividends and distributions. However, the redeemable Class B shares do not have voting rights. The Company has the right to call the Class A and Class B Shares under certain circumstances. Likewise, the Class A and Class B Shareholders have the right to put the Class A and Class B shares to the Company under certain circumstances. The repurchase price in the event of a Company call or shareholder put is generally the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. Other than through these repurchase provisions or other certain permitted transactions defined in the shareholders’ agreement the Class A and Class B common shareholders are not permitted to transfer their shares.

The Company has an employee share purchase plan whereby the Board of Directors may offer directors and selected employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s Class B common shares at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year (consistent with the price used for repurchasing Class A and B redeemable common shares with all shareholders). The directors and employees may sell their Class B redeemable common shares subject to the Company’s right of first refusal. If exercised, the Company’s right of first refusal would be exercised at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. The Company does not record compensation cost associated with the employee share purchase plan because the directors and employees purchase and sell their shares under the employee share purchase plan on the same terms available to all other holders of the Company’s Class A and Class B redeemable common shares.

The Board of Directors may grant directors and selected employees restricted shares at no cost to the recipient, and which can be settled only in Class B redeemable common shares at the end of the vesting period.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Compensation cost associated with the awarded shares is measured at the net book value of the shares as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year and is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally one to three years. Restricted shares do not provide the holder with cash dividends during the vesting period, nor do dividends accrue prior to vesting. Any Class B shares issued in settlement of vested restricted shares are subject to the same sale and repurchase provisions as the shares acquired under the employee share purchase plan discussed above.

While no Class A or Class B redeemable common shares are mandatorily redeemable, certain of the circumstances under which the Class A and Class B shareholders, including the directors and employees holding shares pursuant to the employee share purchase plan and settlement of restricted shares, can redeem shares are outside the control of the Company. As a consequence, all vested Class A and B redeemable common shares are recorded as temporary equity (redeemable common shares) in the consolidated balance sheets at their redemption value as of the respective balance sheet date. Accumulated earnings in the consolidated balance sheets is adjusted for the changes during the period in the current redemption value of vested Class A and B redeemable common shares. Restricted shares that are not yet vested and held for more than 180 days as of the reporting date are classified in liabilities at their redemption values taking into consideration the portion of the requisite service that has been provided as of the reporting date.

Employee and Director Stock Purchases and Grants— During the period ended September 30, 2016, employees and directors purchased 17,708 Class B common shares at a price per share of $203.50. As of September 30, 2016, the Company did not authorize any additional shares to be issued under the employee stock purchase plan.

Restricted Shares —The Company grants to certain management restricted shares that vest generally over a three year period. Restricted shares must be paid out in shares and are accounted for as equity awards on vested and held for more than 180 days. Cash dividends are not paid on the nonvested restricted shares, nor do they accumulate during the vesting period. A summary of the restricted share grants activity during 2015 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2016, was as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares  
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
Per Share
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2015

     30,500      $ 148.98   

Granted

     13,581        182.30   

Vested

     (17,449     144.36   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

     26,632      $ 168.99   

Granted

     12,879        203.50   

Vested

     (13,274     162.71   

Forfeited

     (330     184.95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at September 30, 2016

     25,907      $ 189.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense recognized within salaries, wages, and benefits in the statements of comprehensive income for restricted shares for the nine months ended 2016 and 2015 was $2,049 and $1,998, respectively. As of September 30, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted shares awards was $3,288 and the weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 1.9 years.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

13. OTHER SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company offers the following compensation programs to employees that are based upon the performance of its Class B redeemable common shares or the Company’s economic performance. Programs must be settled in cash and do not result in the issuance of common shares. Awards under these programs are accounted for as liabilities within other accrued liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities on the balance sheet, with compensation expense recorded recorded within salaries, wages , and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Compensation expense recognized within salaries, wages, and benefits in the statements of comprehensive income for other share-based compensation programs for the nine months ended 2016 and 2015 was $9,553 and $10,449, respectively.

Long-term cash awards- The Company began to grant Long-Term Cash Awards (“LTCA”) in 2013. All payouts under the LTCA, if any, are made in cash after five years from the grant date. Compensation expense is recorded ratably generally over the vesting period of 5 years based on the fair value of the awards at each reporting period. In general, in the event that a participant’s employment terminates prior to the conclusion of the performance period, the award under the LTCA is deemed forfeited and canceled. However, some awards under the LTCA pro rata vest in the event of a participant’s death, disability, retirement or change of control.

Payments under the LTCA are based on levels of compounded Net Income Growth and average Return on Capital, as defined in the long-term incentive plan agreement. No payments are made under the LTCA unless the Company achieves a minimum performance of 3% of compounded Net Income Growth and Return on Capital of 8.5%, 9.5%, 10%, and 11% for 2013-2017, 2014-2018, 2015-2019 and 2016-2020, respectively, as defined in the agreement. Payments will equal 100% of the targeted payout if compounded Net Income Growth averages 8% and Return on Capital equals 13.5%, 14.5%, 15%, and 16% in 2013-2017, 2014-2018, 2015-2019 and 2016-2020, respectively. Targeted payouts for the 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 grants are $6,145, $5,776, $5,103 and $5,132, respectively. While each grant is expressed as a fixed dollar amount, the actual amount earned may range from 0% to 250% of target based upon performance. 

 

     Amount  

LTCA liability at January 1, 2015

   $ 6,669   

Compensation expense

     5,734   

Forfeitures

     (33

Payments

     (414
  

 

 

 

LTCA liability at December 31, 2015

     11,956   

Compensation expense

     8,287   

Forfeitures

     (152

Payments

     (135
  

 

 

 

LTCA liability at September 30, 2016

   $ 19,956   
  

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights— The Company under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) granted Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”) through 2012. SARs entitle the participants to the benefits of changes in fair value of the Class B common shares from the date of issuance to the date in which the award is redeemed. SARs cliff-vest three years after the grant date and ordinarily are redeemed five years after the grant date based on the fair value of the Class B common shares at that date. However, prior to the end of the fourth anniversary of the grant date, participants may elect to defer redemption until after the tenth year based on the fair value of the Class B common shares at that date. Subsequent to vesting, the Company continues to record the liabilities at fair value until redemption. Because no further service is required after the three year vesting period, the Company records compensation expense based upon the fair value of the awards ratably over three years.

There were no redemptions that occurred during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2016 or 2015. SARs outstanding as of September 30, 2016 were 100,533 units, with a related liability recorded in the September 30, 2016 balance sheet of $7,860.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company computes basic earnings per share by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the actual weighted average number of redeemable common shares outstanding for the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if holders of unvested restricted shares converted their holdings into redeemable common shares. Outstanding unvested restricted share units represent the dilutive effects on weighted average shares. A reconciliation of the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 is shown below (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2016      2015  

Basic earnings per common share:

     

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares issued and outstanding

     5,203,633         5,174,476   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 20.97       $ 18.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

     

Net income applicable to diluted earnings per share

   $ 109,144       $ 93,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive potential common shares:

     

Restricted share units

     6,102         6,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive potential common shares

     6,102         6,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding

     5,209,735         5,180,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 20.95       $ 18.01   

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the ordinary course of conducting its business, the Company becomes involved in certain legal matters and investigations on a number of matters, including liability claims, taxes other than income taxes, contract disputes, employment, and other litigation matters. The Company accrues for anticipated costs to defend and resolve matters that are probable and estimatable. The Company believes the outcomes of these matters will not have a material impact on the business or the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company.

At September 30, 2016, the Company had firm commitments coming due in 2016-2017 to acquire approximately $98,242 of transportation equipment.

16. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has three reportable segments—Truckload, Intermodal, and Logistics—which are based primarily on the services each segment provides.

The Truckload reportable segment consists of three operating segments (Van Truckload, Specialty Dedicated, and Bulk) that are aggregated because they have similar economic characteristics and meet the other aggregation criteria described in the accounting guidance for segment reporting. The Van Truckload segment delivers truckload quantities over irregular routes using dry van trailers. The Specialty Dedicated segment is similar except that it involves recurring routes between the same locations for which specified trucks are dedicated to the route. The Bulk segment transports key inputs to the manufacturing process such as specialty chemicals.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Intermodal reportable segment provides rail intermodal and drayage services to the Company’s customers. Company-owned containers and generally company-owned dray tractors are utilized to provide these transportation services.

The Logistics reportable segment consists of three operating segments (Brokerage, Supply Chain Management, and Import/Export Services) that are aggregated because they have similar economic characteristics and meet the other aggregation criteria described in the accounting guidance for segment reporting. In the Logistics segment, the Company provides additional sources of truck capacity and manage transportation-systems analysis requirements for individual customers and provide trans-loading and warehousing services.

The Company generates other revenues from a captive insurance business and from a leasing business, which are operated by wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. The Company also has operations in Asia which meet the definition of an operating segment. None of these operations meets the quantitative reporting thresholds. As a result, these operations are grouped in “Other” in the tables below. The Company has also included in “Other”, revenues and expenses that are incidental to the Company’s activities and are not attributable to any of the operating segments. Separate balance sheets are not prepared by segment and, as a result, assets are not separately identifiable by segment. All transactions between reporting segments are eliminated in consolidation. The chief operating decision maker reviews revenue for each segment without the inclusion of fuel surcharge revenue. For segment purposes, any fuel surcharge revenues earned are recorded as a reduction of the segment’s fuel expenses in arriving at segment operating earnings.

The following tables summarize segment information:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
 
     2016     2015  

Operating Revenues:

    

Truckload

   $ 1,550,992      $ 1,459,011   

Intermodal

     559,654        577,708   

Logistics

     539,909        464,319   

Other

     171,611        196,694   

Fuel surcharge

     209,713        291,321   

Inter-segment eliminations

     (56,035     (56,178
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,975,844      $ 2,932,875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Earnings:

    

Truckload

   $ 157,548      $ 146,111   

Intermodal

     31,631        38,353   

Logistics

     21,687        16,533   

Other

     (8,397     (26,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income from Operations

   $ 202,469      $ 174,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:

    

Truckload

   $ 141,067      $ 117,195   

Intermodal

     23,209        28,347   

Logistics

     294        793   

Other

     33,134        28,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 197,704      $ 174,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of operating earnings to income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     For the nine months
ended September 30
 
     2016     2015  

Income from operations

   $ 202,469      $ 174,340   

Interest expense, net

     (15,708     (13,968

Other non-operating expenses

     (1,771     (2,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 184,990      $ 158,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 25, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2016 dividend of $6.00 per share of Class A common shares and Class B common shares. The dividend totaling $31,265 was paid on December 15, 2016.

Certain amendments have been executed in October 2016 related to the Company’s Class A and Class B common shares in contemplation of the Company’s planned initial offering of Class B shares to the public. The amendments are only effective upon completion of the initial offering. Certain amendments have been completed while other amendments are still in process and will be completed prior to the offering becoming effective. Amendments to date include the removal of provisions that grant the Schneider family members and their family trusts rights to put certain shares to Schneider for repurchase.

* * * * * *

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

             shares

 

 

LOGO

Schneider National, Inc.

Class B Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

 

Morgan Stanley          UBS Investment Bank
BofA Merrill Lynch
Citigroup           Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan       Wells Fargo Securities

                    , 2017

Until                 , 2017, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class B common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

 

     Amount To Be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $                            

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

  

Transfer agent’s fees

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     

The table above sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than the underwriting discount, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the SEC Registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Sections 180.0850 to 180.0859 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, or the WBCL, require a corporation to indemnify any director or officer who is a party to any threatened, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit arbitration or other proceeding, whether formal or informal, which involves foreign, federal, state or local law and that is brought by or in the right of the corporation or by any other person. A corporation’s obligation to indemnify any such person includes the obligation to pay any judgment, settlement, forfeiture or fine, including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, and all reasonable expenses, including fees, costs, charges, disbursements, attorney’s fees and other expenses except in those cases in which liability was incurred as a result of the breach or failure to perform a duty that the director or officer owes to the corporation and the breach or failure to perform constitutes: (i) a willful failure to deal fairly with the corporation or its shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer has a material conflict of interest; (ii) a violation of criminal law, unless the person has reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; (iii) a transaction from which the person derived an improper personal profit; or (iv) willful misconduct.

An officer or director seeking indemnification is entitled to indemnification if approved in any of the following manners: (i) by a majority vote of a disinterested quorum of the board of directors, or if such quorum of disinterested directors cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a committee of two or more disinterested directors; (ii) by independent legal counsel; (iii) by a panel of three arbitrators; (iv) by an affirmative vote of disinterested shareholders; (v) by a court; or (vi) with respect to any additional right to indemnification granted, by any other method permitted in Section 180.0858 of the WBCL.

Reasonable expenses incurred by a director or officer who is a party to a proceeding may be reimbursed by a corporation at such time as the director or officer furnishes to the corporation written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has not breached or failed to perform his duties and a written undertaking to repay any amounts advanced if it is determined that indemnification by the corporation is not required.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The indemnification provisions of Sections 180.0850 to 180.0859 of the WBCL are not exclusive. A corporation may expand an officer’s or director’s right to indemnification (i) in its articles of incorporation or bylaws; (ii) by written agreement between the director or officer and the corporation; (iii) by resolution of its board of directors; or (iv) by resolution of a majority of all of the corporation’s voting shares then issued and outstanding.

As permitted by Section 180.0858 of the WBCL, the company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws contain indemnification provisions that are substantially similar to the statutory indemnification provisions. Additionally, the company has purchased director and officer liability insurance.

The underwriting agreement for this offering provides that the underwriters indemnify the company against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

The following list sets forth information regarding all securities sold or issued by the registrant in the three years preceding the date of this registration statement. No underwriters were involved in these sales. There was no general solicitation of investors or advertising, and we did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, in connection with the offering of these shares In each of the transactions described below, the recipients of the securities represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

As of                2017,                  shares of Class B redeemable common stock were issued and outstanding. Of this amount,                  shares of Class B redeemable common stock shares were granted to employees and non-employee directors of the company in the form of restricted stock, which are shares of Class B redeemable common stock that vest over a period of     years from the date of grant. During fiscal year 2016,                  shares of restricted stock were issued to employees and non-employee directors of the company. During fiscal year 2015, 42,018 shares of Class B redeemable common stock were issued to employees and non-employee directors of the company. During fiscal year 2014, 36,681 shares of Class B redeemable common stock were issued to employees and non-employee directors of the company.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  1.1***   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Schneider National, Inc.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Schneider National, Inc.
  4.1***   Form of Class B common stock certificate
  5.1***   Opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., regarding validity of the shares of Class B common stock registered
  9.1*   Amended and Restated 1995 Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust Agreement and Voting Agreement
10.1**   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011, as amended through November 21, 2013, among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
10.2**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.3**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.4**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.5**   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011, as amended as of December 17, 2013, among Schneider Receivables Corporation, as seller, Schneider National, Inc., as the servicer, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the purchasers party thereto
10.6*   Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement
10.7*   Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement
10.8*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among Schneider National, Inc. and certain shareholders of Schneider National, Inc.
10.9***+   Schneider National, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Schneider National, Inc.
23.1**   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2***   Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**   Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

 

* Previously filed.
** Filed herewith.
*** To be filed by amendment.
+ Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b) Financial statement schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Green Bay, in the State of Wisconsin, on February 3, 2017.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Christopher B. Lofgren

 

Name: Christopher B. Lofgren

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears immediately below constitutes and appoints Christopher B. Lofgren, Lori Lutey and Paul Kardish, and any one or more of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Christopher B. Lofgren

Christopher B. Lofgren

  

Chief Executive Officer, President

and Director

(principal executive officer)

 

February 3, 2017

    

/s/ Lori Lutey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

 

February 3, 2017

Lori Lutey     

/s/ Amy Schilling

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(principal accounting officer)

 

February 3, 2017

Amy Schilling     

/s/ Daniel Sullivan

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

February 3, 2017

Daniel Sullivan     

/s/ Thomas Gannon

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Thomas Gannon     

/s/ Adam Godfrey

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Adam Godfrey     

/s/ Robert Grubbs

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Robert Grubbs     


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Norman Johnson

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Norman Johnson     

/s/ Therese Koller

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Therese Koller     

/s/ Thomas Schneider

   Director  

February 3, 2017

Thomas Schneider     

/s/ R. Scott Trumbull

   Director  

February 3, 2017

R. Scott Trumbull     


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  1.1***   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Schneider National, Inc.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Schneider National, Inc.
  4.1***   Form of Class B common stock certificate
  5.1***   Opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., regarding validity of the shares of Class B common stock registered
  9.1*   Amended and Restated 1995 Schneider National, Inc. Voting Trust Agreement and Voting Agreement
10.1**   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011, as amended through November 21, 2013, among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, the leaders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
10.2**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.3**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.4**   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., as issuer, Schneider National, Inc., as parent guarantor, and the purchasers party thereto
10.5**   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011, as amended as of December 17, 2013, among Schneider Receivables Corporation, as seller, Schneider National, Inc., as the servicer, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and the purchasers party thereto
10.6*   Amended and Restated Stock Restriction Agreement
10.7*   Schneider Family Board Nomination Process Agreement
10.8*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among Schneider National, Inc. and certain shareholders of Schneider National, Inc.
10.9***+   Schneider National, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Schneider National, Inc.
23.1**   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2***   Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**   Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

 

* Previously filed.
** Filed herewith.
*** To be filed by amendment.
+ Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 10.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 21, 2013 (this “Amendment”), is by and among SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., a Wisconsin, corporation (the “Parent”), SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC., a Wisconsin corporation, SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC., a Wisconsin corporation, and SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC., a Nevada corporation (each a subsidiary of the Parent, and together with the Parent, each a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantors”), the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement described below (the “Lenders”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”.)

RECITALS

A. The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings specified by the Credit Agreement.

B. The Borrower and Guarantors desire to amend the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to do so strictly in accordance with the terms hereof.

TERMS

In consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

AMENDMENTS

1.1 The Credit Agreement and related exhibits and schedules are hereby amended in their entirety to read in the form attached hereto as Annex A .

1.2 On the effective date hereof, Fifth Third Bank will no longer be a Lender under the Credit Agreement and all Obligations to Fifth Third Bank will be paid in full by the Borrower.

ARTICLE 2.

REPRESENTATIONS

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

2.1 The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment are within each Loan Party’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.


2.2 The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Loan Party (a) does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party.

2.3 After giving effect to the amendments herein contained, the representations and warranties contained in Article III of the Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties contained in the other Loan Documents are true on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof.

2.4 No Default exists or has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof.

ARTICLE 3.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

3.1 The Borrower, the Guarantors and the Lenders shall have signed this Amendment.

3.2 Receipt by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of all fees and expenses required to be paid on or before the date of this Amendment.

3.3 The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received such additional documentation, including but not limited to opinions of counsel, officer’s certificates, resolutions, good standing certificates and incumbency certificates each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and, where applicable, duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party.

ARTICLE 4.

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 References in the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as further amended from time to time.

4.2 Except as expressly amended hereby, each of the Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect, (b) it has no set off, counterclaim, defense or other claim or dispute with respect to any Loan Document, and (c) it has no actual or potential claim or cause of action against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any matters through the date hereof, and hereby waives and agrees not to assert any claims or causes of action against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, whether known or unknown, matured or contingent, including, without limitation, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, arising by virtue of any actions taken, actions omitted, or the occurrence of any event prior to the date hereof, arising out of or relating to, or in connection with, this Amendment, the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions entered into in connection therewith or contemplated thereby.

 

2


4.3 This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Amendment may be signed upon any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument, and signatures sent by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as originals. This Amendment is a Loan Document.

[Signature pages follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties signing this Amendment have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Patrick C. Costello

 

Name:  Patrick C. Costello

 

Title:    President

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul J. Kardish

 

Name:  Paul J. Kardish

 

Title:    Assistant Secretary

SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Patrick C. Costello

 

Name:  Patrick C. Costello

 

Title:    President

SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven L. Crear

 

Name:  Steven L. Crear

 

Title:    President

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark B. Rourke

 

Name:  Mark B. Rourke

 

Title:    President

 

4


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A .,
individually and as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Anthony A. Eastman

  Name: Anthony A. Eastman
  Title: Vice President

 

5


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Fameree

  Name: Thomas J. Fameree
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

6


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Edward B. Hanson

 

Name:  Edward B. Hanson

 

Title:    Vice President

 

7


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Daniel R. Petrik

  Name: Daniel R. Petrik
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

8


BMO HARRIS FINANCING, INC.
By:  

/s/ William Thomson

 

Name:  William Thomson

 

Title:    Senior Vice President

 

9


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Henry Hissrich

 

Name:  Henry Hissrich

 

Title:    Vice President

 

10


ASSOCIATED BANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Mark J. Fischer

  Name: Mark J. Fischer
  Title: Sr Vice President

 

11


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Joe Philbin

  Name: Joe Philbin
  Title:   SVP

 

12


ANNEX A

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of February 18, 2011

among

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.,

as Borrower,

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.,

SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC.,

SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC.,

and

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC.,

as Guarantors,

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Syndication Agent

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

HARRIS, N.A.

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Documentation Agents

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Lead Left Bookrunner

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers/Bookrunners

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

Definitions

  

  

SECTION 1.01.

 

Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 1.02.

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     20   

SECTION 1.03.

 

Terms Generally

     20   

SECTION 1.04.

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     21   

ARTICLE II

The Credits

  

  

SECTION 2.01.

 

Commitments

     21   

SECTION 2.02.

 

Loans and Borrowings

     21   

SECTION 2.03.

 

Requests for Revolving Borrowings

     22   

SECTION 2.04.

 

Swingline Loans

     23   

SECTION 2.05.

 

Letters of Credit

     24   

SECTION 2.06.

 

Funding of Borrowings

     27   

SECTION 2.07.

 

Interest Elections

     27   

SECTION 2.08.

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments; Increase of Commitments

     28   

SECTION 2.09.

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     31   

SECTION 2.10.

 

Prepayment of Loans

     32   

SECTION 2.11.

 

Fees

     32   

SECTION 2.12.

 

Interest

     33   

SECTION 2.13.

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     34   

SECTION 2.14.

 

Increased Costs

     34   

SECTION 2.15.

 

Break Funding Payments

     35   

SECTION 2.16.

 

Taxes

     36   

SECTION 2.17.

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     39   

SECTION 2.18.

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     40   

SECTION 2.19.

 

Defaulting Lenders

     41   

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

  

  

SECTION 3.01.

 

Financial Condition

     42   

SECTION 3.02.

 

No Change

     43   

SECTION 3.03.

 

Organization; Existence; Compliance with Law

     43   

SECTION 3.04.

 

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

     43   

SECTION 3.05.

 

No Legal Bar

     43   

SECTION 3.06.

 

No Material Litigation

     44   

SECTION 3.07.

 

No Default

     44   

SECTION 3.08.

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     44   

SECTION 3.09.

 

No Burdensome Restrictions

     44   

SECTION 3.10.

 

Taxes

     44   

SECTION 3.11.

 

ERISA

     44   

 

1


SECTION 3.12.

 

Governmental Regulations; Etc.

     45   

SECTION 3.13.

 

Subsidiaries

     45   

SECTION 3.14.

 

Purpose of Loans

     45   

SECTION 3.15.

 

Environmental Matters

     46   

SECTION 3.16.

 

Disclosure

     46   

SECTION 3.17.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

     47   

SECTION 3.18.

 

Private Placements

     47   

SECTION 3.19.

 

Shareholder Debt

     47   

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

  

  

SECTION 4.01.

 

Effective Date

     47   

SECTION 4.02.

 

Each Credit Event

     48   

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

  

  

SECTION 5.01.

 

Information Covenants

     49   

SECTION 5.02.

 

Preservation of Existence and Franchises

     51   

SECTION 5.03.

 

Books and Records

     51   

SECTION 5.04.

 

Compliance with Law

     51   

SECTION 5.05.

 

Payment of Taxes and Other Indebtedness

     51   

SECTION 5.06.

 

Insurance

     51   

SECTION 5.07.

 

Maintenance of Property

     51   

SECTION 5.08.

 

Use of Proceeds

     51   

SECTION 5.09.

 

Audits/Inspections

     51   

SECTION 5.10.

 

Financial Covenants

     52   

SECTION 5.11.

 

Additional Loan Parties

     52   

SECTION 5.12.

 

Nature of Business

     52   

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

  

  

SECTION 6.01.

 

Indebtedness

     53   

SECTION 6.02.

 

Liens

     53   

SECTION 6.03.

 

Guaranties, Loans or Advances

     53   

SECTION 6.04.

 

Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc.

     54   

SECTION 6.05.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     54   

SECTION 6.06.

 

Shareholder Debt

     55   

SECTION 6.07.

 

Restricted Payments

     55   

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

  

  

 

2


ARTICLE VIII

Guarantee

  

  

SECTION 8.01.

 

The Guarantee

     58   

SECTION 8.02.

 

Obligations Unconditional

     58   

SECTION 8.03.

 

Reinstatement

     59   

SECTION 8.04.

 

Certain Additional Waivers

     59   

SECTION 8.05.

 

Remedies

     59   

SECTION 8.06.

 

Rights of Contribution

     59   

SECTION 8.07.

 

Continuing Guarantee

     60   

ARTICLE IX

The Administrative Agent

  

  

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

  

  

SECTION 10.01.

 

Notices

     64   

SECTION 10.02.

 

Waivers; Amendments

     64   

SECTION 10.03.

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     65   

SECTION 10.04.

 

Successors and Assigns

     67   

SECTION 10.05.

 

Survival

     69   

SECTION 10.06.

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     69   

SECTION 10.07.

 

Severability

     70   

SECTION 10.08.

 

Right of Setoff

     70   

SECTION 10.09.

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     70   

SECTION 10.10.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     71   

SECTION 10.11.

 

Headings

     71   

SECTION 10.12.

 

Confidentiality

     71   

SECTION 10.13.

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     71   

SECTION 10.14.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     72   

 

3


SCHEDULES :

 

Schedule 1.01

  

Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 2.01

  

Commitments

Schedule 3.04

  

Required Consents, Authorizations, Notices and Filings

Schedule 3.05

  

Conflicts

Schedule 3.06

  

Litigation

Schedule 3.09

  

Burdensome Restrictions

Schedule 3.11

  

ERISA

Schedule 3.13

  

Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.15

  

Environmental Disclosures

Schedule 3.19

  

Private Placements

Schedule 3.20

  

Shareholder Debt

Schedule 6.01

  

Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

  

Liens

EXHIBITS :

Exhibit A — Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B — Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit C — Form of Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement

Exhibit D — Form of Opinion

Exhibit E — Form of Officers Certificate

 

4


THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 18, 2011, is among SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”), SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., a Wisconsin, corporation (the “ Parent ”), SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC., a Wisconsin corporation, SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC., a Wisconsin corporation, and SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC., a Nevada corporation, each a subsidiary of the Parent and such other subsidiaries of the Parent as may from time to time become a party hereto (together with the Parent, each a “ Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Accelerated Payment Program Financing ” means any one or more financings for the

purpose of acquiring Eligible Shipper Receivables.

Accredited Investor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

Additional Loan Party ” means each Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Effective Date by execution of a Joinder Agreement.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such


day (without any rounding). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Margin ” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan, Eurodollar Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date:

 

Level

   Consolidated Net Debt
Coverage Ratio
  ABR Spread    Eurodollar Spread    Commitment Fee Rate
I    ³ 3.00:1.0   100.0 bps    200.0 bps    35.0 bps
II    < 3.00:1.0 but ³

2.25:1.0

  75.0 bps    175.0 bps    30.0 bps
III    < 2.25:1.0 but ³

1.50:1.0

  50.0 bps    150.0 bps    25.0 bps
IV    < 1.50:1.0 but ³

0.75:1.0

  25.0 bps    125.0 bps    20.0 bps
V    < 0.75:1.0   0.0 bps    100.0 bps    17.5 bps

The Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing table based on the Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter. Adjustments, if any, to the Applicable Margin shall be effective five Business Days following the date that the Administrative Agent is scheduled to receive the applicable financials under Section 5.01(a) or (b) and certificate under Section 5.01(c). During any time after the Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements required by Section 5.01, the Applicable Margin shall be automatically set at Level I until five days after such financials are so delivered. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Applicable Margin shall be set at Level IV as of the First Amendment Effective Date and shall be adjusted for the first time based on the determination of the Applicable Margin for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.19 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

 

2


Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributed Principal Amount ” means, on any day, with respect to any Permitted Receivables Financing, the aggregate amount (with respect to any such transaction, the “Invested Amount”) paid to, or borrowed by, such Person as of such date under such Permitted Receivables Financing, minus the aggregate amount received by the applicable Receivables Financier and applied to the reduction of the Invested Amount under such Permitted Receivables Financing.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower ” means Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) a Swingline Loan, or (c) any New Term Loan.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

3


Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Chicago and New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any Property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit or Eurodollar time deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) any Lender, or (ii) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing (y) having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (z) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Lender”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued in the United States and having a maturity of 270 days or less from the date of acquisition with the issuer having a rating from S&P of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by a Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) obligations of any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 103 of the Code, having a long term rating of at least AA- or Aa-3 by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of acquisition thereof, (f) Investments in municipal auction preferred stock (i) rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and (ii) with dividends that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $100,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subdivisions (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

Change in Control ” means either (i) the failure of the Family Members collectively to maintain beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, (including holding as a beneficiary under any trust vehicle) of Voting Stock of the Parent which represents a majority of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Parent; or (ii) any Person or two or more Persons, other than Family Members, acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of, control over, Voting Stock of the Parent (or other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Parent. Nothing in this definition of Change of Control is meant to prevent the use of a trust to own any Voting Stock, including the substitution, termination, replacement or modification of any trust agreement, as long as the Family Members, collectively, constitute the beneficiaries of such trust, directly or indirectly, in such a manner which maintains the required majority of voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent.

 

4


Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided, however, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in “Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $250,000,000.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Competitor ” means (i) a Person primarily engaged in the same business as the primary business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, (ii) a Person directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with any Person identified in the preceding clause (i), (iii) a Subsidiary of any Person identified in the preceding clause (i), and (iv) a Person who controls any Person identified in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii). In determining whether a Person is a Competitor, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely in good faith on a representation by such Person, provided it has not received written notice from the Borrower that such representation is not accurate.

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income (excluding for purposes hereof any non-cash gains or losses) plus Consolidated Interest Expense plus all provisions for any Federal, state or other income taxes plus depreciation and amortization, for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of determination.

 

5


Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, all interest expense, including the amortization of debt discount and premium, the interest component under Capital Leases and any interest expense equivalent associated with Revenue Equipment Leases for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of computation.

Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the end of any calendar quarter, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Net Indebtedness as of the end of such calendar quarter, to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA, as calculated for the four consecutive calendar quarters then ending.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of computation.

Consolidated Net Indebtedness ” means, at any time, for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Domestic Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in excess of $10,000,000.

Consolidated Net Worth ” means, at any time, total shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at such time, including capital stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings after deducting treasury stock, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, at any time, total assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

 

6


dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person which is incorporated or organized under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02).

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender and any Approved Fund, and (ii) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an Accredited Investor and that extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, but that is not described in the immediately preceding clause (i) above; provided , that for purposes of both clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, (a) neither the Parent nor any Affiliate of the Parent (except as agreed by the Administrative Agent) may be an Eligible Assignee and (b) no Competitor may be an Eligible Assignee unless an Event of Default referred to in clause (a), (f) or (j) of Article VII has occurred and is continuing or the Parent has consented in writing to such assignment.

Eligible Shipper Receivable ” means any unencumbered, current account receivable originated in the ordinary course of business owed by a Person (which is not an Affiliate of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Shipper ”) to a commercial freight carrier (which is not an Affiliate of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Carrier ”) arising out of the provision of shipping services provided by such Carrier to such Shipper. For the avoidance of doubt, the purchase of Eligible Shipper Receivables from a Carrier by the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall not constitute a loan or advance to such Carrier.

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests “ means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

 

7


ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (i) the imposition of liability on Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; or (j) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or pursuant to ERISA with respect to any Plan.

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Guarantor is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time the guarantee of such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

8


Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e), and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA as a result of a Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 2.16(g).

Existing Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2004, among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, as amended, modified or extended to the date hereof.

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit described on Schedule 1.01.

Family Members ” means Donald J. Schneider, his spouse, or any of his direct descendants.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower or Parent, as applicable.

First Amendment Effective Date ” means November 21, 2013.

Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender, with respect to such Borrower, that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

9


GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantor ” means each of the Parent, Schneider Resources, Inc., Schneider Finance, Inc. and Schneider National Carriers, Inc., and each Additional Loan Party which may hereafter execute a Joinder Agreement, together with their successors and permitted assigns.

Guaranty Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase or pay any such Indebtedness or any Property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily made, (iii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to Property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iv) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property or services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within six months of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person, (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, Property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (vi) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (vii) the principal portion of all obligations of such Person under Capital Leases, (viii) the outstanding Attributed Principal Amount under any Permitted Receivables Financing, (ix) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP, (x) all obligations with respect to Revenue Equipment Leases and (xi) the maximum amount of all drafts drawn with respect to letters of credit. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent such Person is legally obligated therefor.

 

10


Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated November 4, 2013 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

Interest Period ” means (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Investment ”, in any Person, means any loan or advance to such Person, any purchase or other acquisition of any Equity Interests in such Person, any capital contribution to such Person or any other investment in such Person, including, without limitation, any Guaranty Obligation incurred for the benefit of such Person.

Issuing Bank ” means JPMCB, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and each other Lender designated by the Administrative Agent as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder that has agreed to such designation, each in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association.

 

11


Joinder Agreement ” means a Joinder Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, with such changes thereto as approved by the Administrative Agent, executed and delivered by an Additional Loan Party in accordance with this Agreement.

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

Lender Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement ” means an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, with such changes thereto as approved by the Administrative Agent.

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation each Existing Letter of Credit.

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen Page LIBOR01 (or on any successor or substitute page of Reuters, or any successor to or substitute for Reuters, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of Reuters, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ LIBO Rate ” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

 

12


Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any promissory notes issued pursuant to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit applications and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lenders, whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or any employee of any Loan Party, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in the Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to the Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loan Party Obligations ” means, without duplication, (i) all Obligations, (ii) all Banking Service Obligations and (iii) all liabilities and obligations, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) owing from the Borrower to any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, arising under any Swap Agreement; provided, however, that the definition of “Loan Party Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the condition (financial or otherwise), operations, business, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under any Loan Documents to which they are a party or (iii) the material rights, benefits or remedies of the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Materials of Environmental Concern ” means any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

Maturity Date ” means November 21, 2018.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a Single Employer Plan with two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control as defined in Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

New Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.08(e).

Non -Guarantor Subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.

Obligations ” means, without duplication, all of the monetary and other obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders (including the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender) and the Administrative Agent, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).

 

13


Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

Parent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereof.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04.

Parties ” means the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

Patriot Act ” is defined in Section 10.14.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(i) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders;

(ii) Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under ERISA) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in accordance with GAAP have been established (and as to which the Property subject to any such Lien is not yet subject to foreclosure, sale or loss on account thereof);

(iii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers and other Liens imposed by law or pursuant to customary reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce the same or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in accordance with GAAP have been established (and as to which the Property subject to any such Lien is not yet subject to foreclosure, sale or loss on account thereof);

(iv) Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under ERISA) incurred or deposits made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(v) Liens in connection with attachments or judgments (including judgment or appeal bonds) that do not constitute a Default under clause (h) of Article VII;

 

14


(vi) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not, in any material respect, impairing the use of the encumbered Property for its intended purposes;

(vii) Liens on Property securing purchase money Indebtedness (including Capital Leases) granted in connection with the acquisition of tangible personal property in the ordinary course of business and Liens in connection with the construction or acquisition of operating facilities or improvements thereto or within eighteen (18) months after such acquisition or the completion of such construction which attach only to the Property being so acquired or constructed, or Liens securing refinancing of such purchase money financing but secured by the same assets as the Indebtedness refinanced, and securing Indebtedness not exceeding in amount the Indebtedness refinanced) to the extent permitted under Section 6.01(g), provided that, except with respect to Liens referred to in the preceding parenthetical, any such Lien attaches to such Property concurrently with or within ninety (90) days after the acquisition thereof;

(viii) customary Liens arising from or created in connection with the issuance of letters of credit for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that in each case such Liens apply only to the raw materials, inventory, machinery or equipment in connection with the purchase of which the letter of credit was issued or to the balance of any account of the account party in respect of such letter of credit with the bank issuing such letter of credit;

(ix) Liens created or deemed to exist in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing (including any related filings of any financing statements), but only to the extent that any such Lien relates to the applicable receivables and related property actually sold, contributed or otherwise conveyed pursuant to such transaction;

(x) Liens existing as of the First Amendment Effective Date and set forth on Schedule  6.02 ; provided that (a) except for substitutions as provided in the Capital Leases described on Schedule  6.02 , no such Lien shall at any time be extended to or cover any Property other than the Property subject thereto on the First Amendment Effective Date and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not be extended, renewed, refunded or refinanced;

(xi) Liens made by any Subsidiary of the Parent in favor of any Loan Party; and

(xii) with respect to Subsidiaries or assets acquired pursuant to Section 6.04(d), Liens on the assets of such Subsidiaries provided such Liens were granted prior to the date of the acquisition of such Subsidiaries and not created in contemplation of such acquisition.

Permitted Receivables Financing ” means any one or more receivables financings (including Accelerated Payment Program Financing not to exceed an aggregate amount of $100,000,000 at any time outstanding) in which (i) the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (a) sells, contributes or conveys any accounts receivable to any Person that is not a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower (with respect to any such transaction, the “ Receivables Financier ”), (b) borrows from such Receivables Financier and secures such borrowings by a pledge of such receivables or an interest in such receivables and/or (c) otherwise finances its acquisition of such receivables and, in connection therewith, conveys an interest in such receivables to the Receivables Financier or (ii) the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent sells, contributes or conveys any accounts receivable to a Receivables Financing SPC, or any Subsidiary of the Parent sells, contributes or conveys any accounts receivable to the Parent which then sells, contributes or conveys such accounts receivable to a Receivables Financing SPC, in each case which Receivables Financing SPC then (a) sells, contributes or conveys any such accounts receivable to any Receivables Financier, (b) borrows from such Receivables Financier and secures such borrowings by a

 

15


pledge of such receivables and/or (c) otherwise finances its acquisition of such receivables and, in connection therewith, conveys an interest in such receivables to the Receivables Financier, provided that, with respect to each such receivables financing, (1) such receivables financing shall not involve any recourse to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason other than (A) repurchases of non-eligible receivables or (B) indemnifications for losses other than credit losses related to the receivables sold in such financing, (2) such receivables financing shall not include any Guaranty Obligations of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and (3) the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the structure of such transaction shall not conflict with the terms of this Credit Agreement, and that the terms of such transaction, including the discount at which receivables are sold and any termination events, shall be (in the good faith understanding of the Administrative Agent) consistent with those prevailing in the market for similar transactions involving a receivables originator/servicer of similar credit quality and a receivables pool of similar characteristics (it being understood and agreed that the Wells Fargo Receivables Financing shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth in this clause (3)).

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Private Placement Agreements ” means, the Private Placement Agreements, identified on Schedule 3.19, together with any guarantees thereof, and any similar agreements entered into after the Effective Date.

Pro Forma Basis ” means, in respect of any Specified Transaction, including any related financing or other transactions in connection therewith, such Specified Transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the relevant period for which such matters were calculated on a pro forma basis reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (and, for the avoidance of doubt, thereafter until the completion of four fiscal quarters following such Specified Transaction), and for purposes of determining pro forma compliance or making a determination on a pro forma basis such determination on any date with any or all of such covenants shall be computed and deemed tested on such date on the basis of balance sheet amounts as of such date and income statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to Administrative Agent and calculated on such pro forma basis in respect of the Specified Transaction giving rise to such determination. Any reference in a covenant in this Agreement to no Event of Default or Default existing at the time of, or being caused by, any Specified Transaction (including any related financing or other transactions in connection therewith), on a Pro Forma Basis, shall include, without limitation, Pro Forma Compliance at such time with the covenants set forth herein, whether or not stated as being on a Pro Forma Basis. With respect to Indebtedness which has a floating or formula rate, the implied rate of interest for such Indebtedness for the applicable period for purposes of this definition shall be determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination.

 

16


Property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including, cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

Public-Sider ” means any representative of a Lender that does not want to receive material non-public information with the meaning of the federal and state securities laws.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Receivables Financier ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Receivables Financing” set forth in this Section 1.01.

Receivables Financing SPC ” means, in respect of any Permitted Receivables Financing, any Subsidiary of the Parent or Affiliate of the Borrower that is a bankruptcy-remote special purpose corporation to which the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent sells, contributes or conveys any accounts receivable in connection with such Permitted Receivables Financing.

Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing into the environment (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers and other closed receptacles containing any Materials of Environmental Concern).

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the post-event notice requirement is waived.

Reports ” is defined in Article IX.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

 

17


Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Parent or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Parent or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Parent.

Revenue Equipment Lease ” means an operating lease for equipment having a maturity beyond one year from the lease commencement date, and which may not be terminated at the lessee’s option within thirteen months from the lease commencement date.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s.

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Parent that accounts for more than (i) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 5% of the consolidated revenue of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

Single Employer Plan ” means any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Shareholder Debt ” is defined in Section 3.20.

Solvent ” or “ Solvency ” means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that on such date (i) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (ii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in their ordinary course, (iii) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s Property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged or is to engage, (iv) the fair value of the Property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person and (v) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

18


Specified Transaction ” means (i) the Transactions, (ii) any acquisition or any sale or other disposition outside the ordinary course of business by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any asset or group of related assets in one or a series of related transactions, including the incurrence of any Indebtedness and any related financing or other transactions in connection with any of the foregoing, ), and (iii) any proposed Restricted Payment, incurrence of Indebtedness or prepayment of any Indebtedness.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject, with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Parent.

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

19


Swingline Lender ” means JPMCB, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

Wells Fargo Receivables Financing ” means that certain receivables financing provided by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as of the First Amendment Effective Date, as amended, restated, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the amount thereof provided that the aggregate amount thereof does not exceed $200,000,000.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means any Subsidiary 100% of whose Voting Stock or other equity interests is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision

 

20


hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. The Parent’s and Borrower’s fiscal quarters end March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and fiscal year ends December 31, and the Parent and the Borrower will not change any fiscal quarter or fiscal year end without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. For purposes of calculating the Applicable Margin, all financial covenants and all other covenants, all Specified Transactions occurring during the period for which such matters are calculated shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the relevant period for which such matters were calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all references to GAAP and all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Parent or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan or, if agreed to between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender, shall bear interest at an alternate rate of interest agreed to between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

21


(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000 or such other amount agreed to between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of four Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

 

22


SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $30,000,000 or (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan and whether such Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan or shall bear interest at an alternate rate agreed upon by the Borrower and the Swingline Lender, and each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan or shall bear interest at an alternate rate if agreed upon by the Borrower and the Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the relevant Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan or by such other procedures as may be agreed upon from time to time between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender.

(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

23


SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit. (a)  General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and relevant Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the relevant Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the relevant Issuing Bank) to an Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the relevant Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the relevant Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $100,000,000 and (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension).

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Banks or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank issuing such Letter of Credit hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from each such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the relevant Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC

 

24


Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that ,if such LC Disbursement is not less than $5,000,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the relevant Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the relevant Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the relevant Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Banks, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with

 

25


respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, each Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The relevant Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Banks and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h)  Interim Interest. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement of Issuing Banks. Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, such replaced Issuing Bank and the applicable successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of any Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of such replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, or automatically upon the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive

 

26


dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(k) Existing Letters of Credit . All Existing Letters of Credit issued shall be deemed (i) Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) issued on the Effective Date for purposes of determining fees payable hereunder.

SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the relevant Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

27


(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments; Increase of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

 

28


(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

(d) Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Borrower may, upon at least ten (10) days (or such other period of time agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, increase the aggregate Commitments from time to time, either by designating a lender not theretofore a Lender to become a Lender (such designation to be effective only with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent which shall not be unreasonably withheld) or by agreeing with an existing Lender that such Lender’s Commitment shall be increased (thus increasing the aggregate Commitments); provided that:

(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder as of the effective date of such increase;

(ii) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and contained in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation or warranty which is already qualified as to materiality or by reference to Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the effective date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (other than those representations and warranties that by their terms expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);

(iii) the amount of each such increase in the aggregate Commitments shall not be less than $10,000,000 (or such other minimum amount agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), and shall not cause the sum of (x) the aggregate increases in the Commitments under this Section 2.08(d) plus (y) the outstanding amount of all New Term Loans made under Section 2.08(e) to exceed $150,000,000;

(iv) the Borrower and any applicable Lender or lender not theretofore a Lender, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and each Borrower;

(v) no existing Lender shall be obligated in any way to increase any of its Commitments unless it has executed and delivered a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement;

(vi) the Administrative Agent shall consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to such increase;

 

29


(vii) the interest rates paid with respect to the increased Commitment and the other terms thereof shall be identical to those payable with respect to the existing Commitment;

(viii) the Administrative Agent shall have received such supplemental opinions, resolutions, certificates and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and

(ix) a new Lender may not be the Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Upon the execution, delivery, acceptance and recording of the Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, from and after the effective date specified in a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, such existing Lender shall have a Commitment as therein set forth or such other Lender shall become a Lender with a Commitment as therein set forth and all the rights and obligations of a Lender with such a Commitment hereunder. Upon its receipt of a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement together with any note or notes, if requested, subject to such addition and assumption and the written consent to such addition and assumption, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement has been completed and the other conditions described in this Section 2.08 have been satisfied: (x) accept such Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement; (y) record the information contained therein in the Register; and (z) give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and deliver to the Lenders a schedule reflecting the new Commitments. The Lenders (new or existing) shall accept an assignment from the existing Lenders, and the existing Lenders shall make an assignment to the new or existing Lender accepting a new or increased Commitment, of a direct or participation interest in each then outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit such that, after giving effect thereto, all Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder is held ratably by the Lenders in proportion to their respective Commitments. Assignments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made in exchange for the principal amount assigned plus accrued and unpaid interest and facility and letter of credit fees. The Borrower shall make any payments under Section 2.14 resulting from such assignments.

(e) Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Borrower may, upon at least ten (10) days (or such other period of time agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, request a new credit facility which is a term loan (a “New Term Loan”); provided that:

(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder as of the effective date of such increase;

(ii) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation or warranty which is already qualified as to materiality or by reference to Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(iii) the amount of each such New Term Loan shall not be less than $10,000,000 (or such other minimum amount agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), and shall not cause the sum of (x) the aggregate increases in the Commitments under Section 2.08(d) plus (y) the outstanding amount of any such New Term Loan (and any other New Term Loans made under this Section 2.08(e)) to exceed $150,000,000;

(iv) the Borrower and any applicable Lender or lender not theretofore a Lender, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and each Borrower;

 

30


(v) no existing Lender shall be obligated in any way to make any New Term Loan unless it has executed and delivered a Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement;

(vi) the Administrative Agent shall consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to such increase;

(vii) the Administrative Agent shall have received such supplemental opinions, resolutions, certificates and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(viii) the interest rates and fees and scheduled principal payments and final maturity applicable to the New Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the lenders thereunder;

(ix) the New Term Loans shall constitute “Loans” for all purposes of the Loan Documents;

(x) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in a writing executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to reflect any changes necessary to give effect to such New Term Loan in accordance with its terms as set forth herein, including without limitation the addition of such New Term Loan as a separate facility and the terms agreed upon in (viii) above;

(xi) such New Term Loan is on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Agreement, except as set forth in (viii) above or to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(xii) a new Lender may not be the Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(f) The provisions of Sections 2.08(d) and (e) shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or 10.02 to the contrary (including, for the avoidance of doubt, provisions thereof relating to amendments to Section 10.02, Section 2.08, Section 2.17, and the definition of “Required Lenders”).

SECTION 2.09. Repayment  of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date or any date requested by the Swingline Lender in its discretion.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

31


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.    Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.11. Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin on the average daily amount of such Lender’s Commitment minus such Lender’s Loans (excluding Swingline Loans) and LC Exposure during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Margin used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which

 

32


such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the relevant Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate or rates per annum separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the relevant Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Banks pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the relevant Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.12. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan that is an ABR Borrowing) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) Swingline Loans shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or at an alternative rate, if any, agreed to between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an Event of Default, the principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on the Loans and any other amounts owing hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a per annum rate equal to 2% greater than the rate which would otherwise be applicable (or if no rate is applicable, whether in respect of interest, fees or other amounts, then 2% greater than the the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section).

(e) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

33


(f) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate and Adjusted LIBO Rate and LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or Issuing Bank;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

34


(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank reasonably determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

35


SECTION 2.16. Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

 

36


(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

37


(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Each Foreign Lender shall also comply with any certification, documentation, information or other reporting necessary to establish an exemption from withholding under FATCA and shall provide any other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent sufficient for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such applicable reporting requirements.

(h) Each Lender shall indemnify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender that are payable or paid by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (h). The agreements in this paragraph (h) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

(i) For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

38


SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the

 

39


amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 10.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks to satisfy such Lender’s obligations to it under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender (i) requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, (ii) is or becomes a Defaulting Lender, or (iii) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 9.02 or any other provision of any Loan Document requires the consent of all affected Lenders and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Banks), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

40


(c) Notwithstanding any Departing Lender’s failure or refusal to assign its rights, obligations, Loans and Commitments under this Section 2.18, the Departing Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the Replacement Lender shall be substituted therefor upon payment to the Departing Lender by the Replacement Lender of all amounts set forth in this Section 2.18 without any further action of the Departing Lender.

SECTION 2.19 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) commitment fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);

(b) the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 10.02); provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(c) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the relevant Issuing Banks only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b)(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all commitment fees

 

41


that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b)(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the relevant Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and

(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Banks shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank has knowledge that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Banks shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Financial Condition . The audited consolidated and the unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 have heretofore been furnished to each Lender. Such financial statements (including the notes thereto) (i) except as otherwise noted, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently, applied throughout the periods covered thereby and (iii) present fairly (on the basis disclosed in the footnotes to such financial statements) the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such periods. During the period from February 18, 2011 to and including the First Amendment Effective Date, there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no purchase or other acquisition by any of them of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, which, is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto and has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Lenders on or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

42


SECTION 3.02. No Change . Since December 31, 2012, there have been no developments or events relating to or affecting the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries which have had or would, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.03. Organization; Existence; Compliance with Law . Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has the corporate and other necessary power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, except to the extent that the failure to have such legal right would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.04. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligatiovns . Each of the Loan Parties has the corporate and other necessary power and authority, and the legal right, to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder, and has taken all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement. No consent or authorization of, registration or filing with, notice to, or other action by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party, except for consents, authorizations, notices and filings described in Schedule 3.04, all of which have been obtained or made or have the status described in such Schedule 3.04. This Credit Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Loan Parties. This Credit Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

SECTION 3.05. No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by the Loan Parties, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (a) except as set forth on Schedule 3.05, will not violate any Requirement of Law or contractual obligation of any Loan Party in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as set forth on Schedule 3.05, will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties or revenues of any Loan Party pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or contractual obligation, and (c) will not violate or conflict with any provision of any Loan Party’s articles of incorporation or by-laws.

 

43


SECTION 3.06. No Material Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06, no litigation, investigations or proceedings of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened by or against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or revenues which (a) relate to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or (b) would, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. No Default . No Loan Party is in default under or with respect to any of its contractual obligations in any respect which would, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 3.08. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each of the Loan Parties has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its material real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other material property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.09. No Burdensome Restrictions . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, no Requirements of Law or contractual obligations of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries would, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. Taxes . The Parent and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all United States federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which, to the best knowledge of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, are required to be filed and has paid (a) all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or (b) all taxes shown to be due and payable on any assessments of which it has received notice made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any (i) taxes, fees or other charges with respect to which the failure to pay would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) taxes, fees or other charges the amount or validity of which are currently being contested and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person), and no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

SECTION 3.11. ERISA . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11, or as would, in the aggregate, not have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) During the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred, and, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, no event or condition has occurred or exists as a result of which any ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to occur, with respect to any Plan; (ii) no “accumulated funding deficiency,” as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, has occurred with respect to any Plan; (iii) for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, there has been no failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan; (iv) each Plan has been maintained, operated, and funded in compliance with its own terms and in material compliance with the provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable federal or state laws; and (v) no lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen or is reasonably likely to arise on account of any Plan.

(b) Neither the Parent, the Borrower, nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, could be reasonably expected to incur, any Withdrawal Liability under ERISA to any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan that has not been paid prior to the Effective Date. Neither the Borrower, nor any ERISA Affiliate would become subject to any Withdrawal Liability under ERISA if the Borrower, or any ERISA Affiliate were to withdraw completely from all

 

44


Multiemployer Plans and Multiple Employer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. Neither the Parent, the Borrower, nor any ERISA Affiliate has received any notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), is insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), or has been terminated (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA), and no Multiemployer Plan is, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, reasonably expected to be in reorganization, insolvent, or terminated.

(c) No prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility has occurred with respect to a Plan which has subjected or may subject the Parent, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any liability under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other instrument pursuant to which the Parent, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any person against any such liability.

SECTION 3.12. Governmental Regulations, Etc .

(a) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U, or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying or trading in any securities. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U1 or FR Form G3 referred to in said Regulation U. No indebtedness being reduced or retired out of the proceeds of the Loans was or will be incurred for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U or any “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T. “Margin stock” within the meanings of Regulation U does not constitute more than 25% of the value of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. None of the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the direct or indirect use of the proceeds of the Loans) will violate or result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or regulations issued pursuant thereto, or Regulation T, U or X.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In addition, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is not controlled by such a company.

(c) The Borrower and each other Loan Party has obtained all material licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its respective Property and to the conduct of its business.

(d) The Borrower and each other Loan Party is current with all material reports and documents, if any, required to be filed with any state or federal securities commission or similar agency and are in full compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of such commissions.

SECTION 3.13. Subsidiaries . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13, the Parent has no Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.14. Purpose of Loans . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 3.12(a), the proceeds of the Loans hereunder shall be used solely for general corporate purposes. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall

 

45


not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 or, as would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, to the best of the Parent or its Subsidiaries’ knowledge:

(a) Each of the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Properties”) and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the businesses operated by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Businesses”), and there are no conditions relating to the Businesses or Properties that could give rise to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) None of the Properties contains, or has previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under the Properties in amounts or concentrations that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws.

(c) Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written or verbal notice of, or inquiry from any Governmental Authority regarding, any violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the Businesses, nor does the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.

(d) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the best knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be named as a party, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the Properties or the Businesses.

(e) There has been no release or, threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations (including, without limitation, disposal) of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Businesses, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

SECTION 3.16. Disclosure . Each of the Parent and the Borrower disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its respective Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Credit Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Parent and the Borrower represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

46


SECTION 3.17. Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . The Loan Parties have taken actions designed to ensure compliance by the Loan Parties, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Loan Parties, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, their directors are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees acting or benefiting in any capacity from the credit facility established hereby is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by the Credit Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions in any material respect.

SECTION 3.18. Private Placements . All Private Placement Agreements are described on Schedule 3.18 hereto. Complete and accurate copies of all Private Placement Agreements described on Schedule 3.18 have been delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the First Amendment Effective Date. There is no event of default or event or condition which could become an event of default with notice or lapse of time or both, under any Private Placement Agreements.

SECTION 3.19. Shareholder Debt . All Indebtedness owing by the Parent of any of its Subsidiaries to any owner of any Equity Interests of the Parent or to any Affiliate of, or Person related to, any such owner is described on Schedule 3.19 hereto (collectively, the “Shareholder Debt”). Complete and accurate copies of samples describing certain items of the Shareholder Debt have been delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date, and all other documents, agreements and instruments evidencing any other Shareholder Debt are in substantially the same form. There is no event of default or event or condition which could become an event of default with notice or lapse of time or both, under any Shareholder Debt.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Godfrey & Kahn, counsel for the Borrower, substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto with such changes thereto as approved by the Administrative Agent, and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

47


(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, stating that immediately after giving effect to this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (i) the Parent on a consolidated basis is Solvent, (ii) no Default exists, (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III are true and correct, and (iv) the Parent on a consolidated basis is in compliance with all financial covenants on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the initial borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, agreements or information which may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 10.02).

SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation or warranty which is already qualified as to materiality or by reference to Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; and

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party hereby covenants and agrees that so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect or any amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall remain outstanding, and until all of the Commitments hereunder shall have terminated:

 

48


SECTION 5.01. Information Covenants . The Borrower (and/or the Parent, as applicable) will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender:

(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each fiscal year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of such fiscal year, together with related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal year, all such financial information described above to be in reasonable form and detail and audited (except for consolidating figures) and reported on by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing and whose opinion shall be to the effect that such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for changes with which such accountants concur) and shall not be limited as to the scope of the audit or qualified as to the status of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as a going concern or like qualification.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the close of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of such fiscal quarter, together with related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidated figures for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year, all such financial information described above to be in reasonable form and detail and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent to the effect that such quarterly financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Officer s Certificate . At the time of delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Parent, substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto or such other form as agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (i) demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 5.10 by calculation thereof as of the end of each such fiscal period, and (ii) stating that no Default exists, or if any Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof and what action the Parent proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Accountant s Certificate . Within the period for delivery of the annual financial statements provided in Section 5.01(a), a certificate of the accountants conducting the annual audit stating that they have reviewed this Credit Agreement and stating further whether, in the course of their audit, they have become aware of any Default pursuant to Section 5.10 and, if any such Default exists, specifying the nature and extent thereof.

(e) Auditor s Reports . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after each fiscal year of the Parent, a copy of any other report or “management letter” submitted by independent accountants to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit of the books of such Person together with a certificate from the treasurer of the Parent containing a computation of, and showing compliance with, each of the financial covenants contained in this Article V and to the effect that, such treasurer has not become aware of any Event of Default or any event or condition which, with the lapse of time or giving of notice to the Borrower, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, that has occurred and is continuing, or, if such treasurer has become aware of any such event, describing it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it.

 

49


(f) Reports . Promptly upon transmission or receipt thereof, (a) copies of any filings and registrations with, and reports to or from, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency, and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports as the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall send to its shareholders or to a holder of any Indebtedness owed by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in its capacity as such a holder and (b) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, all material reports and written information to and from the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or any state or local agency responsible for environmental matters, the United States Occupational Health and Safety Administration, or any state or local agency responsible for health and safety matters, or any successor agencies or authorities concerning environmental, health or safety matters.

(g) Notices . Upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the Parent and/or the Borrower will give written notice to the Administrative Agent immediately of (a) the occurrence of an event or condition consisting of a Default, specifying the nature and existence thereof and what action the Loan Parties propose to take with respect thereto, and (b) the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (i) the pendency or commencement of any litigation, arbitral or governmental proceeding against such Person which if adversely determined is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the institution of any proceedings against such Person with respect to, or the receipt of notice by such Person of potential liability or responsibility for violation, or alleged violation of any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, including but not limited to, Environmental Laws, the violation of which would likely have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) receipt of any notice or determination concerning the imposition of any Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer Plan against such Person or any ERISA Affiliate, the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or the termination of any Plan or the occurrence of any ERISA Event.

(h) ERISA . Upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the Parent will give written notice to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) of: (i) of any event or condition, including, but not limited to, any Reportable Event, that constitutes, or might reasonably lead to, an ERISA Event; (ii) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the receipt of notice as prescribed in ERISA or otherwise of any Withdrawal Liability assessed against the Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates, or of a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent (both within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (iii) the failure to make full payment on or before the due date (including extensions) thereof of all amounts which the Parent, any of the Subsidiaries of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute to each Plan pursuant to its terms and as required to meet the minimum funding standard set forth in ERISA and the Code with respect thereto; or (iv) any change in the funding status of any Plan that reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; together, with a description of any such event or condition or a copy of any such notice and a statement by a Financial Officer of the Parent briefly setting forth the details regarding such event, condition, or notice, and the action, if any, which has been or is being taken or is proposed to be taken by the Loan Parties with respect thereto. Promptly upon request, the Parent shall furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with such additional information concerning any Plan as may be reasonably requested, including, but not limited to, copies of each annual report/return (Form 5500 series), as well as all schedules and attachments thereto required to be filed with the Department of Labor and/or the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to ERISA and the Code, respectively, for each “plan year” (within the meaning of Section 3(39) of ERISA).

(i) Other Information . With reasonable promptness upon any such request, such other information regarding the business, properties or financial condition of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request.

 

50


SECTION 5.02. Preservation of Existence and Franchises . Except as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger or disposition of a Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.04(a), Section 6.04(b) or Section 6.04(c), the Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, franchises and authority.

SECTION 5.03. Books and Records . The Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep complete and accurate books and records of its transactions in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of GAAP (including the establishment and maintenance of appropriate reserves).

SECTION 5.04. Compliance with Law . The Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with Requirements of Law (including, without limitation all Environmental Laws) and all applicable restrictions imposed by all Governmental Authorities, applicable to it and its property if noncompliance with any such Requirements of Law or restriction would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party will take actions designed to ensure compliance by the Loan Parties, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

SECTION 5.05. Payment of Taxes and Other Indebtedness . Except as otherwise provided pursuant to the terms of clause (ii) the definition of “Permitted Liens” set forth in Section 1.01, the Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it, or upon its income or profits, or upon any of its properties, before they shall become delinquent (except for taxes, assessments and charges being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been set aside), (ii) all lawful claims (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon any of its properties, and (iii) except as prohibited hereunder, all of its other Indebtedness as it shall become due.

SECTION 5.06. Insurance . The Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect insurance (including worker’s compensation insurance, liability insurance, casualty insurance and business interruption insurance) in such amounts, covering such risks and liabilities and with such deductibles or self-insurance retentions as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

SECTION 5.07. Maintenance of Property . The Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve its properties and equipment material to the conduct of its business in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, and will make, or cause to be made, in such properties and equipment from time to time all repairs, renewals, replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto as may be needed or proper, to the extent and in the manner customary for companies in similar businesses.

SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans solely for the purposes set forth in Section 3.14 and in compliance with Section 3.12(a).

SECTION 5.09. Audits/Inspections . Upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, the Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit representatives appointed by the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, independent accountants, agents, attorneys, and appraisers to visit and inspect its property, including its books and records, its accounts receivable and inventory, its facilities and its other business assets, and to make photocopies or photographs thereof and to write down and record any information such representative obtains and shall permit the Administrative Agent or its representatives to investigate and verify the accuracy of information provided to the Lenders and to discuss all such matters with the officers, employees and representatives of such Person and its independent accountants.

 

51


SECTION 5.10. Financial Covenants . The Parent shall:

(a) Consolidated Net Worth . Not permit Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of $550,000,000 plus 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income as of the end of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2013), such quarterly increases to be cumulative and in no event shall such required amount be reduced by losses in any fiscal quarter.

(b) Maintenance of Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio . Not permit the Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio to be greater than 3.25 to 1.0 as of the last day of any calendar quarter.

SECTION 5.11. Additional Loan Parties . Excluding for purposes hereof INS Insurance, Inc. and Schneider Receivables Corporation (but only so long as Schneider Receivables Corporation is a Receivables Financing SPC), each of which shall not be a Guarantor hereunder, where Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower or the Parent which are not Loan Parties hereunder (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) shall at any time constitute more than either

(i) twenty percent (20%), in the aggregate, of Consolidated Total Assets, or

(ii) twenty percent (20%), in the aggregate, of Consolidated Net Income,

(collectively, the “Threshold Requirement”), the Borrower and/or the Parent shall so notify the Administrative Agent and shall cause one or more Domestic Subsidiaries to become a “Guarantor” hereunder by (a) executing a Joinder Agreement and (b) delivering such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation, certified resolutions and other organizational and authorizing documents of such Person and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to above), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent such that immediately after the joinder of such Domestic Subsidiaries as Guarantors hereunder, the remaining Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries shall not, either individually or as a group, exceed the Threshold Requirement. The Borrower and the Parent represent to the Lenders that no notification is required under this Section 5.11 as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

SECTION 5.12. Nature of Business . The Parent and its Subsidiaries may engage in any business, if, as a result, when taken as a whole, the general nature of the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries would not be substantially changed from the general nature of the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect or any amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall remain outstanding, and until all of the Commitments hereunder shall have terminated:

 

52


SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness . The Parent will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness arising under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness hereafter incurred in connection with Permitted Liens;

(c) Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 6.01;

(d) Guaranty Obligations permitted under Section 6.03;

(e) additional Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries of the Parent that are not Loan Parties in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Subsidiaries so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(f) Indebtedness among the Parent and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

(g) other Indebtedness of a Loan Party provided that immediately after any such Indebtedness is incurred, after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and to the concurrent retirement of any other Indebtedness of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, no Default would exist hereunder.

SECTION 6.02. Liens . The Parent will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of their Property, whether now owned or after acquired, except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 6.03. Guaranties, Loans or Advances . The Parent will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become or be a guarantor or surety of, or otherwise become or be responsible in any manner (whether by agreement to purchase any obligations, Equity Interests, assets, goods or services, or to supply or advance any funds, assets, goods or services, or otherwise) with respect to, any undertaking of any other Person or entity or otherwise incur or permit any Guaranty Obligation, or make or permit to exist any loans or advances to any other Person or entity, except for

(a) the endorsement, in the ordinary course of collection, of instruments payable to it or its order;

(b) the Guaranty Obligations of any Loan Party pursuant to Article VIII;

(c) guaranties executed by the Parent pursuant to which the Parent guarantees any liability or obligation of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent (including without limitation any such liability or obligation of the Borrower), provided that such Subsidiary is permitted to incur such liability or obligation pursuant to the terms hereof; and

(d) other obligations otherwise prohibited under this subsection not in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate;

(e) Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(f);

(f) the funding of loans and leases by Schneider Finance, Inc. to third parties (that are not Affiliates) in the ordinary course of its business; and

 

53


(g) any guarantee by a Guarantor of senior Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower so long as such Indebtedness is pari passu with the Loan Party Obligations.

SECTION 6.04. Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc . The Parent will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) except in connection with a disposition of assets permitted by the terms of subsection (c) below, dissolve, liquidate or wind up their affairs;

(b) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation; provided, however, that, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or indirectly caused as a result thereof, (i) the Parent or the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any of the Borrower, the Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, provided that the Borrower or the Parent is the surviving entity and (ii) any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any other Subsidiary of the Parent, provided that if either Subsidiary is a Guarantor the surviving entity shall be or become a Guarantor;

(c) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of a substantial part of its Property (including without limitation pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction) other than (i) the sale or lease of inventory in the ordinary course of business for fair consideration, (ii) the sale or disposition of machinery and equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of such Person’s business and (iii) the sale of accounts in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; or

(d) unless such action is approved by the board of directors of such Person and so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be directly or indirectly caused as a result thereof, (i) purchase or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any Person in excess of 10% of the Equity Interests of such Person, (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire any assets of any Person in excess of 10% of the value of the assets of such Person, and (iii), except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) above, merge or consolidate with such Person.

For purposes of this Section 6.04 only, a sale, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets shall be deemed to be a “substantial part” of its Property only if the value of such assets, when added to the value of all other assets sold, transferred, conveyed, leased or otherwise disposed of by the Parent or any Subsidiary (other than in the normal course of business) during the same fiscal year, exceeds 15% of the Parent’s Consolidated Total Assets determined as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. As used in the preceding sentence, the term “value” shall mean, with respect to any asset disposed of, the greater of such asset’s book or fair market value as of the date of disposition, with “book value” being the value of such asset as would appear immediately prior to such disposition on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent prepared in accordance with GAAP. Upon the sale of assets or the sale of Equity Interests of a Guarantor as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04, so long as no Event of Default shall occur or be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 6.05. Transactions with Affiliates . The Parent will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director, shareholder, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Person other than (a) advances of working capital to any Loan Party, (b) transactions permitted by Section 6.01, Section 6.03 or Section 6.04(b), (c) normal compensation and reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors and (d) except as otherwise specifically limited in this Credit Agreement, other transactions which are entered into in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director, shareholder, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

54


SECTION 6.06. Shareholder Debt . No Loan Party will amend, supplement of otherwise modify any Shareholder Debt Document, and no Loan Party will directly or indirectly voluntarily prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, any Shareholder Debt unless both before and after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis (i) no Default exists or would be caused thereby and (ii) the total of the Revolving Credit Exposures is at least $50,000,000 less than the total Commitments; provided that this Section 6.06 does not limit regularly scheduled mandatory payments required under the Shareholder Debt.

SECTION 6.07. Restricted Payments . The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Parent may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, and (c) any other Restricted Payment may be declared and paid, provided that no Default exists or would be caused thereby on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such Restricted Payment.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) Payment . Any Loan Party shall

(i) default in the payment when due of any principal of any of the Loans or of any reimbursement obligations arising from drawings under Letters of Credit, or

(ii) default, and such defaults shall continue for three (3) or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or on any reimbursement obligations arising from drawings under Letters of Credit, or of any Fees or other amounts owing hereunder, under any of the other Loan Documents or in connection herewith or therewith; or

(b) Representations . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed to be made by any Loan Party herein, in any of the other Loan Documents, or in any statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove untrue in any material respect on the date as of which it was made or deemed to have been made; or

(c) Covenants . Any Loan Party shall

(i) default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.01(g), 5.02, 5.10, 5.11 or 6.01 through 6.05, inclusive, or

(ii) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in subsections (a), (b) or (c)(i) of this Article VII) contained in this Credit Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least thirty (30) days after the earlier of a responsible officer of a Loan Party becoming aware of such default or notice thereof by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

55


(d) Other Loan Documents . (i) Any Loan Party shall default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement in any of the other Loan Documents (subject to applicable grace or cure periods, if any), or (ii) except as the result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger or disposition of a Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.04(a), Section 6.04(b) or Section 6.04(c), any Loan Document shall fail to be in full force and effect or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby; or

(e) Guaranties . Except as the result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger or disposition of a Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.04(a), Section 6.04(b) or Section 6.04(c), the guaranty given by any Guarantor hereunder (including any Additional Loan Party) or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor (including any Additional Loan Party) hereunder or any Person acting by or on behalf of such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm such Guarantor’s obligations under such guaranty, or any Guarantor shall default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant to any guaranty; or

(f) Bankruptcy, etc .

(i) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (a) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(ii) any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary shall (a) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in subsection (i) of this clause (f), (c) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (d) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (e) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (f) take any corporate or similar action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(iii) any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

(g) Defaults under Other Indebtedness . With respect to any Indebtedness under any Private Placement Agreement or other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $25,000,000 (other than Indebtedness outstanding under this Credit Agreement) (A) any Loan Party shall (1) default in any payment (beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any) with respect to any such Indebtedness, or (2) the occurrence and continuance of a default in the observance or performance relating to such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event or condition shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or permit, the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or trustee or agent on behalf of such holders) to cause (whether or not any required notice shall have been given or lapse of time shall have occurred or other applicable grace period shall have expired), any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or (B) any such Indebtedness shall be declared due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

 

56


(h) Judgments . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries involving a liability of $50,000,000 or more in the aggregate (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier who has acknowledged coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; or

(i) ERISA . Any of the following events or conditions, if such event or condition reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (1) any failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or any Lien shall arise on the assets of the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate in favor of the PBGC or a Plan; (2) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Single Employer Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA; (3) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in (i) the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or (ii) the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, reorganization of (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), or insolvency or (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) such Plan; or (4) any prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility shall occur which may subject the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate to any liability under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other instrument pursuant to which the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any person against any such liability; or

(j) Ownership . There shall occur a Change in Control.

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

57


ARTICLE VIII

Guaranty

SECTION 8.01 The Guarantee . Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, the prompt payment of the Loan Party Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Loan Party Obligations are not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Loan Party Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy Code).

SECTION 8.02 Obligations Unconditional . The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 8.01 hereof are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Loan Party Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 8.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of the Loan Party Obligations for amounts paid under the guaranty hereunder until such time as the Lenders have been paid in full, all Commitments under this Credit Agreement have been terminated and no Person or Governmental Authority shall have any right to request any return or reimbursement of funds from the Lenders in connection with monies received under the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Loan Party Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Loan Party Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Loan Party Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents, any Swap Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Loan Party Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

58


(iv) any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or Lenders as security for any of the Loan Party Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

(v) any of the Loan Party Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any Guarantor).

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives acceptance, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to in the Loan Documents, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Loan Party Obligations.

SECTION 8.03 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article VIII shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Loan Party Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Loan Party Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

SECTION 8.04 Certain Additional Waivers . Each Guarantor further agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Loan Party Obligations, except through the exercise of the rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 8.02.

SECTION 8.05 Remedies . The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, the Loan Party Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Article IX hereof (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Article IX). In the event of such declaration (or the Loan Party Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Loan Party Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of said Section 8.01.

SECTION 8.06 Rights of Contribution . The Guarantors hereby agree, as among themselves, that if any Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below), each other Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the succeeding provisions of this Section 8.06), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Guarantor’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, assets, liabilities and debts of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of such Excess Payment (as defined below). The payment obligation of any Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 8.06 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Guarantor under the other provisions of this Article VIII, and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations. For purposes hereof, (i) “Excess Funding Guarantor” shall mean, in respect of any obligations arising under the other provisions of this Article VIII (hereafter, the “Guaranteed Obligations”), a Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the

 

59


Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) “Excess Payment” shall mean, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations; and (iii) “Pro Rata Share”, for the purposes of this Section 8.06, shall mean, for any Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all of its assets and properties exceeds the amount of all debts and liabilities of such Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder) to (b) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all assets and other properties of the Borrower and all of the Guarantors exceeds the amount of all of the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder) of the Borrower and all of the Guarantors, all as of the Effective Date (if any Guarantor becomes a party hereto subsequent to the Effective Date, then for the purposes of this Section 8.06 such subsequent Guarantor shall be deemed to have been a Guarantor as of the Effective Date and the information pertaining to, and only pertaining to, such Guarantor as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor shall be deemed true as of the Effective Date).

SECTION 8.07 Continuing Guarantee . The guarantee in this Article VIII is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Loan Party Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 8.08 Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this guarantee in respect of a Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 8.08 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 8.08 or otherwise under this guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 8.08 shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of all Swap Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 8.08 constitute, and this Section 8.08 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE IX

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby

 

60


that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents (which sub-agents shall be Affiliates of the Administrative Agent or, if selected with reasonable care, any other Person, provided that, if no Default exists, without the consent of the Borrower all material duties of the Administrative Agent shall be performed by the Administrative Agent or one of its Affiliates) appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, subject to the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required if a Default exists. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties

 

61


and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that collateral, if any, for the Loan Party Obligations exists or is owned by the Loan Parties or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent therein have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of any such collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Administrative Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Administrative Agent’s own interest in such collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that the Administrative Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing.

Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain possession of any such collateral, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.

Each Lender hereby agrees as follows: (a) such Lender is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each report (the “Reports”) prepared by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent; (b) such Lender expressly agrees and acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Related Party (i) makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any Report or any of the information contained therein, or (ii) shall be liable for any information contained in any Report; (c) such Lender expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Administrative Agent, any of its Related Parties or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel and that the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties undertake no obligation to update, correct or supplement the Reports; (d) such Lender agrees to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the Report with any Loan Party and not to distribute any Report to any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, such Lender agrees (i) that neither

 

62


the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable to such Lender or any other Person receiving a copy of the Report for any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating to a Report, (ii) to conduct its own due diligence investigation and make credit decisions with respect to the Loan Parties based on such documents as such Lender deems appropriate without any reliance on the Reports or on the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties, (iii) to hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Loan or Letter of Credit that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Loan Parties, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, any Loan Party Obligations and (iv) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

The Lenders hereby empower and authorize the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to the Loan Parties on their behalf any agreements executed by any Loan Party granting a security interest in any collateral to secure the Loan Party Obligations and all related agreements, documents or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such documents. In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the UCC. The Lenders hereby empower and authorize the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to the Loan Parties on their behalf any agreements, documents or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect any releases or subordinations of such collateral which shall be permitted by the terms hereof or of any other Loan Document or which shall otherwise have been approved by the Required Lenders in writing (unless such release is required to be approved by all of the Lenders hereunder), and to take all action contemplated thereby. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of such collateral pursuant hereto.

None of the Lenders identified in this Agreement as the Syndication Agent or as a documentation agent or other similar title shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as Lenders. The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender.

Except with respect to the exercise of setoff rights of any Lender, in accordance with Section 10.08, the proceeds of which are applied in accordance with this Agreement, each Lender agrees that it will not take any action, nor institute any actions or proceedings, against any Loan Party or with respect to any Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders or, as may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, with the consent of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest and other amounts due under the Obligations. Each Lender agrees that no Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders upon the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

63


ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01. Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to a Loan Party, to it at Schneider National Leasing, Inc., 3101 S. Packerland Drive, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313, Attn: Denise M. Lukowitz, Telecopy: (920) 592-3848;

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or Swingline Lender, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency Services, 10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Mail Code IL1-0010, Attention: Margaret Seweryn, Telecopy No. (888)-266-8058; and

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 10.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders or by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section

 

64


2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, except as permitted hereunder, (v) release all or substantially all such collateral without the written consent of each Lender; (vi) release the Borrower without the written consent of each Lender; (vii) release any material Guarantor except in connection with a sale of such Guarantor permitted hereunder without the written consent of each Lender; or (viii) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders”, or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, except as permitted hereunder; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Loan Parties, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent may enter into amendments or modifications to this Agreement (including, without limitation, amendments to this Section 10.02 and/or Section 2.17) or any of the other Loan Documents or enter into additional Loan Documents in order to effectuate the terms of any amendment which extends the maturity date of any of the Commitments (including the Loans and Letters of Credit thereunder) or New Term Loans with respect to fewer than all of the Lenders thereof (any of the foregoing so extended, the “Extended Facilities”, and any of the foregoing that has not been so extended, the “Non-Extended Facilities”) and other changes to accommodate such extended maturities, provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to the Extended Facilities are substantially the same as the terms and conditions applicable to the Non-Extended Facilities, except for (x) covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date of the Non-Extended Facilities and (y) interest rates and fees (which may be higher for the Extended Facilities), (ii) the modifications of any pro rata sharing or payment provisions shall be limited to changes to allow for non-pro rata payments on Non-Extended Facilities at the final maturity thereof and other changes to allow for the extended maturity date(s), and (iii) no maturity date of any Commitment (including the Loans and Letters of Credit thereunder) or New Term Loan of any Lender or any scheduled payment thereof may be extended without the consent of such Lender.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended or modified (i) by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.08 and (ii) otherwise with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Obligations and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

SECTION 10.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection

 

65


with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

 

66


SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Eligible Assignee; provided , however , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received written notice thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent; and

(C) the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 to be paid by the assignor and/or assignee;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public

 

67


information about the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws; and

(E) the assignee shall be an Eligible Assignee.

For the purposes of this Section 10.04(b), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 10.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section, provided that any such assignment or transfer shall be to an Eligible Assignee.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 10.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

68


(c)(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more Eligible Assignees (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.16(e) as though it were a Lender.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 10.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 10.03 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 10.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This

 

69


Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or electronic mail message shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed original counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any of and all the obligations of any Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 10.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

70


SECTION 10.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 10.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 10.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee or Participant, or prospective assignee or Participant, is an Eligible Assignee, or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from a Loan Party relating to a Loan Party or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by a Loan Party; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information and such degree of care is reasonable.

SECTION 10.13. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that

 

71


would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 10.14. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

SECTION 10.15. Material Non-Public Information .

(a) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 10.12 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(b) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

 

72


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

73


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

74


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

75


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

76


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

77


BMO HARRIS FINANCING, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

78


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

79


ASSOCIATED BANK, N.A.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

80


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

81


Schedule 1.01 to the Credit Agreement

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

BENEFICIARY

   L/C AMOUNT      MATURITY    BANK      BANK LOC #

The Travelers Indemnity Company

   $ 2,775,000.00       3/17/14      Wells Fargo Bank       SM236811W

Insurance Co. of North America and/or Pacific Employers Insurance Co.

   $ 1,500,000.00       2/22/14      Wells Fargo Bank       SM236679W

Liberty Mutual Insurance Company

   $ 54,393,533.00       6/3/14      Wells Fargo Bank       SM234615W

Ohio Bureau of Workers’ Compensation

   $ 890,000.00       6/1/14      Wells Fargo Bank       SM234598W

Durfee Property LLC

   $ 1,675,087.00       11/30/13      Wells Fargo Bank       SM236314W

One North Dearborn Properties, LLC

   $ 100,000.00       11/1/14      Wells Fargo Bank       SM236234W

Old Republic Insurance Company

   $ 7,772,960.00       3/1/14      Wells Fargo Bank       IS0024032U

Corporation of the Township of Puslinch

   $ 25,000.00 CAD       1/21/14      Bank of Montreal       BMTO9951OS

Old Republic Insurance Company

   $ 50,000.00 CAD       3/13/2014      Bank of Montreal       BMTO398638OS


Schedule 2.01 to the Credit Agreement

COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL

 

Lender

   Title    Commitment  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   Administrative Agent    $ 50,000,000.00   

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   Syndication Agent    $ 50,000,000.00   

U.S. Bank National Association

   Documentation Agent      35,000,000.00   

Bank of America, N.A.

   Documentation Agent    $ 30,000,000.00   

BMO Harris Financing, Inc.

   Documentation Agent    $ 25,000,000.00   

PNC Bank National Association

   Participant    $ 22,500,000.00   

Associated Bank, N.A.

   Participant    $ 22,500,000.00   

HSBC Bank, USA, National Association

   Participant    $ 15,000,000.00   
   Total:    $ 250,000,000.00   


Schedule 3.04 to the Credit Agreement

POWER; AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS

None.


Schedule 3.05 to the Credit Agreement

NO LEGAL BAR

None.


Schedule 3.06 to the Credit Agreement

NO MATERIAL LITIGATION

Morris Bickley et al. v. Schneider National Carriers, Inc . (“SNC”) Case No. 3:08-CV-05806-JSW is a consolidated class action pending in the Northern District of California. In it, plaintiffs allege that SNC failed to pay or provide minimum wages, vacation and overtime pay, provide meal and rest periods and adequate wage statements in violation of the California labor Code. It is important to note that virtually every major trucking company doing business in California is being subjected to similar claims, including Con-Way Freight, Inc., CRST Van Expedited, Inc., FedEx Freight, Inc., Gordon Trucking, Inc., JB Hunt Transport Services, Knight Transport, Inc., May Trucking Company, Penske Logistics, LLC, Swift Transportation Co., Werner Enterprises, among others. The company is vigorously defending the claims, and is reasonably confident that certain of the claims will be found to have been preempted by federal law. The case is stayed pending a decision by the 9 th Circuit Court of Appeals on the preemption issue. Moreover, although a class has been certified, recently developing case law is supportive of a motion for decertification. Class decertification would dramatically reduce any potential exposure. Nevertheless, a fundamental question of law related to the propriety of an all-inclusive mileage rate method of pay under California law will likely not be definitively decided until such matter reaches the California Supreme Court which may be years from today. In the event that (a) the claim is not preempted by federal law, (b) the class is not decertified, and (c) it is ultimately determined that that an all-inclusive mileage rate is inconsistent with California state law, the amount of damages, while difficult to reasonably estimate given the number of variables, could be several million dollars.


Schedule 3.09 to the Credit Agreement

NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS

None.


Schedule 3.11 to the Credit Agreement

ERISA

None.


Schedule 3.13 to Credit Agreement

SUBSIDIARIES

Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC

Schneider National Foundation, Inc.

Schneider Transport, Inc.

Schneider Tank Lines, Inc.

Schneider Transportation Management, Inc.

Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc.

Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Schneider Finance, Inc.

Optimodal, LLC

Schneider Receivables Corporation

Schneider National Carriers, Inc.

Schneider Training Academy, Inc.

Schneider Resources, Inc.

Schneider International Operations, LLC

Schneider Distribution Services, LLC

Schneider Logistics Transloading and Distribution, Inc.

Schneider Logistics Transportation, Inc.

Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc.

Schneider Logistics, Inc.

INS Insurance, Inc.

Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc.

Schneider IEP, Inc.

Schneider Asset Based Logistics, Inc.

N61GB, LLC

4488 International Holding Company, Ltd.

Schneider Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

Schneider Logistics Canada, Ltd.

Schneider National de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

Schneider National Carriers, Ltd.

Schneider Training Academy Canada, Ltd.

Schneider Leasing de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.

Schneider Dedicados Express, S.A. de C.V.

 

2


Schedule 3.15 to the Credit Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


Schedule 3.18 to Credit Agreement

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

 

                         Current  
     Interest     Date      Maturity      Outstanding  

Senior Notes

   Rate     Borrowed      Date      Balance  

5.43% Senior Notes, Wachovia as Agent

     5.43     12.16.03         12.16.13         27,000,000.00   

5.44% Senior Notes, Wachovia as Agent

     5.44     2.2.04         2.2.14         23,000,000.00   

4.83% Senior Notes, Bank of America as Agent

     4.83     5.7.10         5.7.17         100,000,000.00   

2.91% Senior Notes, Bank of America and US Bank as Agent

     2.91     9.25.13         9.25.20         30,000,000.00   

3.55% Senior Notes, Bank of America and US Bank as Agent

     3.55     9.25.13         9.25.23         70,000,000.00   

Private Shelf Facility; Prudential Investment Management

          


Schedule 3.19 to Credit Agreement

SHAREHOLDER DEBT

 

                         Current  
     Interest     Date      Maturity      Outstanding  

Senior Notes

   Rate     Borrowed      Date      Balance  

Shareholder Debt 2004-P1A

     5.80     1.6.04         1.6.14       $ 6,907,736.80   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D1A

     5.80     1.6.04         1.6.14         6,907,736.80   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D1B

     5.80     1.6.04         1.6.14         12,365,500.00   

Shareholder Debt 2004-P2A

     5.80     1.6.04         1.6.14         15,682,678.90   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D2A

     5.80     1.6.04         1.6.14         15,682,678.90   


Schedule 6.01 to Credit Agreement

INDEBTEDNESS

 

          CURRENT     LONG-TERM     TOTAL  

DESCRIPTION

  BORROWER     10.31.13     10.31.13     10.31.13  
Private Placements        

5.43% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 12/16/13

(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 12/16/03)

    SNL        27,000,000.00        —          27,000,000.00   

5.44% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 2/2/14

(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 2/2/04)

    SNL        23,000,000.00        —          23,000,000.00   

4.83% 7 yr. Senior Notes Due 5/7/17

(BOA as Agent Issued: 5/7/10)

    SNL        —          100,000,000.00        100,000,000.00   

2.91% 7 yr. Senior Notes Due 9/25/20

( BOA and US Bank as Agent Issued: 9/25/13)

    SNL        —          30,000,000.00        30,000,000.00   

3.55% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 9/25/23

( BOA and US Bank as Agent Issued: 9/25/13)

    SNL        —          70,000,000.00        70,000,000.00   

Private Shelf Facility $120M expires 6/28/14

(Prudential Investment Management as Amended 6/28/11)

    SNL        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Total Private Placements        50,000,000.00        200,000,000.00        250,000,000.00   
Bank Revolving Credit Facilites        

JPMorgan Chase, as Admin. Agent for Credit Agreement

Due 02/18/16 - Issued 2/18/11 - 5year - $250,000,000.00

    SNL        —          —          —     
Accounts Receivable Securitization        

Wells Fargo Accounts Receivable Facility Due 3/31/15 Issued 3/31/11-4 year-$125,000,000.00

    SRC        —          —          —     

**     amending to expand to $200,000,000 - 4 year term

       
Capitalized Leases        

Real Estate

       

Obetz Facility Lease (Term is 7/1/10-6/1/20)

    SRI        35,194.62        707,698.22        742,892.84   

Equipment Lease

       

BOA-TRACTOR Lease (Term is 12/13/11 - 12/23/16)

    SNL        1,496,642.70        5,691,782.21        7,188,424.91   

BOA-TRAILER Lease (Term is 12/13/11 - 12/23/19)

    SNL        1,905,021.80        14,649,280.05        16,554,301.85   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Total Capitalized Leases        3,436,859.12        21,048,760.48        24,485,619.60   
Other        

Special Debt 2004-P1A (Due 1/6/14)

    SNI        6,907,736.80        —          6,907,736.80   

Special Debt 2004-D1A (Due 1/6/14)

    SNI        6,907,736.80        —          6,907,736.80   

Special Debt 2004-D1B (Due 1/6/14)

    SNI        12,365,500.00        —          12,365,500.00   

Special Debt 2004-P2A (Due 1/6/14)

    SNI        15,682,678.90        —          15,682,678.90   

Special Debt 2004-D2A (Due 1/6/14)

    SNI        15,682,678.90        —          15,682,678.90   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Total Other        57,546,331.40        —          57,546,331.40   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    TOTAL DEBT      $ 110,983,190.52      $ 221,048,760.48      $ 332,031,951.00   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*** CONFIDENTIAL ***


Schedule 6.02 to Credit Agreement

LIENS

None.


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:                                                                                          
2.    Assignee:                                                                                          
      [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ]]
3.    Borrower:    Schneider National Leasing, Inc.
4.    Administrative Agent:    JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.    Credit Agreement:    The Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 among Schneider National Leasing, Inc., the Guarantors and Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent


6.    Assigned Interest:   

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/Loans
 
   $         $           %   
   $         $           %   
   $         $           %   

Effective Date:                     , 20             [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

 

2


Consented to and Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
    Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Title:
[If Required - Consented to:]
SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By  

 

  Title:

 

3


ANNEX 1

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section              thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of                     , 20        , is by and between                     , a                     (the “Subsidiary”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent under that certain Credit Agreement (as it may be amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), dated as of February 18, 2011, by and among SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. All of the defined terms in the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

The Subsidiary is an Additional Credit Party, and, consequently, the Credit Parties are required by Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement to cause the Subsidiary to become a “Guarantor”.

Accordingly, the Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders:

1. The Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary will be deemed to be a party to the Credit Agreement and a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, and shall have all of the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement. The Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions applicable to the Guarantors contained in the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1, the Subsidiary hereby (i) jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, guarantees to each Lender and the Administrative Agent, as provided in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement, the prompt payment and performance of the Credit Party Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.

2. The address of the Subsidiary for purposes of all notices and other communications is                     ,                             , Attention of                      (Facsimile No.                         ).

3. The Subsidiary hereby waives acceptance by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the guaranty by the Subsidiary under Section 4 of the Credit Agreement upon the execution of this Agreement by the Subsidiary.

4. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one contract.

5. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subsidiary has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.


[SUBSIDIARY]
By:                                                                                             
Name:                                                                                       
Title:                                                                                          
Acknowledged and accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
By:                                                                                             
Name:                                                                                       
Title:                                                                                          

 

2


EXHIBIT C

LENDER ADDITION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated:             , 201    

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), dated as of February 18, 2011, is among SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC., the Guarantors and Lenders party thereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms which are defined in the Credit Agreement and which are used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower and                              (the “[New or Current] Lender”) agree as follows:

1. Pursuant to Section [2.08(d)][2.08(e)] of the Credit Agreement and this Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, the Borrower hereby [describe transaction under Section [2.08(d)][2.08(e)] of the Credit Agreement]). This Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and authorized by, Section [2.08(d)][2.08(e)] of the Credit Agreement of the Credit Agreement.

2. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as of the date hereof and after giving effect to this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement, the Commitment of each Lender under the Credit Agreement, including without limitation, the [New or Current] Lender, are set forth on the Commitment Schedule hereto, and that the Commitment Schedule hereto replaces the Commitment Schedule to the Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date.

3. [If requested by the Current Lender, the Current Lender attaches the notes delivered to it under the Credit Agreement and requests that the Borrower exchange such notes for new notes in the amount of its revised Commitment][ If requested by the New Lender, the New Lender requests that the Borrower issue notes in the amount of its Commitment.]

4. The [New or Current] Lender (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to execute and perform this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent specified herein, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by it; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


5. The effective date for this Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement shall be (the “Effective Date”). Following the execution of this Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for the consent of the Administrative Agent and acceptance and recording in the Register.

6. Upon such consents, acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the [New or Current] Lender shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Lenders are parties and to the extent provided in this Lender Addition and Acknowledgement Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under each such agreement.

7. Upon such consents, acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the [New or Current] Lender.

8. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder as of the Effective Date; and (b) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and contained in Article III of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (other than those representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of a particular date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such particular date).

9. Except as expressly amended hereby, each Borrower agrees that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect, and that it has no set off, counterclaim, or defense with respect to any of the foregoing.

10. This Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement. This Lender Addition and Acknowledgment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[CURRENT LENDER OR NEW LENDER]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


Acknowledged and Consented to:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as     Administrative Agent
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OPINION

February 18, 2011

To the Lenders and the Administrative

    Agent Referred to Below

c/o JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

Loan and Agency Services

10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Borrower”), Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Parent”) and its subsidiaries, Schneider National Carriers, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Schneider Resources, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and Schneider Finance, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (together with the Parent, the “Guarantors”), in connection with the execution and delivery of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 (the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, and the transactions contemplated thereby. The Borrower and the Guarantors are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Loan Parties,” and each individually as a “Loan Party.”

This opinion is being delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of the Credit Agreement at the request of the Borrower. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings accorded such terms in the Credit Agreement.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined the Loan Documents and originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers of the Loan Parties, have made such inquiries of such officers and representatives and have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the opinions hereinafter set forth. We have also examined originals or copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of each Loan Party and the resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Loan Party.

In making the examinations described above, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures (other than the signatures of the Loan Parties), the capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents. We have also assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by all parties thereto (other than the Loan Parties) and the binding effect of such documents on such other parties. As to the valid existence, and good standing of the Loan Parties, we have relied exclusively upon certificates of appropriate governmental officials as to such matters.


Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. Each of the Loan Parties is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of its incorporation and has the corporate power to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged, and, to our knowledge, is qualified to do business in and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where it is required to be qualified except for such instances which would not have a Material Adverse Effect upon the operations of such entity.

 

  2. Each of the Loan Parties has the corporate power to execute, deliver and perform the terms and provisions of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has duly taken or caused to be taken all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of each of such Loan Documents.

 

  3. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. We note that the Loan Documents are governed by the laws of the State of New York. If the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, each such Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

  4. Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by any Loan Party thereto, nor the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated therein, will (a) violate or conflict with any provision of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (b) violate, contravene or conflict with any law, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or permit known by us to be applicable to it (including without limitation Regulation U of the Board), (c) violate, contravene or conflict with contractual provisions of, or cause a default under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or by which any Loan Party may be bound (except as disclosed in the Credit Agreement, including, but not limited to, Schedule 3.05 thereto), or (d) to our knowledge, result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than those contemplated in or created in connection with the Loan Documents) upon or with respect to the properties or assets of any Loan Party.

 

  5. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or Governmental Authority or third party in respect of any Loan Party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents by a Loan Party, or if required, such consent, approval and authorization has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

 

  6. To our knowledge (i) there are no judicial, administrative or arbitration orders, awards or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect or that involve the Loan Documents and (ii) without limiting the generality of the terms of clause (i) above, there does not exist any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which restrains the consummation of the transactions made the subject of the Loan Documents.


  7. None of the Loan Parties is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

We express no opinion regarding the enforceability of provisions relating to late payment fees, the establishment of fiduciary relationships, obligations of indemnification or contribution, consent to service and venue and waiver of jury trial.

Wherever we indicate that our opinion is to our knowledge or to things known by us, our opinion is, with your permission, based solely on (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents; (ii) the current conscious awareness of the facts or other information of the attorneys currently with this firm who have represented the Loan Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents and of any other attorneys presently in our firm whom we have determined are likely, in the course of representing the Loan Parties, to have knowledge of the matters covered by this opinion; and (iii) the Officers’ Certificates attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, A-2 and A-3 .

We are members of the bar of the State of Wisconsin and the foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Wisconsin and the Federal laws of the United States of America.

This letter is furnished only to you and is solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; provided, however, our opinion may be relied upon by any Person who becomes a Lender under the Credit Agreement in compliance with Section 10.04 thereof. This opinion is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon by any other person or entity or, for any other purpose, without our prior written consent.

 

Very truly yours,

GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.


Exhibit A-1 to Legal Opinion

Officers’ Certificate

The undersigned, Darrel L. Luebke, Secretary/Treasurer of Schneider Finance, Inc., Schneider Resources, Inc., and Schneider National Carriers, Inc., hereby certifies to Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., (“Godfrey & Kahn”), for purposes of Godfrey & Kahn’s opinion (the “Opinion”) rendered pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of that certain Credit Agreement dated February 18, 2011, between the financial institutions parties thereto (the “Lender(s)”), JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, as follows (capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Opinion):

1. Each of the Loan Parties is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified outside of such Loan Party’s respective state of incorporation, except for such instances which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

2. Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by any Loan Party thereto, nor the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated therein, will violate, contravene or conflict with contractual provisions of, or cause a default under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or by which any Loan Party may be bound (except as disclosed in the Credit Agreement, including, but not limited to, Schedule 3.05 thereto).

3. There are no judicial, administrative or arbitration orders, awards or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect or that involve the Loan Documents and there does not exist any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which restrains the consummation of the transactions made the subject of the Loan Documents.

4. Godfrey & Kahn may rely on any and all Officer’s Certificates given by Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or the Lender(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of the ___ day of February, 2011.

 

 

Darrel L. Luebke, Secretary/Treasurer
Schneider Finance, Inc.
Schneider Resources, Inc.
Schneider National Carriers, Inc.


Exhibit A-2 to Legal Opinion

Officers’ Certificate

The undersigned, Denise M. Lukowitz, Secretary/Treasurer of Schneider National Leasing, Inc., hereby certifies to Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., (“Godfrey & Kahn”), for purposes of Godfrey & Kahn’s opinion (the “Opinion”) rendered pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of that certain Credit Agreement dated February 18, 2011, between the financial institutions parties thereto (the “Lender(s)”), JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, as follows (capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Opinion):

1. Each of the Loan Parties is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified outside of such Loan Party’s respective state of incorporation, except for such instances which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

2. Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by any Loan Party thereto, nor the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated therein, will violate, contravene or conflict with contractual provisions of, or cause a default under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or by which any Loan Party may be bound (except as disclosed in the Credit Agreement, including, but not limited to, Schedule 3.05 thereto).

3. There are no judicial, administrative or arbitration orders, awards or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect or that involve the Loan Documents and there does not exist any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which restrains the consummation of the transactions made the subject of the Loan Documents.

4. Godfrey & Kahn may rely on any and all Officer’s Certificates given by Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or the Lender(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of the ___ day of February, 2011.

 

 

Denise M. Lukowitz, Secretary/Treasurer
Schneider National Leasing, Inc.


Exhibit A-3 to Legal Opinion

Officers’ Certificate

The undersigned, Thomas E. Vandenberg, Assistant Secretary of Schneider National, Inc., hereby certifies to Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., (“Godfrey & Kahn”), for purposes of Godfrey & Kahn’s opinion (the “Opinion”) rendered pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of that certain Credit Agreement dated February 18, 2011, between the financial institutions parties thereto (the “Lender(s)”), JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, as follows (capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Opinion):

1. Each of the Loan Parties is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified outside of such Loan Party’s respective state of incorporation, except for such instances which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

2. Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by any Loan Party thereto, nor the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated therein, will violate, contravene or conflict with contractual provisions of, or cause a default under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or by which any Loan Party may be bound (except as disclosed in the Credit Agreement, including, but not limited to, Schedule 3.05 thereto).

3. There are no judicial, administrative or arbitration orders, awards or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal that, if adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect or that involve the Loan Documents and there does not exist any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which restrains the consummation of the transactions made the subject of the Loan Documents.

4. Godfrey & Kahn may rely on any and all Officer’s Certificates given by Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or the Lender(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of the 18 th day of February, 2011.

 

 

Thomas E. Vandenberg, Assistant Secretary
Schneider National, Inc.


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF OFFICERS CERTIFICATE

To the Lenders and the Administrative

    Agent Referred to Below

c/o JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

Loan and Agency Services

10 South Dearborn, 7th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60603

For the fiscal quarter ended                      , 20          .

I,                          , (TITLE) of Schneider National, Inc. (the “Parent”) hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, with respect to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 (as amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; all of the defined terms in the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference) among the Borrower, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent: (a) The company-prepared financial statements which accompany this certificate are true and correct in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments. (b) As of the date listed above, no Default exists under the Credit Agreement. Delivered herewith are detailed calculations demonstrating compliance by the Credit Parties with the financial covenants contained in Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement as of the end of the fiscal period referred to above.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By:                                                                                             
Name:                                                                                       
Title:                                                                                          

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Copy

 

 

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.

 

 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

$100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

 

 

Dated as of May 7, 2010

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Not Part of Agreement)

 

          Page  

SECTION 1.

  

AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF NOTES

     1   

SECTION 2.

  

NOTES; GUARANTY AGREEMENTS

     1   

Section 2.1

           Sale and Purchase of Notes      1   

Section 2.2

           Guaranty Agreements      1   

SECTION 3.

  

CLOSING

     2   

SECTION 4.

  

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     2   

Section 4.1

           Representations and Warranties      2   

Section 4.2

           Performance; No Default      2   

Section 4.3

           Compliance Certificates      3   

Section 4.4

           Secretary’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors      4   

Section 4.5

           Parent Guaranty Agreement      4   

Section 4.6

           Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement      4   

Section 4.7

           Intercreditor Agreement      4   

Section 4.8

           Opinions of Counsel      4   

Section 4.9

           Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.      5   

Section 4.10

           Payment of Special Counsel Fees      5   

Section 4.11

           Private Placement Number      5   

Section 4.12

           Changes in Corporate Structure      5   

Section 4.13

           Proceedings and Documents      5   

SECTION 5.

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     5   

Section 5.1

           Organization; Power and Authority      5   

Section 5.2

           Authorization, etc.      6   

Section 5.3

           Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.      6   

Section 5.4

           Governmental Authorizations, Etc.      6   

Section 5.5

           Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders      6   

Section 5.6

           Compliance with ERISA      6   

Section 5.7

           Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations      7   

SECTION 6.

  

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASER

     7   

Section 6.1

           Nature of Purchase      7   

Section 6.2

           Source of Funds      7   

 

-i-


          Page  

SECTION 7.

  

INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY

     9   

Section 7.1

           Financial and Business Information      9   

SECTION 8.

  

PAYMENT OF THE NOTES

     9   

Section 8.1

           Required Payments      9   

Section 8.2

           Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount      9   

Section 8.3

           Allocation of Partial Prepayments      9   

Section 8.4

           Maturity; Surrender, Etc.      10   

Section 8.5

           Purchase of Notes      10   

Section 8.6

           Make-Whole Amount for Notes      10   

Section 8.7

           Change in Control      11   

Section 8.8

           “Schneider Family Group” Defined      13   

SECTION 9.

  

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     14   

Section 9.1

           Corporate Existence, Etc.      14   

SECTION 10.

  

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     14   

Section 10.1

           Merger, Consolidation      14   

SECTION 11.

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     15   

SECTION 12.

  

REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

     17   

Section 12.1

           Acceleration      17   

Section 12.2

           Other Remedies      18   

Section 12.3

           Rescission      18   

Section 12.4

           No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc.      18   

SECTION 13.

  

REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES

     19   

Section 13.1

           Registration of Notes      19   

Section 13.2

           Transfer and Exchange of Notes      19   

Section 13.3

           Replacement of Notes      19   

SECTION 14.

  

PAYMENTS ON NOTES

     20   

Section 14.1

           Note Payments      20   

Section 14.2

           Home Office Payment      20   

SECTION 15.

  

EXPENSES, ETC.

     20   

Section 15.1

           Transaction Expenses      20   

Section 15.2

           Survival      21   

SECTION 16.

  

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     21   

 

-ii-


          Page  

SECTION 17.

  

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

     21   

Section 17.1

           Requirements      21   

Section 17.2

           Solicitation of Holders of Notes      22   

Section 17.3

           Binding Effect, etc.      22   

Section 17.4

           Notes Held by Company, etc.      22   

SECTION 18.

  

NOTICES

     23   

SECTION 19.

  

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

     23   

SECTION 20.

  

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     23   

SECTION 21.

  

SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER

     24   

SECTION 22.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     25   

Section 22.1

           Successors and Assigns      25   

Section 22.2

           Payments Due on Non-Business Days      25   

Section 22.3

           Severability      25   

Section 22.4

           Construction      25   

Section 22.5

           Counterparts      25   

Section 22.6

           Governing Law      25   

 

-iii-


Schedule A

     

Purchaser Schedule

Schedule B

     

Defined Terms

Exhibit 1

     

Form of 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

Exhibit 2

     

Form of Parent Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit 3

     

Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit 4

     

Form of Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit 5

     

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company and the Parent Guarantor

 

 

-iv-


Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

3101 South Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

Dated as of May 7, 2010

To the Purchasers Listed in

    the attached Schedule A

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), agrees with the Purchasers listed in the attached Schedule A to this Note Purchase Agreement (this or the “ Agreement ”) as follows:

SECTION 1. AUTHORIZATION OF ISSUE OF NOTES.

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of its $100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017 (the “ Notes ”). The term “ Notes ” shall also include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement. The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1, with such changes therefrom, if any, as may be approved by each Purchaser and the Company. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement

SECTION 2. NOTES; GUARANTY AGREEMENTS.

Section  2.1 Sale and Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, the Notes and in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The obligations of each Purchaser hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any obligation or liability to any Person for the performance or nonperformance by any other Purchaser hereunder.

Section  2.2 Guaranty Agreements . (a)  The payment by the Company of all amounts due with respect to the Notes and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by (i) the Parent Guarantor under and pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2, and (ii) the Subsidiary Guarantors under and pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.


(b) The holders of the Notes agree that a Subsidiary Guarantor may be automatically discharged and released from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 3. CLOSING.

The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Schiff Hardin LLP, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 6600, Chicago, Illinois, 60606 at 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on May 7, 2010 (the “Closing” ). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $1,000,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the date of the Closing and registered in the Purchaser’s name (or in the name of the Purchaser’s nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, New York, ABA Number 021-000-021, Account Name: Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC, Account Number ***, for the benefit of Schneider National Leasing, Inc. If on the date of Closing on which such Purchaser is scheduled to purchase Notes the Company fails to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to any Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser or the Company may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing, of the following conditions:

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Parent Guarantor . The representations and warranties of the Parent Guarantor in the Parent Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.

(c) Representations and Warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The representations and warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.

Section  4.2 Performance; No Default . (a)  The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to or at the Closing, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7 hereof), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-2-


(b) The Parent Guarantor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Parent Guaranty Agreement and this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Parent Guarantor prior to or at the Closing, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7 hereof), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since December 31, 2009 that would have been prohibited by Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement had such Sections applied since such date.

(c) The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Subsidiary Guarantors prior to or at the Closing, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7 hereof), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 4.3 Compliance Certificates .

(a) Officer’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.12 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement and other documents in connection therewith, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws attached therewith and the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers executing this Agreement and authorized to execute the Notes.

(c) Officer’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(b), Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.12 have been fulfilled.

(d) Secretary’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate, dated as of the date of the Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws attached thereto and the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers executing the Parent Guaranty and authorized to execute other documents in connection therewith.

(e) Officer’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(c), Section 4.2(c) and Section 4.12 have been fulfilled.

 

-3-


Section  4.4 Secretary’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate, dated as of the date of the Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith, the certificate of incorporation or other formation document and the by-laws or other organizational document and the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers executing the Subsidiary Guaranty and authorized to execute other documents in connection therewith.

Section  4.5 Parent Guaranty Agreement . The Parent Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Parent Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the date of Closing.

Section  4.6 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Subsidiary Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of each Subsidiary Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the date of the Closing.

Section 4.7 Intercreditor Agreement.

(a) An Addendum in respect of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 4, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Purchaser, the Company, the Parent Guarantor and Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc. (f/k/a International Transport, Inc.); and

(b) The Company and the Parent Guarantor shall have mailed, or caused to be mailed, by certified mail, return receipt requested, a certificate to the agent bank under the Company’s Bank Credit Agreement, acting on behalf of the bank lenders under the Bank Credit Agreement, and to each other institutional creditor holding senior unsecured promissory notes of the Company issued and sold pursuant to note agreements in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement, and the Purchasers shall have received duly executed copies of such certificate.

Section  4.8 Opinions of Counsel. Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Parent Guarantor, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 5 and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or such Purchaser’s counsel may reasonably request (and the Company and the Parent Guarantor hereby instruct its counsel to deliver such opinion to such Purchaser) and (b) from Schiff Hardin LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with this transaction, a favorable opinion satisfactory to such Purchaser as to such matters incident to the matters herein contemplated as it may reasonably request.

 

-4-


Section  4.9 Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc. On the date of the Closing each purchase of the Notes shall (i) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which each Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as Section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (ii) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (iii) not subject any Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by any Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

Section  4.10 Payment of Special Counsel Fees. Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and in connection with the issuance of the Notes.

Section  4.11 Private Placement Number. A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) shall have been obtained for the Notes.

Section  4.12 Changes in Corporate Structure . Neither the Company, the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary shall have changed its jurisdiction of organization or been a party to any merger or consolidation nor shall have succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

Section  4.13 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s special counsel, and such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such Purchaser’s special counsel may reasonably request.

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

Section  5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transaction the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof.

 

-5-


Section  5.2 Authorization, etc . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section  5.3 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.6 to the Guaranty Agreement and other than Liens arising under the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with its terms, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is bound or by which the Company or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company.

Section  5.4 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes.

Section  5.5 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders . (a)  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.8 or 5.11 to the Guaranty Agreement, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any property of the Company in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company is not in default under any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation Environmental Laws) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section  5.6 Compliance with ERISA . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the sale of the Notes will constitute a transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company in the first sentence of this Section 5.6 is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

 

-6-


Section  5.7 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” and “ directly or indirectly ” shall have the meanings assigned thereto to them in said Regulation U.

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASER. Each Purchaser represents and covenants as follows:

Section  6.1 Nature of Purchase. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Notes purchased by it hereunder for investment purposes only and is not acquiring the Notes purchased by it hereunder with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s property shall at all times be and remain within its control. Such Purchaser will not offer or sell any Note in violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws. Such Purchaser is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

Section  6.2 Source of Funds. At least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a Source ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(i)      the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(ii)      the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

-7-


(iii)      the Source is either (a) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1, or (b) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (iii), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(iv)      the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (a) the identity of such QPAM and (b) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (iv); or

(v)      the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(h) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (a) the identity of such INHAM and (b) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (v); or

(vi)      the Source is a governmental plan; or

(vii)      the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (vii); or

(viii)      the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

If any Purchaser or any subsequent transferee of the Notes indicates that such Purchaser or such transferee is relying on any representation contained in paragraph (iii), (iv) or (vii) above, the Company shall deliver on the date of issuance of such Notes and on the date of any applicable transfer a certificate, which shall either state that (1) it is neither a party in interest nor a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code), with respect to any plan

 

-8-


identified pursuant to paragraphs (iii) or (vii) above, or (2) with respect to any plan, identified pursuant to paragraph (iv) above, neither it nor any “affiliate” (as defined in Section V(c) of the QPAM Exemption) has at such time, and during the immediately preceding one year, exercised the authority to appoint or terminate said QPAM as manager of any plan identified in writing pursuant to paragraph (iv) above or to negotiate the terms of said QPAM’s management agreement on behalf of any such identified plan. As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan” , “governmental plan” , and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

SECTION 7. INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.

Section  7.1 Financial and Business Information. The Company shall deliver to each Significant Holder with reasonable promptness, such data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of the Notes.

SECTION 8. PAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

Section  8.1 Required Payments . The entire principal amount of the Series A Notes shall become due and payable on May 7, 2017.

Section  8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount. The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment (other than a partial prepayment resulting from an offer of prepayment pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement), at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, plus the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount of each Note then outstanding. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

Section  8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2 (other than any prepayment resulting from an offer of prepayment pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement), the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof.

 

-9-


Section  8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc . In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

Section  8.5 Purchase of Notes . The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to, purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or by the Parent Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

Section  8.6 Make-Whole Amount for Notes. The term “ Make-Whole Amount ” means with respect to a Note an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of the Note, over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to a Note, the principal of the Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, 0.50% plus the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City local time) on the second Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal on the display designated as “Page PX1” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace Page PX1 on Bloomberg Financial Markets or, if Bloomberg Financial Markets shall cease to report such yields or shall cease to be the customary source of information for calculating

 

-10-


make-whole amounts on privately placed notes, then such source as is then the customary source of such information) for the most recent actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields shall not be reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time shall not be ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields shall have been so reported as of the second Business Day next preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. In the case of each determination under clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence, such implied yield shall be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to that number of decimal places as appears in the coupon of the applicable Note.

Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Section 8.7 Change in Control.

(a) Notice of Change in Control or Control Event. The Company will, within five Business Days after any Senior Financial Officer has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change in Control or Control Event, give written notice of such Change in Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes unless notice in respect of such Change in Control (or the Change

 

-11-


in Control contemplated by such Control Event) shall have been given pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.7. If a Change in Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7 and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7.

(b) Condition to Company Action. The Company will not take any action that consummates or finalizes a Change in Control unless (i) at least 20 days prior to such action it shall have given to each holder of Notes written notice containing and constituting an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7, accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7, and (ii) contemporaneously with such action, it prepays all Notes required to be prepaid in accordance with this Section 8.7.

(c) Offer to Prepay Notes. The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.7 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.7, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder (in this case only, “ holder ” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such offer (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”). If such Proposed Prepayment Date is in connection with an offer contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.7, such date shall be not less than 20 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such offer (if the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the 30th day after the date of such offer).

(d) Acceptance/Rejection. A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least 5 days prior to the Proposed Prepayment Date. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

(e) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment. On the Business Day preceding the date of prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement showing the amount due in connection with such prepayment and setting forth the details of the computation of such amount. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.7.

(f) Deferral Pending Change in Control. The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.7 is subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change in Control does not occur on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until and shall be made on the date on which such Change in Control occurs. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change in Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change in Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.7 in respect of such Change in Control shall be deemed rescinded).

 

-12-


(g) Officer’s Certificate. Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.7; (iii) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.7 have been fulfilled; (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date of the Change in Control; and (vii) that the failure to respond to such offer of prepayment shall constitute a rejection of such offer.

(h) “Change in Control” Defined. Change in Control ” means each and every issue, sale or other disposition of shares of stock of the Parent Guarantor which results in any person (as such term is used in section 13(d) and section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) or related persons constituting a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), other than the Schneider Family Group, becoming the “beneficial owners” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes then outstanding of the Parent Guarantor’s voting stock.

(i) “Control Event” Defined. Control Event means:

(a) the execution by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates of any agreement or binding letter of intent with respect to any proposed transaction or event or series of transactions or events which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Change in Control;

(b) the execution of any written agreement which, when fully performed by the parties thereto, would result in a Change in Control; or

(c) the making of any written offer by any person (as such term is used in section 13(d) and section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof or related persons constituting a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof) to the holders of the common stock of the Company, which offer, if accepted by the requisite number of holders, would result in a Change in Control unless such offer is rejected or expires pursuant to its terms prior to the date on which notice of such Change in Control is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.7(a).

Section  8.8 Schneider Family Group Defined . Schneider Family Group ” means (i) Donald J. Schneider and his spouse; (ii) the lineal descendants of Donald J. Schneider; (iii) the estates or legal representatives of the Persons named in clauses (i) and (ii); (iv) trusts established for the benefit of any Person named in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii); and (v) entities of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of voting stock or other equity interests then outstanding are owned directly or indirectly by the Persons named in clauses (i) through (iv), both inclusive.

 

-13-


SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  9.1 Corporate Existence, Etc . Subject to transactions permitted under Section 10.1, the Company shall at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights and franchises of the Company unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such right or franchise would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  10.1 Merger, Consolidation . The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

(1) a Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with or merge with the Company so long as the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; and

(2) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(A) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be (the “Successor Corporation” ), shall be a Subsidiary of the Guarantor which is a solvent corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(B) the Successor Corporation would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(C) if the Company is not the Successor Corporation, such corporation shall have executed and delivered to each holder of Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Company shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of Notes (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment from each Guarantor that the Guaranty to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect; and

 

-14-


(D) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 10.1 or the Parent Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement; or

(d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in any Guaranty Agreement executed by such Guarantor (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11) and such default is not remedied within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) a Senior Financial Officer of the Parent Guarantor or the Company obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company or the Parent Guarantor receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this paragraph (d) of Section 11); or

(e) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement and Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement executed by a Guarantor shall cease to be in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, a final and nonappealable determination by any governmental body or court that such Guaranty Agreement is invalid, void or unenforceable as to one or more Guarantors, or any Guarantor shall contest or deny in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of, or obligation under, the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party; or

(f) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor or by any Senior Financial Officer of the Company or a Guarantor in this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement or in any writing furnished by the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

 

-15-


(g) (i) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt other than the Notes that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any Existing Agreements pursuant to which Debt of the Company is outstanding, if any, or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of Debt in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000, other than the Notes and Debt in respect of the Existing Agreements, if any, or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared, due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iv) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt other than the Notes before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000; or

(h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated; or

(i) a court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(j) a final judgment or judgments at any one time outstanding for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $50,000,000 are rendered against one or more of the Company, any Guarantor and any Subsidiary and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

 

-16-


(k) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $10,000,000, (iv) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that could increase the liability of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(l) the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor shall fail to approve at the first meeting of such Board of Directors after the date of Closing resolutions ratifying the authorization, execution and delivery of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the other documents executed by the Parent in connection therewith, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, and deliver to each holder of the Notes on or before August 7, 2010 a copy of such resolutions, certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Parent Guarantor.

As used in Section 11(k), the terms “ employee benefit plan ” and “ employee welfare benefit plan ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

SECTION 12. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

Section  12.1 Acceleration. (a)  If an Event of Default described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 11 (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of paragraph (h)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 11 has occurred and is continuing, any holder of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it to be immediately due and payable.

 

-17-


Upon any Note becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Note will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Note, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (ii) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for), and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

Section  12.2 Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

Section  12.3 Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of Section 12.1, the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (c) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section  12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

 

-18-


SECTION 13. REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

Section  13.1 Registration of Notes. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each Permitted Transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

Section  13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes . Upon surrender of any Note at the principal executive office of the Company for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or its attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the address for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred except to a Permitted Transferee and in denominations of less than $1,000,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $1,000,000. Any Permitted Transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2, provided that such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by such holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA.

The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities law of any state and may not be transferred or resold unless registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from the requirement for such registration is available.

Section  13.3 Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

-19-


(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

SECTION 14. PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

Section  14.1 Note Payments. Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in Chicago, Illinois at the principal office of LaSalle Bank National Association in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

Section  14.2 Home Office Payment. So long as any Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose for such Purchaser in Schedule A to this Agreement, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by any Purchaser or such Person’s nominee, such Person will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note.

SECTION 15. EXPENSES, ETC.

Section  15.1 Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and the holders of Notes in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes

 

-20-


effective), including without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, and (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders retained by the Company or any Guarantor.

Section  15.2 Survival. The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 16. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, under this Agreement or the applicable Guaranty Agreement, as the case may be. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, each Guaranty Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and the applicable Guarantor and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

Section  17.1 Requirements. This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used in any such Section), will be effective as to any holder of Notes unless consented to by such holder of Notes in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of all of the holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Section 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

 

-21-


Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation. The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

(b) Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of the Notes unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding whether or not such holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

Section  17.3 Binding Effect, etc . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or under any Guaranty Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

Section  17.4 Notes Held by Company, etc . Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein, in any Guaranty Agreement or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company, the Parent Guarantor, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

-22-


SECTION 18. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telefacsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to a Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee, to such Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 19. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by each Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to each Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

SECTION 20. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 20, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, or (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser. Each Purchaser will maintain the

 

-23-


confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) such Purchaser’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by such Purchaser’s Notes), (ii) such Purchaser’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which such Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which such Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement and any Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder of a Note under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

SECTION 21. SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of such Purchaser’s Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that such Purchaser has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such Purchaser, and such Purchaser shall have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

-24-


SECTION 22. MISCELLANEOUS.

Section  22.1 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section  22.2 Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

Section  22.3 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section  22.4 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

Section  22.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section  22.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

*     *     *     *     *

 

-25-


The execution hereof by the Purchasers shall constitute a contract among the Company and the Purchasers for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each executed counterpart constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Denise M. Lukowitz

 

Name:  Denise M. Lukowitz

 

Title:    Secretary / Treasurer


Accepted as of the date

first written above.

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

By:  

/s/

  Vice President

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE CAPTIVE COMPANY

By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
  as investment manager
  By:  

/s/

    Vice President

GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.

By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
  Inc., as Investment Manager
  By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
    as Sub-Adviser
  By:  

/s/

    Vice President

COMPANION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
  (as its General Partner)
  By:  

/s/

    Vice President

UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)
  By:  

/s/

    Vice President
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT
by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:  

Judith A. Gulotta

Title:  

Managing Director

 

-2-


Information Relating to Purchasers

PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of Notes
to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
   THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA    $ 19,650,000.00       $ 19,650,000.00   
(1)    All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

Account Name: The Prudential—Privest Portfolio

Account No.: *** (please do not include spaces)

     
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021-000-021

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017, Security No. INV02855, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.      
(2)    Address for all notices relating to payments:      
  

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Investment Operations Group

Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor

100 Mulberry Street

Newark, NJ 07102-4077

     
   Attention: Manager, Billings and Collections      
(3)    Address for all other communications and notices:      
  

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Managing Director

     

 

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


(4)

  

Recipient of telephonic prepayment notices:

     
  

Manager, Trade Management Group

     
  

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

     
  

Facsimile: (888) 889-3832

     

(5)

  

Address for Delivery of Notes and Closing Sets:

     
  

Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Armando M. Gamboa

Telephone: (312) 540-4203

     

(6)

  

Tax Identification No.: ***

     

 

A-2


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of Notes
to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE CAPTIVE COMPANY

   $ 10,000,000.00       $ 10,000,000.00   
(1)    All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021-000-021

     
  

Account No.: *** (please do not include spaces)

Account Name: PARCC PLAZ Trust 2—Privates

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017, Security No. INV02855, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.      
(2)    Address for all notices relating to payments:      
  

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Captive Company

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Investment Operations Group

Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor

100 Mulberry Street

Newark, NJ 07102-4077

     
   Attention: Manager, Billings and Collections      
(3)    Address for all other communications and notices:      
  

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Captive Company

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Managing Director

     

 

A-3


(4)    Recipient of telephonic prepayment notices:      
   Manager, Trade Management Group      
   Telephone: (973) 367-3141      
   Facsimile: (888) 889-3832      
(5)    Address for Delivery of Notes and Closing Sets:      
  

Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Armando M. Gamboa

Telephone: (312) 540-4203

     
(6)    Tax Identification No.: ***      

 

A-4


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of Notes
to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.

   $ 15,000,000.00       $ 15,000,000.00   
(1)    All principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No.: 021-000-021

     
  

Account Name: Gibraltar Private

Account No.: *** (please do not include spaces)

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017, Security No. INV02855, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.      
(2)    All payments, other than principal, interest or Make-Whole Amount, on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No. 021-000-021

Account No. ***

Account Name: Prudential International Insurance Service

Company

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes due May 7, 2017, Security No. INV02855, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (e.g., type of fee) of the payment being made.      

 

A-5


(3)

  

Address for all notices relating to payments:

     
  

The Gibraltar Life Insurance Co., Ltd.

2-13-10, Nagatacho

Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 100-8953, Japan

 

E-mail: Mizuho.Matsumoto@gib-life.co.jp

 

Attention: Mizuho Matsumoto, Vice President of Investment

Operations Team

     
(4)    Address for all other communications and notices:      
  

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Managing Director

     
(5)    Address for Delivery of Notes and Closing Sets:      
  

Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Armando M. Gamboa

Telephone: (312) 540-4203

     
(6)    Tax Identification No.: ***      

 

A-6


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   $ 3,350,000.00       $ 3,350,000.00   
(1)    All principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA No. 021-000-021

Private Income Processing

For Credit to account: ***

For further credit to Account Name: United of Omaha Life

Insurance Company

For further credit to Account Number: ***

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.      
(2)    All payments, other than principal, interest or Make-Whole Amount, on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA No. 021-000-021

Account No. ***

Account Name: United of Omaha Life Insurance Co.

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes due May 7, 2017, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (e.g., type of fee) of the payment being made.      

 

A-7


(3)    Address for all notices relating to payments:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

14201 Dallas Parkway—13th Floor

Dallas, TX 75254-2917

 

Attn: Income Processing—G. Ruiz

a/c: G09588

     
(4)    Address for all other communications and notices:      
  

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Managing Director

     
(5)    Address for Delivery of Notes:      
  

(a) Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery

service to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 New York Plaza

Ground Floor Receive Window

New York, NY 10004

 

Please include in the cover letter accompanying the
Notes a reference to the Purchaser’s account number
(United of Omaha Life Insurance Company; Account
Number: ***).

 

(b) Send copy by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

Prudential Capital Group

Gateway Center 4

100 Mulberry, 7th Floor

Newark, NJ 07102

 

Attention: Trade Management, Manager

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

     

(6)

  

Tax Identification No.: ***

     

 

A-8


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

COMPANION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   $ 2,000,000.00       $ 2,000,000.00   
(1)    All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA No. 021-000-021

Private Income Processing

For Credit to account: ***

For further credit to Company Name: Companion Life Insurance

Company

For further credit to Account Number: ***

     
   Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017, Security No. INV02855, PPN 80689# AZ9” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.      
(2)    Address for all notices relating to payments:      
  

JPMorgan Chase Bank

14201 Dallas Parkway—13th Floor

Dallas, TX 75254-2917

 

Attention: Income Processing—G. Ruiz

a/c: G09589

     
(3)    Address for all other communications and notices:      
  

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

 

Attention: Managing Director

     

 

A-9


(4)

  

Address for Delivery of Notes:

     
  

(a) Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 New York Plaza

Ground Floor Receive Window

New York, NY 10004

 

Please include in the cover letter accompanying the Notes a reference to the Purchaser’s account number (Companion Life Insurance Company; Account Number: ***).

 

(b) Send copy by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

Prudential Capital Group

Gateway Center 4

100 Mulberry, 7th Floor

Newark, NJ 07102

 

Attention: Trade Management, Manager

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

     
(5)    Tax Identification No.: ***      

 

A-10


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of Notes
to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   $ 49,000,000.00       $ 49,000,000.00   
  

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 0036

 

(Securities to be registered in the name of

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company )

     
(1)   

All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:          JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA Routing #:    021-000-021

Account No.:         ***

Account Name:     Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Ref:                        Schneider National Leasing Inc., 4.83% Due 5/7/2017

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise.

 

For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

     
(2)   

All notices and communications:

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

     

 

A-11


  

With a copy OTHER than with respect to

deliveries of financial statements to:

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments

(PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

     
(3)   

Original notes delivered to:

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Securities Investments, Law Department

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Daniel F. Scudder, Esq.

     
(4)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: ***      

 

A-12


PURCHASER SCHEDULE

 

          Aggregate
Principal

Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
     Note
Denomination(s)
 
  

METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT

   $ 1,000,000.00       $ 1,000,000.00   
  

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 0036

 

(Securities to be registered in the name of MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut )

     
(1)   

All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:          JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA Routing #:    021-000-021

Account No.:         ***

Account Name:     MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

Ref:                        Schneider National Leasing Inc., 4.83% Due 5/7/2017

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise.

 

For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

     
(2)   

All notices and communications:

 

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

     

 

A-13


  

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

 

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to :

 

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

                       
                       
(3)   

Original notes delivered to:

 

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Securities Investments, Law Department

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Daniel F. Scudder, Esq.

     
(4)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: ***      

 

A-14


Defined Terms

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

“Agreement” shall mean this Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 by and among the Company and the Purchasers which become parties hereto from time to time, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Closing” is defined in Section 3.

“Company” means Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.

“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or cure period or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means with respect to the Notes, that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) 2% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank. N.A. from time to time in New York City as its Prime Rate.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

“Existing Agreements” shall mean (i) (a) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 1999, as amended from time to time (the “1999 Note Agreement” ), between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (b) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and the institutional investors, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the institutional investors holding promissory notes of the Company under the 1999 Note Agreement, and (d) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, (ii) (x) the Amended and Restated Master Senior Note and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of June 29, 2000, as amended from time to time, by and among the Company, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and U.S. Private Placement Fund, (y) the Amended and Restated Master Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2000, as amended or joined from time to time, by and among the Guarantors, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and U.S. Private Placement Fund, and (z) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, (iii) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 16, 2003, as amended from time to time, (the “ 2003 Note Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (b) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and the institutional investors, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the institutional investors holding promissory notes of the

 

S CHEDULE  B

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Company under the 2003 Note Agreement, and (d) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, and (iv) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, (the “ 2004 Shelf Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (b) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and the institutional investors, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the institutional investors holding promissory notes of the Company under the 2004 Shelf Agreement, and (d) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Guarantor” shall mean any of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor and “Guarantors” shall mean the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Guaranty Agreement” shall mean each of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and “Guaranty Agreements” shall mean the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

“holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person or Permitted Transferee in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1.

“Institutional Investor” means (a) any Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.

“Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Officer’s Certificate” of any Person means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of such Person whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

“Parent Guarantor” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Parent Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2 hereof.

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement, provided that such transferee shall not be a direct competitor of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

“property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

“Purchaser” means each of the Purchasers of Notes identified in Schedule A.

 

B-2


“Required Holder(s)” shall mean the holder or holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding.

“Senior Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Subsidiary that accounts for more than (i) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 5% of consolidated revenue of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

“Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

B-3


[FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.

4.83% SENIOR NOTE, SERIES A, DUE MAY 7, 2017

 

No. [                      ]    [Date]
$[                              ]    PPN 80689# AZ9

For Value Received, the undersigned, Schneider National Leasing, Inc. (herein called the “Company”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to [                                         ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                ] Dollars on May 7, 2017, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 4.83% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the seventh of each May and November in each year, commencing with the May or November next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 6.83% or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Section 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement, provided that such holder may (in reliance upon information provided by the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) make a representation to the effect that the purchase by such holder of any Note will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under section 406(a) of ERISA.

 

E XHIBIT  1

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1-2


Form of Parent Guaranty Agreement

(see attached)

 

E XHIBIT 2

(to Private Shelf Agreement)


Execution Copy

 

 

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.

GUARANTY AGREEMENT

regarding

$100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of May 7, 2010

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1. THE GUARANTY

     1   

SECTION 2. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE

     2   

SECTION 3. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION

     2   

Section 3.1

   Waiver      2   

Section 3.2

   Obligations Unimpaired      4   

SECTION 4. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK

     4   

Section 4.1

   Reinstatement of Guaranty      4   

Section 4.2

   Rank of Guaranty      4   

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR

     4   

Section 5.1

   Organization; Power and Authority      4   

Section 5.2

   Authorization, Etc.      5   

Section 5.3

   Disclosure      5   

Section 5.4

   Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates      5   

Section 5.5

   Financial Statements      6   

Section 5.6

   Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.      6   

Section 5.7

   Governmental Authorizations, Etc.      6   

Section 5.8

   Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders      6   

Section 5.9

   Taxes      7   

Section 5.10

   Title to Property; Leases      7   

Section 5.11

   Licenses, Permits, Etc.      7   

Section 5.12

   Compliance with ERISA      7   

Section 5.13

   Private Offering      8   

Section 5.14

   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations      8   

Section 5.15

   Existing Debt, Future Liens      9   

Section 5.16

   Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.      9   

Section 5.17

   Status under Certain Statutes      10   

Section 5.18

   Environmental Matters      10   

Section 5.19

   Intercreditor Agreement      10   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

SECTION 6. INFORMATION AS TO GUARANTOR

     11   

Section 6.1

   Financial and Business Information      11   

Section 6.2

   Officer’s Certificate      13   

Section 6.3

   Inspection      14   

SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     14   

Section 7.1

   Compliance with Law      14   

Section 7.2

   Insurance      15   

Section 7.3

   Maintenance of Properties      15   

Section 7.4

   Payment of Taxes and Claims      15   

Section 7.5

   Corporate Existence, Etc.      15   

Section 7.6

   Ownership of Company      15   

Section 7.7

   Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement      16   

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR

     16   

Section 8.1

   Leverage Ratio      16   

Section 8.2

   Minimum Net Worth      16   

Section 8.3

   Liens      17   

Section 8.4

   Priority Debt      18   

Section 8.5

   Sales of Assets      18   

Section 8.6

   Merger, Consolidation      19   

Section 8.7

   Nature of Business      20   

Section 8.8

   Transactions with Affiliates      20   

SECTION 9. DEFINITIONS

     20   

SECTION 10. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     28   

SECTION 11. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

     29   

Section 11.1

   Requirements      29   

Section 11.2

   Solicitation of Holders of Notes      29   

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect, Etc.      29   

Section 11.4

   Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc.      30   

SECTION 12. NOTICES

     30   

SECTION 13. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

     30   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

SECTION 14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     31   

SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS

     32   

Section 15.1

   Termination of Intercreditor Agreement      32   

Section 15.2

   Successors and Assigns      32   

Section 15.3

   Accounting Terms      32   

Section 15.4

   Severability      32   

Section 15.5

   Construction      32   

Section 15.6

   Counterparts      33   

Section 15.7

   Governing Law      33   

 

-iii-


S CHEDULE  I    —      Information Relating To Purchasers
S CHEDULE  5.4    —      Subsidiaries of the Guarantor, Ownership of Subsidiary Stock, Affiliates
S CHEDULE  5.5    —      Financial Statements
S CHEDULE  5.6    —      Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.
Schedule 5.8    —      Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders
S CHEDULE  5.11    —      Licenses, Permits, Etc.
S CHEDULE  5.12    —      Compliance with ERISA
S CHEDULE  5.15    —      Existing Debt, Future Liens

 

 

-iv-


GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty Agreement ”), is made by Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Guarantor ”) in favor of each “ holder ” (as defined below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

A. Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

B. The Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule I hereto (hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Purchasers ”) have or are about to enter into a Note Purchase Agreement (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of such Note Agreement, the Purchasers will purchase $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017 (such notes, and any notes issued in replacement, substitution or exchange therefor, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Notes ”) of the Company.

C. A condition, among others, to the Purchasers agreement to purchase the Notes under the Note Agreement is that Guarantor execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement for the benefit of the holders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Purchasers as follows:

SECTION 1. THE GUARANTY.

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Purchasers and each holder, the due and punctual payment in full of (i) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectibility and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Agreement. Each default in payment of principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, or interest on any Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Agreement make reference to this Guaranty Agreement.


The Guarantor hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) any breach by the Guarantor or by the Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (ii) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement.

SECTION 2. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall apply to the Note Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with the Guarantor; or (f) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 3. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION.

Section 3.1 Waiver. The Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by the Guarantor to (i) proceed against Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Company, Guarantor, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

 

-2-


(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon holder’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 2 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement; and

(h) (i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “ Other Party ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-3-


Section 3.2 Obligations Unimpaired. The Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to the Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, the Guarantor or any other person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 4. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK.

Section 4.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, the Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement, and the Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, thereon and any other amounts guaranteed hereunder.

Section 4.2 Rank of Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR.

The Guarantor represents and warrants to each holder of a Note that:

Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

 

-4-


Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc. This Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 5.3 Disclosure. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.3, this Guaranty Agreement, the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to you by or on behalf of the Guarantor in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Since December 31, 2009, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Guarantor that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the other documents, certificates and other writings delivered to you by or on behalf of the Guarantor specifically for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.4 Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates. (a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) a complete and correct list as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement of (i) the Guarantors’ Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Guarantor and each other Subsidiary, and (ii) the Guarantor’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and are owned by the Guarantor or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 8.3).

(c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

 

-5-


(d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal restriction or any agreement (other than this Guaranty Agreement, the agreements and regulatory restriction described on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

Section 5.5 Financial Statements. The Guarantor has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year end adjustments).

Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc. Except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.6 hereof and other than Liens arising under the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with its terms, the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by laws, or similar organizational and governing instruments or any other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

Section 5.7 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement.

Section 5.8 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 5.8 hereto:

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

-6-


(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority, or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation Environmental Laws) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.9 Taxes. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Guarantor knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of Federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The Federal income tax liabilities of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been determined by the Internal Revenue Service and paid for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.

Section 5.10 Title to Property; Leases. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Guaranty Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

Section 5.11 Licenses, Permits, Etc. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.11, (a) the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others; (b) to the best knowledge of the Guarantor, no product of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary infringes in any Material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person, and (c) the Guarantor is not aware of any Material violation by any Person of any right of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.12 Compliance with ERISA. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 5.12 hereto:

(a) The Guarantor and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV

 

-7-


of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to Section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material;

(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. The terms “ benefit liabilities ” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “ current value ” and “ present value ” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA;

(c) The Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) The expected post-retirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Guarantor’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries is not Material; and

(e) The execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement will not constitute a transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Guarantor in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 of the Note Agreement as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

Section 5.13 Private Offering. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting under their direction has offered the Notes, or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, any Person other than the Purchasers, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting on its or their behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act.

Section 5.14 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes under the Note Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of

 

-8-


Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Guarantor in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 2% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and the Guarantor does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 2% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” and “ directly or indirectly ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

Section 5.15 Existing Debt, Future Liens. (a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010, and other than increases or decreases in the aggregate amount of revolving credit indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries outstanding from time to time in the ordinary course of business or scheduled amortization payments in respect of any such Debt set forth in Schedule 5.15 there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries since such date. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, and no event or condition exists with respect to any Debt of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, the Guarantor has not agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 8.3.

Section 5.16 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

(a) Neither the sale of the Notes by the Company pursuant to the Note Agreement nor its use of the proceeds thereof nor the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreement by the Guarantor will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.

(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary (i) is, or will become, a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or is or will be otherwise associated, with any such Person. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.

(c) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes pursuant to the Note Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

-9-


Section 5.17 Status under Certain Statutes. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

Section 5.18 Environmental Matters. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed to you in writing:

(a) neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) neither the Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in each case in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws and in any manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) all buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.19 Intercreditor Agreement. The Intercreditor Agreement has not been amended or otherwise modified other than to add or delete parties thereto or agreements covered thereunder. No “Collateral Trustee” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) has been appointed under the Intercreditor Agreement and no “Event of Default” or “Event of Collateralization” (in each case as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) has occurred thereunder. Upon the issuance and sale of any Notes under the Note Agreement, such Notes will constitute “Indebtedness” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Concurrently with the issuance and sale of any Notes under the Note Agreement, the Guarantor shall have mailed, or caused to be mailed, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the “Agent” and each “Noteholder” (in each case as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) the certification contemplated by Section 6.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such Notes and the Purchasers thereof. Each Purchaser, at the time such Purchaser purchases any Notes under the

 

-10-


Note Agreement, will constitute an “Additional Party” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Note Agreement will constitute an “Additional Agreement” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) under the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 6. INFORMATION AS TO GUARANTOR.

Section 6.1 Financial and Business Information. The Guarantor shall deliver to each Significant Holder:

(a) Quarterly Statements — within 60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Guarantor (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of:

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Guarantor’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(a);

(b) Annual Statements — within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, duplicate copies of:

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, for such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied (in the case of the consolidated statements)

 

-11-


(A) by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, and

(B) a certificate of such accountants stating that they have reviewed this Guaranty Agreement and stating further whether, in making their audit, they have become aware of any condition or event that then constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, and, if they are aware that any such condition or event then exists, specifying the nature and period of the existence thereof (it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable, directly or indirectly, for any failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless such accountants should have obtained knowledge thereof in making an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards or did not make such an audit), provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Guarantor’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Guarantor’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, together with the accountant’s certificate described in clause (B) above, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(b);

(c) SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

(d) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(g) of the Note Agreement, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor or the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(e) ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

-12-


(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(b) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from any Federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(g) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes.

Section 6.2 Officer’s Certificate. Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b) hereof shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer on behalf of the Guarantor setting forth:

(a) Covenant Compliance — the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Guarantor was in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.4 and Section 8.5 hereof during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and

 

-13-


(b) Event of Default — a statement that such officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and of the Note Agreement and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 6.3 Inspection. The Guarantor shall permit any Significant Holder or any Person designated in writing by a Significant Holder as a representative of such Significant Holder:

(a) No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Guarantor, to visit the principal executive office of the Guarantor, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries with the Guarantor’s officers, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Guarantor and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

(b) Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Guarantor authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested. Any visitation and inspection pursuant to this Section 6.3(b) shall be at the expense of the holders, provided that the Guarantor agrees to reimburse the reasonable visitation and inspection expenses of three representatives designated by the Required Holders following the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Guarantor covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section 7.1 Compliance with Law. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their

 

-14-


respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.2 Insurance . The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

Section 7.3 Maintenance of Properties . The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties necessary in the operation of their business in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims . The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, provided that neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax or assessment or claims if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Guarantor or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes and assessments in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.5 Corporate Existence, Etc. Subject to transactions permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. Subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate or legal existence of each of its Subsidiaries and all rights and franchises of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Guarantor, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6 Ownership of Company. The Guarantor will at all times keep and maintain the Company as a Subsidiary.

 

-15-


Section 7.7 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. (a) The Guarantor will cause any Subsidiary which is required by the terms of the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to become a party to, or otherwise guaranty, Debt under the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents, to enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and deliver within five Business Days thereafter to each of the holders of the Notes the following items:

(i) a joinder agreement in respect of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(ii) an opinion of counsel (who may be in-house counsel for the Guarantor) addressed to each of the holders of the Notes satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as an enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

(b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically discharged and released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement if (i) such Subsidiary Guarantor has been released and discharged as an obligor or guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents and (ii) concurrently with such release the Company shall deliver a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer to the holders of the Notes to the effect that (x) all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents and each other agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have guaranteed Debt of the Guarantor or the Company have been released and discharged, and (y) at the time of such release and discharge, no Default or Event of Default exists. If any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released in accordance with this Section 7.7(b) upon written request from the Guarantor, the holders of the Notes shall confirm to the Guarantor that the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor has been released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR.

Section 8.1 Leverage Ratio. The Guarantor covenants that it will not permit at any time the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted Debt to Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarter periods then most recently ended to exceed 3.50 to 1.00.

Section 8.2 Minimum Net Worth. The Guarantor covenants that it will not permit Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than $275,000,000 plus 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor ending after December 31, 2005.

 

-16-


Section 8.3 Liens. The Guarantor covenants that it will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except (which exception is qualified in its entirety by the paragraph appearing at the end of this Section 8.3):

(i) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Liens in connection with attachments or judgments (including judgment or appeal bonds) relating to judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(j) of the Note Agreement,

(ii) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business,

(iii) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary securing obligations of such Subsidiary to the Guarantor or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,

(iv) Liens created in connection with the sale by the Guarantor and/or certain Subsidiaries of accounts receivable in an amount not to exceed 120% of the debt secured by such receivables (or interests therein) under the Receivables Program, provided that the amount of debt secured thereby shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the greater of (i) 70% of the gross trade receivables of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (ii) $200,000,000,

(v) any Lien existing on property immediately prior to its acquisition (after the date hereof) by the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, provided that (a) any such Lien shall be confined solely to the item or items of property so acquired and, if required by the terms of the instrument originally creating such Lien, other property which is an improvement to or is acquired for specific use in connection with such acquired property, (b) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the cost to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary of the property so acquired and (y) the Fair Market Value of such property (as determined in good faith the Board of Directors of the Guarantor) at the time of such acquisition, and (c) no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such acquisition,

(vi) any Lien existing on property of a Person immediately prior to its becoming a Subsidiary, provided that no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary,

(vii) any Lien renewing, extending or refunding any Lien permitted by clauses (v) or (vi) of this Section 8.3, provided that the principal amount of Debt secured by such Lien immediately prior thereto is not increased or the maturity thereof reduced and such Lien is not extended to other property,

(viii) any Lien created under TRAC Leases,

 

-17-


(ix) Liens created on property pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement (prior to release of such agreement) following the occurrence of an Event of Collateralization (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), and

(x) Liens securing Priority Debt.

For the purposes of this Section 8.3, any Person becoming a Subsidiary after the date of this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to have incurred all of its then outstanding Liens at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, and any Person extending, renewing or refunding any Debt secured by any Lien shall be deemed to have incurred such Lien at the time of extension, renewal or refunding.

Section 8.4 Priority Debt. The Guarantor will not at any time permit Priority Debt to exceed 20% of Consolidated Net Worth.

Section 8.5 Sales of Assets. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any substantial part (as defined below) of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets constituting a substantial part of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if such assets are sold in an arm’s length transaction for consideration which is not less than the Fair Market Value of such property and, at such time and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received from such sale, lease or other disposition shall be used within 365 days of such sale, lease or disposition, in any combination:

(1) to acquire property and equipment of a similar nature and of at least equivalent value to the property which has been sold; or

(2) to make an offer to prepay or retire Senior Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the Guarantor shall offer to prepay each outstanding Note in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion for such Note, and (ii) any such prepayment of the Notes shall be made at par, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, and the payment of the Make-Whole Amount, if any. Any offer of prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to each holder of the Notes by written notice which shall be delivered not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the proposed prepayment date. Each such notice shall state that it is given pursuant to this Section and that the offer set forth in such notice must be accepted by such holder in writing and shall also set forth (i) the prepayment date, (ii) a description of the circumstances which give rise to the proposed prepayment, (iii) a calculation of the Ratable Portion for such holder’s Notes and (iv) an estimate of the Make-Whole Amount which would be payable if the Notes were to be prepaid on the date of such notice. Each holder of the Notes which desires to have its Notes prepaid shall notify the Guarantor in writing delivered not less than 5 Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date of its acceptance of such offer of prepayment. Prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be made in accordance with Section 8.2 and Section 8.4 of the Note Agreement.

 

-18-


As used in this Section 8.5, a sale, lease or other disposition of assets shall be deemed to be a “ substantial part ” of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if the book value of such assets, when added to the book value of all other assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year of the Guarantor exceeds 15% of the book value of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such sale, lease or other disposition; provided that there shall be excluded from any determination of a “substantial part” any (i) sale or disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any transfer of assets from the Guarantor to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (iii) receivables sold under the Receivables Program, and (iv) the sale of all or any part of the Guarantor’s interest in Schneider Finance, Inc. or in one or more finance portfolios of Schneider Finance, Inc.

Section 8.6 Merger, Consolidation. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or other legal entity or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

(1) a Subsidiary of the Guarantor may (x) consolidate with or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to, the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or any other Person so long as in any merger or consolidation involving the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the surviving or continuing corporation, and in any merger or consolidation involving such other Person, such Subsidiary (or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) shall be the surviving or continuing entity, or (y) convey, transfer or lease all of its assets in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.5;

(2) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(A) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be (the “ Successor Corporation ”), shall be a solvent corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(B) the Successor Corporation would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(C) if the Guarantor is not the Successor Corporation, such corporation shall have executed and delivered to each holder its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Guaranty Agreement (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be

 

-19-


reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Guarantor shall have caused to be delivered to each holder (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment from each Subsidiary Guarantor that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement continues in full force and effect; and

(D) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default would exist; and

(3) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, a Subsidiary of the Guarantor in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 of the Note Agreement.

Section 8.7 Nature of Business. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries may engage in any business, if, as a result, when taken as a whole, the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries would not be substantially changed from the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on the date of the Note Agreement.

Section 8.8 Transactions with Affiliates. The Guarantor will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

SECTION 9. DEFINITIONS.

For the purpose of this Guaranty Agreement, the terms defined in the text of any Section or prefatory paragraph shall have the respective meanings specified therein; and the following terms shall have the meanings specified with respect thereto below:

Affiliate ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such first Person, except a Subsidiary of the Guarantor shall not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and (ii) with respect to any Purchaser, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which such Purchaser or any Affiliate of such Purchaser as investment advisor or portfolio manager. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation or other entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Anti -Terrorism Order means Executive Order No. 13,224 of September 24, 2001, Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49, 079 (2001), as amended.

 

-20-


Bank Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2004 among the Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other financial institutions which are parties thereto, as amended, restated, joined, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any renewals, extensions or replacements thereof which constitutes the primary bank credit facility of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in Chicago, Illinois or New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” shall mean any rental obligation which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as Debt (net of interest expense) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit or Eurodollar time deposits and certificates of deposit of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing or any branch thereof (y) having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (z) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued in the United States and having a maturity of 270 days or less from the date of acquisition with the issuer having a rating from S&P of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by a Person with a bank or trust company (including any Approved Bank) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) obligations of any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 103 of the Code, having a long term rating of at least AA- or Aa-3 by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of acquisition thereof, (f) investments in securities (i) rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and (ii) with dividends or interest rates that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

Closing ” is defined in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

 

-21-


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Company ” is defined in the Recitals of this Guaranty Agreement.

“Consolidated Adjusted Debt ” shall mean Consolidated Debt less the amount of unencumbered Consolidated Cash (shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of the date of any determination thereof) in excess of $5,000,000.

Consolidated Cash shall mean, as of any time of determination thereof, all cash and Cash Equivalents of the Guarantor and Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Debt ” shall mean Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (excluding any non-cash gains or losses), plus consolidated interest expense, plus all provisions for income taxes, plus depreciation and amortization all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean the amount which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be reported as net income on the audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth ” shall mean the sum of (i) the par value (or value stated on the books of Guarantor) of the capital stock of all classes of Guarantor, plus (or minus in the case of a surplus deficit) (ii) the amount of the consolidated surplus, whether capital or earned, of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries after subtracting therefrom the aggregate of treasury stock and any other contra-equity accounts including, without limitation, Minority Interests; all determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Debt ” shall mean, without duplication, the sum of (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) indebtedness representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business payable on terms customary in the trade) or evidenced by notes payable, (iii) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter acquired, (iv) obligations (excluding any reserves established in accordance with GAAP) which are due more than one year from the date of creation thereof and which would be shown on Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet as a liability in accordance with GAAP, (v) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vi) net liabilities under hedging agreements, (vii) Guaranties in respect of the obligations of another Person, and (viii) any part of the obligations under the Receivables Program which are recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

-22-


Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, surface water, ground water, or land), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, and any and all regulations, codes, plans, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or demand letters issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Guarantor under section 414 of the Code.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Fair Market Value means, at any time and with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arm’s-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller (neither being under a compulsion to buy or sell).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means:

(a) the government of:

(i) the United States of America or any State or other political subdivision thereof, or

(ii) any jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or

(b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

Guaranty Agreement ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

 

-23-


Guaranties ” by any Person shall mean all obligations (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect, guaranteeing any Debt, dividend or other obligation, of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Debt or obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation, (2) to maintain working capital or other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation, or (c) to lease property or to purchase Securities or other property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Debt or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of the Debt or obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Debt or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of any Debt for borrowed money shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the principal amount of such Debt for borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and a Guaranty in respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation, liability or dividend.

Hazardous Material ” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or any other substances that might pose a hazard to health or safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage, or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law (including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls).

holders ” and “ holder ” shall mean the Purchasers and any other holder of a Note from time to time.

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 15, 1989, among the Guarantor, the Company, Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc. (formerly International Transport, Inc.), the banks and insurance companies named therein and such additional parties as may become a party thereto from time to time, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) or any other type of preferential arrangement for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation.

 

-24-


Make-Whole Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 of the Note Agreement with respect to any Note.

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Note Agreement and the Notes or the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement or the Notes.

Minority Interests ” shall mean any shares of stock of any class of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by law) that are not owned by the Guarantor and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries. Minority Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests constituting preferred stock at the voluntary or involuntary liquidating value of such preferred stock, whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests constituting common stock at the book value of capital and surplus applicable thereto adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of such common stock required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests in preferred stock.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor ratings entity.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

Net Proceeds means with respect to any sale of property by any Person an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of the consideration received by such Person in respect of such sale (valued at the Fair Market Value of such consideration at the time of such sale determined by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor), minus (b) the sum of (i) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by such Person in connection with such sale, and (ii) all state, federal and foreign taxes incurred, or to be incurred, by the seller (assuming the highest marginal rate were applicable to such sale) in connection with such sale.

Note Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Notes ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt ” means Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor evidenced by a Guaranty of Debt of the Guarantor or another Subsidiary.

 

-25-


Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof.

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

Private Placement Documents ” shall mean (i) (a) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 16, 2003, as amended from time to time, (the “ 2003 Note Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (b) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and the institutional investors, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the institutional investors holding promissory notes of the Company under the 2003 Note Agreement, and (d) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith and (ii) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, (the “ 2004 Shelf Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (b) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and the institutional investors, (c) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the institutional investors holding promissory notes of the Company under the 2004 Shelf Agreement, and (d) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

Priority Debt ” means (i) Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries which is secured by a Lien (excluding Debt secured by Liens described in clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 8.3) and (ii) unsecured Debt of any Subsidiary other than (a) Debt of the Company, and (b) Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt. For purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of Debt shall be deemed to be Priority Debt equal to the amount of such Debt which has been guaranteed.

Purchaser is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Ratable Portion ” mean, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount equal to the Net Proceeds being so applied to the prepayment of Senior Debt multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Receivables Program ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, may sell, convey or otherwise transfer receivables for Fair Market Value to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries) intended to be a true sale transaction and (b) any other Person (in the case of a

 

-26-


transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), and any Receivables Subsidiary may transfer, or grant a security interest in, any receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such receivables, all contracts and all Guaranties or other obligations in respect of such receivables and the proceeds of such receivables; provided that there shall be no recourse under such securitization to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Receivables Subsidiary means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor which engages in no activities other than the financing of receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor as a Receivables Subsidiary, (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary (excluding Guaranties of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than the receivables and related rights sold into the applicable Receivables Program and other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings and (b) to which neither the Guarantor nor any other Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Required Holder(s) ” shall mean the holder or holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Guarantor, the Company or any of their Affiliates).

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Debt ” shall mean Debt other than Subordinated Debt.

Senior Financial Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person.

Significant Holder ” shall mean (i) each Purchaser, so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note and (ii) any holder of at least 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding which is a bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, which is a holder.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. or any successor ratings entity.

Standard Securitization Undertakings means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary that are customary in the non-recourse securitization of receivables transactions.

 

-27-


Subordinated Debt ” means all unsecured Debt of the Guarantor or the Company which shall contain or have applicable thereto subordination provisions providing for the subordination thereof to other Debt of the Guarantor (including, without limitation, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement) or the Company.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity in which such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such entity, and any partnership, limited liability company or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

Subsidiary Guarantors shall mean Schneider Resources, Inc., Schneider Finance, Inc., Schneider National Carriers, Inc. and each Subsidiary of the Guarantor that subsequent to the date of the Note Agreement becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with Section 7.7 of this Guaranty Agreement and the form of Guaranty Joinder attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of the Note Agreement.

TRAC Leases ” mean leases of tractors and/or trailers under leases pursuant to which the rental obligations of the lessee constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations of the lessee.

Transferee ” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased under the Note Agreement.

USA Patriot Act means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Wholly -Owned ” shall mean, as applied to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all the outstanding shares (other than directors’ qualifying shares, if required by law) of every class of stock or other equity interest of which are at the time owned by the Guarantor and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 10. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by a holder of the Notes of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be

 

-28-


relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of a holder of the Notes or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the holders of the Notes and the Guarantor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

Section 11.1 Requirements. This Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein for purposes of Section 5), will be effective as to a holder of the Notes unless consented to by such holder in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (ii) amend this Section 11, Section 1 or Section 14.

Section 11.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation. The Guarantor will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Guarantor will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.2 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

(b) Payment. The Guarantor will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding whether or not such holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect, Etc. Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 11 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Guarantor without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Guarantor and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “ this Guaranty Agreement ” and references thereto shall mean this Guaranty Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

-29-


Section 11.4 Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 12. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telefacsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to a holder of the Notes or such holder’s nominee, to such holder or such holder’s nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A to the Note Agreement, or at such other address as such holder or it shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing, or

(ii) if to the Guarantor, to the Guarantor at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Guarantor shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 12 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 13. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Guaranty Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by a holder of the Notes at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to a holder of the Notes, may be reproduced by such holder by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and such holder may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Guarantor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a holder of the Notes in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 13 shall not prohibit the Guarantor or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

-30-


SECTION 14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 14, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement and the Note Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, or (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) such Purchaser’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by such Purchaser’s Notes), (ii) such Purchaser’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 14, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which such Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14), (v) any Person from which such Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Guarantor or the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, the Note Agreement, and this Guaranty Agreement. Each holder, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 14 as though it were a party to this Guaranty Agreement. On reasonable request by the Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Guaranty Agreement or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 14.

 

-31-


SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS.

Section 15.1 Termination of Intercreditor Agreement. So long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist, if (a) each party to the Intercreditor Agreement (excluding the holders of the Notes) shall have their rights terminated under the Intercreditor Agreement, or (b) all other Debt (excluding the Notes) which shall have the benefit of the Intercreditor Agreement shall have been paid in full and no other Debt shall have the benefit of the Intercreditor Agreement, then each holder of the Notes agrees that the Intercreditor Agreement shall terminate and the holders of the Notes shall have no further rights under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the interest of the holders of the Notes in the Intercreditor Agreement shall terminate in accordance with this Section 15.1, upon written request from the Guarantor the holders of the Notes shall confirm to the Guarantor in writing that the interest of the holders of the Notes in the Intercreditor Agreement has terminated.

Section 15.2 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Guaranty Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section 15.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement providing for any amount to be determined in accordance with GAAP, for purposes of determining compliance with the covenants contained in this Agreement, any election by the Guarantor to measure an item of Debt (other than of the type described in clause (vi) of the definition thereof) using fair value (as permitted by Accounting Standards Codification 820-12, formerly known as State of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

Section 15.4 Severability. Any provision of this Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 15.5 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

-32-


Section 15.6 Counterparts. This Guaranty Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 15.7 Governing Law. This Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date and year first above written.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Thomas A. Gannon
Its:   Secretary


Agreed and accepted as of the date first written above.

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
By:  

 

  Vice President
PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE CAPTIVE COMPANY
By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
  as investment manager
  By:                                                                    
 

Vice President

GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.
By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
  Inc., as Investment Manager
  By:  Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
          as Sub-Adviser
  By:                                                                    
 

Vice President

COMPANION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
  (as its General Partner)
  By:                                                                    
 

Vice President

UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,


  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
  (as its General Partner)
  By:                                                                   
 

Vice President

 

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT

 

by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

 

By:_________________________________________

 

Name: ______________________________________

 

Title: _______________________________________

 

 

-2-


Information Relating to Purchasers

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Captive Company

The Gibraltar Life Insurance Co., Ltd.

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Companion Life Insurance Company

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza

180 North Stetson, Suite 5600

Chicago, IL 60601-6716

Attention: Managing Director

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments

(PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

S CHEDULE I

(to Guaranty Agreement)


MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

-2-


S UBSIDIARIES OF THE G UARANTOR , O WNERSHIP OF S UBSIDIARY S TOCK , A FFILIATES

(a)    (i)      Guarantor’s Subsidiaries:

 

     J URISDICTION   OF
ORGANIZATION
   P ERCENTAGE   OF
O WNERSHIP *

4488 International Holding Company Limited

   Barbados, V.I.    100% - SLI

Distribution Services Systems, Inc.

   Louisiana    100%

INS Insurance, Inc.

   Vermont    100%

N61GB, LLC

   Wisconsin    100%

Optimodal, LLC

   Wisconsin    100% - SNC

Schneider Distribution Services, LLC

   Wisconsin   

95%

5% - SNC

Schneider Enterprise Consultancy (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

   Shanghai, PRC    100% - 4488

Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC

   Wisconsin    100% - SNL

Schneider Finance, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Global Logistics (Tianjin) Co. Ltd.

   Tianjin, China    100% - 4488

Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider International Operations, LLC

   Wisconsin   

95% - SNC

5% - SNI

Schneider Leasing de Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider Logistics Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics Europe B.V.

   Venlo, Netherlands    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics International, Inc.

   California    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

   Tianjin, China    100% - 4488

Schneider Logistics Transloading and Distribution, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics Transportation, Inc.

   Louisiana    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc

   Louisiana    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100%

Schneider National de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider Receivables Corporation

   Delaware    100%

Schneider Resources, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc.

   North Dakota    100%

Schneider Tank Lines, Inc.

   Illinois    100%

Schneider Training Academy Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario CN    100% - STA

Schneider Training Academy, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transport, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transportation Management, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Transportation Services, LLC

   Wisconsin   

99% - SSC

1% - SNL

S CHEDULE 5.4

(to Guaranty Agreement)


(ii)     Guarantor’s Affiliates:

 

Servicios Dedicados Express, S.A. de C.V.

   Cuautitalan Izcalli,
Estado de Mexico
   49%

* Except as noted, all ownership is by Schneider National, Inc.

(d) INS Insurance, Inc. is an insurance company regulated under the laws of the State of Vermont and the payment of dividends from INS Insurance, Inc. to its shareholders is subject to regulation by the Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Healthcare Regulation of the State of Vermont.

 

5.4-2-


F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

    Schneider National, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, Independent Auditors’ Report

 

    Schneider National, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, Independent Auditors’ Report

S CHEDULE 5.5

(to Guaranty Agreement)


C OMPLIANCE WITH L AWS , O THER I NSTRUMENTS , E TC .

None

S CHEDULE 5.6

(to Guaranty Agreement)


Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders

 

  Bickley, Morris and Patton, Michael et. al. v. Schneider National Carriers, Inc. ( Company ). This is a class action lawsuit brought in California against the Company in December 2008 by former driver Morris Bickley, and in February 2009 by former driver, Michael Patton. They allege that the Company failed to pay all California dedicated and intermodal local and regional drivers according to California wage and hour laws and wage orders. Claims include those for vacation pay, timing of termination pay, failure to maintain records, penalties, attorneys fees, and failure of the company to afford drivers appropriate meal and rest periods under California law. The case is venued in the federal court in the Northern District of California. The Bickley/Patton case is in the discovery phase where interrogatories and depositions are being taken. This is expensive. Our strategy is to prevent class certification. Another former driver, Richard Beaudoin, has retained a different plaintiff s law firm who assert similar class action allegation. We have not yet been able to determine what damages and reserve, if any, are estimable or appropriate. On-going defense costs will be relatively significant. Should the Company not prevail on the merits, damages could be significant, anywhere from $500,000 to several million dollars.

 

  Polanco, Krumbine, Arias vs. Schneider National Carriers, Inc. (“Company”). This is an asserted class action from a California law firm who represents two former mechanics, Luis Polanco and Alan Krumbine, as well as a current mechanic, Asuncion Arias. The Complaint asserts a class action on behalf of all current and former Company mechanics located in California for the past four years. The Complaint alleges violations of California wage and hour laws and wage orders for alleged failure to pay overtime, failure to provide rest and meal periods, failure to have proper wage statements, and claims for attorneys’ fees, fines, costs, and penalties. The law firm also asserts that the Company does not have a valid “alternative work schedule,” which is allowable under California law to avoid overtime. The Company has taken declarations from mechanics who remember the alternative work schedule vote and support the Company’s position. The Company has had a new vote on an alternative work schedule to avoid overtime after eight (8)  hours in any one work day. The schedule was implemented on March  21, 2010. We have not yet been able to determine what damages or reserve, if any, are estimable and appropriate. On-going defense costs will be relatively significant. Should the Company not prevail on the merits, damages could well exceed $500,000.

 

  On November  6, 2009, the Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA) of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) requested that Schneider National, Inc. (the Company), produce documents related to the Schneider National, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan (the Plan) for the period January  1, 2003 through the present. The Company provided documents to an EBSA investigator and has recently entered into a tolling agreement with DOL, tolling the statute of limitations through April  30, 2011, on an action by DOL involving the Plan brought under Part 4 of Title I of ERISA.

S CHEDULE 5.8

(to Guaranty Agreement)


DOL has not submitted a report regarding its review; however, based upon statements made by the EBSA investigator, it is possible that the report will assert that one or more quarterly payments made by the Plan to the Company during the period April, 2004, through September, 2009, was a “prohibited transaction” under ERISA § 406(a) and was not exempt from the general prohibition against such transactions. It also is possible that the report will assert that one or more breaches of fiduciary duties under ERISA occurred in connection with some or all of the quarterly payments referred to above. Based upon the payments believed to be in issue, this amount could be as high as $452,000. In addition, the amount of a potential civil penalty could be as high as $91,000. If the matter cannot be resolved by agreement with DOL and an action is brought against the Company asserting that one or more non-exempt prohibited transactions or breaches of fiduciary duty occurred, the Company intends to raise defenses of fact and law.

 

5.4-2-


L ICENSES , P ERMITS , E TC .

None

S CHEDULE 5.11

(to Guaranty Agreement)


C OMPLIANCE WITH ERISA

None

S CHEDULE 5.12

(to Guaranty Agreement)


E XISTING D EBT ; F UTURE L IENS

 

        CURRENT     LONG-TERM     TOTAL  

DESCRIPTION

 

BORROWER

  3/31/10     3/31/10     3/31/10  

Private Placements

       

8.22% Senior Notes Due 10/15/2011

  SNL     3,000,000.00        3,000,000.00        6,000,000.00   

(Chase as Agent, Issued: 10/29/99)

       

8.63% Senior Notes Due 6/29/10

  SNL     3,571,428.58        —          3,571,428.58   

(Prudential Direct Issued: 6/29/00)

       

4.29% 5 yr. Senior Notes Due 12/16/08

  SNL     —          —          —     

4.76% 7 yr. Senior Notes Due 12/16/10

  SNL     40,000,000.00        —          40,000,000.00   

5.43% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 12/16/13

  SNL     —          27,000,000.00        27,000,000.00   

(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 12/16/03)

       

4.30% 5 yr. Senior Notes Due 2/2/09

  SNL     —          —          —     

4.77% 7 yr. Senior Notes Due 2/2/11

  SNL     10,000,000.00        —          10,000,000.00   

5.44% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 2/2/14

  SNL     —          23,000,000.00        23,000,000.00   

(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 2/2/04)

       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Private Placements

    56,571,428.58        53,000,000.00        109,571,428.58   

Bank Revolving Credit Facilities

       

Wachovia Bank, as Admin. Agent for Credit

  SNL     —          19,600,000.00        19,600,000.00   

Agreement dated 6/16/04 ($250,000,000, 5 year facility)

       

Accounts Receivable Securitization

       

Bank of America (AR Funding)

  SRC     112,000,000.00        —          112,000,000.00   

Accounts Receivable Sale (Off Balance Sheet)

       

Capitalized Leases

       
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Capitalized Leases

    —          —          —     

Other

       

JPMorgan China Loan Facility RMB 133,944,000

  SLT     19,593,627.94        —          19,593,627.94   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total Other     19,593,627.94        —          19,593,627.94   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Senior Debt

    188,165,056.52        72,600,000.00        260,765,056.52   

Subordinated Notes

       

Special Debt 2004-P1A

  SNI     —          6,907,736.80        6,907,736.80   

Special Debt 2004-D1A

  SNI     —          6,907,736.80        6,907,736.80   

Special Debt 2004-D1B

  SNI     —          12,365,500.00        12,365,500.00   

Special Debt 2004-P2A

  SNI     —          15,682,678.90        15,682,678.90   

Special Debt 2004-D2A

  SNI     —          15,682,678.90        15,682,678.90   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Subordinated Notes

    —          57,546,331.40        57,546,331.40   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  TOTAL DEBT   $ 188,165,056.52      $ 130,146,331.40      $ 318,311,387.92   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

S CHEDULE 5.15

(to Guaranty Agreement)


Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

(see attached)

 

E XHIBIT 3

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Execution Copy

 

 

 

SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC.

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC.

SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT

regarding

$100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of May 7, 2010

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2   

SECTION 2. THE GUARANTY

     2   

SECTION 3. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE

     4   

SECTION 4. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION

     4   

Section 4.1

   Waiver      4   

Section 4.2

   Obligations Unimpaired      5   

SECTION 5. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK

     6   

Section 5.1

   Reinstatement of Guaranty      6   

Section 5.2

   Rank of Guaranty      6   

SECTION 6. COVENANTS IN PARENT GUARANTY AGREEMENT

     6   

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

     6   

SECTION 8. AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

     8   

SECTION 9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     9   

SECTION 10. NOTICES

     10   

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

     10   

 

-i-


Attachments to Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement:

EXHIBIT A — Guaranty Joinder


SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Re: $100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

of

Schneider National Leasing, Inc .

This SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated, joined, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by each of the undersigned (which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively as the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

A. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”).

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of its $100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017 (such notes, and any notes issued in replacement, substitution or exchange therefor, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Notes ”), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. The Note Purchasers have required as a condition of the purchase of the Notes to be purchased by them that the Parent Guarantor cause each of the undersigned to enter into this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to enter into a Guaranty Joinder in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Guaranty Joinder ”), in each case as security for the Notes, and the Parent Guarantor has agreed to cause each of the undersigned to execute this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each such other Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to execute a Guaranty Joinder, in each case in order to induce the Note Purchasers to purchase the Notes and thereby benefit the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries by providing funds to enable the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to have funds available for general corporate purposes.


NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Purchase Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Note Purchasers, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Note Purchasers and each holder from time to time of the Notes as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement unless herein defined or the context shall otherwise require.

SECTION 2. THE GUARANTY.

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) below, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Note Purchasers and each holder, the due and punctual payment in full of (i) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectibility and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement. Each default in payment of principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, or interest on any Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement make reference to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) any breach by any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or by the Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (ii) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

2


(b) It is the intent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the holders that each Subsidiary Guarantor’s maximum obligation hereunder shall be equal to, but not in excess of:

(i) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America (the “Bankruptcy Code”), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

(ii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under such law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding.

(The substantive laws under which the possible avoidance or unenforceability of the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to any holder) shall be determined in any such case or proceeding shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Avoidance Provisions ”).

(c) To the end set forth in Section 2(b), but only to the extent that the obligations hereunder would otherwise be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions if the Subsidiary Guarantors, or any of them, are not deemed to have received valuable consideration, fair value or reasonably equivalent value for the obligations hereunder, or if the obligations hereunder would render such Subsidiary Guarantor insolvent, or leave such Subsidiary Guarantor with unreasonably small capital to conduct its business, or cause such Subsidiary Guarantor to have incurred debts (or to have intended to have incurred debts) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, in each case as of the time any of the obligations hereunder are deemed to have been incurred under the Avoidance Provisions and after giving effect to contribution as among such Subsidiary Guarantor and other guarantors, the maximum obligations for which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liable hereunder shall be reduced to that amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not cause such obligations (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder), as so reduced, to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions. This Section 2(c) is intended solely to preserve the rights of the holders hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions, and neither such Subsidiary Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 2(c) as against any holder that would not otherwise be available to such Person under the Avoidance Provisions.

 

3


SECTION 3. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Purchase Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim any Subsidiary Guarantor may have against the Company, the Parent Guarantor, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not either Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall apply to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Purchase Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to any other guarantor or its property; (e) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (f) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with such Subsidiary Guarantor; or (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 4. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION.

Section 4.1 Waiver. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor to (i) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

4


(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon holder’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Purchase Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 3 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(h) (i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “Other Party”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 4.2 Obligations Unimpaired. Each Subsidiary Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to such Subsidiary Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any

 

5


rights against the Company, any other guarantor and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or any other person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 5. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK.

Section 5.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty . The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligation, whether a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, thereon and any other amounts guaranteed hereunder.

Section 5.2 Rank of Guaranty. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

SECTION 6. COVENANTS IN PARENT GUARANTY AGREEMENT.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that it and each Subsidiary shall comply at all times with those covenants in the Parent Guaranty Agreement which are applicable to them.

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to each holder that:

(a) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (1) the ability of such Subsidiary Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or

 

6


(2) the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (herein in this Section 7, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). Such Subsidiary Guarantor has the power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

(b) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other similar organizational action on the part of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (1) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (2) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement will not (1) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries under its corporate charter or by-laws, or similar organizational or governing instrument, or except for contraventions, breaches or defaults which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, or any other agreement or instrument to which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries is bound or by which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (2) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or (3) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries.

(d) No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(e) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is solvent, has capital not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction and has assets having a value both at fair valuation and at present fair salable value greater than the amount required to pay its debts as they become due and greater than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due. Such Subsidiary Guarantor will not be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors by or through the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 8. AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.

(a) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (1) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 2, 3, 4 or 5, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any holder unless consented to by such holder in writing, (2) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each holder, (i) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (ii) amend this Section 8, and (3) this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended by the addition of additional Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to a Guaranty Joinder.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Subsidiary Guarantors will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8 to each holder promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees it will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of fee or otherwise, or grant any security, to any holder as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted, on the same terms, ratably to each holder even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

(d) Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 6 applies equally to all holders and is binding upon them and upon each future holder and upon the Subsidiary Guarantors. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Subsidiary Guarantors and any holder nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder. As used herein, the term “this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement as it may be amended, restated, joined or otherwise modified from time to time.

(e) Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

8


SECTION 9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

For the purposes of this Section 9, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Note Purchaser by or on behalf of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Note Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Note Purchaser or any Person acting on such Note Purchaser’s behalf, or (c) otherwise becomes known to such Note Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Note Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Note Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Note Purchaser. Each Note Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Note Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Note Purchaser, provided that such Note Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) such Note Purchaser’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by such Note Purchaser’s Notes), (ii) such Note Purchaser’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 9, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which such Note Purchaser sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9), (v) any Person from which such Note Purchaser offers to purchase any security of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Note Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Note Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Note Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Note Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Note Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Note Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Note Purchaser’s Notes, the Note Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Each holder, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 9. On reasonable request by a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a Note Purchaser or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Subsidiary Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 9.

 

9


SECTION 10. NOTICES.

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telefacsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(1) if to an Note Purchaser, to such Note Purchaser at the address specified for such communications on Schedule A to the Note Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as such Note Purchaser shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing,

(2) if to any other holder, to such holder at such address as such holder shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing, or

(3) if to a Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor c/o the Company at 3101 South Packerland Drive, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313, or at such other address as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have specified to the holders in writing.

Notices under this Section 10 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to any holder is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default, omission or failure of performance hereunder shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof but any such right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle any holder to exercise any remedy reserved to it under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, it shall not be necessary for such holder to physically produce its Note in any proceedings instituted by it or to give any notice, other than such notice as may be herein expressly required.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will pay all sums becoming due under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement by the method and at the address specified for such purpose in the Note Purchase Agreement, or by such other reasonable method or at such other address as any holder shall have from time to time specified to the Subsidiary Guarantors in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any Note.

(c) Any provision of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10


(d) If the whole or any part of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be now or hereafter become unenforceable against any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors for any reason whatsoever or if it is not executed by any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall nevertheless be and remain fully binding upon and enforceable against each other Subsidiary Guarantor as if it had been made and delivered only by such other Subsidiary Guarantors.

(e) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of each holder and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not, so long as its Notes remain outstanding and unpaid.

(f) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantors contained herein shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be paid or otherwise discharged in full.

(g) All warranties, representations and covenants made by each Subsidiary Guarantor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it or on its behalf under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement have been relied upon by the holders of the Notes and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by the holders of the Notes or on their behalf. This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Note Purchasers and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the holders of the Notes may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(i) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

(j) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed by an authorized representative as of the date first written above.

 

SCHNEIDER FINANCE, INC.

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL CARRIERS, INC.

SCHNEIDER RESOURCES, INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


GUARANTY JOINDER

Re: $100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017

of

Schneider National Leasing, Inc .

This GUARANTY JOINDER dated as of                     ,                     (the or this “ Guaranty Joinder ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by [each of] the undersigned                     , a                      corporation [and                     , a                      corporation] ([which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as] an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” [and collectively as the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantors ”]). Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. [Each] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, is presently a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of its $100,000,000 4.83% Senior Notes, Series A, due May 7, 2017 (such notes, and any notes issued in replacement, substitution or exchange therefor, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Notes ”), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. As a condition precedent to their purchase of the Notes, the Note Purchasers required that certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) as security for the Notes.

NOW, THEREFORE, as required by the Note Purchase Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof are hereby acknowledged, [each/the] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor does hereby covenant and agree, jointly and severally, as follows:


In accordance with the requirements of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] desire to amend the definition of Subsidiary Guarantor (as the same may have been heretofore amended) set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement attached hereto so that at all times from and after the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be jointly and severally liable as set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement for the obligations of the Company under the Note Purchase Agreement and Notes to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

The undersigned is the duly elected                      of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Guaranty Joinder for the benefit of all holders of the Notes. The execution by the undersigned of this Guaranty Joinder shall evidence its consent to and acknowledgment and approval of the terms set forth herein and in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. By such execution the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be deemed to have made the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in favor of the holders as of the date of this Guaranty Joinder.

Upon execution of this Guaranty Joinder, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to be amended as set forth above. Except as amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved in all respects.

Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments (including the Notes) may refer to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement without making specific reference to this Guaranty Joinder, but nevertheless all such references shall be deemed to include this Guaranty Joinder unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY

GUARANTOR]

 

By:  

 

  Its  

 

 

2


F ORM OF A DDENDUM TO I NTERCREDITOR A GREEMENT

ADDENDUM TO INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

This Addendum dated effective as of May 7, 2010, is made by and between Schneider National Leasing, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Schneider National, Inc. (the “ Parent ”), Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc. (f/k/a International Transport, Inc.), (“ Specialized ”), and the Purchasers (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”) of the Company’s Series A Notes (as defined below)

R E C I T A L S:

A. The Company, the Parent, Specialized, certain banks, the financial institution acting as agent, and certain insurance companies have previously entered into an Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 15, 1989, as supplemented from time to time by various Addenda thereto (as so supplemented the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) pursuant to which the parties thereto are given rights in the Collateral, as defined therein.

B. The Company and the Purchasers entered into that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 (the “ Note Agreement ”), which provides for the issuance of Notes (the “ Series A Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000.

C. The Purchasers have required as a condition to the effectiveness of the Purchasers’ obligation to purchase the Series A Notes that the parties hereto execute this Addendum and make each of the Note Agreement and the Series A Notes an Additional Agreement under the Intercreditor Agreement, and add each of the Purchasers as Additional Parties to the Intercreditor Agreement in their capacity as Purchasers under the Additional Agreement, all as defined therein.

 

E XHIBIT 4

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements of the parties, the parties agree as follows:

1. Upon the date of effectiveness of this Addendum as set forth above and the issuance of the Series A Notes on May 7, 2010, The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Captive Company, Gibraltar Life Insurance Co., Ltd., Companion Life Insurance Company, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”), shall become Additional Parties to the Intercreditor Agreement in their capacity as Purchasers under the Note Agreement and each of the Note Agreement and the Series A Notes shall become an Additional Agreement under the Intercreditor Agreement, all under and pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

2. The Purchasers hereby each consent to and agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

3. The Company and the Parent hereby represent that they have forwarded to the appropriate entities as required by the Intercreditor Agreement for the effectiveness of this Addendum, a certificate of their chief financial officer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. As supplemented by this Addendum, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

5. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be a duplicate original, but all of which, take together, shall be deemed to constitute a single instrument.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

[signature page follows]

 

E-4-2


SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:                                                                                     
  Title:                                                                                       
SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:                                                                                     
  Title:                                                                                       
SCHNEIDER SPECIALIZED CARRIERS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:                                                                                     
  Title:                                                                                       

 

E-4-3


THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

By:  

 

  Vice President

PRUDENTIAL ARIZONA REINSURANCE CAPTIVE COMPANY

By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
  as investment manager
  By:  

 

    Vice President
GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.
By:   Prudential Investment Management (Japan),
  Inc., as Investment Manager
  By:   Prudential Investment Management, Inc.,
    as Sub-Adviser
  By:  

 

    Vice President

COMPANION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors,
  L.P. (as Investment Advisor)
By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
  (as its General Partner)
  By:  

 

    Vice President

UNITED OF OMAHA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:  

Prudential Private Placement Investors,

L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

 

E-4-1


By:   Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.
  (as its General Partner)
  By:  

 

    Vice President

 

E-4-2


METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT
by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               

 

E-4-3


NOTICE OF ADDENDUM TO

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND

CERTIFICATE

OF

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.2

OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 15, 1989 (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Schneider National Leasing, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Schneider National, Inc. (the “Parent”), Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc. (f/k/a International Transport, Inc.), the Banks, the Agent, the Noteholders and the Additional Parties, all as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement, the undersigned, as chief financial officer of the Company and the Parent, does hereby certify that:

(i) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or shall result from the execution and delivery of the Addendum to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010 which will:

 

  (a) add each of the Series A Notes, issued pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010, in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, and such Note Purchase Agreement (the “Additional Agreements”), to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  (b) add “The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Captive Company, Gibraltar Life Insurance Co., Ltd., Companion Life Insurance Company, United of Omaha Life Insurance Company, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”) in their capacity as Purchasers under the Additional Agreement, as Additional Parties to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Parent contained in those agreements to which parties to the Intercreditor Agreement are parties that are in effect on the date of execution of the Addendum are true and correct as though made on the date of execution of this Addendum.

 

E-4-4


Dated:                     , 2010

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL LEASING, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

E-4-5


F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL TO THE

C OMPANY AND THE P ARENT G UARANTOR

The closing opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Parent Guarantor, which is called for by Section 4.8(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, shall be dated the date of the Closing and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be reasonably satisfactory in scope and form to each Purchaser and shall be to the effect that:

1. The Parent Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Parent Guaranty Agreement, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of the Parent Guarantor.

2. The Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Note Purchase Agreement and to issue the Notes, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company.

3. Each Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

4. Each Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (other than the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors) which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof is a corporation or similar legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the

 

E-5-1


properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of such Subsidiary. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor have been duly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Parent Guarantor, by one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor, or by the Parent Guarantor and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

5. The Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent Guarantor, have been duly executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts of the Parent Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

6. The Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts of the Company enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7. The Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

8. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Subsidiary Guarantors, has been duly executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Subsidiary Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

9. The issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of the Guaranty Agreement to

 

E-5-2


which such Guarantor is party and, with respect to the Parent Guarantor, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement, do not violate any provision of any law or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or such Guarantor or conflict or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of the Parent Guarantor, the Company and their Subsidiaries pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or such Guarantor or any agreement or other instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or such Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any such Guarantor may be bound.

10. No approval, consent or withholding of objection on the part of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any governmental body, Federal or state, is necessary in connection with the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement.

11. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such counsel after due inquiry, threatened against or affecting the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect on the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, or the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes and the Intercreditor Agreement or the ability of any Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement to which it is party and, with respect to the Parent Guarantor, the Intercreditor Agreement, or on the legality, validity or enforceability of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement or on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty Agreement to which it is party or, with respect to the Parent Guarantor, the Intercreditor Agreement. To the knowledge of such counsel, neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any court or Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

12. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes under the circumstances contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement and the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreements do not, under existing law, require the registration of the Notes or the Guaranty Agreements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

13. Neither the issuance of the Notes nor the application of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes will violate or result in a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

14. Neither the Parent Guarantor nor the Company nor any other Guarantor is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

E-5-3


15. The Addendum to Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement, has effectively (i) made each Purchaser an “Additional Party” to the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) made the Note Purchase Agreement an “Additional Agreement” thereunder.

The opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Parent Guarantor, shall cover such other matters relating to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty Agreements as counsel for the Purchasers may reasonably request. With respect to matters of fact on which such opinion is based, such counsel shall be entitled to rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and other officers of the Company and the Guarantors.

 

E-5-4

Exhibit 10.3

E XECUTION C OPY

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

 

 

N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 

 

$100,000,000 Senior Notes

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023

 

 

Dated as of June 12, 2013

 

 

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(Not Part of Agreement)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 1. Authorization of Issue of Notes

     1   

Section 2. Sale and Purchase of Notes; Guaranty Agreements

     1   

Section 2.1 Sale and Purchase of Notes

     1   

Section 2.2 Guaranty Agreements

     2   

Section 3. Closing

     2   

Section 4. Conditions to Closing

     3   

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties

     3   

Section 4.2 Performance; No Default

     3   

Section 4.3 Compliance Certificates

     4   

Section 4.4 Parent Guaranty Agreement

     4   

Section 4.5 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

     5   

Section 4.6 Opinions of Counsel

     5   

Section 4.7 Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc.

     5   

Section 4.8 Sale of Other Notes

     5   

Section 4.9 Payment of Special Counsel Fees

     5   

Section 4.10 Private Placement Numbers

     5   

Section 4.11 Changes in Corporate Structure

     5   

Section 4.12 Funding Instructions

     6   

Section 4.13 Proceedings and Documents

     6   

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company

     6   

Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority

     6   

Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc.

     6   

Section 5.3 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.

     6   

Section 5.4 Governmental Authorizations, Etc.

     7   

Section 5.5 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders

     7   

Section 5.6 Compliance with ERISA

     7   

Section 5.7 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

     7   

Section 5.8 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

     8   

Section 6. Representations of the Purchasers

     8   

Section 6.1 Purchase for Investment

     8   

 

-i-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 6.2 Source of Funds

     8   

Section 7. Information as to Company

     10   

Section 7.1 Financial and Business Information

     10   

Section 8. Payment and Prepayment of the Notes

     10   

Section 8.1 Maturity

     10   

Section 8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

     10   

Section 8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments

     10   

Section 8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc.

     11   

Section 8.5 Purchase of Notes

     11   

Section 8.6 Make-Whole Amount

     11   

Section 8.7 Change in Control

     13   

Section 8.8 Payments Due on Non-Business Days

     15   

Section 9. Affirmative Covenants

     15   

Section 9.1 Corporate Existence, Etc.

     15   

Section 10. Negative Covenants

     15   

Section 10.1 Merger, Consolidation

     15   

Section 11. Events of Default

     16   

Section 12. Remedies on Default, Etc.

     19   

Section 12.1 Acceleration

     19   

Section 12.2 Other Remedies

     20   

Section 12.3 Rescission

     20   

Section 12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.

     20   

Section 13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes

     20   

Section 13.1 Registration of Notes

     20   

Section 13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes

     21   

Section 13.3 Replacement of Notes

     21   

Section 14. Payments on Notes

     22   

Section 14.1 Note Payments

     22   

Section 14.2 Home Office Payment

     22   

Section 15. Expenses, Etc.

     22   

Section 15.1 Transaction Expenses

     22   

 

-ii-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 15.2 Survival

     23   

Section 16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement

     23   

Section 17. Amendment and Waiver

     23   

Section 17.1 Requirements

     23   

Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes

     24   

Section 17.3 Binding Effect, Etc.

     24   

Section 17.4 Notes Held by Company, Etc.

     24   

Section 18. Notices

     25   

Section 19. Reproduction of Documents

     25   

Section 20. Confidential Information

     25   

Section 21. Substitution of Purchaser

     27   

Section 22. Miscellaneous

     27   

Section 22.1 Successors and Assigns

     27   

Section 22.2 Severability

     27   

Section 22.3 Construction

     27   

Section 22.4 Counterparts

     27   

Section 22.5 Governing Law

     27   

Section 22.6 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

     28   

 

-iii-


Schedule A      Purchaser Schedule
Schedule B      Defined Terms
Exhibit 1(a)      Form of 2.91% Senior Note, Series A Note, due September 25, 2020
Exhibit 1(b)      Form of 3.55% Senior Note, Series B Note, due September 25, 2023
Exhibit 2      Form of Parent Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit 3      Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit 4      Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company and the Guarantors
Exhibit 5      Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Purchasers

 

 

-iv-


S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3101 South Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023

Dated as of June 12, 2013

T O EACH OF THE P URCHASERS

     LISTED IN S CHEDULE A HERETO :

Ladies and Gentlemen:

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC ., a Nevada corporation (together with any successor thereto that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.1, the “ Company ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), agrees with each of the Purchasers as follows:

SECTION  1. A UTHORIZATION OF I SSUE OF N OTES .

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (a) $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020 (the “ Series A Notes ”); and (b) $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023 (the “ Series B Notes ”; together with the Series A Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the forms set out in Exhibits 1(a) and 1(b). Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B. References to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are references to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. References to a “Section” are references to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

SECTION 2. S ALE AND P URCHASE OF N OTES ; G UARANTY A GREEMENTS .

Section  2.1 Sale and Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount and of the series specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or nonperformance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.


Section  2.2 Guaranty Agreements .

(a) The payment by the Company of all amounts due with respect to the Notes and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by (i) the Parent Guarantor under and pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2, and (ii) the Subsidiary Guarantors under and pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

(b) The Purchasers and holders of the Notes agree that a Subsidiary Guarantor may be automatically discharged and released from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 3. C LOSING .

The execution of this Agreement shall occur on June 12, 2013 (the “ Execution Date ”). The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Schiff Hardin LLP, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 6600, Chicago, Illinois, 60606 at 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on September 25, 2013 (the “Closing” ), or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to September 30, 2013 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note for each series to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $250,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer to the account of the Company set forth in the funding instructions delivered pursuant to Section 4.12. If at the Closing the Company fails to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to any Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser or the Company may have by reason of any of the conditions specified in Section 4 not having been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction or such failure by the Company to tender such Notes.

 

-2-


SECTION 4. C ONDITIONS TO C LOSING .

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the Closing.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Parent Guarantor . The representations and warranties of the Parent Guarantor in the Parent Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at the Closing.

(c) Representations and Warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The representations and warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at the Closing.

Section  4.2 Performance; No Default .

(a) The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to or at the Closing and from the Execution Date to the Closing assuming that Sections 9 and 10 are applicable from the Execution Date. From the Execution Date until the Closing, before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) The Parent Guarantor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Parent Guaranty Agreement and in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Parent Guarantor prior to or at the Closing and from the Execution Date to the Closing assuming that Sections 7 and 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement are applicable from the Execution Date. From the Execution Date until the Closing, before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement had such Section applied since such date.

(c) The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Subsidiary Guarantors prior to or at the Closing and from the Execution Date to the Closing assuming that Section 6 of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement is applicable from the Execution Date. From the Execution Date until the Closing, before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-3-


Section 4.3 Compliance Certificates .

(a) Officer’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) the Company’s organizational documents as then in effect.

(c) Officer’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(b), Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(d) Secretary’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated as of the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) the Parent Guarantor’s organizational documents as then in effect.

(e) Officer’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(c), Section 4.2(c) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(f) Secretary’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated as of the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) such Subsidiary Guarantor’s organizational documents as then in effect.

Section  4.4 Parent Guaranty Agreement . The Parent Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Parent Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the date of the Closing.

 

-4-


Section  4.5 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Subsidiary Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of each Subsidiary Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the date of the Closing.

Section  4.6 Opinions of Counsel. Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4 and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to such Purchaser) and (b) from Schiff Hardin LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 5 and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

Section  4.7 Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc. On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the Execution Date. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

Section  4.8 Sale of Other Notes. Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

Section  4.9 Payment of Special Counsel Fees. Without limiting Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Execution Date and the date of the Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.7(b) to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to such date.

Section  4.10 Private Placement Numbers. A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each series of the Notes.

Section  4.11 Changes in Corporate Structure . Neither the Company, the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have changed its jurisdiction of organization or been a party to any merger or consolidation or shall have succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement. No Change in Control shall have occurred since the Execution Date.

 

-5-


Section  4.12 Funding Instructions. At least three Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, such Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company on letterhead of the Company directing the manner of the payment of funds and setting forth (a) the name and address of the transferee bank, (b) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (c) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

Section  4.13 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or its special counsel may reasonably request.

SECTION 5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY .

On the Execution Date and the date of the Closing, the Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

Section  5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

Section  5.2 Authorization, Etc . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section  5.3 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is bound or by which the Company or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company.

 

-6-


Section  5.4 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes.

Section  5.5 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders .

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any property of the Company in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company is not (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section  5.6 Compliance with ERISA . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.6 is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds to be used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

Section  5.7 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns or holds any margin stock and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any present intention to acquire any margin stock. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

-7-


Section  5.8 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (a) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (b) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage.

SECTION 6. R EPRESENTATIONS OF THE P URCHASERS .

Section  6.1 Purchase for Investment. Each Purchaser severally represents that (a) it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control and (b) it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

Section  6.2 Source of Funds. Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a Source ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

-8-


(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1, or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a Person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization), represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a Person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

 

-9-


If any Purchaser or any subsequent transferee of the Notes indicates that such Purchaser or such transferee is relying on any representation contained in paragraph (d), (e) or (g) above, the Company shall deliver on the date of issuance of such Notes and on the date of any applicable transfer a certificate, which shall either state that (i) it is neither a party in interest nor a “disqualified person” (as defined in section 4975(e)(2) of the Code), with respect to any plan identified pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above, or (ii) with respect to any plan, identified pursuant to paragraph (d) above, neither it nor any “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(c) of the QPAM Exemption) has at such time exercised the authority to appoint or terminate said QPAM as manager of any plan identified in writing pursuant to paragraph (d) above or to negotiate the terms of said QPAM’s management agreement on behalf of any such identified plan. As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan , “governmental plan , and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

SECTION 7. I NFORMATION AS TO C OMPANY .

Section  7.1 Financial and Business Information. The Company shall deliver to each Significant Holder with reasonable promptness, such data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Significant Holder.

SECTION 8. P AYMENT AND P REPAYMENT OF THE N OTES .

Section  8.1 Maturity . As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.

Section  8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount. The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, plus the Make-Whole Amount, if any, determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount of each Note then outstanding. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

Section  8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

-10-


Section  8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc . In the case of each optional prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

Section  8.5 Purchase of Notes . The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to, purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with this Agreement, Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement (which prepayment pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement shall be without any Make-Whole Amount) and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company, the Parent Guarantor, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 10 Business Days. If the holders of more than 25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least 10 Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or by the Parent Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

Section 8.6 Make-Whole Amount.

Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

-11-


Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by the yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

“Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (ii) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

-12-


“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Section 8.7 Change in Control.

(a) Notice of Change in Control or Control Event. The Company will, within five Business Days after any Senior Financial Officer of the Company or the Parent Guarantor has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change in Control or Control Event, give written notice of such Change in Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes unless notice in respect of such Change in Control (or the Change in Control contemplated by such Control Event) shall have been given pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.7. If a Change in Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7 and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7.

(b) Condition to Company Action. The Company will not take any action that consummates or finalizes a Change in Control unless (i) at least 20 days prior to such action it shall have given to each holder of Notes written notice containing and constituting an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7, accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7, and (ii) contemporaneously with such action, it prepays all Notes required to be prepaid in accordance with this Section 8.7.

(c) Offer to Prepay Notes. The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.7 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.7, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder on the Business Day specified in such offer (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”). If such Proposed Prepayment Date is in connection with an offer contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.7, such date shall be not less than 20 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such offer (if the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the Business Day nearest the 30th day after the date of such offer).

 

-13-


(d) Acceptance/Rejection. A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least five days prior to the Proposed Prepayment Date. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

(e) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment but without any Make-Whole Amount. On the Business Day preceding the date of prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement showing the amount due in connection with such prepayment and setting forth the details of the computation of such amount. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.7.

(f) Deferral Pending Change in Control. The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.7 is subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change in Control does not occur on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until and shall be made on the date on which such Change in Control occurs. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change in Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change in Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.7 in respect of such Change in Control shall be deemed rescinded).

(g) Officer’s Certificate. Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.7; (iii) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.7 have been fulfilled; (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date of the Change in Control; and (vii) that the failure to respond to such offer of prepayment shall constitute a rejection of such offer.

(h) “Change in Control” Defined. Change in Control ” means each and every issue, sale or other disposition of shares of stock of the Parent Guarantor which results in any person (as such term is used in section 13(d) and section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date) or persons constituting a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date), other than the Schneider Family Group, becoming the “beneficial owners” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes then outstanding of the Parent Guarantor’s voting stock.

 

-14-


(i) “Control Event” Defined. “Control Event” means:

(i)    the execution by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates of any agreement or binding letter of intent with respect to any proposed transaction or event or series of transactions or events which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Change in Control; or

(ii)   the execution of any written agreement which, when fully performed by the parties thereto, would result in a Change in Control.

(j) “Schneider Family Group” Defined . Schneider Family Group ” means (i) Donald J. Schneider and his spouse; (ii) the lineal descendants of Donald J. Schneider; (iii) the estates or legal representatives of the Persons named in clauses (i) and (ii); (iv) trusts established for the benefit of any Person named in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii); and (v) entities of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of voting stock or other equity interests then outstanding are owned directly or indirectly by the Persons named in clauses (i) through (iv), both inclusive.

Section  8.8 Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) subject to clause (b), any payment of interest on any Note that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; and (b) any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount on any Note (including principal due on the Maturity Date of such Note) that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 9. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  9.1 Corporate Existence, Etc . Subject to Section 10.1, the Company will at all times preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect and the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights and franchises of the Company unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10. N EGATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  10.1 Merger, Consolidation . The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or other legal entity or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

 

-15-


(a) a Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with or merge with the Company so long as the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; and

(b) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(i)     the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be (the “Successor Corporation”), shall be a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor which is a solvent corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(ii)      the Successor Corporation would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(iii)   if the Company is not the Successor Corporation, such corporation shall have executed and delivered to each holder of Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Company shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of Notes (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment from each Guarantor that the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect; and

(iv)   immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any series of such transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 11. E VENTS OF D EFAULT .

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

 

-16-


(c) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 10.1 or the Parent Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 6.1(d) or Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement; or

(d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in any Guaranty Agreement executed by such Guarantor (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Senior Financial Officer of the Parent Guarantor or the Company obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company or the Parent Guarantor receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this paragraph (d) of Section 11); or

(e) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement and Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement executed by a Guarantor shall cease to be in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, a final and nonappealable determination by any court or other Governmental Authority that such Guaranty Agreement is invalid, void or unenforceable as to one or more Guarantors, or any Guarantor shall contest or deny in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of, or obligation under, the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party; or

(f) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor or by any Senior Financial Officer of the Company or a Guarantor in this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement or in any writing furnished by the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(g) (i) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt other than the Notes that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any Existing Agreements pursuant to which Debt of the Company is outstanding, if any, or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of Debt in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000, other than the Notes and Debt in respect of the Existing Agreements, if any, or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared, due and payable before its stated maturity or before its

 

-17-


regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iv) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt other than the Notes before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000; or

(h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(i) a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(j) one or more final judgments or orders at any one time outstanding for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $50,000,000, including, without limitation, any such final order enforcing a binding arbitration decision, are rendered against one or more of the Company, any Guarantor and any Subsidiary and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

(k) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $10,000,000, (iv) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability

 

-18-


pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that could increase the liability of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As used in Section 11(k), the terms “ employee benefit plan ” and “ employee welfare benefit plan ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

SECTION 12. R EMEDIES ON D EFAULT , E TC .

Section 12.1 Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 11 (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of paragraph (h) or described in clause (vi) of paragraph (h) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of paragraph (h)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 11 has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Note becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Note will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Note, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the applicable Default Rate) and (ii) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for), and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

-19-


Section  12.2 Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or in any Guaranty Agreement, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

Section  12.3 Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of Section 12.1, the holder or holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the applicable Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section  12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, by any Note or by any Guaranty Agreement upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

SECTION 13. R EGISTRATION ; E XCHANGE ; S UBSTITUTION OF N OTES .

Section  13.1 Registration of Notes. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each Permitted Transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person(s) in whose name any Note(s) shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

-20-


Section  13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes . Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within 10 Business Days, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same series in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a) or 1(b), as applicable. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred, and the Company shall have no obligation to register any transfer, except to a Permitted Transferee and in denominations of less than $250,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes of a series, one Note of such series may be in a denomination of less than $250,000. Any Permitted Transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2.

Section  13.3 Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

within 10 Business Days, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

-21-


SECTION 14. P AYMENTS ON N OTES .

Section  14.1 Note Payments. Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in Chicago, Illinois at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

Section  14.2 Home Office Payment. So long as any Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A to this Agreement, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by any Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for one or more new Notes of the same series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

SECTION 15. E XPENSES , E TC .

Section  15.1 Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note and (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes; provided , that in connection with the Closing, the Company will not be required to

 

-22-


pay the attorneys’ fees for more than a single special counsel acting for all Purchasers. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

Section  15.2 Survival. The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 16. S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT .

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, under this Agreement or the applicable Guaranty Agreement, as the case may be. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, each Guaranty Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and the applicable Guarantor and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 17. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER .

Section  17.1 Requirements. This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21, or any defined term (as it is used in any such Section), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make-Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver or the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

 

-23-


Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation. The Company will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser and holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 17 or any Guaranty Agreement to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(b) Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

(c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent given pursuant to this Section 17 or any Guaranty Agreement by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

Section  17.3 Binding Effect, Etc . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and any Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or under any Guaranty Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.

Section  17.4 Notes Held by Company, Etc . Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein, in any Guaranty Agreement or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company, the Parent Guarantor, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

-24-


SECTION 18. N OTICES .

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i)      if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii)      if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii)      if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 19. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by each Purchaser on the Execution Date and at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

SECTION 20. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 20, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement, together with any related schedules and

 

-25-


exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 6.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through Intralinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 20, the terms of this Section 20 shall, as between such Purchaser and the Company, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

-26-


SECTION 21. S UBSTITUTION OF P URCHASER .

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “ Substitute Purchaser ”) as the purchaser of the Notes that such Purchaser has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such Purchaser, and such Purchaser shall have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

SECTION 22. M ISCELLANEOUS .

Section  22.1 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section  22.2 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section  22.3 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

Section  22.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 22.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

-27-


Section  22.6 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The parties hereto irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The parties hereto consent to process being served by or on behalf of any other party hereto in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.6(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such party shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The parties hereto agree that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 22.6 shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that any party hereto may have to bring proceedings against another party hereto in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) T HE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS A GREEMENT , THE N OTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH .

*    *    *    *    *

 

-28-


The execution hereof by the Purchasers shall constitute a contract among the Company and the Purchasers for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth.

 

Very truly yours,
S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Denise M. Lukowitz

  Name:   Denise M. Lukowitz
  Title:   Secretary/Treasurer

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

G ENERAL A MERICAN L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

By:   Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager

F IRST M ET L IFE I NVESTORS I NSURANCE C OMPANY

By:   Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
M ET L IFE I NVESTORS I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:   Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:  

Judith A. Gulotta

Title:  

Managing Director

M ET L IFE A LICO L IFE I NSURANCE K.K.

By:

  MetLife Investment Management, LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:  

Judith A. Gulotta

Title:  

Managing Director

E MPLOYERS R EASSURANCE C ORPORATION
By:   MetLife Investment Management, LLC, its Investment Adviser
By:  

/s/ Judith A. Gulotta

Name:  

Judith A. Gulotta

Title:  

Managing Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

Name:  

A. Post Howland

Title:  

Corporate Vice President

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION

By:   New York Investment Management LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

Name:  

A. Post Howland

Title:  

Senior Director

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION I NSTITUTIONALLY O WNED L IFE I NSURANCE S EPARATE A CCOUNT (BOLI 30C)

By:   MetLife Investment Management LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

Name:  

A. Post Howland

Title:  

Senior Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

G REAT -W EST L IFE & A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

By:  

/s/ Eve Hampton

Name:  

Eve Hampton

Title:  

Vice President, Investments

By:  

/s/ Paul Runnalls

Name:  

Paul Runnalls

Title:  

Manager, Investments

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

J ACKSON N ATIONAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:   PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact, on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance Company
By:  

/s/ Luke S. Stifflear

Name:  

Luke S. Stifflear

Title:  

Senior Managing Director

J ACKSON N ATIONAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF N EW Y ORK

By:   PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York
By:  

/s/ Luke S. Stifflear

Name:  

Luke S. Stifflear

Title:  

Senior Managing Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Dau

Name:  

Michael E. Dau

Title:  

Treasurer & Investment Mgr.

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

U NITED OF O MAHA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ Justin P. Kavan

Name:   Justin P. Kavan
Title:   Vice President

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

S TATE OF W ISCONSIN I NVESTMENT B OARD
By:  

/s/ Christopher P. Prestigiacomo

Name:   Christopher P. Prestigiacomo
Title:   Portfolio Manager

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

W OODMEN OF THE W ORLD L IFE I NSURANCE S OCIETY
By:  

/s/ Robert T. Maher

Name:  

Robert T. Maher

Title:  

Vice President Investment

By:  

/s/ Shawn Bengtson

Name:  

Shawn Bengtson

Title:  

Director Securities

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


Accepted as of the date first written above.

 

A MERICAN F AMILY L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ David L. Voge

Name:   David L. Voge
Title:   Senior Fixed Income Analyst

 

 

[Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


P URCHASER S CHEDULE

I NFORMATION R ELATING TO P URCHASERS

 

Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

E MPLOYERS R EASSURANCE C ORPORATION

C/O Jane Kipper

5700 Broadmoor, Suite 1000

Mission, KS 66202

   $ 0       $ 5,000,000   

 

(1) All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:

ABA Routing #:

Account No.:

Account Name:

Ref:

  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

021000021

9009002859

Private Placement Income

G10190 Employers Reassurance Corporation – Schneider National Leasing Inc. 3.55% 9/25/2023

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise. For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

 

(2) All notices and communications:

Employers Reassurance Corporation

c/o MetLife Investment Management, LLC

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902, 10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

Employers Reassurance Corporation

c/o MetLife Investment Management, LLC

P.O. Box 1902, 10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com


and

JPMorgan Chase Bank

Attn: Private Placements

Account: Employers Reassurance Corp

14201 Dallas Parkway – 13 th Floor

Dallas, TX 75254

FAX (469) 477-1904

 

(3) Original notes delivered to:

By Messenger:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 1 st Floor, Window 5

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attn: Physical Receive Department

Brian Cavanaugh 718-242-0264

(Use Willoughby Street Entrance)

By Express Mail:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 1 st Floor, Window 5

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attn: Physical Receive Department

Brian Cavanaugh 718-242-0264

With COPIES OF THE NTOES emailed to lhill@metlife.com

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: Cudd & Co.

 

A-2


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

M ET L IFE A LICO L IFE I NSURANCE K.K.

4-1-3 Taihei, Sumida-ku

Tokyo, 130-0012 JAPAN

   $ 0       $ 13,000,000   

 

(1) All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:    Citibank New York 111 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005 (USA)
ABA Routing #:    021000089
Acct No./DDA:   

***

Acct Name:    METLIFE ALICO PP NON-GGA
Ref:    Schneider National Leasing Inc. 3.55% 9/25/2023

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise. For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

 

(2) All notices and communications:

Alico Asset Management Corp. (Japan)

Administration Department

ARCA East 7F, 3-2-1 Kinshi

Sumida-ku, Tokyo 130-0013 Japan

Attention: Administration Dept. Manager

Email: saura@metlife.co.jp

With a copy to:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

 

A-3


With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

(3) Original notes delivered to:

MetLife Investment Management, LLC

Securities Investments, Law Department

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attn: Nicolette Lopez, Esq.

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: *** (USA) and *** (Japan)

Nominee Name: None

 

A-4


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

M ET L IFE I NVESTORS I NSURANCE C OMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

   $ 0       $ 5,000,000   

 

(1) All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:    JPMorgan Chase Bank
ABA Routing #:    021-000-021
Account No.:   

***

Account Name:    MetLife Investors Insurance Company
Ref:    Schneider National Leasing Inc. 3.55% 9/25/2023

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise. For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

 

(2) All notices and communications:

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

A-5


(3) Original notes delivered to:

MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Securities Investments, Law Department

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attn: Nicolette Lopez, Esq.

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-6


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

F IRST M ET L IFE I NVESTORS I NSURANCE C OMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

   $ 0       $ 1,000,000   

 

(1) All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:    JPMorgan Chase Bank
ABA Routing #:    021-000-021
Account No.:   

***

Account Name:    First MetLife Investors Insurance Company
Ref:    Schneider National Leasing Inc. 3.55% 9/25/2023

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise. For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

 

(2) All notices and communications:

First MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

First MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

A-7


(3) Original notes delivered to:

First MetLife Investors Insurance Company

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Securities Investments, Law Department

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attn: Nicolette Lopez, Esq.

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-8


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

G ENERAL A MERICAN L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

   $ 0       $ 1,000,000   

 

(1) All scheduled payments of principal and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Bank Name:    JPMorgan Chase Bank
ABA Routing #:    021-000-021
Account No.:   

***

Account Name:    General American Life Insurance Company
Ref:    Schneider National Leasing Inc. 3.55% 9/25/2023

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including issuer, PPN#, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, interest, make whole amount or otherwise. For all payments other than scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Company shall seek instructions from the holder, and in the absence of instructions to the contrary, will make such payments to the account and in the manner set forth above.

 

(2) All notices and communications:

GENERAL AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Investments, Private Placements

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Director

Facsimile (973) 355-4250

With a copy OTHER than with respect to deliveries of financial statements to:

GENERAL AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attention: Chief Counsel-Securities Investments (PRIV)

Email: sec_invest_law@metlife.com

 

A-9


(3) Original notes delivered to:

GENERAL AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Securities Investments, Law Department

P.O. Box 1902

10 Park Avenue

Morristown, New Jersey 07962-1902

Attn: Nicolette Lopez, Esq.

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-10


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

51 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

   $ 0       $ 8,000,000   

 

(1) All payments by wire or intrabank transfer of immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York 10019

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: New York Life Insurance Company

General Account No. ***

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

(2) All notices of payments, written confirmations of such wire transfers and any audit confirmation:

New York Life Insurance Company

c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

 

  Attention : Securities Operation
     Private Group
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 908-840-3385

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

 

(3) All other communications:

New York Life Insurance Company

 

A-11


c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010

 

  Attention : Fixed Income Investor Group
     Private Finance
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 212-447-4122

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to:

 

  Attention : Office of General Counsel
     Investment Section, Room 1016
     Fax #: (212) 576-8340

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-12


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION

51 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

   $ 0       $ 16,250,000   

 

(1) All payments by wire or intrabank transfer of immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

General Account No. ***

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

(2) All notices of payments, written confirmations of such wire transfers and any audit confirmation:

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

 

  Attention : Securities Operation
     Private Group
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 908-840-3385

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

 

A-13


(3) All other communications:

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

 

  Attention : Fixed Income Investor Group
     Private Finance
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 212-447-4122

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to:

 

  Attention : Office of General Counsel
     Investment Section, Room 1016
     Fax #: (212) 576-8340

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-14


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION I NSTITUTIONALLY O WNED L IFE I NSURANCE S EPARATE A CCOUNT (BOLI30C)

51 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

   $ 0       $ 750,000   

 

(1) All payments by wire or intrabank transfer of immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: NYLIAC SEPARATE BOLI 30C

General Account No. ***

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

 

(2) All notices of payments, written confirmations of such wire transfers and any audit confirmation:

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

Institutionally Owned Life Insurance Separate Account

c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

 

  Attention : Securities Operation
     Private Group
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 908-840-3385

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

 

A-15


(3) All other communications:

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

Institutionally Owned Life Insurance Separate Account

c/o New York Life Investment Management LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2 nd Floor Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

 

  Attention : Fixed Income Investor Group
     Private Finance
     2 nd Floor
     Fax #: 212-447-4122

with a copy sent electronically to:

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to:

 

  Attention : Office of General Counsel
     Investment Section, Room 1016
     Fax #: (212) 576-8340

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-16


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

G REAT -W EST L IFE & A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

8515 East Orchard Road, 3T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn: Investments Division

   $ 11,000,000       $ 0   

 

(1) All payments shall be made by wire transfer as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA No.: 021-000-018

BNF Account No.: ***

Further Credit To: Great-West Life/Acct No. ***

 

  Reference: 1) security description (including PPN)
     2) allocation of payment between principal and interest
     3) confirmation of principal balance

 

(2) Notice and communications:

Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

8515 East Orchard Road, 3T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn: Investments Division

Fax: (303) 737-6193

 

(3) Physical delivery of securities – new issue:

The Bank of New York Mellon

3 rd Floor, Window A

One Wall Street

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Receive/Deliver Dept (Great-West Life/Acct No. ***)

 

(4) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-17


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

J ACKSON N ATIONAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

   $ 0       $ 7,000,000   

 

(1) Please wire all payments as follows. To ensure accurate and timely posting of principal and interest, please include all relevant information on the wire.

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA # 021-000-018

BNF Account #: ***

Ref: 187243, CUSIP / PPN, Description, and Breakdown (P&I)

 

(2) Original documents and copies of notes and certificates, notices, waivers, amendments and consents should be sent to:

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Luke Stifflear

Phone: (312) 634-2597, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: luke.stifflear@ppmamerica.com

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

 

(3) Financial information should be sent to:

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Luke Stifflear

Phone: (312) 634-2597, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

with a copy to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

Attn: Investment Accounting – Mark Stewart

Phone: (517) 367-3190, Fax: (517) 706-5503

 

A-18


(4) Payment notices should be sent to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

C/O The Bank of New York Mellon

Attn: P&I Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, New Jersey 07195

Phone: (718) 315-3035, Fax: (718) 315-3076

 

(5) Original physical notes & certificates should be delivered as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Special Processing – Window A

One Wall Street, 3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Ref: JNL – JNL GIC, A/C # 187243 (very important)

 

(6) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-19


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

J ACKSON N ATIONAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

   $ 0       $ 2,000,000   

 

(1) Please wire all payments as follows. To ensure accurate and timely posting of principal and interest, please include all relevant information on the wire.

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA # 021-000-018

BNF Account #: ***

Ref: 157699, CUSIP / PPN, Description, and Breakdown (P&I)

 

(2) Original documents and copies of notes and certificates, notices, waivers, amendments and consents should be sent to:

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Luke Stifflear

Phone: (312) 634-2597, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: luke.stifflear@ppmamerica.com

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

 

(3) Financial information should be sent to:

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Luke Stifflear

Phone: (312) 634-2597, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

with a copy to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

Attn: Investment Accounting – Mark Stewart

Phone: (517) 367-3190, Fax: (517) 706-5503

 

A-20


(4) Payment notices should be sent to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

C/O The Bank of New York Mellon

Attn: P&I Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, New Jersey 07195

Phone: (718) 315-3035, Fax: (718) 315-3076

 

(5) Original physical notes & certificates should be delivered as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Special Processing – Window A

One Wall Street, 3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Ref: 157699 (very important)

 

(6) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-21


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

J ACKSON N ATIONAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF N EW Y ORK

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

   $ 0       $ 1,000,000   

 

(1) Please wire all payments as follows. To ensure accurate and timely posting of principal and interest, please include all relevant information on the wire.

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA # 021-000-018

BNF Account #: ***

Ref: 187271, CUSIP / PPN, Description, and Breakdown (P&I)

 

(2) Original documents and copies of notes and certificates, notices, waivers, amendments, consents, and financial information should be sent to:

PPM America, Inc.

225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60606-1228

Attn: Private Placements – Luke Stifflear

Phone: (312) 634-2597, Fax: (312) 634-0054

Email: luke.stifflear@ppmamerica.com

Email: PPMAPrivateReporting@ppmamerica.com

with a copy to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York

One Corporate Way

Lansing, MI 48951

Attn: Investment Accounting – Mark Stewart

Phone: (517) 367-3190, Fax: (517) 706-5503

 

(3) Payment notices should be sent to:

Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York

C/O The Bank of New York Mellon

Attn: P&I Department

P.O. Box 19266

Newark, New Jersey 07195

Phone: (718) 315-3035, Fax: (718) 315-3076

 

A-22


(4) Original physical notes & certificates should be delivered as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon

Special Processing – Window A

One Wall Street, 3 rd Floor

New York, NY 10286

Ref: JNL – JNLNY Gen. Account, A/C *** (very important)

 

(5) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-23


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

   $ 0       $ 9,000,000   

 

(1) All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60675

ABA No. 071-000-152

Account Name: Modern Woodmen of America

Account No. ***

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, the full title (including the applicable coupon rate and final maturity date) of the Notes, a reference to PPN No.                  and the due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.

 

(2) Address for all notices relating to payments:

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Accounting Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

Fax: (309) 793-5688

 

(3) Address for all other communications and notices:

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

investments@modern-woodmen.org

Fax: (309) 793-5574

 

A-24


(4) The actual note should be delivered directly to:

Modern Woodmen of America

c/o Douglas A. Pannier

1701 1 st Ave

Rock Island, IL 61201

 

(5) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-25


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

U NITED OF O MAHA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

Mutual of Omaha Plaza

Omaha, NE 68175-1011

   $ 9,000,000       $ 0   

 

(1) All principal and interest payments on the Notes shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA #021000021

Private Income Processing

For credit to:

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Account # ***

a/c: G07097

Cusip/PPN:                 

Interest Amount:

Principal Amount:

 

(2) Address for all notices in respect of payment of Principal and Interest, Corporate Actions, and Reorganization Notifications:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

14201 Dallas Parkway – 13th Floor

Dallas, TX 75254-2917

Attn: Income Processing

a/c: G07097

 

(3) Address for all other communications (i.e. Quarterly/Annual reports, Tax filings, Modifications, Waivers regarding the Note Purchase Agreement):

4 – Investment Management

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Mutual of Omaha Plaza

Omaha, NE 68175-1011

Email Address for Electronic Document Transmission:

privateplacements@mutualofomaha.com

 

A-26


(4) Address for delivery of bonds:

JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attention: Physical Receive Department

Account # ***

**It is imperative that the custody account be included on the delivery letter. Without this information, the security will be returned to sender.

 

(5) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-27


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

S TATE OF W ISCONSIN I NVESTMENT B OARD

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53703

   $ 5,000,000       $ 0   

Attn:

 

Portfolio Manager, Private Markets

Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

     

 

(1) All payments are to be made on or before 11:00 am local time on each payment date in immediately available funds to:

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF BOSTON

ABA # 011001234

For the account of the State of Wisconsin Investment Board

DDA# ***

Attn: Cost Center 1195

For SWBF0335002, Schneider 2.91% due 2020

 

(2) With notice of payment, including a message as to the source (identifying the security by name and CUSIP number) and application of funds, copy of notice of payments to:

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

P. O. Box 7842

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

  Attention: Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

Phone: (608) 266-6723

Fax: (608) 266-2436

 

(3) Address for notices other than confirmation of payment is:

Postal Address

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

P. O. Box 7842

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

  Attention: Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

 

A-28


Street Address

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53703

  Attention: Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

 

(4) The Notes should be forwarded to:

Ms. Mai Thor

Senior Accountant

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

Phone: (608) 267-3742

Fax: (608) 266-2436

 

(5) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-29


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

W OODMEN OF THE W ORLD L IFE I NSURANCE S OCIETY

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

   $ 5,000,000       $ 0   

 

(1) All payments on account of the Notes by Federal Funds Wire Transfer to:

Northern CHGO/Trust

ABA # 071000152

Credit Wire Account ***

Account ***

Account Name: Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society-General

Swift# CNORUS44

RE: Wire must identify payment by PPN#, with breakdown of principal/interest amounts.

 

Accompanying Information:  

Name of Company

Description of Security

PPN No.

Due Date and Application (as among principal, make whole and interest) of the payment being made

 

(2) Address for Notices Related to Payments:

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

Attn: Kim Parrott

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

kparrott@woodmen.org

 

(3) Address for All Other Notices:

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Socity

Attn: Kim Parrott 1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

kparrott@woodmen.org

 

A-30


(4) Instructions for Delivery of Notes:

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

Attn: Kim Parrot

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

 

(5) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: None

 

A-31


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

A MERICAN F AMILY L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

   $ 0       $ 750,000   

Attention:

 

Investment Division-Private

Placements

     

 

(1) All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by Federal Funds Wire Transfer to:

US Bank, N.A.

Trust Services

60 Livingston Ave., St. Paul, MN 55107-2292

ABA #091000022

Beneficial Account ***

FFC to American Family Trust Account *** for AFLIC-Traditional Cash & Privates

Credit for PPN                  

 

Accompanying Information     
Name of Issuer:   Schneider National Leasing, Inc.
Description of Security:   3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023
PPN:  

 

  
Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made

 

(2) Notices Related to Payments:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

(3) All Other Notices:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

A-32


(4) Notices Regarding Audit Confirmations:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Private Placements

 

(5) Physical Delivery :

US Bank Milwaukee, N.A.

Attn: Julie Wiza (MK-WI-T15C)

Trust Officer, Account Manager

777 E. Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

with a copy to:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

(6) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: BAND & CO.

 

A-33


Name and Address of Purchaser    Principal Amount of
Series A Notes to
be Purchased
     Principal Amount of
Series B Notes to
be Purchased
 

A MERICAN F AMILY L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

   $ 0       $ 250,000   

Attention:

 

Investment Division-Private

Placements

     

 

(1) All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by Federal Funds Wire Transfer to:

US Bank, N.A.

Trust Services

60 Livingston Ave., St. Paul, MN 55107-2292

ABA #091000022

Beneficial Account ***

FFC to American Family Trust Account *** for AFLIC-UL Cash and Privates

Credit for PPN                 

 

Accompanying Information     
Name of Issuer:   Schneider National Leasing, Inc.
Description of Security:   3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023
PPN:  

 

  
Due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made

 

(2) Notices Related to Payments:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

(3) All Other Notices:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

A-34


(4) Notices Regarding Audit Confirmations:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Private Placements

 

(5) Physical Delivery :

US Bank Milwaukee, N.A.

Attn: Julie Wiza (MK-WI-T15C)

Trust Officer, Account Manager

777 E. Wisconsin Ave.

Milwaukee, WI 53202

with a copy to:

American Family Life Insurance Company

6000 American Parkway

Madison, Wisconsin 53783-0001

Attention: Investment Division-Private Placements

 

(6) U.S. Tax Identification Number: ***

Nominee Name: BAND & CO.

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 

A-35


D EFINED T ERMS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement (including this Schedule B) shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

“Agreement” shall mean this Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Change of Control” is defined in Section 8.7(h).

“Closing” is defined in Section 3.

“Company” shall mean Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.1.

“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.

“Control Event” is defined in Section 8.7(i).

“Default” shall mean an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or cure period or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall mean with respect to any Note, that per annum rate of interest that is the greater of (a) 2.00% above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of such Note or (b) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

“Execution Date” is defined in Section 3.

“Existing Agreements” shall mean (a) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 16, 2003, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; (b) (i) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such

S CHEDULE  B

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; and (c) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

“Guarantor” shall mean any of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor and “Guarantors” shall mean the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Guaranty Agreement” shall mean each of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and “Guaranty Agreements” shall mean the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

“holder” shall mean, with respect to any Note, the Purchaser or Permitted Transferee in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1, provided, however , that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 7, 8.7(c), 12, 17.2 and 18 and any related definitions in this Schedule B, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

“INHAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(e).

“Make-Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.

“Maturity Date” shall, with respect to any Note, have the meaning specified in such Note.

“NAIC Annual Statement” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Notes” is defined in Section 1 and shall include such Notes as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17.

“Officer’s Certificate” of any Person means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of such Person whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

“Parent Guarantor” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Parent Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement, provided that such transferee shall not be a direct competitor of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Principal Payment Date” is defined in Section 8.7(c).

 

B-2


“PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Purchaser” or “Purchasers” shall mean each of the purchasers whose signatures appear at the end of this Agreement and such Purchaser’s successors and assigns (so long as any such assignment complies with Section 13.2), provided, however, that any Purchaser of a Note that ceases to be the registered holder or a beneficial owner (through a nominee) of such Note as the result of a transfer thereof pursuant to Section 13.2 shall cease to be included within the meaning of “Purchaser” of such Note for the purposes of this Agreement upon such transfer.

“QPAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(d).

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall mean any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

“Schneider Family Group” is defined in Section 8.7(j).

“Series A Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series B Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Significant Subsidiary” shall mean, at any time, a Subsidiary that accounts for more than (a) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (b) 5% of consolidated revenue of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

“Source” is defined in Section 6.2.

“Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Successor Corporation” is defined in Section 10.1(b)(i).

 

B-3


F ORM OF S ERIES A N OTE

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

2.91% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES A, DUE S EPTEMBER  25, 2020

 

No. AR-                                  , 20     
$                             PPN: 80689# BA3

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to                         , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  D OLLARS on September 25, 2020 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 2.91% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the twenty-fifth of each March and September in each year, commencing with the March 25 or September 25 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 4.91% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series A Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

E XHIBIT  1(a)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(a)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES B N OTE

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3.55% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES B, DUE S EPTEMBER  25, 2023

 

No. BR-                                  , 20     
$                             PPN: 80689# BB1

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to                         , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  D OLLARS on September 25, 2023 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.55% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the twenty-fifth of each March and September in each year, commencing with the March 25 or September 25 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.55% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series B Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

E XHIBIT  1(b)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(b)-2


F ORM OF P ARENT G UARANTY A GREEMENT

(see attached)

E XHIBIT 2

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


E XECUTION C OPY    

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , I NC .

G UARANTY A GREEMENT

regarding

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of June 12, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section         Page  
SECTION 1. THE GUARANTY      1   
SECTION 2. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE      2   
SECTION 3. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION      2   

Section 3.1

  

Waiver

     2   

Section 3.2

  

Obligations Unimpaired

     4   
SECTION 4. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK      4   

Section 4.1

  

Reinstatement of Guaranty

     4   

Section 4.2

  

Rank of Guaranty

     4   
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR      4   

Section 5.1

  

Organization; Power and Authority

     5   

Section 5.2

  

Authorization, Etc

     5   

Section 5.3

  

Disclosure

     5   

Section 5.4

  

Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates

     5   

Section 5.5

  

Financial Statements; Material Liabilities

     6   

Section 5.6

  

Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc

     6   

Section 5.7

  

Governmental Authorizations, Etc

     7   

Section 5.8

  

Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders

     7   

Section 5.9

  

Taxes

     7   

Section 5.10

  

Title to Property; Leases

     7   

Section 5.11

  

Licenses, Permits, Etc

     8   

Section 5.12

  

Compliance with ERISA

     8   

Section 5.13

  

Private Offering

     9   

Section 5.14

  

Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

     9   

Section 5.15

  

Existing Debt, Future Liens

     10   

Section 5.16

  

Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc

     10   

Section 5.17

  

Status under Certain Statutes

     12   

Section 5.18

  

Environmental Matters

     12   

Section 5.19

  

Intercreditor Agreement

     13   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section         Page  
SECTION 6. INFORMATION AS TO GUARANTOR      13   

Section 6.1

  

Financial and Business Information

     13   

Section 6.2

  

Officer’s Certificate

     15   

Section 6.3

  

Visitation

     16   

Section 6.4

  

Electronic Delivery

     16   
SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      17   

Section 7.1

  

Compliance with Laws

     17   

Section 7.2

  

Insurance

     17   

Section 7.3

  

Maintenance of Properties

     18   

Section 7.4

  

Payment of Taxes and Claims

     18   

Section 7.5

  

Corporate Existence, Etc

     18   

Section 7.6

  

Ownership of Company

     18   

Section 7.7

  

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

     18   

Section 7.8

  

Books and Records

     19   
SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR      19   

Section 8.1

  

Leverage Ratio

     20   

Section 8.2

  

Minimum Net Worth

     20   

Section 8.3

  

Liens

     20   

Section 8.4

  

Priority Debt

     21   

Section 8.5

  

Sales of Assets

     21   

Section 8.6

  

Merger, Consolidation

     22   

Section 8.7

  

Nature of Business

     23   

Section 8.8

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     23   

Section 8.9

  

Terrorism Sanctions Regulations

     24   
SECTION 9. DEFINITIONS      24   
SECTION 10. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT      34   
SECTION 11. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER      34   

Section 11.1

  

Requirements

     34   

Section 11.2

  

Solicitation of Holders of Notes

     34   

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect, Etc

     35   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section         Page  

Section 11.4

  

Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc

     35   
SECTION 12. NOTICES      35   
SECTION 13. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS      36   
SECTION 14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION      36   
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS      37   

Section 15.1

  

Successors and Assigns

     37   

Section 15.2

  

Accounting Terms

     37   

Section 15.3

  

Severability

     38   

Section 15.4

  

Construction

     38   

Section 15.5

  

Counterparts

     38   

Section 15.6

  

Governing Law

     38   

Section 15.7

  

Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

     38   

 

-iii-


S CHEDULE  I       Information Relating to Purchasers
S CHEDULE 5.3       Disclosure Documents
S CHEDULE  5.4       Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; Ownership of Subsidiary Stock; Affiliates; Directors and Senior Officers
S CHEDULE  5.5       Financial Statements
S CHEDULE  5.15       Existing Debt, Future Liens

 

 

-iv-


G UARANTY A GREEMENT

This G UARANTY A GREEMENT , dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated, reaffirmed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty Agreement ”), is made by S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , I NC ., a Wisconsin corporation (together with any successor that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.6, the “ Guarantor ”) in favor of each “ holder ” (as defined below).

P RELIMINARY S TATEMENT :

A. Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

B. Concurrently herewith, the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule I hereto (hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Purchasers ”) are entering into a Note Purchase Agreement (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of such Note Agreement, the Purchasers will purchase $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020 (the “ Series A Notes ”); and (ii) $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023 (the “ Series B Notes ” and together with the Series A Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Agreement).

C. A condition, among others, to the agreement of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes under the Note Agreement is that Guarantor execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement for the benefit of the holders.

N OW THEREFORE , in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Purchasers as follows:

SECTION 1. T HE G UARANTY .

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Purchasers and each holder the due and punctual payment in full of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or


notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Agreement. Each default in payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, or interest on, or any other amount due under, the Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Agreement make reference to this Guaranty Agreement.

The Guarantor hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (a) any breach by the Guarantor or by the Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (b) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement.

SECTION 2. O BLIGATIONS A BSOLUTE .

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall apply to the Note Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with the Guarantor; or (f) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 3. W AIVER AND A UTHORIZATION .

Section 3.1 Waiver. The Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by the Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, the Guarantor, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

 

-2-


(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon errors or omissions of any holder in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to the Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 2 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement; and

(h) (i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “ Other Party ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-3-


Section 3.2 Obligations Unimpaired. The Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to the Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, the Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 4. R EINSTATEMENT AND R ANK .

Section 4.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, the Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement, and the Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, thereon and any other Guaranteed Obligations hereunder.

Section 4.2 Rank of Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

SECTION 5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE G UARANTOR .

On the Execution Date and on the date of the Closing, the Guarantor represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

 

-4-


Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc. This Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 5.3 Disclosure. The Guarantor, through its agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated April 2013 (the “Memorandum” ), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. This Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Memorandum, the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Guarantor prior to May 15, 2013 in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Note Agreement and identified in Schedule 5.3 (this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents” ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2012, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary except changes that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Guarantor that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.

Section 5.4 Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates.

(a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) a complete and correct list as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement of (i) the Guarantors’ Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Guarantor and each other Subsidiary, (ii) the Guarantor’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) the Guarantor’s directors and senior officers.

 

-5-


(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by the Guarantor or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien that is prohibited by this Guaranty Agreement.

(c) Each Subsidiary is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

(d) No Subsidiary is subject to any legal, regulatory or contractual restriction (other than the agreements described on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

Section 5.5 Financial Statements; Material Liabilities . The Guarantor has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of such financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter, bylaws, or similar organizational and governing instruments, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

 

-6-


Section 5.7 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement.

Section 5.8 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority, or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.9 Taxes. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Guarantor knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of U.S. federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The U.S. federal income tax liabilities of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) and paid for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Section 5.10 Title to Property; Leases. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary after said date

 

-7-


(except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Guaranty Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

Section 5.11 Licenses, Permits, Etc.

(a) The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.

(b) To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no product or service of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.

(c) To the knowledge of the Guarantor, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.12 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) The Guarantor and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or U.S. federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of a security interest in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

-8-


(c) The Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The expected post-retirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Guarantor’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries is not Material.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement will not constitute a transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Guarantor in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 of the Note Agreement as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

Section 5.13 Private Offering. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting under their direction has offered the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 60 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement at a private sale for investment. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting on its or their behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes or the issuance and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

Section 5.14 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes under the Note Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Guarantor in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 2% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and the Guarantor does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 2% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

-9-


Section 5.15 Existing Debt, Future Liens.

(a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of May 31, 2013 (including descriptions of the obligors and obligees and principal amounts outstanding), and, other than increases or decreases in the aggregate amount of revolving credit indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries outstanding from time to time in the ordinary course of business or scheduled amortization payments in respect of any such Debt set forth in Schedule 5.15, there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries since such date. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, and no event or condition exists with respect to any Debt of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Debt or to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 8.3.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or any other organizational document) that limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Debt of the Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Company, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15.

Section 5.16 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

(a) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ) (an “OFAC Listed Person” ) (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (A) any OFAC Listed Person or (B) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, subject to sanctions under or engaged in any activity in violation of other United States economic sanctions, including but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any

 

-10-


enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “U.S. Economic Sanctions” ) (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “Blocked Person” ). Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(b) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Guarantor or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act or any other United States law or regulation governing such activities (collectively, “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” ) or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (ii) to the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Guarantor has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Guarantor and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Money Laundering Laws and U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(d) (i) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity (A) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti-corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws” ), (B) to the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any U.S. or non-U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, (C) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Corruption Laws or (D) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;

(ii) To the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of (A) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Governmental Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (B) inducing a

 

-11-


Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (C) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage; and

(iii) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage. The Guarantor has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Guarantor and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 5.17 Status under Certain Statutes. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

Section 5.18 Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any claim against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties or other assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them in a manner that is contrary to any Environmental Law and in any manner that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner that is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-12-


(e) All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.19 Intercreditor Agreement. The Intercreditor Agreement was terminated on May 1, 2013 and, as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement, neither the Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries has any continuing obligations thereunder.

SECTION 6. I NFORMATION AS TO G UARANTOR .

Section 6.1 Financial and Business Information. So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor shall deliver to each Significant Holder:

(a) Quarterly Statements — within 60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Guarantor (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Guarantor’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(a);

(b) Annual Statements — within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, for such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied (in the case of the consolidated statements) by an opinion thereon (without a “going concern” or similar qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of

 

-13-


the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Guarantor’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Guarantor’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(b);

(c) SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such Significant Holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary with the SEC and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

(d) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor or the Company becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(g) of the Note Agreement, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor or the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(e) ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the Execution Date; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

 

-14-


(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Resignation or Replacement of Independent Auditors — within 30 days following the date on which the Company’s independent auditors resign or the Company elects to change independent auditors, as the case may be, notification thereof, together with such supporting information as the Required Holders may reasonably request; and

(h) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Significant Holder.

Section 6.2 Officer’s Certificate. Each set of financial statements delivered to a Significant Holder pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor:

(a) Covenant Compliance — setting forth the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Guarantor was in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.4 and Section 8.5 hereof during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence). In the event that the Guarantor or any Subsidiary has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Guaranty Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3) as to the period covered by any such financial statement, such Senior Financial Officer’s certificate as to such period shall include a reconciliation from GAAP with respect to such election; and

 

-15-


(b) Event of Default — certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and of the Note Agreement and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 6.3 Visitation. The Guarantor shall permit any Significant Holder or any Person designated in writing by a Significant Holder as a representative of such Significant Holder:

(a) No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Significant Holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Guarantor, to visit the principal executive office of the Guarantor, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries with the Guarantor’s officers, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Guarantor and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

(b) Defaul t — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Guarantor authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested. Any visitation and inspection pursuant to this Section 6.3(b) shall be at the expense of the Significant Holders, provided that the Guarantor agrees to reimburse the reasonable visitation and inspection expenses of three representatives designated by the Required Holders following the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default.

Section 6.4 Electronic Delivery. In addition to written communications delivered in accordance with Section 12, financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officers’ Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Guarantor pursuant to Sections 6.1(a), (b) or (c) and Section 6.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Guarantor satisfies any of the following requirements:

(a) such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 are delivered to each Significant Holder by e-mail;

 

-16-


(b) the Guarantor shall have timely filed such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b), as the case may be, with the SEC and shall have made such form available on “EDGAR” and such form and the related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 available on its home page on the internet, which is located at http://www.schneider.com as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement or, in the case of the related Officer’s Certificates, such Officer’s Certificate is delivered to each Significant Holder by e-mail;

(c) such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b), and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Guarantor on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Significant Holder has free access; or

(d) the Guarantor shall have filed any of the items referred to in Section 6.1(c) with the SEC and shall have made such items available (1) on its home page on the internet or (2) on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Significant Holder has free access;

provided however , that in the case of either clause (b), (c) or (d), the Guarantor shall have given each Significant Holder prior written notice, which may be by e-mail or in accordance with Section 12, of such posting or filing in connection with each delivery, provided further , that upon request of any Significant Holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, the Guarantor will promptly e-mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such Significant Holder.

SECTION 7. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Guarantor covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section 7.1 Compliance with Laws. Without limiting Section 8.9, the Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.2 Insurance. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

 

-17-


Section 7.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties necessary in the operation of their business in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Guarantor has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, provided that neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax or assessment or claims if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Guarantor or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.5 Corporate Existence, Etc. Subject to Section 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect. Subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate or legal existence of each of its Subsidiaries and all rights and franchises of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Guarantor, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6 Ownership of Company. The Guarantor will at all times keep and maintain the Company as a Subsidiary.

Section 7.7 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(a) The Guarantor will cause any Subsidiary which is or becomes a party to, or otherwise guaranties, Debt under the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents, to become a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and deliver within five Business Days thereafter to each of the holders of the Notes the following items:

 

-18-


(i) a joinder agreement in respect of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(ii) an opinion of counsel (who may be in-house counsel for the Guarantor) addressed to each of the holders of the Notes satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as an enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

(b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically discharged and released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement if (i) such Subsidiary Guarantor has been released and discharged as an obligor or guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents, (ii) concurrently with such release the Company shall deliver a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor to the holders of the Notes to the effect that (A) all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents and each other agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have guaranteed Debt of the Guarantor or the Company have been released and discharged, and (B) at the time of such release and discharge, no Default or Event of Default exists and (iii) any fee or other form of consideration is given to any holder of Debt under the Bank Credit Agreement or the Private Placement Documents expressly for the purpose of such release or discharge, the holders of the Notes shall receive proportional consideration. If any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released in accordance with this Section 7.7(b) upon written request from the Guarantor, the holders of the Notes shall confirm to the Guarantor that the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor has been released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Section 7.8 Books and Records. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity (a) on a consolidated basis, with GAAP and (b) with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have devised a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that their respective books, records, and accounts accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets and the Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to maintain such system.

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR.

The Guarantor covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

 

-19-


Section 8.1 Leverage Ratio. The Guarantor will not permit at any time the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted Debt to Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarter periods then most recently ended to exceed 3.50 to 1.00.

Section 8.2 Minimum Net Worth. The Guarantor will not permit at any time Consolidated Net Worth to be less than the sum of $475,000,000 plus 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2011, such quarterly increases to be cumulative and in no event shall such required amount be reduced by losses in any fiscal quarter.

Section 8.3 Liens. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except (which exception is qualified in its entirety by the paragraph appearing at the end of this Section 8.3):

(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Liens in connection with attachments or judgments (including judgment or appeal bonds) relating to judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(j) of the Note Agreement;

(b) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

(c) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary securing obligations of such Subsidiary to the Guarantor or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(d) Liens created in connection with the sale by the Guarantor and/or certain Subsidiaries of accounts receivable in an amount not to exceed 120% of the debt secured by such receivables (or interests therein) under the Receivables Program, provided that the amount of debt secured thereby shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the greater of (i) 70% of the gross trade receivables of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (ii) $200,000,000;

(e) any Lien existing on property immediately prior to its acquisition (after the Execution Date) by the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, provided that (i) any such Lien shall be confined solely to the item or items of property so acquired and, if required by the terms of the instrument originally creating such Lien, other property which is an improvement to or is acquired for specific use in connection with such acquired property, (ii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the cost to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary of the property so acquired and (B) the Fair Market Value of such property (as determined in good faith the Board of Directors of the Guarantor) at the time of such acquisition, and (iii) no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such acquisition;

 

-20-


(f) any Lien existing on property of a Person immediately prior to its becoming a Subsidiary, provided that no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary;

(g) any Lien renewing, extending or refunding any Lien permitted by clauses (e) or (f) of this Section 8.3, provided that the principal amount of Debt secured by such Lien immediately prior thereto is not increased or the maturity thereof reduced and such Lien is not extended to other property;

(h) any Lien created under TRAC Leases; and

(i) other Liens not otherwise permitted by paragraphs (a) through (h), inclusive, of this Section 8.3 securing Debt; provided that, (i) the Debt secured by such Liens shall be permitted by the limitations set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.4 and (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, secure any Debt outstanding under or pursuant to the Bank Credit Agreement or the Private Placement Documents pursuant to this Section 8.3(i) unless and until the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any other Guaranty delivered in connection therewith shall concurrently be secured equally and ratably with such Debt pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders in substance and in form, including, without limitation, an intercreditor agreement and opinions of counsel to the Guarantor and/or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

For the purposes of this Section 8.3, any Person becoming a Subsidiary after the date of this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to have incurred all of its then outstanding Liens at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, and any Person extending, renewing or refunding any Debt secured by any Lien shall be deemed to have incurred such Lien at the time of extension, renewal or refunding.

Section 8.4 Priority Debt. The Guarantor will not at any time permit Priority Debt to exceed 20% of Consolidated Net Worth.

Section 8.5 Sales of Assets. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any substantial part (as defined below) of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets constituting a substantial part of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if such assets are sold in an arm’s length transaction for consideration which is not less than the Fair Market Value of such property and, at such time and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received from such sale, lease or other disposition shall be used within 365 days of such sale, lease or disposition, in any combination:

(a) to acquire property and equipment of a similar nature and of at least equivalent value to the property which has been sold; or

 

-21-


(b) to make an offer to prepay or retire Senior Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries other than Senior Debt owed to any Affiliate; provided that (i) the Guarantor shall offer to prepay each outstanding Note in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion for such Note, and (ii) any such prepayment of the Notes shall be made at par, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, but without any Make-Whole Amount. Any offer of prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to each holder of the Notes by written notice which shall be delivered not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the proposed prepayment date. Each such notice shall state that it is given pursuant to this Section and that the offer set forth in such notice must be accepted by such holder in writing and shall also set forth (i) the prepayment date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) a description of the circumstances which give rise to the proposed prepayment, (iii) a calculation of the Ratable Portion for such holder’s Notes and (iv) the interest that would be due on the Ratable Portion of such holder’s Notes offered to be prepaid, accrued to the prepayment date. Each holder of the Notes which desires to have its Notes prepaid shall notify the Guarantor in writing delivered not less than five Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date of its acceptance of such offer of prepayment. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder. Prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be made in accordance with Section 8.4 of the Note Agreement.

As used in this Section 8.5, a sale, lease or other disposition of assets shall be deemed to be a “ substantial part ” of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if the book value of such assets, when added to the book value of all other assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year of the Guarantor exceeds 15% of the book value of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such sale, lease or other disposition; provided that there shall be excluded from any determination of a “substantial part” any (i) sale or disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any transfer of assets from the Guarantor to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (iii) receivables sold under the Receivables Program.

Section 8.6 Merger, Consolidation. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or other legal entity or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

(a) a Subsidiary of the Guarantor may (i) consolidate with or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to, the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or any other Person so long as in any merger or consolidation involving the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the surviving or continuing corporation, and in any merger or consolidation involving such other Person, such Subsidiary (or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) shall be the surviving or continuing entity, or (ii) convey, transfer or lease all of its assets in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.5;

 

-22-


(b) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(A) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be (the “ Successor Corporation ”), shall be a solvent corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(B) the Successor Corporation would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(C) if the Guarantor is not the Successor Corporation, such corporation shall have executed and delivered to each holder its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Guaranty Agreement (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Guarantor shall have caused to be delivered to each holder (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment from each Subsidiary Guarantor that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement continues in full force and effect; and

(D) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and

(c) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, a Subsidiary of the Guarantor in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 of the Note Agreement.

Section 8.7 Nature of Business. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business, if, as a result, when taken as a whole, the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on the Execution Date.

Section 8.8 Transactions with Affiliates. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

 

-23-


Section 8.9 Terrorism Sanctions Regulations. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Controlled Entity to, (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or any Person that is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or by the European Union, or (b) directly or indirectly, have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including, without limitation, any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder, or (ii) is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (c) engage, nor shall any Affiliate of either engage, in any activity that could subject such Person or any holder to sanctions under CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.

SECTION 9. D EFINITIONS .

For the purpose of this Guaranty Agreement, the terms defined in the text of any Section or prefatory paragraph shall have the respective meanings specified therein; and the following terms shall have the meanings specified with respect thereto below:

Affiliate ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such first Person, except a Subsidiary of the Guarantor shall not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and (b) with respect to any Purchaser, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which such Purchaser or any Affiliate of such Purchaser as investment advisor or portfolio manager. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation or other entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” is defined in Section 5.16(d)(i).

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” is defined in Section 5.16(c).

Bank Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 among the Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, the financial institutions which are parties thereto as lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, joined, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any renewals, extensions or replacements thereof which constitutes the primary bank credit facility of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

Blocked Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

Business Day ” shall mean (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 of the Note Agreement only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of the Note Agreement or any provision of this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in Chicago, Illinois or New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.

 

-24-


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” shall mean any rental obligation which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as Debt (net of interest expense) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit or Eurodollar time deposits and certificates of deposit of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing or any branch thereof (i) having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (ii) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued in the United States and having a maturity of 270 days or less from the date of acquisition with the issuer having a rating from S&P of at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by a Person with a bank or trust company (including any Approved Bank) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) obligations of any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from federal income taxation under section 103 of the Code, having a long term rating of at least “AA-” or “Aa-3” by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of acquisition thereof, (f) investments in municipal auction preferred stock (i) rated “AAA” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “Aaa” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and (ii) with dividends or interest rates that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

CISADA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act, as amended from time to time.

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Company ” is defined in the Recitals of this Guaranty Agreement.

Consolidated Adjusted Debt ” shall mean Consolidated Debt less the amount of unencumbered Consolidated Cash (shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of the date of any determination thereof) in excess of $10,000,000.

 

-25-


Consolidated Cash shall mean, as of any time of determination thereof, all cash and Cash Equivalents of the Guarantor and domestic Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Debt ” shall mean Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (excluding any non-cash gains or losses) for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (a) consolidated interest expense, (b) all provisions for income taxes and (c) depreciation and amortization, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, if during such period the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall have acquired or disposed of any Person or acquired or disposed of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or any business unit or division of any Person, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the amount which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be reported as net income on the audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the par value (or value stated on the books of the Guarantor) of the capital stock of all classes of the Guarantor, plus (or minus in the case of a surplus deficit) (b) the amount of the consolidated surplus, whether capital or earned, of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries after subtracting therefrom the aggregate of treasury stock and any other contra-equity accounts including, without limitation, Minority Interests; all determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Controlled Entity ” shall mean (a) any of the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor and any of their or the Guarantor’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (b) if the Guarantor has a parent company, such parent company and its Controlled Affiliates. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Debt ” shall mean, without duplication, the sum of (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) indebtedness representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business payable on terms customary in the trade) or evidenced by notes payable, (c) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter acquired, (d) obligations (excluding any reserves established in accordance with GAAP) which are due

 

-26-


more than one year from the date of creation thereof and which would be shown on the Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet as a liability in accordance with GAAP, (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) net liabilities under hedging agreements, (g) Guaranties in respect of the obligations of another Person, and (h) any part of the obligations under the Receivables Program which are recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, surface water, ground water, or land), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, and any and all regulations, codes, plans, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or demand letters issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Guarantor under section 414 of the Code.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Execution Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

Fair Market Value shall mean, at any time and with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arm’s-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller (neither being under a compulsion to buy or sell).

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean:

(a) the government of:

(i) the United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof, or

 

-27-


(ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary; or

(b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

“Governmental Official” shall mean any governmental official or employee, employee of any government-owned or government-controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.

Guaranteed Obligations ” is defined in Section 1.

Guaranties ” by any Person shall mean all obligations (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect, guaranteeing any Debt, dividend or other obligation, of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Debt or obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation, or (c) to lease property or to purchase securities or other property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Debt or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of the Debt or obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Debt or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of any Debt for borrowed money shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the principal amount of such Debt for borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and a Guaranty in respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation, liability or dividend.

Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

Guaranty Agreement ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or any other substances that might pose a hazard to health or safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage, or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law (including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls).

holders ” and “ holder ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Note Agreement, provided, however , that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 1, 6, 11.2 and 12 and any related definitions in this Section 9, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

 

-28-


Institutional Investor ” shall mean (a) any Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 15, 1989, including all amendments and supplements thereto, among the Guarantor, the Company, Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc. (formerly International Transport, Inc.), the banks and insurance companies named therein and such additional parties as from time to time became a party thereto.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) or any other type of preferential arrangement for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation.

Make-Whole Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 of the Note Agreement.

Material ” shall mean material in relation to the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Note Agreement and the Notes or the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement or the Notes.

Memorandum ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Minority Interests ” shall mean any shares of stock of any class of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by law) that are not owned by the Guarantor and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries. Minority Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests constituting preferred stock at the voluntary or involuntary liquidating value of such preferred stock, whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests constituting common stock at the book value of capital and surplus applicable thereto adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of such common stock required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests in preferred stock.

 

-29-


Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor ratings entity.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

NAIC ” shall mean the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

Net Proceeds shall mean with respect to any sale of property by any Person an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of the consideration received by such Person in respect of such sale (valued at the Fair Market Value of such consideration at the time of such sale determined by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor), minus, without duplication, (b) the sum of (i) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by such Person in connection with such sale, and (ii) all state, federal and foreign taxes incurred by, or to be incurred (assuming the highest marginal rate were applicable to such sale) by, the seller in connection with such sale.

Note Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Notes ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement and shall include such Notes as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17 of the Note Agreement.

OFAC ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Listed Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Sanctions Program ” shall mean any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing. A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx.

Other Party ” is defined in Section 3.1(h)(i).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt ” shall mean Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor arising under a Guaranty by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Debt of the Guarantor or another Subsidiary.

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a business entity or a Governmental Authority.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

-30-


Private Placement Documents ” shall mean (a) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 16, 2003, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; (b) (i) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; and (c) (i) the Note Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

Priority Debt ” shall mean (a) Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries which is secured by a Lien (excluding Debt secured by Liens described in clauses (a) through (h) of Section 8.3) and (b) unsecured Debt of any Subsidiary other than (i) Debt of the Company, and (ii) Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt. For purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of Debt shall be deemed to be Priority Debt equal to the amount of such Debt which has been guaranteed.

“property” or “properties” shall mean, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

Purchaser is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Ratable Portion ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount equal to the Net Proceeds being so applied to the prepayment of Senior Debt multiplied by (b) a fraction the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries other than Senior Debt owed to Affiliates.

Receivables Program ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, may sell, convey or otherwise transfer receivables for Fair Market Value to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries) intended to be a true sale transaction and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), and any Receivables Subsidiary may transfer, or grant a security interest in, any receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and any assets related thereto, including all collateral

 

-31-


securing such receivables, all contracts and all Guaranties or other obligations in respect of such receivables and the proceeds of such receivables; provided that there shall be no recourse under such securitization to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Receivables Subsidiary shall mean a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor which engages in no activities other than the financing of receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor as a Receivables Subsidiary, (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary (excluding Guaranties of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than the receivables and related rights sold into the applicable Receivables Program and other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, and (b) to which neither the Guarantor nor any other Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

Required Holder(s) ” shall mean (a) prior to the Closing, the Purchasers and (b) on and after the Closing, the holder or holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Guarantor, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Senior Debt ” shall mean Debt other than Subordinated Debt.

Senior Financial Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person.

Significant Holder ” shall mean (a) prior to the Closing, each Purchaser, (b) on and after the Closing, each Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note and (c) any holder that is a bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor ratings entity.

 

-32-


Standard Securitization Undertakings shall mean representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary that are customary in the non-recourse securitization of receivables transactions.

Subordinated Debt ” shall mean all unsecured Debt of the Guarantor or the Company which shall contain or have applicable thereto subordination provisions providing for the subordination thereof to other Debt of the Guarantor (including, without limitation, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement) or the Company.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person, and any partnership, limited liability company or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

Subsidiary Guarantors shall mean Schneider Resources, Inc., Schneider Finance, Inc., Schneider National Carriers, Inc. and each Subsidiary of the Guarantor that subsequent to the Execution Date becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with Section 7.7 of this Guaranty Agreement and the form of Guaranty Joinder attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of the Note Agreement.

SVO shall mean the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

TRAC Leases ” shall mean leases of tractors, trailers, containers, chassis and/or other similar transportation equipment for which the rental obligations of the lessee thereunder constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations of such lessee.

Transferee ” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased under the Note Agreement.

USA PATRIOT Act shall mean United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

U.S. Economic Sanctions ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

 

-33-


Wholly -Owned ” shall mean, as applied to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all the outstanding shares (other than directors’ qualifying shares, if required by law) of every class of stock or other equity interest of which are at the time owned by the Guarantor and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 10. S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT .

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Guarantor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 11. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER .

Section 11.1 Requirements. This Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein for purposes of Section 5), will be effective as to a Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (ii) amend any of Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 11 or 14.

Section 11.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation. The Guarantor will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser or holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Guarantor will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 11.2 to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(b) Payment. The Guarantor will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions

 

-34-


hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

(c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer. Any consent given pursuant to this Section 11.2 by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect, Etc. Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 11 applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Guarantor without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Guarantor and any Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.

Section 11.4 Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 12. N OTICES .

Except to the extent otherwise permitted in Section 6.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A to the Note Agreement, or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing; or

 

-35-


(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing; or

(iii) if to the Guarantor, to the Guarantor at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Guarantor shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 12 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 13. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Guaranty Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser on the Execution Date and at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to a holder of the Notes, may be reproduced by such holder by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such holder may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Guarantor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a holder of the Notes in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 13 shall not prohibit the Guarantor or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

SECTION 14. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 14, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement and the Note Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 6.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably

 

-36-


relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 14, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of the Guarantor or the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 14), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, the Note Agreement, this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 14 as though it were a party to this Guaranty Agreement. On reasonable request by the Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Guaranty Agreement or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 14.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Note Agreement or this Guaranty Agreement, any Purchaser is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 14, the terms of this Section 14 shall, as between such Purchaser and the Guarantor, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

SECTION 15. M ISCELLANEOUS .

Section 15.1 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Guaranty Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section 15.2 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (a) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP and (b) all financial

 

-37-


statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7, Section 8 and the definition of “Debt”), any election by the Guarantor to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 825-10-25 – Fair Value Option, International Accounting Standard 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

Section 15.3 Severability. Any provision of this Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 15.4 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

Section 15.5 Counterparts. This Guaranty Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 15.6 Governing Law. This Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 15.7 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Guarantor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 15.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any

 

-38-


substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 12 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 15.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Guarantor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) T HE G UARANTOR WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS G UARANTY A GREEMENT , THE S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT , THE N OTE A GREEMENT OR THE N OTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH .

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

-39-


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date and year first above written.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 


Agreed and accepted as of the date first written above.

[P URCHASERS ]


I NFORMATION R ELATING TO P URCHASERS

S CHEDULE I

(to Guaranty Agreement)


D ISCLOSURE D OCUMENTS

None.

S CHEDULE 5.3

(to Guaranty Agreement)


S UBSIDIARIES OF THE G UARANTOR ; O WNERSHIP OF S UBSIDIARY S TOCK ;

A FFILIATES ; D IRECTORS AND S ENIOR O FFICERS

(a) (i) Guarantor’s Subsidiaries:

 

     J URISDICTION   OF
ORGANIZATION
   P ERCENTAGE   OF
O WNERSHIP *

4488 International Holding Company Limited

   Barbados, V.I.    100% - SLI

INS Insurance, Inc. **

   Vermont    100%

N61GB, LLC

   Wisconsin    100%

Optimodal, LLC

   Wisconsin    100% - SNC

Schneider Distribution Services, LLC

   Wisconsin   

95%

5% - SNC

Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC

   Wisconsin    100% - SNL

Schneider Finance, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider International Operations, LLC

   Wisconsin   

95% - SNC

5% - SNI

Schneider Leasing de Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider Logistics Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

   Tianjin, China    100% - 4488

Schneider Logistics Transloading and Distribution, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics Transportation, Inc.

   Louisiana    100% - SLI

Schneider Logistics, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc

   Louisiana    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100%

Schneider National de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider Receivables Corporation

   Delaware    100%

Schneider Resources, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc.

   North Dakota    100%

Schneider Tank Lines, Inc.

   Illinois    100%

Schneider Training Academy Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario CN    100% - STA

Schneider Training Academy, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transport, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transportation Management, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

 

* Except as noted, all ownership is by Schneider National, Inc.
** INS Insurance, Inc. is an insurance company regulated under the laws of the State of Vermont and the payment of dividends from INS Insurance, Inc. to its shareholders is subject to regulation by the Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Healthcare Regulation of the State of Vermont

S CHEDULE 5.4

(to Guaranty Agreement)


(ii) Guarantor’s Affiliates:

 

Servicios Dedicados Express, S.A. de C.V.

 

   Cuautitalan Izcalli, Estado de Mexico      49

(iii) Guarantor’s directors and senior officers:

 

R. Scott Trumbull

  

Director

Christopher B. Lofgren

  

Director; Senior Officer

Thomas A. Gannon

  

Director

Adam P. Godfrey

  

Director

Norman E. Johnson

  

Director

Daniel J. Sullivan

  

Director

Robert W. Grubbs, Jr.

  

Director

Mary P. DePrey

  

Director

Kathleen M. Zimmerman

  

Director

Mark B. Rourke

  

Senior Officer

William J. Matheson

  

Senior Officer

Steven J. Matheys

  

Senior Officer

Lori A. Lutey    Senior Officer
Judy Lemke    Senior Officer

S-5.4-2


F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

    Schneider National, Inc., and Subsidiaries

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements as and for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and Independent Auditor’s Report

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements as and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and Independent Auditor’s Report

S CHEDULE 5.5

(to Guaranty Agreement)


E XISTING D EBT ; F UTURE L IENS

Schneider National, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Outstanding Debt 5.31.13

 

DESCRIPTION

   BORROWER      CURRENT
5/31/13
     LONG-TERM
5/31/13
     TOTAL
5/31/13
 
Private Placements                            
5.43% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 12/16/13      SNL         27,000,000.00         —           27,000,000.00   
(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 12/16/03)            
5.44% 10 yr. Senior Notes Due 2/2/14      SNL         23,000,000.00         —           23,000,000.00   
(Wachovia as Agent, Issued: 2/2/04)            
4.83% 7 yr. Senior Notes Due 5/7/17      SNL         —           100,000,000.00         100,000,000.00   
(Prudential/Metlife Issued: 5/7/10)            
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    
 
Total Private
Placements
  
  
     50,000,000.00         100,000,000.00         150,000,000.00   

Bank Revolving Credit Facilites

                           

JPMorgan Chase, as Admin. Agent for Credit Due 2/18/16

     SNL         —           —           —     

Agreement dated 2/18/11-5 year-$250,000,000.00

           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    
 
 
 
Total Bank
Revolving
Credit
Facilities
  
  
  
  
     —           —           —     

S CHEDULE 5.15

(to Guaranty Agreement)


Accounts Receivable Securitization                          

Wells Fargo (AR Funding) Due 3/31/15

   SRC      —           120,000,000.00         120,000,000.00   

Agreement dated 3/31/11-4 year-$125,000,000.00

           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total
Accounts
Receivable
Securitization
     —           120,000,000.00         120,000,000.00   
Capitalized Leases                          

Real Estate

           

Obetz Facility Lease (Term is 7/1/10-6/1/20)

   SRI      30,582.95         723,814.54         754,397.49   

Equipment Lease

           

BOA-TRACTOR Lease (Term is 12/13/11 - 12/23/16)

   SNL      1,487,003.81         6,318,204.98         7,805,208.79   

BOA-TRAILER Lease (Term is 12/13/11 - 12/23/19)

   SNL      1,890,980.66         15,447,151.64         17,338,132.30   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total
Capitalized
Leases
     3,408,567.42         22,489,171.16         25,897,738.58   
Other                          

Shareholder Debt 2004-P1A (Due 1/6/14)

   SNI      6,907,736.80         —           6,907,736.80   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D1A (Due 1/6/14)

   SNI      6,907,736.80         —           6,907,736.80   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D1B (Due 1/6/14)

   SNI      12,365,500.00         —           12,365,500.00   

Shareholder Debt 2004-P2A (Due 1/6/14)

   SNI      15,682,678.90         —           15,682,678.90   

Shareholder Debt 2004-D2A (Due 1/6/14)

   SNI      15,682,678.90         —           15,682,678.90   
   Total Other      57,546,331.40         —           57,546,331.40   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL
DEBT
   $ 110,954,898.82       $ 242,489,171.16       $ 353,444,069.98   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

S-5.15-2


F ORM OF S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

(see attached)

E XHIBIT 3

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


E XECUTION C OPY

 

 

S CHNEIDER F INANCE , I NC .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL C ARRIERS , I NC .

S CHNEIDER R ESOURCES , I NC .

S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

regarding

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of June 12, 2013

 

 

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

Section           Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2   

SECTION 2. THE GUARANTY

     2   

SECTION 3. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE

     4   

SECTION 4. WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION

     4   

Section 4.1

     Waiver      4   

Section 4.2

     Obligations Unimpaired      5   

SECTION 5. REINSTATEMENT AND RANK

     6   

Section 5.1

     Reinstatement of Guaranty      6   

Section 5.2

     Rank of Guaranty      6   

SECTION 6. COVENANTS IN PARENT GUARANTY AGREEMENT

     6   

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

     6   

SECTION 8. AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

     8   

SECTION 9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     9   

SECTION 10. NOTICES

     10   

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

     11   

Attachments to Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement:

EXHIBIT A — Guaranty Joinder


S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

Re: $100,000,000 Senior Notes

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023 of

Schneider National Leasing, Inc .

This S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated, joined, reaffirmed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by each of the undersigned (which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively as the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”).

P RELIMINARY S TATEMENT :

A. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”).

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020 (the “ Series A Notes ”); and (ii) $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023 (the “ Series B Notes ” and together with the Series A Notes, collectively the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Purchase Agreement), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. The Note Purchasers have required as a condition of the purchase of the Notes to be purchased by them that the Parent Guarantor cause each of the undersigned to enter into this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to enter into a Guaranty Joinder in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Guaranty Joinder ”), in each case as security for the Notes, and the Parent Guarantor has agreed to cause each of the undersigned to


execute this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each such other Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to execute a Guaranty Joinder, in each case in order to induce the Note Purchasers to purchase the Notes and thereby benefit the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries by providing funds to enable the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to have funds available for general corporate purposes.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Purchase Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Note Purchasers, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Note Purchasers and each holder from time to time of the Notes as follows:

SECTION 1. D EFINITIONS .

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement unless herein defined or the context shall otherwise require.

SECTION 2. T HE G UARANTY .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) below, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Note Purchasers and each holder the due and punctual payment in full of (i) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”) . The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectibility and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement. Each default in payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, or interest on, or any other amount due under, the Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement make reference to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) any breach by any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or by the

 

2


Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (B) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement.

(b) It is the intent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the holders that each Subsidiary Guarantor’s maximum obligation hereunder shall be equal to, but not in excess of:

(i) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America (the “Bankruptcy Code” ), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

(ii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under such law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding.

The substantive laws under which the possible avoidance or unenforceability of the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to any holder) shall be determined in any such case or proceeding shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Avoidance Provisions ”.

(c) To the end set forth in Section 2(b), but only to the extent that the obligations hereunder would otherwise be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions if the Subsidiary Guarantors, or any of them, are not deemed to have received valuable consideration, fair value or reasonably equivalent value for the obligations hereunder, or if the obligations hereunder would render such Subsidiary Guarantor insolvent, or leave such Subsidiary Guarantor with unreasonably small capital to conduct its business, or cause such Subsidiary Guarantor to have incurred debts (or to have intended to have incurred debts) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, in each case as of the time any of the obligations hereunder are deemed to have been incurred under the Avoidance Provisions and after giving effect to contribution as among such Subsidiary Guarantor and other guarantors, the maximum obligations for which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liable hereunder shall be reduced to that amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not cause such obligations (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder), as so reduced, to be subject to avoidance under the

 

3


Avoidance Provisions. This Section 2(c) is intended solely to preserve the rights of the holders hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions, and neither such Subsidiary Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 2(c) as against any holder that would not otherwise be available to such Person under the Avoidance Provisions.

SECTION 3. O BLIGATIONS A BSOLUTE .

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Purchase Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim any Subsidiary Guarantor may have against the Company, the Parent Guarantor, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall apply to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Purchase Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or its property; (e) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (f) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with such Subsidiary Guarantor; or (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 4. W AIVER AND A UTHORIZATION .

Section 4.1 Waiver. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

 

4


(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon errors or omissions of any holder in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Purchase Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to the Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 3 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(h) (i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “Other Party” ) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 4.2 Obligations Unimpaired. Each Subsidiary Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to such Subsidiary Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or

 

5


any part of the Notes, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 5. R EINSTATEMENT AND R ANK .

Section 5.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount (or other premium), if any, thereon and any other Guaranteed Obligations hereunder.

Section 5.2 Rank of Guaranty. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

SECTION 6. C OVENANTS IN P ARENT G UARANTY A GREEMENT .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that it and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply at all times with those covenants in the Parent Guaranty Agreement which are applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 7. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE S UBSIDIARY G UARANTORS .

On the Execution Date and on the date of the Closing, each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to each holder that:

 

6


(a) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of such Subsidiary Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (herein in this Section 7, a “Material Adverse Effect” ). Such Subsidiary Guarantor has the power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

(b) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other similar organizational action on the part of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries under its corporate charter or by-laws, or similar organizational or governing instrument, or except for contraventions, breaches or defaults which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or by which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

(d) No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(e) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is solvent, has capital not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction and has assets having a value both at fair valuation and at present fair salable value greater than the amount required to pay its debts as they become due and greater than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay

 

7


such debts as they become due. Such Subsidiary Guarantor will not be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors by or through the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 8. A MENDMENTS , W AIVERS AND C ONSENTS .

(a) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (i) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 7, or any defined term (as it is used therein for purposes of Section 7), will be effective as to a Note Purchaser unless consented to by such Note Purchaser in writing, (ii) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Note Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (A) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (B) amend any of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 9, and (iii) this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended by the addition of additional Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to a Guaranty Joinder.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will provide each Note Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Note Purchaser or holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Subsidiary Guarantors will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 8 to each Note Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Note Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees it will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Note Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Note Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Note Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Note Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

(d) Any consent given pursuant to this Section 8 by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

 

8


(e) Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 6 applies equally to all Note Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Subsidiary Guarantors without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Subsidiary Guarantors and any Note Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Note Purchaser or holder of such Note.

(f) Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 9. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 14, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean information delivered to any Note Purchaser by or on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Note Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Note Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Note Purchaser or any Person acting on such Note Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Note Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof or from a Person who is known to such Note Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Note Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Note Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Note Purchaser under Section 6.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement or that are otherwise publicly available. Each Note Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Note Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Note Purchaser, provided that such Note Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 9, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 9), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Note Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any

 

9


nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Note Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Note Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Note Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Note Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Note Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Note Purchaser’s Notes, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 9 as though it were a party to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. On reasonable request by a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a Note Purchaser or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with such Subsidiary Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 9.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement or this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, any Note Purchaser is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 9, the terms of this Section 9 shall, as between such Note Purchaser and the Subsidiary Guarantors, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

SECTION 10. N OTICES .

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to an Note Purchaser or its nominee, to such Note Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications on Schedule A to the Note Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as such Note Purchaser shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing;

(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such holder shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing; or

(iii) if to a Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor c/o the Company at 3101 South Packerland Drive, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313, Attention Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have specified to the Purchasers and the holder of each Note in writing.

 

10


Notices under this Section 10 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 11. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to any holder is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default, omission or failure of performance hereunder shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof but any such right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle any holder to exercise any remedy reserved to it under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, it shall not be necessary for such holder to physically produce its Note in any proceedings instituted by it or to give any notice, other than such notice as may be herein expressly required.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will pay all sums becoming due under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement by the method and at the address specified for such purpose in the Note Purchase Agreement, or by such other reasonable method or at such other address as any holder shall have from time to time specified to the Subsidiary Guarantors in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any Note.

(c) Any provision of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(d) If the whole or any part of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be now or hereafter become unenforceable against any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors for any reason whatsoever or if it is not executed by any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall nevertheless be and remain fully binding upon and enforceable against each other Subsidiary Guarantor as if it had been made and delivered only by such other Subsidiary Guarantors.

(e) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of each holder and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not, so long as its Notes remain outstanding and unpaid.

(f) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantors contained herein shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be paid or otherwise discharged in full.

 

11


(g) All warranties, representations and covenants made by each Subsidiary Guarantor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it or on its behalf under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement have been relied upon by the holders of the Notes and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by the holders of the Notes or on their behalf. This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Note Purchasers and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the holders of the Notes may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(i) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

(j) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

(k) Each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(l) Each Subsidiary Guarantor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in paragraph (k) above by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 10 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

12


(m) Nothing in clause (k) or (l) above shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against any Subsidiary Guarantor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(n) T HE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH .

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed by an authorized representative as of the date first written above.

 

S CHNEIDER F INANCE , I NC .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL C ARRIERS , I NC .

S CHNEIDER R ESOURCES , I NC .

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Schneider Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement


G UARANTY J OINDER

Re: $100,000,000 Senior Notes

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

$30,000,000 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020

$70,000,000 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2023

This G UARANTY J OINDER dated as of                     ,                      (this “ Guaranty Joinder ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by [each of] the undersigned                     , a                      corporation [and                     , a                      corporation] ([which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as] an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” [and collectively as the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantors ”]). Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement (as defined below).

R ECITALS

A. [Each] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor is presently a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.91% Senior Notes, Series A, due September 25, 2020 (the “ Series A Notes ”); and (ii) $70,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.55% Senior Notes, Series B, due September 25, 2020 (the “ Series B Notes ” and together with the Series A Notes, collectively the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Purchase Agreement), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. As a condition precedent to their purchase of the Notes, the Note Purchasers required that certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013 (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) as security for the Notes.


N OW , THEREFORE , as required by the Note Purchase Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof are hereby acknowledged, [each/the] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor does hereby covenant and agree, jointly and severally, as follows:

In accordance with the requirements of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] desire to amend the definition of Subsidiary Guarantor (as the same may have been heretofore amended) set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement attached hereto so that at all times from and after the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be jointly and severally liable as set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement for the obligations of the Company under the Note Purchase Agreement and Notes to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

The undersigned is the duly elected                      of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Guaranty Joinder for the benefit of all holders of the Notes. The execution by the undersigned of this Guaranty Joinder shall evidence its consent to and acknowledgment and approval of the terms set forth herein and in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. By such execution the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be deemed to have made the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in favor of the holders as of the date of this Guaranty Joinder.

Upon execution of this Guaranty Joinder, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to be amended as set forth above. Except as amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved in all respects.

Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments (including the Notes) may refer to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement without making specific reference to this Guaranty Joinder, but nevertheless all such references shall be deemed to include this Guaranty Joinder unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

[N AME OF A DDITIONAL  S UBSIDIARY

G UARANTOR ( S )]

 

By:

   
 

Its

 

2


F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL TO THE

C OMPANY AND THE G UARANTORS

The closing opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, which is called for by Section 4.6(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, shall be dated the date of the Closing and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be reasonably satisfactory in scope and form to each Purchaser and shall be to the effect that:

1. The Parent Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Parent Guaranty Agreement, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of the Parent Guarantor.

2. The Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Note Purchase Agreement and to issue the Notes, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company.

3. Each Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

4. Each Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (other than the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors) which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof is a corporation or similar legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the

 

Exhibit 4

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


properties owned or leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business of such Subsidiary. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor have been duly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Parent Guarantor, by one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor, or by the Parent Guarantor and one or more Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

5. The Parent Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent Guarantor, has been duly executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Parent Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

6. The Note Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7. The Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

8. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Subsidiary Guarantors, has been duly executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Subsidiary Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

9. The issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Note Purchase Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is party, do not violate any provision of any law or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or such Guarantor or conflict or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under

 

E-4-2


or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of the Parent Guarantor, the Company and their Subsidiaries pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or such Guarantor or any agreement or other instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or such Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any such Guarantor may be bound.

10. No approval, consent or withholding of objection on the part of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority, Federal or state, is necessary in connection with the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreements, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes.

11. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such counsel after due inquiry, threatened against or affecting the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect on the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, or the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes or the ability of any Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement to which it is party, or on the legality, validity or enforceability of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement or the Notes or on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty Agreement to which it is party. To the knowledge of such counsel, neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any court or Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

12. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes under the circumstances contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement and the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreements do not, under existing law, require the registration of the Notes or the Guaranty Agreements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

13. Neither the issuance of the Notes nor the application of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes will violate or result in a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

14. Neither the Parent Guarantor nor the Company nor any other Guarantor is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

The opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., special counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, shall cover such other matters relating to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty Agreements as counsel for the Purchasers may reasonably request and shall provide that (i) subsequent holders of the Notes may rely upon such opinion and (ii) such opinion may be provided to Governmental Authorities including, without limitation, the NAIC. With respect to matters of fact on which such opinion is based, such counsel shall be entitled to rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and other officers of the Company and the Guarantors.

 

 

E-4-3


F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL

FOR THE P URCHASERS

The closing opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP, special counsel for the Purchasers, called for by Section 4.6(b) of the Agreement, shall be dated the date of the Closing and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:

1. The Company is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, and the Parent Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

2. The Agreement and the Notes being delivered on the date hereof constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms. The Parent Guaranty Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Parent Guarantor enforceable against the Parent Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

3. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes being delivered on the date hereof under the circumstances contemplated by this Agreement do not, under existing law, require the registration of such Notes under the Securities Act or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP shall also state that the opinion of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. is satisfactory in scope and form to Schiff Hardin LLP and that, in their opinion, the Purchasers are justified in relying thereon.

The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP is limited to the laws of the State of Illinois and the federal laws of the United States.

Exhibit 5

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Exhibit 10.4

E XECUTION V ERSION

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

 

 

N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 

 

$300,000,000 Senior Notes

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

 

 

Dated as of November 10, 2014

 

 

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(Not Part of Agreement)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 1. Authorization of Issue of Notes

     1   

Section 2. Sale and Purchase of Notes; Guaranty Agreements

     2   

Section 2.1 Sale and Purchase of Notes

     2   

Section 2.2 Guaranty Agreements

     2   

Section 3. Closings

     2   

Section 4. Conditions to Closings

     3   

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties

     3   

Section 4.2 Performance; No Default

     3   

Section 4.3 Compliance Certificates

     4   

Section 4.4 Parent Guaranty Agreement

     4   

Section 4.5 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

     5   

Section 4.6 Opinions of Counsel

     5   

Section 4.7 Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc

     5   

Section 4.8 Sale of Other Notes

     5   

Section 4.9 Payment of Special Counsel Fees

     5   

Section 4.10 Private Placement Numbers

     6   

Section 4.11 Changes in Corporate Structure; Change in Control

     6   

Section 4.12 Funding Instructions

     6   

Section 4.13 Proceedings and Documents

     6   

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company

     6   

Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority

     6   

Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc

     7   

Section 5.3 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc

     7   

Section 5.4 Governmental Authorizations, Etc

     7   

Section 5.5 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders

     7   

Section 5.6 Compliance with ERISA

     8   

Section 5.7 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

     8   

Section 5.8 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc

     8   

Section 6. Representations of the Purchasers

     8   

Section 6.1 Purchase for Investment

     8   

 

-i-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 6.2 Source of Funds

     9   

Section 7. Information as to Company

     11   

Section 7.1 Financial and Business Information

     11   

Section 8. Payment and Prepayment of the Notes

     11   

Section 8.1 Maturity

     11   

Section 8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

     11   

Section 8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments

     11   

Section 8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc

     11   

Section 8.5 Purchase of Notes

     12   

Section 8.6 Make-Whole Amount

     12   

Section 8.7 Change in Control

     14   

Section 8.8 Payments Due on Non-Business Days

     16   

Section 9. Affirmative Covenants

     16   

Section 9.1 Corporate Existence, Etc

     16   

Section 10. Negative Covenants

     16   

Section 10.1 Merger, Consolidation

     16   

Section 11. Events of Default

     17   

Section 12. Remedies on Default, Etc

     20   

Section 12.1 Acceleration

     20   

Section 12.2 Other Remedies

     20   

Section 12.3 Rescission

     21   

Section 12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc

     21   

Section 13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes

     21   

Section 13.1 Registration of Notes

     21   

Section 13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes

     22   

Section 13.3 Replacement of Notes

     22   

Section 14. Payments on Notes

     23   

Section 14.1 Note Payments

     23   

Section 14.2 Home Office Payment

     23   

Section 15. Expenses, Etc

     23   

Section 15.1 Transaction Expenses

     23   

 

-ii-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(continued)

 

Section

   Page  

Section 15.2 Survival

     24   

Section 16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement

     24   

Section 17. Amendment and Waiver

     24   

Section 17.1 Requirements

     24   

Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes

     25   

Section 17.3 Binding Effect, Etc

     25   

Section 17.4 Notes Held by Company, Etc

     26   

Section 18. Notices

     26   

Section 19. Reproduction of Documents

     26   

Section 20. Confidential Information

     27   

Section 21. Substitution of Purchaser

     28   

Section 22. Miscellaneous

     28   

Section 22.1 Successors and Assigns

     28   

Section 22.2 Severability

     28   

Section 22.3 Construction

     29   

Section 22.4 Counterparts

     29   

Section 22.5 Governing Law

     29   

Section 22.6 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

     29   

 

-iii-


Schedule A

     —        

Purchaser Schedule

Schedule B

     —        

Defined Terms

Schedule 5.4

     —        

Governmental Authorizations

Exhibit 1(a)

     —        

Form of 2.76% Senior Note, Series C, due November 10, 2019

Exhibit 1(b)

     —        

Form of 3.25% Senior Note, Series D, due November 10, 2021

Exhibit 1(c)

     —        

Form of 3.61% Senior Note, Series E, due November 10, 2024

Exhibit 1(d)

     —        

Form of 2.86% Senior Note, Series F, due March 10, 2020

Exhibit 1(e)

     —        

Form of 3.35% Senior Note, Series G, due March 10, 2022

Exhibit 1(f)

     —        

Form of 3.71% Senior Note, Series H, due March 10, 2025

Exhibit 2

     —        

Form of Parent Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit 3

     —        

Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit 4

     —        

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Company and the Guarantors

Exhibit 5

     —        

Form of Opinion of Special Counsel to the Purchasers

 

 

-iv-


S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3101 South Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

Dated as of November 10, 2014

T O EACH OF THE P URCHASERS

     LISTED IN S CHEDULE A HERETO :

Ladies and Gentlemen:

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC ., a Nevada corporation (together with any successor thereto that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.1, the “ Company ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), agrees with each of the Purchasers as follows:

SECTION  1. A UTHORIZATION OF I SSUE OF N OTES .

The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (a) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019 (the “ Series C Notes ”); (b) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021 (the “ Series D Notes ”); (c) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024 (the “ Series E Notes ”); (d) $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020 (the “ Series F Notes ”); (e) $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022 (the “ Series G Notes ”); and (f) $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025 (the “ Series H Notes ”; together with the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes, the Series E Notes, the Series F Notes and the Series G Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the forms set out in Exhibits 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e) and 1(f). Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B. References to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are references to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. References to a “Section” are references to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 


SECTION 2. S ALE AND P URCHASE OF N OTES ; G UARANTY A GREEMENTS .

Section  2.1 Sale and Purchase of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closings provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount and of the series specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or nonperformance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

Section  2.2 Guaranty Agreements .

(a) The payment by the Company of all amounts due with respect to the Notes and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement will be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by (i) the Parent Guarantor under and pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2, and (ii) the Subsidiary Guarantors under and pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

(b) The Purchasers and holders of the Notes agree that a Subsidiary Guarantor may be automatically discharged and released from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 3. C LOSINGS .

The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall occur on November 10, 2014 (the “First Closing Date” and the “ Execution Date ”). The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Schiff Hardin LLP, 233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 6600, Chicago, Illinois, 60606. The sale and purchase of the Series C Notes, the Series D and the Series E Notes (the “First Closing” ) shall occur at 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on the First Closing Date. The sale and purchase of the Series F Notes, the Series G Notes and the Series H Notes (the “Second Closing” and, together with the First Closing, each a “Closing” ) shall occur at 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on March 10, 2015 (the “Second Closing Date” and, together with the First Closing Date, each a “Closing Date” ). At each Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing in the form of a single Note for each series to be purchased by such Purchaser (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $250,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the date of such Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer to the account of the Company set forth in the funding instructions for such Closing delivered pursuant to Section

 

-2-


4.12. If at a Closing the Company fails to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to any Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at such Purchaser’s election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser or the Company may have by reason of any of the conditions specified in Section 4 not having been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction or such failure by the Company to tender such Notes.

SECTION 4. C ONDITIONS TO C LOSINGS .

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder at a Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at such Closing.

(b) Representations and Warranties of the Parent Guarantor . The representations and warranties of the Parent Guarantor in the Parent Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at such Closing.

(c) Representations and Warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors. The representations and warranties of the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be correct when made and at such Closing.

Section  4.2 Performance; No Default .

(a) The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to or at such Closing. Before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes to be sold at such Closing (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) The Parent Guarantor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Parent Guaranty Agreement and in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Parent Guarantor prior to or at such Closing. Before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes to be sold at such Closing (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement had such Section applied since such date.

 

-3-


(c) The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Subsidiary Guarantors prior to or at such Closing. Before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes to be sold at such Closing (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.7), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 4.3 Compliance Certificates .

(a) Officer’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(b) Secretary’s Certificate of the Company. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of such Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes and this Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) the Company’s organizational documents as then in effect.

(c) Officer’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(b), Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(d) Secretary’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor. The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated as of the date of such Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) the Parent Guarantor’s organizational documents as then in effect.

(e) Officer’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 4.1(c), Section 4.2(c) and Section 4.11 have been fulfilled.

(f) Secretary’s Certificate of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated as of the date of such Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and other documents in connection therewith and (ii) such Subsidiary Guarantor’s organizational documents as then in effect.

Section  4.4 Parent Guaranty Agreement . The Parent Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Parent Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the Execution Date.

 

-4-


Section  4.5 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Subsidiary Guarantor and shall constitute the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of each Subsidiary Guarantor and such Purchaser shall have received a true, correct and complete copy thereof, dated the Execution Date.

Section  4.6 Opinions of Counsel. Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from McGuireWoods LLP, special counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4 and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to such Purchaser) and (b) from Schiff Hardin LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 5 and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

Section  4.7 Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc. On the applicable Closing Date, such Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes on such Closing Date shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the Execution Date. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

Section 4.8 Sale of Other Notes.

(a) Contemporaneously with such Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A.

(b) Prior to the Second Closing Date, the applicable Purchasers shall have purchased the Notes to be purchased by them at the First Closing as specified in Schedule A.

Section  4.9 Payment of Special Counsel Fees. Without limiting Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before such Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.7(b) to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to such date.

 

-5-


Section  4.10 Private Placement Numbers. A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each series of the Notes.

Section  4.11 Changes in Corporate Structure; Change in Control . Neither the Company, the Parent Guarantor nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have changed its jurisdiction of organization or been a party to any merger or consolidation or shall have succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and prior to the First Closing. No Change in Control shall have occurred since the Execution Date.

Section  4.12 Funding Instructions. At least three Business Days prior to the date of such Closing, such Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company on letterhead of the Company directing the manner of the payment of funds and setting forth (a) the name and address of the transferee bank, (b) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (c) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes to be purchased at such Closing is to be deposited.

Section  4.13 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or its special counsel may reasonably request.

SECTION 5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY .

On the Execution Date and the date of each Closing, the Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

Section  5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

 

-6-


Section  5.2 Authorization, Etc . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section  5.3 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is bound or by which the Company or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company.

Section  5.4 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes, except for those that have been obtained or made and are described on Schedule 5.4.

Section  5.5 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders .

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any property of the Company in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company is not (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-7-


Section  5.6 Compliance with ERISA . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.6 is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds to be used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

Section  5.7 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns or holds any margin stock and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any present intention to acquire any margin stock. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

Section  5.8 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (a) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (b) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage.

SECTION 6. R EPRESENTATIONS OF THE P URCHASERS .

Section  6.1 Purchase for Investment. Each Purchaser severally represents that (a) it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds over which such Purchaser has investment discretion and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control; (b) it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act acting for its own account or as a fiduciary or agent for others that are also “accredited investors”; (c) it has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries, their respective businesses and the terms and conditions of the Notes; and (d) it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the Notes and can bear the economic risks of investing in the Notes. Each Purchaser acknowledges that each Note will bear a restrictive legend substantially in the form set forth on the form of such Note attached hereto as Exhibits 1(a), 1(b),

 

-8-


1(c), 1(d), 1(e) or 1(f). Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

Section  6.2 Source of Funds. Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a Source ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

(a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

(b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

(c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1, or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

(d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a Person controlling or controlled by the

 

-9-


QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization), represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

(e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a Person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

(f) the Source is a governmental plan; or

(g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

(h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

Each of the representations of the Purchasers in this Section 6.2 are also for the benefit of the Parent Guarantor.

If any Purchaser or any subsequent transferee of the Notes notifies the Company in writing that such Purchaser or such transferee is relying on any representation contained in paragraph (d), (e) or (g) above, the Company shall deliver on the date of issuance of such Notes and on the date of any applicable transfer a certificate, which shall either state that (i) it is neither a party in interest nor a “disqualified person” (as defined in section 4975(e)(2) of the Code), with respect to any plan identified pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above, or (ii) with respect to any plan, identified pursuant to paragraph (d) above, neither it nor any “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(c) of the QPAM Exemption) has at such time exercised the authority to appoint or terminate said QPAM as manager of any plan identified in writing pursuant to paragraph (d) above or to negotiate the terms of said QPAM’s management agreement on behalf of any such identified plan. As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan , “governmental plan , and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

-10-


SECTION 7. I NFORMATION AS TO C OMPANY .

Section  7.1 Financial and Business Information. The Company shall deliver to each Significant Holder with reasonable promptness, such data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Significant Holder.

SECTION 8. P AYMENT AND P REPAYMENT OF THE N OTES .

Section  8.1 Maturity . As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.

Section  8.2 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount. The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, plus the Make-Whole Amount, if any, determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount of each Note then outstanding. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

Section  8.3 Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

Section  8.4 Maturity; Surrender, Etc . In the case of each optional prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail

 

-11-


to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

Section  8.5 Purchase of Notes . The Company will not, and will not permit the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to, purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with this Agreement and the Notes, and, if applicable, Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement (which prepayment pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement shall be without any Make-Whole Amount) or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company, the Parent Guarantor, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 10 Business Days. If the holders of more than 25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least 10 Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or by the Parent Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

Section 8.6 Make-Whole Amount.

Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on such Note is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

 

-12-


Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by the ask-side yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the ask-side yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

“Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (ii) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

 

-13-


“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

Section 8.7 Change in Control.

(a) Notice of Change in Control or Control Event. The Company will, within five Business Days after any Senior Financial Officer of the Company or the Parent Guarantor has knowledge of the occurrence of any Change in Control or Control Event, give written notice of such Change in Control or Control Event to each holder of Notes unless notice in respect of such Change in Control (or the Change in Control contemplated by such Control Event) shall have been given pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Section 8.7. If a Change in Control has occurred, such notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7 and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7.

(b) Condition to Company Action. The Company will not take any action that consummates or finalizes a Change in Control unless (i) at least 20 days prior to such action it shall have given to each holder of Notes written notice containing and constituting an offer to prepay Notes as described in subparagraph (c) of this Section 8.7, accompanied by the certificate described in subparagraph (g) of this Section 8.7, and (ii) contemporaneously with such action, it prepays all Notes required to be prepaid in accordance with this Section 8.7.

(c) Offer to Prepay Notes. The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.7 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.7, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder on the Business Day specified in such offer (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”). If such Proposed Prepayment Date is in connection with an offer contemplated by subparagraph (a) of this Section 8.7, such date shall be not less than 20 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such offer (if the Proposed Prepayment Date shall not be specified in such offer, the Proposed Prepayment Date shall be the Business Day nearest the 30th day after the date of such offer).

(d) Acceptance/Rejection. A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company at least five days prior to the Proposed Prepayment Date. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

 

-14-


(e) Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest on such Notes accrued to the date of prepayment but without any Make-Whole Amount. On the Business Day preceding the date of prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement showing the amount due in connection with such prepayment and setting forth the details of the computation of such amount. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date except as provided in subparagraph (f) of this Section 8.7.

(f) Deferral Pending Change in Control. The obligation of the Company to prepay Notes pursuant to the offers required by subparagraph (c) and accepted in accordance with subparagraph (d) of this Section 8.7 is subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control in respect of which such offers and acceptances shall have been made. In the event that such Change in Control does not occur on the Proposed Prepayment Date in respect thereof, the prepayment shall be deferred until and shall be made on the date on which such Change in Control occurs. The Company shall keep each holder of Notes reasonably and timely informed of (i) any such deferral of the date of prepayment, (ii) the date on which such Change in Control and the prepayment are expected to occur, and (iii) any determination by the Company that efforts to effect such Change in Control have ceased or been abandoned (in which case the offers and acceptances made pursuant to this Section 8.7 in respect of such Change in Control shall be deemed rescinded).

(g) Officer’s Certificate. Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.7; (iii) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid; (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.7 have been fulfilled; (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date of the Change in Control; and (vii) that the failure to respond to such offer of prepayment shall constitute a rejection of such offer.

(h) “Change in Control” Defined. Change in Control ” means each and every issue, sale or other disposition of shares of stock of the Parent Guarantor which results in any person (as such term is used in section 13(d) and section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date) or persons constituting a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date), other than the Schneider Family Group, becoming the “beneficial owners” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Execution Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes then outstanding of the Parent Guarantor’s voting stock.

(i) “Control Event” Defined. “Control Event” means:

(i) the execution by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates of any agreement or binding letter of intent with respect to any proposed transaction or event or series of transactions or events which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Change in Control; or

 

-15-


(ii) the execution of any written agreement which, when fully performed by the parties thereto, would result in a Change in Control.

(j) “Schneider Family Group” Defined . Schneider Family Group ” means (i) Donald J. Schneider or his spouse; (ii) the lineal descendants of Donald J. Schneider; (iii) the estates or legal representatives of the Persons named in clauses (i) and (ii); (iv) trusts established for the benefit of any Person named in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii); and (v) entities of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of voting stock or other equity interests then outstanding are owned directly or indirectly by the Persons named in clauses (i) through (iv), both inclusive.

Section  8.8 Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) subject to clause (b), any payment of interest on any Note that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; and (b) any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount on any Note (including principal due on the Maturity Date of such Note) that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 9. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  9.1 Corporate Existence, Etc . Subject to Section 10.1, the Company will at all times preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect and the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights and franchises of the Company unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10. N EGATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section  10.1 Merger, Consolidation . The Company will not consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or other legal entity or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

(a) a Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with or merge with the Company so long as the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; and

 

-16-


(b) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(i) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be (the “ Successor Entity ”), shall be a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor which is a solvent corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(ii) the Successor Entity would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(iii) if the Company is not the Successor Entity, such Successor Entity shall have executed and delivered to each holder of Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Company shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of Notes (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment or reaffirmation from each Guarantor that the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party continues in full force and effect; and

(iv) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any series of such transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 11. E VENTS OF D EFAULT .

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

(b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(c) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 10.1 or the Parent Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 6.1(d) or Section 8 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement; or

 

-17-


(d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in any Guaranty Agreement executed by such Guarantor (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Senior Financial Officer of the Parent Guarantor or the Company obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company or the Parent Guarantor receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this paragraph (d) of Section 11); or

(e) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement and Section 7.7(b) of the Parent Guaranty Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement executed by a Guarantor shall cease to be in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, a final and nonappealable determination by any court or other Governmental Authority that such Guaranty Agreement is invalid, void or unenforceable as to one or more Guarantors, or any Guarantor shall contest or deny in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of, or obligation under, the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party; or

(f) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor or by any Senior Financial Officer of the Company or a Guarantor in this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement or in any writing furnished by the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(g) (i) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt other than the Notes that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any Existing Agreements pursuant to which Debt of the Company is outstanding, if any, or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of Debt in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000, other than the Notes and Debt in respect of the Existing Agreements, if any, or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared, due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iv) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the

 

-18-


holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt other than the Notes before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000; or

(h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

(i) a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

(j) one or more final judgments or orders at any one time outstanding for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $50,000,000, including, without limitation, any such final order enforcing a binding arbitration decision, are rendered against one or more of the Company, any Guarantor and any Subsidiary and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

(k) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $10,000,000, (iv) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate

 

-19-


withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that could increase the liability of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

As used in Section 11(k), the terms “ employee benefit plan ” and “ employee welfare benefit plan ” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

SECTION 12. R EMEDIES ON D EFAULT , E TC .

Section 12.1 Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 11 (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of paragraph (h) or described in clause (vi) of paragraph (h) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of paragraph (h)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

(b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

(c) If any Event of Default described in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 11 has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

Upon any Note becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Note will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Note, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the applicable Default Rate) and (ii) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for), and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

Section  12.2 Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an

 

-20-


action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or in any Guaranty Agreement, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

Section  12.3 Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of Section 12.1, the holder or holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the applicable Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section  12.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, by any Note or by any Guaranty Agreement upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

SECTION 13. R EGISTRATION ; E XCHANGE ; S UBSTITUTION OF N OTES .

Section  13.1 Registration of Notes. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each Permitted Transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person(s) in whose name any Note(s) shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company

 

-21-


shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

Section  13.2 Transfer and Exchange of Notes . Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within 10 Business Days, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same series in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e) or 1(f), as applicable. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred, and the Company shall have no obligation to register any transfer, except to a Permitted Transferee and in denominations of less than $250,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes of a series, one Note of such series may be in a denomination of less than $250,000. Any Permitted Transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2.

Section  13.3 Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

(a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

(b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

within 10 Business Days, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

-22-


SECTION 14. P AYMENTS ON N OTES .

Section  14.1 Note Payments. Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in Chicago, Illinois at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

Section  14.2 Home Office Payment. So long as any Purchaser or such Purchaser’s nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A to this Agreement, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by any Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for one or more new Notes of the same series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.

SECTION 15. E XPENSES , E TC .

Section  15.1 Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or

 

-23-


other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note and (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes; provided , that in connection with the Closings, the Company will not be required to pay the attorneys’ fees for more than a single special counsel acting for all Purchasers. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

Section  15.2 Survival. The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 16. S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT .

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or any agent retained by the Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, under this Agreement or the applicable Guaranty Agreement, as the case may be. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, each Guaranty Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and the applicable Guarantor and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 17. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER .

Section  17.1 Requirements. This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21, or any defined term (as it is used in any such Section), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make-Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the Purchasers or the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver or the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

 

-24-


Section 17.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation. The Company will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser and holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 17 or any Guaranty Agreement to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(b) Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof, of any Guaranty Agreement or of any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

(c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent given pursuant to this Section 17 or any Guaranty Agreement by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

Section  17.3 Binding Effect, Etc . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and any Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or under any Guaranty Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.

 

-25-


Section  17.4 Notes Held by Company, Etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein, in any Guaranty Agreement or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company, the Parent Guarantor, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 18. N OTICES .

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy or other electronic communication (including e-mail) capable of producing a written record if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i)      if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

(ii)      if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

(iii)      if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 19. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by each Purchaser on the Execution Date and at a Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

-26-


SECTION 20. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 20, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser on a non-confidential basis prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 6.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company or the Parent Guarantor (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.

 

-27-


In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement or any Guaranty Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through Intralinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 20, the terms of this Section 20 shall, as between such Purchaser or holder and the Company, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

SECTION 21. S UBSTITUTION OF P URCHASER .

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “ Substitute Purchaser ”) as the purchaser of the Notes that such Purchaser has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, wherever the word “Purchaser” is used in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), such word shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such Purchaser, and such Purchaser shall have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

SECTION 22. M ISCELLANEOUS .

Section  22.1 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section  22.2 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

-28-


Section  22.3 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

Section  22.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section  22.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section  22.6 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The parties hereto irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The parties hereto consent to process being served by or on behalf of any other party hereto in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.6(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such party shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The parties hereto agree that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 22.6 shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that any party hereto may have to bring proceedings against another party hereto in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

-29-


(d) T HE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS A GREEMENT , THE N OTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH .

*   *   *   *   *

 

-30-


The execution hereof by the Purchasers shall constitute a contract among the Company and the Purchasers for the uses and purposes hereinabove set forth.

 

Very truly yours,

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

By:  

/s/ Denise M. Lukowitz

  Name:   Denise M. Lukowitz
  Title:   Secretary and Treasurer

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

  Name:   A. Post Howland
  Title:   Corporate Vice President

 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION
By:   NYL Investors LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

  Name:   A. Post Howland
  Title:   Senior Director

 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION I NSTITUTIONALLY O WNED L IFE I NSURANCE S EPARATE A CCOUNT (BOLI 3)
By:   NYL Investors LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ A. Post Howland

  Name:   A. Post Howland
  Title:   Senior Director

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
  FOR ITS G ROUP A NNUITY S EPARATE A CCOUNT
By:  

/s/ Timothy S. Collins

  Name:   Timothy S. Collins
 

Its Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

U NITED S ERVICES A UTOMOBILE A SSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ R. Neal Graves

  Name:   R. Neal Graves
  Title:   Executive Director
USAA G ENERAL I NDEMNITY C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ R. Neal Graves

  Name:   R. Neal Graves
  Title:   Executive Director
USAA C ASUALTY I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ R. Neal Graves

  Name:   R. Neal Graves
  Title:   Executive Director
USAA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ James F. Jackson, Jr.

  Name:   James F. Jackson, Jr.
  Title:   Executive Director

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

T HE G UARDIAN L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF A MERICA
By:  

/s/ Edward Brennan

  Name:   Edward Brennan
  Title:   Senior Director
T HE G UARDIAN I NSURANCE & A NNUITY C OMPANY , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Edward Brennan

  Name:   Edward Brennan
  Title:   Senior Director

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

H ARTFORD L IFE AND A CCIDENT I NSURANCE C OMPANY
H ARTFORD F IRE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:   Hartford Investment Management Company, Their Agent and Attorney-in-Fact
By:  

/s/ Kenneth W. Day

Name:

  Kenneth W. Day

Title:

  Vice President

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

G REAT -W EST L IFE & A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ Eve Hampton

  Name:   Eve Hampton
  Title:   Vice President, Investments
By:  

/s/ Tad Anderson

  Name:   Tad Anderson
  Title:   Assistant Vice President, Investments

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ Wayne Oliver

  Name:   Wayne Oliver
  Title:   Investment Officer

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

U NITED OF O MAHA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
By:  

/s/ Curtis R. Caldwell

  Name:   Curtis R. Caldwell
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Dau

  Name:   Michael E. Dau
  Title:   Treasurer & Investment Manager

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

W OODMEN OF THE W ORLD L IFE I NSURANCE S OCIETY
By:  

/s/ Shawn Bengtson

  Name:   Shawn Bengtson
  Title:   Vice President Investment
By:  

/s/ Damian Howard

  Name:   Damian Howard
  Title:   Director Equities Investment

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


This Agreement is accepted and

agreed to as of the date hereof.

S TATE OF W ISCONSIN I NVESTMENT B OARD
By:  

/s/ Christopher P. Prestigiacomo

  Name:   Christopher P. Prestigiacomo
  Title:   Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

 


P URCHASER S CHEDULE

 

     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes
to be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

   C

 

F

 

G

 

H

   $

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,750,000

 

14,250,000

 

12,500,000

 

9,000,000

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York 10019

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: New York Life Insurance Company

General Account No. ***

 

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

New York Life Insurance Company

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

Attention:         Investment Services

  Private Group

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

(3)    E-mail address: FIIGLibrary@nylim.com and TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

S CHEDULE A

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


(4)   

All other communications:

 

New York Life Insurance Company

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

Attention:         Private Capital Investors

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to :

 

Attention:         Office of General Counsel

  Investment Section, Room 1016

Fax #:                (212) 576-8340

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-5582869
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Dean Morini

New York Life Insurance Company

51 Madison Avenue, Room 1016

New York, NY 10010

 

A-2


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes
to be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY
  C ORPORATION

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

   C

 

F

 

G

 

H

   $

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,250,000

 

10,500,000

 

17,500,000

 

16,000,000

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

General Account No. ***

 

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

Attention:         Investment Services

  Private Group

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

(3)    E-mail address: FIIGLibrary@nylim.com and TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

A-3


(4)   

All other communications:

 

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

Attention:           Private Capital Investors

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to :

 

Attention:         Office of General Counsel

  Investment Section, Room 1016

Fax #:                (212) 576-8340

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-3044743
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Dean Morini

New York Life Insurance Company

51 Madison Avenue, Room 1016

New York, NY 10010

 

A-4


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY
  C ORPORATION I NSTITUTIONALLY O WNED L IFE
  I NSURANCE S EPARATE A CCOUNT (BOLI 3)

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

   F    $ 250,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, New York

ABA No. 021-000-021

Credit: NYLIAC SEPARATE BOLI 3 BROAD FIXED

General Account No. ***

 

with sufficient information (including issuer, PPN number, interest rate, maturity and whether payment is of principal, premium, or interest) to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

Institutionally Owned Life Insurance Separate Account

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010-1603

Attention:         Investment Services

  Private Group

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

Any changes in the foregoing payment instructions shall be confirmed by e-mail to NYLIMWireConfirmation@nylim.com prior to becoming effective.

 

A-5


(3)    E-mail address: FIIGLibrary@nylim.com and TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

Institutionally Owned Life Insurance Separate Account

c/o NYL Investors LLC

51 Madison Avenue

2nd Floor, Room 208

New York, New York 10010

Attention:         Private Capital Investors

  2nd Floor

Fax #:                 908-840-3385

 

with a copy sent electronically to :

FIIGLibrary@nylim.com

TraditionalPVtOps@nylim.com

 

and with a copy of any notices regarding defaults or Events of Default under the operative documents to :

 

Attention:         Office of General Counsel

  Investment Section, Room 1016

Fax #:                (212) 576-8340

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-3044743
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Dean Morini

New York Life Insurance Company

51 Madison Avenue, Room 1016

New York, NY 10010

 

A-6


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased

T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE
  C OMPANY

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

   D

 

G

 

H

   $15,000,000

 

$20,000,000

 

$33,600,000

 

(1)   

All payments on account of Notes held by such Purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds, providing sufficient information to identify the source of the transfer, the amount of the dividend and/or redemption (as applicable) and the identity of the security as to which payment is being made.

 

Please contact our Treasury  & Investment Operations Department to securely obtain wire transfer instructions for The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company.

 

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com

Phone: (414) 665-1679

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Investment Operations

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com

Phone: (414) 665-1679

(3)    E-mail address: privateinvest@northwesternmutual.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Securities Department

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 39-0509570
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.

 

A-7


(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Justin Szalanski

 

A-8


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE
  C OMPANY FOR ITS G ROUP A NNUITY S EPARATE
  A CCOUNT

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

   H    $ 1,400,000   

 

(1)   

All payments on account of Notes held by such Purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds, providing sufficient information to identify the source of the transfer, the amount of the dividend and/or redemption (as applicable) and the identity of the security as to which payment is being made.

 

Please contact our Treasury   & Investment Operations Department to securely obtain wire transfer instructions for The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company.

 

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com

Phone: (414) 665-1679

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

for its Group Annuity Separate Account

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Investment Operations

E-mail: payments@northwesternmutual.com

Phone: (414) 665-1679

(3)    E-mail address: privateinvest@northwesternmutual.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

for its Group Annuity Separate Account

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Securities Department

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 39-0509570
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.

 

A-9


(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

720 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: Justin Szalanski

 

A-10


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

U NITED S ERVICES A UTOMOBILE A SSOCIATION

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

   C

 

D

   $

 

$

5,000,000

 

5,000,000

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Northern Chgo/Trust

ABA#071000152

Credit Wire Account # ***

26-11037/ USAA

 

With sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including the issuer name, the PPN of the issue, interest rate, payment due date, maturity date, interest amount, principal and premium amount.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Ell & Co

c/o Northern Trust Company

PO Box 92395

Chicago, IL 60675-92395

Attn: Income Collections

Please include the cusip and shares/par for the dividend/interest payment

(3)    E-mail address: donna.baggerly@usaa.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Donna Baggerly

VP Insurance Portfolios

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

(210) 498-5195

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 74-0959140
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: ELL & CO.

 

A-11


  (8)      

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

Newport Office Center

570 Washington Blvd.

5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: Tanya Stackhouse-Bowen or Robert Mendez

Reference: Northern Trust Account # ***

212-855-2484

 

A-12


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

USAA G ENERAL I NDEMNITY C OMPANY

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

   C    $ 5,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Northern Chgo/Trust

ABA#071000152

Credit Wire Account # ***

26-11039/GIC

 

With sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including the issuer name, the PPN of the issue, interest rate, payment due date, maturity date, interest amount, principal and premium amount.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Ell & Co

c/o Northern Trust Company

PO Box 92395

Chicago, IL 60675-92395

Attn: Income Collections

Please include the cusip and shares/par for the dividend/interest payment

(3)    E-mail address: donna.baggerly@usaa.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Donna Baggerly

VP Insurance Portfolios

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

(210) 498-5195

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 74-1718283
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: ELL & CO.

 

A-13


(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

Newport Office Center

570 Washington Blvd.

5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: Tanya Stackhouse-Bowen or Robert Mendez

Reference: Northern Trust Account *** GIC

212-855-2484

 

A-14


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

USAA C ASUALTY I NSURANCE C OMPANY

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

   D    $ 5,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Northern Chgo/Trust

ABA#071000152

Credit Wire Account # ***

26-11038/CIC

Cusip # 80689# BD7

 

With sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including the issuer name, the PPN of the issue, interest rate, payment due date, maturity date, interest amount, principal and premium amount.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Ell & Co

c/o Northern Trust Company

PO Box 92395

Chicago, IL 60675-92395

Attn: Income Collections

Please include the cusip and shares/par for the dividend/interest payment

(3)    E-mail address: donna.baggerly@usaa.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Donna Baggerly

VP Insurance Portfolios

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, Texas 78288

(210) 498-5195

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 59-3019540
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: ELL & CO.

 

A-15


(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

Newport Office Center

570 Washington Blvd.

5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: Tanya Stackhouse-Bowen or Robert Mendez

Reference: Northern Trust Account *** CIC

212-855-2484

 

A-16


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

USAA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

   E    $ 7,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Northern Chgo/Trust

ABA#071000152

Credit Wire Account # ***

26-11042/ Life Company

 

With sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds, including the issuer name, the PPN of the issue, interest rate, payment due date, maturity date, interest amount, principal and premium amount.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Ell & Co

c/o Northern Trust Company

PO Box 92395

Chicago, IL 60675-92395

Attn: Income Collections

Please include the cusip and shares/par for the dividend/interest payment

(3)    E-mail address: john.spear@usaa.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

John Spear

VP Insurance Portfolios

9800 Fredericksburg Road

San Antonio, TX 78288

(210) 498-8661

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 74-1472662
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: ELL & CO.

 

A-17


(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

Newport Office Center

570 Washington Blvd.

5th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: Tanya Stackhouse-Bowen or Robert Mendez

Reference: Northern Trust Account *** Life Company

212-855-2484

 

A-18


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

T HE G UARDIAN L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF
  A MERICA

7 Hanover Square

New York, NY 10004-2616

   E

 

H

   $

 

$

3,000,000

 

20,000,000

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

FED ABA #021000021

Chase/NYC/CTR/BNF

A/C ***

Reference ***, Guardian Life, CUSIP # [E: 80689# BE5] [H: 80689# BH8], Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)    E-mail address: Edward_brennan@glic.com
(3)   

All communications:

 

The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America

7 Hanover Square

New York, NY 10004-2616

Attn: Edward Brennan

Investment Department 9-A

FAX # (212) 919-2658

(4)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-5123390
(5)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(6)    Name of Nominee: None.
(7)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center – 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Reference A/C #G05978, Guardian Life

 

A-19


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

T HE G UARDIAN I NSURANCE   & A NNUITY C OMPANY ,

  I NC .

c/o The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America

7 Hanover Square

New York, NY 10004-2616

   E    $ 2,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

FED ABA #021000021

Chase/NYC/CTR/BNF

A/C ***

Reference A/C # ***, GIAC Fixed Payout, CUSIP # 80689# BE5, Schneider National

Leasing, Inc.

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)    E-mail address: Edward_brennan@glic.com
(3)   

All communications:

 

The Guardian Insurance & Annuity Company, Inc.

c/o The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America

7 Hanover Square

New York, NY 10004-2616

Attn: Edward Brennan

Investment Department 9-A

FAX # (212) 919-2658

 

(4)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-2656036
(5)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(6)    Name of Nominee: None.
(7)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center – 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Reference A/C # G01713, GIAC Fixed Payout

 

A-20


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 
H ARTFORD L IFE AND A CCIDENT I NSURANCE
  C OMPANY
c/o Hartford Investment Management Company
One Hartford Plaza, NP5-B
Hartford, Connecticut 06155
   C    $ 4,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

4 New York Plaza

New York New York 10004

Bank ABA No. 021000021

Chase NYC/Cust

A/C # *** for F/C/T - ***

Attn: Bond Interest /Principal - Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

2.76% Senior Notes due November 2019

PPN #: 80689# BC9 Prin $___________Int $ ___________

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Hartford Investment Management Company

c/o Investment Operations

 

Regular Mailing Address :

P.O. Box 1744

Hartford, CT 06144-1744

 

Overnight Mailing Address :

One Hartford Plaza - NP-A

Hartford, Connecticut 06155

Telefacsimile: (860)297-8875/8876

(3)    E-mail address:         dawn.bruneau@himco.com and PrivatePlacements.Himco@Himco.com

 

A-21


(4)   

All other communications:

 

Hartford Investment Management Company

c/o Investment Department-Private Placements

 

Regular Mailing Address :

P.O. Box 1744

Hartford, CT 06144-1744

 

Overnight Mailing Address :

One Hartford Plaza, NP5-B

Hartford, Connecticut 06155

Telefacsimile: (860)297-8884

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 06-0838648
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, New York 11245-0001

Attention: Physical Receive Department

                                 (Use Willoughby Street Entrance)

Custody Account Number: ***

 

A-22


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

H ARTFORD F IRE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

c/o Hartford Investment Management Company

One Hartford Plaza, NP5-B

Hartford, Connecticut 06155

   C    $

$

$

$

5,000,000

5,000,000

5,000,000

1,000,000

  

  

  

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

4 New York Plaza

New York New York 10004

Bank ABA No. 021000021

Chase NYC/Cust

A/C # *** for F/C/T - ***

Attn: Bond Interest /Principal - Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

2.76% Senior Notes due November 2019

PPN #: 80689# BC9 Prin $___________Int $ ___________

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Hartford Investment Management Company

c/o Investment Operations

 

Regular Mailing Address :

P.O. Box 1744

Hartford, CT 06144-1744

 

Overnight Mailing Address :

One Hartford Plaza - NP-A

Hartford, Connecticut 06155

Telefacsimile: (860)297-8875/8876

(3)    E-mail address: dawn.bruneau@himco.com and PrivatePlacements.Himco@Himco.com

 

A-23


(4)   

All other communications:

 

Hartford Investment Management Company

c/o Investment Department-Private Placements

 

Regular Mailing Address :

P.O. Box 1744

Hartford, CT 06144-1744

 

Overnight Mailing Address :

One Hartford Plaza, NP5-B

Hartford, Connecticut 06155

Telefacsimile: (860)297-8884

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 06-0383750
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, New York 11245-0001

Attention: Physical Receive Department

                 (Use Willoughby Street Entrance)

Custody Account Number: ***

 

A-24


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

G REAT -W EST L IFE  & A NNUITY I NSURANCE
  C OMPANY

8515 East Orchard Road, 3T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

   G

 

H

   $

 

$

10,000,000

 

6,000,000

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA No.: 021-000-018

BNF: GLA111566

Account No.: ***

Account Name: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

Attn: Income Collection Dept

Reference: Security Description and PPN

(2)    E-mail address: bond_compliance@greatwest.com
(3)   

All communications:

 

Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

8515 East Orchard Road, 3T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn: Investments Division

Fax: (303) 737-6193

(4)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 84-0467907
(5)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(6)    Name of Nominee: None.
(7)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

3rd Floor, Window A

One Wall Street

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Receive/Deliver Dept

Reference: Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company/Acct No. 640935

 

A-25


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

525 Washington Blvd., 34th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

   E    $ 12,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

Account (s): AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

4 Chase Metrotech Center

Brooklyn, New York 11245

ABA No.: 021-000021

Bank Account: ***

Custody Account: ***

 

Each such wire shall show the name of the Company, the Private Placement Number, the due date of the payment being made and, if such payment is a final payment.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the America

37th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention:         Cosmo Valente / Mike Maher / Mei Wong

Telephone:       212/969-6384 / 212-823-2873 / 212-969-2112

Email:               cosmo.valente@alliancebernstein.com

  mike.maher@alliancebernstein.com

  mei.wong@alliancebernstein.com

(3)    E-mail address: erin.daugherty@alliancebernstein.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

37th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Erin Daugherty

Telephone: 212 887-2943

 

A-26


(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-557-0651
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

525 Washington Blvd., 34th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Lynn Garofalo

Telephone Number: (201) 743-6634

 

A-27


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

525 Washington Blvd., 34th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

   E    $ 3,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JP Morgan Chase

Account (s): AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

4 Chase Metrotech Center

Brooklyn, New York 11245

ABA No.: 021-000021

Bank Account: ***

Custody Account: ***

Note Amount of $3,000,000.00

 

Each such wire shall show the name of the Company, the Private Placement Number, the due date of the payment being made and, if such payment is a final payment.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the America

37th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention:         Cosmo Valente / Mike Maher / Mei Wong

Telephone:       212/969-6384 / 212-823-2873 / 212-969-2112

Email:               cosmo.valente@alliancebernstein.com

  mike.maher@alliancebernstein.com

  mei.wong@alliancebernstein.com

(3)    E-mail address: erin.daugherty@alliancebernstein.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

C/O AllianceBernstein LP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

37th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Erin Daugherty

Telephone: 212 823-2943

 

A-28


(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 13-557-0651
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

525 Washington Blvd., 34th Floor

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Lynn Garofalo

Telephone Number: (201) 743-6634

 

A-29


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

U NITED OF O MAHA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY

4 - Investment Management

Mutual of Omaha Plaza

Omaha, NE 68175-1011

   D    $ 11,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

ABA #021000021

Private Income Processing

 

For credit to:

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Account # ***

a/c: ***

Cusip/PPN: 80689# BD7

Interest Amount:

Principal Amount:

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

Address for all notices in respect of payment of Principal and Interest, Corporate Actions, and Reorganization Notifications:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

14201 Dallas Parkway - 13th Floor

Dallas, TX 75254-2917

Attn: Income Processing

a/c: G07097

(3)    E-mail address: privateplacements@mutualofomaha.com
(4)   

All other communications:

 

4 - Investment Management

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Mutual of Omaha Plaza

Omaha, NE 68175-1011

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 47-0322111

 

A-30


(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

4 Chase Metrotech Center, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

Attention: Physical Receive Department

Account # ***

 

A-31


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

   E    $ 10,000,000   

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

The Northern Trust Company

50 South LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60675

ABA No. 071-000-152

Account Name: Modern Woodmen of America

Account No. ***

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, the full title (including the applicable coupon rate and final maturity date) of the Notes, a reference to PPN No. 80689# BF2 and the due date and application (as among principal, premium and interest) of the payment being made.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Accounting Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

Fax: (309) 793-5688

(3)    E-mail address: investments@modern-woodmen.org
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Investment Department

1701 First Avenue

Rock Island, IL 61201

Fax: (309) 793-5574

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 36-1493430
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.

 

A-32


(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Modern Woodmen of America

Attn: Douglas A. Pannier

1701 1st Ave

Rock Island, IL 61201

 

A-33


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

W OODMEN OF THE W ORLD L IFE I NSURANCE
  S OCIETY

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

   D

 

H

   $

 

$

4,000,000

 

4,000,000

  

 

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

Northern CHGO/Trust

ABA # 071000152

Credit Wire Account ***

Account ***

Account Name: Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society-General

Swift# CNORUS44

RE: Wire must identify payment by PPN#, with breakdown of principal/interest amounts.

 

with sufficient information to identify the source and application of such funds.

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

Attn: Kim Parrott

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

kparrott@woodmen.org

(3)    E-mail address: kparrott@woodmen.org
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

Attn: Kim Parrott

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 47-0339250
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.

 

A-34


(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

Attn: Kim Parrott

1700 Farnam Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

 

A-35


     Series of Notes    Principal
Amount of
Notes

to be Purchased
 

S TATE OF W ISCONSIN I NVESTMENT B OARD

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53703

Attn: Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group-

Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

   E

H

   $

$

3,000,000

5,000,000

  

  

 

(1)   

All payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to:

 

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF BOSTON

ABA # 011-00-1234

For the account of the State of Wisconsin Investment Board

DDA# ***

Attn: Cost Center 1195

For: SWBF0335002, Schneider National Leasing [3.61% due 2024][3.71% due 2025]

(2)   

All notices of payments and written confirmations of such wire transfers:

 

Ms. Mai Thor

Accounting Specialist

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

P. O. Box 7842

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

Phone: (608) 267-3742

Fax: (608) 266-2436

(3)    E-mail address: mai.thor@swib.state.wi.us, jim.vandermeer@swib.state.wi.us, and chris.prestigiacomo@swib.state.wi.us
(4)   

All other communications:

 

Postal Address

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

P. O. Box 7842

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

Attention:        Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

 

Street Address

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53703

Attention:Portfolio Manager, Private Markets Group – Wisconsin Private Debt Portfolio

 

A-36


(5)    Taxpayer I.D. Number: 39-6006423
(6)    Beneficial Owner of the Note(s), if other than the Purchaser: None.
(7)    Name of Nominee: None.
(8)   

Delivery of the Notes:

 

Ms. Mai Thor

Accounting Specialist

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

121 East Wilson Street

Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7842

 

A-37


D EFINED T ERMS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement (including this Schedule B) shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Parent Guaranty Agreement.

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

“Agreement” shall mean this Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Change of Control” is defined in Section 8.7(h).

“Closing Date” is defined in Section 3.

“Closings” is defined in Section 3.

“Company” shall mean Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.1.

“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.

“Control Event” is defined in Section 8.7(i).

“Default” shall mean an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or cure period or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall mean with respect to any Note, that per annum rate of interest that is the greater of (a) 2.00% above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of such Note or (b) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

“Execution Date” is defined in Section 3.

“Existing Agreements” shall mean (a) (i) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; (b) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and

S CHEDULE  B

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; and (c) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

“First Closing” is defined in Section 3.

“First Closing Date” is defined in Section 3.

“Guarantor” shall mean any of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor and “Guarantors” shall mean the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Guaranty Agreement” shall mean each of the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and “Guaranty Agreements” shall mean the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

“holder” shall mean, with respect to any Note, the Purchaser or Permitted Transferee in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1, provided, however , that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 7, 8.7(c), 12, 17.2 and 18 and any related definitions in this Schedule B, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

“INHAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(e).

“Make-Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.

“Maturity Date” shall, with respect to any Note, have the meaning specified in such Note.

“NAIC Annual Statement” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Notes” is defined in Section 1 and shall include such Notes as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17.

“Officer’s Certificate” of any Person means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of such Person whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

“Parent Guarantor” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

“Parent Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2.

 

B-2


“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased by any Purchaser under this Agreement, provided that such transferee shall not be a direct competitor of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Proposed Payment Date” is defined in Section 8.7(c).

“PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Purchaser” or “Purchasers” shall mean each of the purchasers whose signatures appear at the end of this Agreement and such Purchaser’s successors and assigns (so long as any such assignment complies with Section 13.2), provided, however, that any Purchaser of a Note that ceases to be the registered holder or a beneficial owner (through a nominee) of such Note as the result of a transfer thereof pursuant to Section 13.2 shall cease to be included within the meaning of “Purchaser” of such Note for the purposes of this Agreement upon such transfer.

“QPAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(d).

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall mean any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

“Schneider Family Group” is defined in Section 8.7(j).

“Second Closing” is defined in Section 3.

“Second Closing Date” is defined in Section 3.

“Series C Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series D Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series E Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series F Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series G Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Series H Notes” is defined in Section 1.

“Significant Subsidiary” shall mean, at any time, a Subsidiary that accounts for more than (a) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (b) 5% of consolidated revenue of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

“Source” is defined in Section 6.2.

“Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Successor Entity” is defined in Section 10.1(b)(i).

 

B-3


G OVERNMENTAL A UTHORIZATIONS

Form U-2 Uniform Consent to Service of Process for the State of Connecticut for the Company.

 

S CHEDULE  5.4

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


F ORM OF S ERIES C N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

2.76% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES C, DUE N OVEMBER  10, 2019

 

No. CR-                      , 20     
$                 PPN: 80689# BC9

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on November 10, 2019 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 2.76% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each May and November in each year, commencing with the May 10 or November 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 4.76% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series C Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

E XHIBIT  1(a)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(a)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES D N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3.25% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES D, DUE N OVEMBER  10, 2021

 

No. DR-     

                        , 20     

$                      

   PPN: 80689# BD7

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on November 10, 2021 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.25% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each May and November in each year, commencing with the May 10 or November 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.25% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series D Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

E XHIBIT  1(b)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(b)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES E N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3.61% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES E, DUE N OVEMBER  10, 2024

 

No. ER-     

                , 20     

$                      

   PPN: 80689# BE5

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on November 10, 2024 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.61% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each May and November in each year, commencing with the May 10 or November 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.61% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series E Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

E XHIBIT  1(c)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(c)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES F N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

2.86% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES F, DUE M ARCH  10, 2020

 

No. FR-     

                , 20     

$                      

   PPN: 80689# BF2

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on March 10, 2020 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 2.86% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each March and September in each year, commencing with the March 10 or September 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 4.86% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series F Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

E XHIBIT  1(d)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(d)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES G N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3.35% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES G, DUE M ARCH  10, 2022

 

No. GR-     

                , 20     

$                      

   PPN: 80689# BG0

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on March 10, 2022 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.35% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each March and September in each year, commencing with the March 10 or September 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.35% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series G Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

E XHIBIT  1(e)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(e)-2


F ORM OF S ERIES H N OTE

T HIS N OTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED , OR ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE S TATES OF THE U NITED S TATES , AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .

3.71% S ENIOR N OTE , S ERIES H, DUE M ARCH  10, 2025

 

No. HR-     

                , 20     

$                      

   PPN: 80689# BH8

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned, S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC . (herein called the “ Company ”), a Nevada corporation, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             D OLLARS on March 10, 2025 (the “ Maturity Date ”), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.71% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, in arrears, on the tenth of each March and September in each year, commencing with the March 10 or September 10 next succeeding the date hereof, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.71% or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of Bank of America, N.A. in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

This Note is one of the Series H Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, (i) to have agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) to have made the representations set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

E XHIBIT  1(f)

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) and a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as from time to time amended, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ,” and together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “ Guaranty Agreements ”), each dated as of even date with the Note Purchase Agreement, Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and certain of its Subsidiaries, respectively, have absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed payment in full of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on this Note and the performance of the Company of all of its obligations contained in the Note Purchase Agreement all as more fully set forth in said Guaranty Agreements.

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement, occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL L EASING , I NC .
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1(f)-2


F ORM OF P ARENT G UARANTY A GREEMENT

(see attached)


E XECUTION V ERSION

 

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , I NC .

G UARANTY A GREEMENT

regarding

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, Due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of November 10, 2014

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS  
    Section             Page  

SECTION 1.

  THE GUARANTY      1   

SECTION 2.

  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE      2   

SECTION 3.

  WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION      3   
  Section 3.1    Waiver      3   
  Section 3.2    Obligations Unimpaired      4   

SECTION 4.

  REINSTATEMENT AND RANK      4   
  Section 4.1    Reinstatement of Guaranty      4   
  Section 4.2    Rank of Guaranty      5   

SECTION 5.

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR      5   
  Section 5.1    Organization; Power and Authority      5   
  Section 5.2    Authorization, Etc      5   
  Section 5.3    Disclosure      5   
  Section 5.4    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates      6   
  Section 5.5    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities      6   
  Section 5.6    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc      6   
  Section 5.7    Governmental Authorizations, Etc      7   
  Section 5.8    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders      7   
  Section 5.9    Taxes      7   
  Section 5.10    Title to Property; Leases      8   
  Section 5.11    Licenses, Permits, Etc      8   
  Section 5.12    Compliance with ERISA      8   
  Section 5.13    Private Offering      9   
  Section 5.14    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations      9   
  Section 5.15    Existing Debt, Future Liens      10   
  Section 5.16    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc      10   
  Section 5.17    Status under Certain Statutes      12   
  Section 5.18    Environmental Matters      12   

SECTION 6.

  INFORMATION AS TO GUARANTOR      13   
  Section 6.1    Financial and Business Information      13   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 
    Section             Page  
  Section 6.2    Officer’s Certificate      15   
  Section 6.3    Visitation      16   
  Section 6.4    Electronic Delivery      16   

SECTION 7.

  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      17   
  Section 7.1    Compliance with Laws      17   
  Section 7.2    Insurance      18   
  Section 7.3    Maintenance of Properties      18   
  Section 7.4    Payment of Taxes and Claims      18   
  Section 7.5    Corporate Existence, Etc      18   
  Section 7.6    Ownership of Company      18   
  Section 7.7    Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement      18   
  Section 7.8    Books and Records      19   

SECTION 8.

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR      20   
  Section 8.1    Leverage Ratio      20   
  Section 8.2    Minimum Net Worth      20   
  Section 8.3    Liens      20   
  Section 8.4    Priority Debt      21   
  Section 8.5    Sales of Assets      21   
  Section 8.6    Merger, Consolidation      22   
  Section 8.7    Nature of Business      23   
  Section 8.8    Transactions with Affiliates      23   
  Section 8.9    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations      24   

SECTION 9.

  DEFINITIONS      24   

SECTION 10.

  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT      34   

SECTION 11.

  AMENDMENT AND WAIVER      34   
  Section 11.1    Requirements      34   
  Section 11.2    Solicitation of Holders of Notes      34   
  Section 11.3    Binding Effect, Etc      35   
  Section 11.4    Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc      35   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 
    Section             Page  

SECTION 12.

  NOTICES      35   

SECTION 13.

  REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS      36   

SECTION 14.

  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION      36   

SECTION 15.

  MISCELLANEOUS      38   
  Section 15.1    Successors and Assigns      38   
  Section 15.2    Accounting Terms      38   
  Section 15.3    Severability      38   
  Section 15.4    Construction      38   
  Section 15.5    Counterparts      38   
  Section 15.6      Governing Law      38   
  Section 15.7      Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial      38   

 

-iii-


S CHEDULE  I      Information Relating to Purchasers
S CHEDULE 5.3      Disclosure Documents
S CHEDULE  5.4      Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; Ownership of Subsidiary Stock; Affiliates; Directors and Senior Officers
S CHEDULE  5.5      Financial Statements
S CHEDULE  5.7      Governmental Authorizations
S CHEDULE  5.15      Existing Debt; Future Liens

 

-iv-


G UARANTY A GREEMENT

This G UARANTY A GREEMENT , dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated, reaffirmed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty Agreement ”), is made by S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (together with any successor that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.6, the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of each “ holder ” (as defined below).

P RELIMINARY S TATEMENT :

A. Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

B. Concurrently herewith, the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule I hereto (hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Purchasers ”) are entering into a Note Purchase Agreement (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions of such Note Agreement, the Purchasers will purchase $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019 (the “ Series C Notes ”); (ii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021 (the “ Series D Notes ”); (iii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024 (the “ Series E Notes ”); (iv) $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020 (the “ Series F Notes ”); (v) $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022 (the “ Series G Notes ”); and (vi) $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025 (the “ Series H Notes ”; together with the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes, the Series E Notes, the Series F Notes and the Series G Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Agreement).

C. A condition, among others, to the agreement of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes under the Note Agreement is that Guarantor execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement for the benefit of the holders.

N OW THEREFORE , in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Purchasers as follows:

SECTION 1. T HE G UARANTY .

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Purchasers and each holder the due and punctual payment in full of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in


clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Agreement. Each default in payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, or interest on, or any other amount due under, the Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Agreement make reference to this Guaranty Agreement.

The Guarantor hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (a) any breach by the Guarantor or by the Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (b) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Agreement.

SECTION 2. O BLIGATIONS A BSOLUTE .

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall apply to the Note Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with the Guarantor; or (f) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-2-


SECTION 3. W AIVER AND A UTHORIZATION .

Section 3.1 Waiver. The Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by the Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, the Guarantor, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon errors or omissions of any holder in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e)(i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to the Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 2 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Guaranty Agreement; and

 

-3-


(h)(i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “ Other Party ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 3.2 Obligations Unimpaired. The Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to the Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, the Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 4. R EINSTATEMENT AND R ANK .

Section 4.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, the Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement, and the Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, thereon and any other Guaranteed Obligations hereunder.

 

-4-


Section 4.2 Rank of Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

SECTION 5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE G UARANTOR .

On the Execution Date and on the date of each Closing, the Guarantor represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

Section 5.1 Organization; Power and Authority. The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

Section 5.2 Authorization, Etc. This Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantor, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 5.3 Disclosure. The Guarantor, through its agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated September 2014 (the “ Memorandum ”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. This Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Memorandum, the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Guarantor prior to October 10, 2014 in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Note Agreement and identified in Schedule 5.3 (this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2013, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary except changes that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Guarantor that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.

 

-5-


Section 5.4 Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates.

(a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) a complete and correct list as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement of (i) the Guarantors’ Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Guarantor and each other Subsidiary, (ii) the Guarantor’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) the Guarantor’s directors and senior officers.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by the Guarantor or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien that is prohibited by this Guaranty Agreement.

(c) Each Subsidiary is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.

(d) No Subsidiary is subject to any legal, regulatory or contractual restriction (other than the agreements described on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

Section 5.5 Financial Statements; Material Liabilities. The Guarantor has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of such financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

Section 5.6 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in

 

-6-


respect of any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter, bylaws, or similar organizational and governing instruments, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary.

Section 5.7 Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty Agreement, except for those that have been obtained or made and are described on Schedule 5.7.

Section 5.8 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any property of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority, or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.9 Taxes. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Guarantor knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of U.S. federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The U.S. federal income tax liabilities of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) and paid for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

-7-


Section 5.10 Title to Property; Leases. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Guaranty Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

Section 5.11 Licenses, Permits, Etc.

(a) The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.

(b) To the knowledge of the Guarantor, no product or service of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.

(c) To the knowledge of the Guarantor, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.12 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) The Guarantor and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or U.S. federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of a security interest in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.

(b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most

 

-8-


recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. The term “ benefit liabilities ” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “ current value ” and “ present value ” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

(c) The Guarantor and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The expected post-retirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Guarantor’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries is not Material.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement will not constitute a transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Guarantor in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 of the Note Agreement as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

Section 5.13 Private Offering. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting under their direction has offered the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 20 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement at a private sale for investment. Neither the Guarantor nor the Company nor anyone acting on its or their behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes or the issuance and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

Section 5.14 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. Proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used for general corporate purposes of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes under the Note Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Guarantor in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 2% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its

 

-9-


Subsidiaries and the Guarantor does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 2% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

Section 5.15 Existing Debt, Future Liens.

(a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of October 31, 2014 (including descriptions of the obligors and obligees and principal amounts outstanding), and, other than increases or decreases in the aggregate amount of revolving credit indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries outstanding from time to time in the ordinary course of business or scheduled amortization payments in respect of any such Debt set forth in Schedule 5.15, there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries since such date. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, and no event or condition exists with respect to any Debt of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Debt or to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 8.3.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or any other organizational document) that limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Debt of the Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Company, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15.

Section 5.16 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

(a) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) (an “ OFAC Listed Person ”), (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (A) any OFAC Listed Person or (B) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, subject to sanctions under or engaged in any activity in

 

-10-


violation of other United States economic sanctions, including but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “ U.S. Economic Sanctions ”) (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “ Blocked Person ”). Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(b) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Guarantor or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act or any other United States law or regulation governing such activities (collectively, “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”) or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (ii) to the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Guarantor has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Guarantor and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Money Laundering Laws and U.S. Economic Sanctions.

(d)(i) Neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity (A) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti-corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “ Anti-Corruption Laws ”), (B) to the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any U.S. or non-U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, (C) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti-Corruption Laws or (D) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;

 

-11-


(ii) To the Guarantor’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, neither the Guarantor nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of (A) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Governmental Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (B) inducing a Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (C) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage; and

(iii) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage. The Guarantor has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Guarantor and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti-Corruption Laws.

Section 5.17 Status under Certain Statutes. Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

Section 5.18 Environmental Matters.

(a) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any claim against the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties or other assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Neither the Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them in a manner that is contrary to any Environmental Law and in any manner that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-12-


(d) Neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner that is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6. I NFORMATION AS TO G UARANTOR .

Section 6.1 Financial and Business Information. So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor shall deliver to each Significant Holder:

(a) Quarterly Statements —within 60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Guarantor (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Guarantor’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(a);

(b) Annual Statements —within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, duplicate copies of,

(i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and

(ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, for such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied (in the case of

 

-13-


the consolidated statements) by an opinion thereon (without a “going concern” or similar qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Guarantor’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Guarantor’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(b);

(c) SEC and Other Reports —promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such Significant Holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary with the SEC and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

(d) Notice of Default or Event of Default —promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor or the Company becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(g) of the Note Agreement, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor or the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(e) ERISA Matters —promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

(i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the Execution Date; or

(ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the

 

-14-


termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

(iii) any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) Notices from Governmental Authority —promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Resignation or Replacement of Independent Auditors —within 30 days following the date on which the Company’s independent auditors resign or the Company elects to change independent auditors, as the case may be, notification thereof, together with such supporting information as the Required Holders may reasonably request; and

(h) Requested Information —with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Significant Holder.

Section 6.2 Officer’s Certificate. Each set of financial statements delivered to a Significant Holder pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor:

(a) Covenant Compliance —setting forth the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Guarantor was in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.4 and Section 8.5 hereof during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence). In the event that the Guarantor or any Subsidiary has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Guaranty Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3) as to the period covered by any such financial statement, such Senior Financial Officer’s certificate as to such period shall include a reconciliation from GAAP with respect to such election; and

 

-15-


(b) Event of Default —certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and of the Note Agreement and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Guarantor shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 6.3 Visitation. The Guarantor shall permit any Significant Holder or any Person designated in writing by a Significant Holder as a representative of such Significant Holder:

(a) No Default —if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Significant Holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Guarantor, to visit the principal executive office of the Guarantor, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries with the Guarantor’s officers, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Guarantor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Guarantor and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

(b) Default —if a Default or Event of Default then exists, to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Guarantor authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested. Any visitation and inspection pursuant to this Section 6.3(b) shall be at the expense of the Significant Holders, provided that the Guarantor agrees to reimburse the reasonable visitation and inspection expenses of three representatives designated by the Required Holders following the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default.

Section 6.4 Electronic Delivery. In addition to written communications delivered in accordance with Section 12, financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officers’ Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Guarantor pursuant to Sections 6.1(a), (b) or (c) and Section 6.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Guarantor satisfies any of the following requirements:

(a) such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 are delivered to each Significant Holder by e-mail to the address provided therefor pursuant to Section 12;

 

-16-


(b) the Guarantor shall have timely filed such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b), as the case may be, with the SEC and shall have made such form available on “EDGAR” and such form and the related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 available on its home page on the internet, which is located at http://www.schneider.com as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement or, in the case of the related Officer’s Certificates, such Officer’s Certificate is delivered to each Significant Holder by e-mail to the address provided therefor pursuant to Section 12;

(c) such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b), and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 6.2 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Guarantor on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Significant Holder has free access; or

(d) the Guarantor shall have filed any of the items referred to in Section 6.1(c) with the SEC and shall have made such items available (1) on its home page on the internet or (2) on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Significant Holder has free access;

provided however , that in the case of either clause (b), (c) or (d), the Guarantor shall have given each Significant Holder prior written notice in accordance with Section 12, which may be by e-mail and that, in the case of any posting, includes the applicable URL to such posting, of such posting or filing in connection with each delivery, provided further , that upon request of any Significant Holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, the Guarantor will promptly e-mail them to the address provided therefor pursuant to Section 12 or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such Significant Holder.

SECTION 7. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS .

The Guarantor covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section 7.1 Compliance with Laws. Without limiting Section 8.9, the Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-17-


Section 7.2 Insurance. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

Section 7.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties necessary in the operation of their business in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Guarantor or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Guarantor has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4 Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, provided that neither the Guarantor nor any Subsidiary need pay any such tax or assessment or claims if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Guarantor or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Guarantor or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.5 Corporate Existence, Etc. Subject to Section 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect. Subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.6, the Guarantor will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate or legal existence of each of its Subsidiaries and all rights and franchises of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Guarantor, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6 Ownership of Company. The Guarantor will at all times keep and maintain the Company as a Subsidiary.

 

-18-


Section 7.7 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(a) The Guarantor will cause any Subsidiary which is or becomes a party to, or otherwise guaranties, Debt under the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents, to become a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and deliver within five Business Days thereafter to each of the holders of the Notes the following items:

(i) a joinder agreement in respect of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(ii) an opinion of counsel (who may be in-house counsel for the Guarantor) addressed to each of the holders of the Notes satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as an enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

(b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically discharged and released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement if (i) such Subsidiary Guarantor has been released and discharged as an obligor or guarantor under the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents, (ii) concurrently with such release the Company shall deliver a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Guarantor to the holders of the Notes to the effect that (A) all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the Bank Credit Agreement and the Private Placement Documents and each other agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have guaranteed Debt of the Guarantor or the Company have been released and discharged, and (B) at the time of such release and discharge, no Default or Event of Default exists and (iii) any fee or other form of consideration is given to any holder of Debt under the Bank Credit Agreement or the Private Placement Documents expressly for the purpose of such release or discharge, the holders of the Notes shall receive proportional consideration. If any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released in accordance with this Section 7.7(b) upon written request from the Guarantor, the holders of the Notes shall confirm to the Guarantor that the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor has been released from the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Section 7.8 Books and Records. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity (a) on a consolidated basis, with GAAP and (b) with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. The Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets. The Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have devised a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that their respective books, records, and accounts accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets and the Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to maintain such system.

 

-19-


SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF GUARANTOR.

The Guarantor covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:

Section 8.1 Leverage Ratio. The Guarantor will not permit at any time the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted Debt to Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarter periods then most recently ended to exceed 3.50 to 1.00.

Section 8.2 Minimum Net Worth. The Guarantor will not permit at any time Consolidated Net Worth to be less than the sum of $616,710,000 plus 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2014, such quarterly increases to be cumulative and in no event shall such required amount be reduced by losses in any fiscal quarter.

Section 8.3 Liens. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except (which exception is qualified in its entirety by the paragraph appearing at the end of this Section 8.3):

(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Liens in connection with attachments or judgments (including judgment or appeal bonds) relating to judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(j) of the Note Agreement;

(b) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

(c) Liens on property or assets of a Subsidiary securing obligations of such Subsidiary to the Guarantor or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(d) Liens created in connection with the sale by the Guarantor and/or certain Subsidiaries of accounts receivable in an amount not to exceed 120% of the debt secured by such receivables (or interests therein) under the Receivables Program, provided that the amount of debt secured thereby shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the greater of (i) 70% of the gross trade receivables of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries or (ii) $200,000,000;

(e) any Lien existing on property immediately prior to its acquisition (after the Execution Date) by the Guarantor or a Subsidiary, provided that (i) any such Lien shall be confined solely to the item or items of property so acquired and, if required by the terms of the instrument originally creating such Lien, other property which is an improvement to or is acquired for specific use in connection with such acquired property,

 

-20-


(ii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the cost to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary of the property so acquired and (B) the Fair Market Value of such property (as determined in good faith the Board of Directors of the Guarantor) at the time of such acquisition, and (iii) no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such acquisition;

(f) any Lien existing on property of a Person immediately prior to its becoming a Subsidiary, provided that no such Lien shall have been created or assumed in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary;

(g) any Lien renewing, extending or refunding any Lien permitted by clauses (e) or (f) of this Section 8.3, provided that the principal amount of Debt secured by such Lien immediately prior thereto is not increased or the maturity thereof reduced and such Lien is not extended to other property;

(h) any Lien created under TRAC Leases; and

(i) other Liens not otherwise permitted by paragraphs (a) through (h), inclusive, of this Section 8.3 securing Debt; provided that, (i) the Debt secured by such Liens shall be permitted by the limitations set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.4 and (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, secure any Debt outstanding under or pursuant to the Bank Credit Agreement or the Private Placement Documents pursuant to this Section 8.3(i) unless and until the Notes, this Guaranty Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any other Guaranty delivered in connection therewith shall concurrently be secured equally and ratably with such Debt pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders in substance and in form, including, without limitation, an intercreditor agreement and opinions of counsel to the Guarantor and/or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

For the purposes of this Section 8.3, any Person becoming a Subsidiary after the date of this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to have incurred all of its then outstanding Liens at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, and any Person extending, renewing or refunding any Debt secured by any Lien shall be deemed to have incurred such Lien at the time of extension, renewal or refunding.

Section 8.4 Priority Debt. The Guarantor will not at any time permit Priority Debt to exceed 20% of Consolidated Net Worth.

Section 8.5 Sales of Assets. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any substantial part (as defined below) of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets constituting a substantial part of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if such assets are sold in an arm’s length transaction for consideration which is not less than the Fair Market Value of such property and, at such time and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received from such sale, lease or other disposition shall be used within 365 days of such sale, lease or disposition, in any combination:

(a) to acquire property and equipment of a similar nature and of at least equivalent value to the property which has been sold; or

 

-21-


(b) to make an offer to prepay or retire Senior Debt of the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries other than Senior Debt owed to any Affiliate; provided that (i) the Guarantor shall offer to prepay each outstanding Note in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion for such Note, and (ii) any such prepayment of the Notes shall be made at par, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, but without any Make-Whole Amount. Any offer of prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to each holder of the Notes by written notice which shall be delivered not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the proposed prepayment date. Each such notice shall state that it is given pursuant to this Section and that the offer set forth in such notice must be accepted by such holder in writing and shall also set forth (i) the prepayment date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) a description of the circumstances which give rise to the proposed prepayment, (iii) a calculation of the Ratable Portion for such holder’s Notes and (iv) the interest that would be due on the Ratable Portion of such holder’s Notes offered to be prepaid, accrued to the prepayment date. Each holder of the Notes which desires to have its Notes prepaid shall notify the Guarantor in writing delivered not less than five Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date of its acceptance of such offer of prepayment. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder. Prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be made in accordance with Section 8.4 of the Note Agreement.

As used in this Section 8.5, a sale, lease or other disposition of assets shall be deemed to be a “ substantial part ” of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries if the book value of such assets, when added to the book value of all other assets sold, leased or otherwise disposed of by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year of the Guarantor exceeds 15% of the book value of Consolidated Total Assets, determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such sale, lease or other disposition; provided that there shall be excluded from any determination of a “substantial part” any (i) sale or disposition of assets in the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and (ii) any transfer of assets from the Guarantor to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or from any Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (iii) receivables sold under the Receivables Program.

Section 8.6 Merger, Consolidation. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consolidate with or merge with any other corporation or other legal entity or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person; provided that:

(a) a Subsidiary of the Guarantor may (i) consolidate with or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to, the Guarantor or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or any other Person so long as in any merger or consolidation involving the Guarantor, the Guarantor

 

-22-


shall be the surviving or continuing corporation, and in any merger or consolidation involving such other Person, such Subsidiary (or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) shall be the surviving or continuing entity, or (ii) convey, transfer or lease all of its assets in compliance with the provisions of Section 8.5;

(b) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Guarantor with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor in a single transaction or series of transactions to, any Person so long as:

(A) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be (the “ Successor Entity ”), shall be a solvent corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(B) the Successor Entity would be permitted by the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof to incur at least $1.00 of additional Consolidated Debt on a pro forma basis as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;

(C) if the Guarantor is not the Successor Entity, such Successor Entity shall have executed and delivered to each holder its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Guaranty Agreement (pursuant to such agreements and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders), and the Guarantor shall have caused to be delivered to each holder (i) an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, and (ii) an acknowledgment from each Subsidiary Guarantor that the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement continues in full force and effect; and

(D) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and

(c) the foregoing restriction does not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of transactions to, a Subsidiary of the Guarantor in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 of the Note Agreement.

Section 8.7 Nature of Business. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business, if, as a result, when taken as a whole, the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on the Execution Date.

Section 8.8 Transactions with Affiliates. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of

 

-23-


related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

Section 8.9 Terrorism Sanctions Regulations. The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Controlled Entity to, (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or any Person that is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or by the European Union, or (b) directly or indirectly, have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including, without limitation, any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or regulation applicable to such holder, or (ii) is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (c) engage, nor shall any Affiliate of either engage, in any activity that could subject such Person or any holder to sanctions under CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.

SECTION 9. D EFINITIONS .

For the purpose of this Guaranty Agreement, the terms defined in the text of any Section or prefatory paragraph shall have the respective meanings specified therein; and the following terms shall have the meanings specified with respect thereto below:

Affiliate ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such first Person, except a Subsidiary of the Guarantor shall not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor, and (b) with respect to any Purchaser, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which such Purchaser or any Affiliate of such Purchaser as investment advisor or portfolio manager. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation or other entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” is defined in Section 5.16(d)(i).

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” is defined in Section 5.16(c).

Bank Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 among the Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, the financial institutions which are parties thereto as lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 21, 2013 and as may be further amended, restated, joined, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and any renewals, extensions or replacements thereof which constitutes the primary bank credit facility of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

Blocked Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

 

-24-


Business Day ” shall mean (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 of the Note Agreement only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of the Note Agreement or any provision of this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in Chicago, Illinois or New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” shall mean any rental obligation which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as Debt (net of interest expense) in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit or Eurodollar time deposits and certificates of deposit of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing or any branch thereof (i) having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (ii) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued in the United States and having a maturity of 270 days or less from the date of acquisition with the issuer having a rating from S&P of at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by a Person with a bank or trust company (including any Approved Bank) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) obligations of any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from federal income taxation under section 103 of the Code, having a long term rating of at least “AA-” or “Aa-3” by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of acquisition thereof, (f) investments in municipal auction preferred stock (i) rated “AAA” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “Aaa” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and (ii) with dividends or interest rates that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

CISADA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act, as amended from time to time.

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

 

-25-


Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Company ” is defined in the Recitals of this Guaranty Agreement.

Consolidated Adjusted Debt ” shall mean Consolidated Debt less the amount of unencumbered Consolidated Cash (shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as of the date of any determination thereof) in excess of $10,000,000.

Consolidated Cash ” shall mean, as of any time of determination thereof, all cash and Cash Equivalents of the Guarantor and domestic Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Debt ” shall mean Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (excluding any non-cash gains or losses) for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (a) consolidated interest expense, (b) all provisions for income taxes and (c) depreciation and amortization, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period, if during such period the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall have acquired or disposed of any Person or acquired or disposed of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or any business unit or division of any Person, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the amount which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be reported as net income on the audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the par value (or value stated on the books of the Guarantor) of the capital stock of all classes of the Guarantor, plus (or minus in the case of a surplus deficit) (b) the amount of the consolidated surplus, whether capital or earned, of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries after subtracting therefrom the aggregate of treasury stock and any other contra-equity accounts including, without limitation, Minority Interests; all determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Controlled Entity ” shall mean (a) any of the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor and any of their or the Guarantor’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (b) if the Guarantor has a parent company, such parent company and its Controlled Affiliates. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

-26-


Debt ” shall mean, without duplication, the sum of (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) indebtedness representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business payable on terms customary in the trade) or evidenced by notes payable, (c) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter acquired, (d) obligations (excluding any reserves established in accordance with GAAP) which are due more than one year from the date of creation thereof and which would be shown on the Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet as a liability in accordance with GAAP, (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) net liabilities under hedging agreements, (g) Guaranties in respect of the obligations of another Person, and (h) any part of the obligations under the Receivables Program which are recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, surface water, ground water, or land), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, and any and all regulations, codes, plans, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or demand letters issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Guarantor under section 414 of the Code.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note Agreement.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Execution Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

Fair Market Value ” shall mean, at any time and with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arm’s-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller (neither being under a compulsion to buy or sell).

 

-27-


GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean:

(a) the government of:

(i) the United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof, or

(ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Guarantor or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary; or

(b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

Governmental Official ” shall mean any governmental official or employee, employee of any government-owned or government-controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.

Guaranteed Obligations ” is defined in Section 1.

Guaranties ” by any Person shall mean all obligations (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect, guaranteeing any Debt, dividend or other obligation, of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Debt or obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Debt or obligation, or (c) to lease property or to purchase securities or other property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Debt or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of the Debt or obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Debt or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of any Debt for borrowed money shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the principal amount of such Debt for borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and a Guaranty in respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend shall be deemed to be Debt equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation, liability or dividend.

Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

Guaranty Agreement ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty Agreement.

 

-28-


Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or any other substances that might pose a hazard to health or safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage, or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law (including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls).

holders ” and “ holder ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Note Agreement, provided , however , that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 1, 6, 11.2 and 12 and any related definitions in this Section 9, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

Institutional Investor ” shall mean (a) any Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or otherwise) or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) or any other type of preferential arrangement for the purpose, or having the effect, of protecting a creditor against loss or securing the payment or performance of an obligation.

Make-Whole Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 of the Note Agreement.

Material ” shall mean material in relation to the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, financial condition, assets or properties of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Note Agreement and the Notes or the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guaranty Agreement, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement or the Notes.

Memorandum ” is defined in Section 5.3.

Minority Interests ” shall mean any shares of stock of any class of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by law) that are not owned by the Guarantor and/or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries. Minority Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests constituting preferred stock at the voluntary or involuntary liquidating value of such preferred stock, whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests constituting common stock at the book value of capital and surplus applicable thereto adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of such common stock required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests in preferred stock.

 

-29-


Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor ratings entity.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

NAIC ” shall mean the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

Net Proceeds ” shall mean with respect to any sale of property by any Person an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount of the consideration received by such Person in respect of such sale (valued at the Fair Market Value of such consideration at the time of such sale determined by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor), minus, without duplication, (b) the sum of (i) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by such Person in connection with such sale, and (ii) all state, federal and foreign taxes incurred by, or to be incurred (assuming the highest marginal rate were applicable to such sale) by, the seller in connection with such sale.

Note Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Notes ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement and shall include such Notes as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17 of the Note Agreement.

OFAC ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Listed Person ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

OFAC Sanctions Program ” shall mean any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing. A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx.

Other Party ” is defined in Section 3.1(h)(i).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt ” shall mean Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor arising under a Guaranty by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Debt of the Guarantor or another Subsidiary.

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a business entity or a Governmental Authority.

 

-30-


Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

Priority Debt ” shall mean (a) Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries which is secured by a Lien (excluding Debt secured by Liens described in clauses (a) through (h) of Section 8.3) and (b) unsecured Debt of any Subsidiary other than (i) Debt held by the Company, and (ii) Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor Debt. For purposes of all computations made under this Guaranty Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of Debt shall be deemed to be Priority Debt equal to the amount of such Debt which has been guaranteed.

Private Placement Documents ” shall mean (a) (i) the Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 11, 2004, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith; (b) (i) the Note Agreement dated as of May 7, 2010, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith and (c) (i) the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 2013, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the institutional investors named therein, (ii) the Parent Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended from time to time, between the Parent Guarantor and such institutional investors, (iii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of even date therewith, as amended or joined from time to time, by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of such institutional investors, and (iv) any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith.

“property” or “properties” shall mean, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

Purchaser ” is defined in the Recitals to this Guaranty Agreement.

Ratable Portion ” shall mean, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount equal to the Net Proceeds being so applied to the prepayment of Senior Debt multiplied by (b) a fraction the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries other than Senior Debt owed to Affiliates.

Receivables Program ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Guarantor or such

 

-31-


Subsidiary, as the case may be, may sell, convey or otherwise transfer receivables for Fair Market Value to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries) intended to be a true sale transaction and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), and any Receivables Subsidiary may transfer, or grant a security interest in, any receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such receivables, all contracts and all Guaranties or other obligations in respect of such receivables and the proceeds of such receivables; provided that there shall be no recourse under such securitization to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor which engages in no activities other than the financing of receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Guarantor as a Receivables Subsidiary, (a) no portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary (excluding Guaranties of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than the receivables and related rights sold into the applicable Receivables Program and other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, and (b) to which neither the Guarantor nor any other Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

Required Holder(s) ” shall mean the holder or holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes from time to time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Guarantor, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates); provided that prior to the Second Closing, Required Holders shall also include each of the purchasers of the Series F Notes, the Series G Notes and the Series H Notes.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.

“Second Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Note Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

Senior Debt ” shall mean Debt other than Subordinated Debt.

Senior Financial Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person.

 

-32-


Significant Holder ” shall mean (a) prior to the Second Closing, each Purchaser, (b) on and after the Second Closing, each Purchaser so long as such Purchaser shall hold any Note and (c) any holder that is a bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor ratings entity.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary that are customary in the non-recourse securitization of receivables transactions.

Subordinated Debt ” shall mean all unsecured Debt of the Guarantor or the Company which shall contain or have applicable thereto subordination provisions providing for the subordination thereof to other Debt of the Guarantor (including, without limitation, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement) or the Company.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person, and any partnership, limited liability company or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

Subsidiary Guarantors ” shall mean Schneider Resources, Inc., Schneider Finance, Inc., Schneider National Carriers, Inc. and each Subsidiary of the Guarantor that subsequent to the Execution Date becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in accordance with Section 7.7 of this Guaranty Agreement and the form of Guaranty Joinder attached as Exhibit A to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of the Note Agreement.

Successor Entity ” is defined in Section 8.6(b)(A).

SVO ” shall mean the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

TRAC Leases ” shall mean leases of tractors, trailers, containers, chassis and/or other similar transportation equipment for which the rental obligations of the lessee thereunder constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations of such lessee.

 

-33-


Transferee ” shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of all or any part of any Note purchased under the Note Agreement.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

U.S. Economic Sanctions ” is defined in Section 5.16(a).

Wholly-Owned ” shall mean, as applied to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all the outstanding shares (other than directors’ qualifying shares, if required by law) of every class of stock or other equity interest of which are at the time owned by the Guarantor and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 10. S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT .

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Guaranty Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Guarantor under this Guaranty Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Guarantor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 11. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER .

Section 11.1 Requirements. This Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein for purposes of Section 5), will be effective as to a Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the Purchasers or the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (ii) amend any of Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 11 or 14.

Section 11.2 Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

(a) Solicitation . The Guarantor will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser or holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Guarantor will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 11.2 to each

 

-34-


Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(b) Payment . The Guarantor will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

(c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent given pursuant to this Section 11.2 by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect, Etc. Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 11 applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Guarantor without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Guarantor and any Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.

Section 11.4 Notes Held by Guarantor, Etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 12. N OTICES .

Except to the extent otherwise permitted in Section 6.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy or other electronic communication (including e-mail) capable of producing a written record if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A to the Note Agreement, or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing; or

 

-35-


(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing; or

(iii) if to the Guarantor, to the Guarantor at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Guarantor shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 12 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 13. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Guaranty Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser on the Execution Date and at a Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to a holder of the Notes, may be reproduced by such holder by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such holder may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Guarantor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a holder of the Notes in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 13 shall not prohibit the Guarantor or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

SECTION 14. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 14, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement and the Note Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser on a non-confidential basis prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or from a Person who is known to such Purchaser to be bound by a

 

-36-


confidentiality agreement with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 6.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 14, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of the Guarantor or the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 14), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, the Note Agreement, this Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 14 as though it were a party to this Guaranty Agreement. On reasonable request by the Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Guaranty Agreement or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with the Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 14.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Note Agreement or this Guaranty Agreement, any Purchaser is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 14, the terms of this Section 14 shall, as between such Purchaser and the Guarantor, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

-37-


SECTION 15. M ISCELLANEOUS .

Section 15.1 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Guaranty Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

Section 15.2 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (a) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP and (b) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7, Section 8 and the definition of “Debt”), any election by the Guarantor to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 825-10-25—Fair Value Option, International Accounting Standard 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

Section 15.3 Severability. Any provision of this Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 15.4 Construction. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

Section 15.5 Counterparts. This Guaranty Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

Section 15.6 Governing Law. This Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

Section 15.7 Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To

 

-38-


the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) The Guarantor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 15.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 12 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(c) Nothing in this Section 15.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Guarantor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(d) T HE G UARANTOR WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS G UARANTY A GREEMENT , THE S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT , THE N OTE A GREEMENT OR THE N OTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH .

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

-39-


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date and year first above written.

 

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL , I NC .
By:    
Name:    
Its:    


Agreed and accepted as of the date first written above.

[P URCHASERS ]


I NFORMATION R ELATING TO P URCHASERS

 

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION

N EW Y ORK L IFE I NSURANCE AND A NNUITY C ORPORATION I NSTITUTIONALLY O WNED L IFE I NSURANCE S EPARATE A CCOUNT (BOLI3)

T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
T HE N ORTHWESTERN M UTUAL L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY FOR ITS G ROUP A NNUITY S EPARATE A CCOUNT
U NITED S ERVICES A UTOMOBILE A SSOCIATION
USAA G ENERAL I NDEMNITY C OMPANY
USAA C ASUALTY I NSURANCE C OMPANY
USAA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
T HE G UARDIAN L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY OF A MERICA
T HE G UARDIAN I NSURANCE  & A NNUITY C OMPANY , I NC .
H ARTFORD L IFE AND A CCIDENT I NSURANCE C OMPANY
H ARTFORD F IRE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
G REAT -W EST L IFE  & A NNUITY I NSURANCE C OMPANY
AXA E QUITABLE L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
U NITED OF O MAHA L IFE I NSURANCE C OMPANY
M ODERN W OODMEN OF A MERICA
W OODMEN OF THE W ORLD L IFE I NSURANCE S OCIETY
S TATE OF W ISCONSIN I NVESTMENT B OARD

S CHEDULE I

(to Guaranty Agreement)


D ISCLOSURE D OCUMENTS

None.

S CHEDULE 5.3

(to Guaranty Agreement)


S UBSIDIARIES OF THE G UARANTOR ; O WNERSHIP OF S UBSIDIARY S TOCK ; A FFILIATES ;

D IRECTORS AND S ENIOR O FFICERS

(a)(i) Guarantor’s Subsidiaries:

 

     Jurisdiction of
organization
   Percentage of
Ownership*

4488 International Holding Company Limited

   Barbados, V.I.    100%—SLI

INS Insurance, Inc. **

   Vermont    100%

N61GB, LLC

   Wisconsin    100%

Optimodal, LLC

   Wisconsin    100%—SNC

Schneider Distribution Services, LLC

   Wisconsin    95%

5%—SNC

Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC

   Wisconsin    100%—SNL

Schneider Finance, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider International Operations, LLC

   Wisconsin    95%—SNC

5%—SNI

Schneider Leasing de Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider Logistics Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100%—SLI

Schneider Logistics (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

   Tianjin, China    100%—4488

Schneider Logistics Transloading and Distribution, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%—SLI

Schneider Logistics Transportation, Inc.

   Louisiana    100%—SLI

Schneider Logistics, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc

   Louisiana    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider National Carriers, Ltd.

   Ontario, CN    100%

Schneider National de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    99%

Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

   Nevada    100%

Schneider Receivables Corporation

   Delaware    100%

Schneider Resources, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Specialized Carriers, Inc.

   North Dakota    100%

Schneider Tank Lines, Inc.

   Illinois    100%

Schneider Training Academy Canada, Ltd.

   Ontario CN    100%—STA

Schneider Training Academy, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transport, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

Schneider Transportation Management, Inc.

   Wisconsin    100%

* Except as noted, all ownership is by Schneider National, Inc.

** INS Insurance, Inc. is an insurance company regulated under the laws of the State of Vermont and the payment of dividends from INS Insurance, Inc. to its shareholders is subject to regulation by the Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Healthcare Regulation of the State of Vermont

S CHEDULE 5.4

(to Guaranty Agreement)


(ii) Guarantor’s Affiliates:

 

Servicios Dedicados Express, S.A. de C.V.

  

Cuautitalan Izcalli,

Estado de Mexico

   49%

(iii) Guarantor’s directors and senior officers:

 

R. Scott Trumbull    Director
Christopher B. Lofgren    Director; Senior Officer
Thomas A. Gannon    Director
Adam P. Godfrey    Director
Norman E. Johnson    Director
Daniel J. Sullivan    Director
Robert W. Grubbs, Jr.    Director
Mary P. DePrey    Director
Kathleen M. Zimmerman    Director
Mark B. Rourke    Senior Officer
William J. Matheson    Senior Officer
Steven J. Matheys    Senior Officer
Lori A. Lutey    Senior Officer
Judy Lemke    Senior Officer
Paul J. Kardish    Senior Officer

S-5.4-2


F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries:

—Consolidated Financial Statements as and for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and Independent Auditor’s Report

—Consolidated Financial Statements as and for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and Independent Auditor’s Report

—Consolidated Financial Statements as and for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and Independent Auditor’s Report

S CHEDULE 5.5

(to Guaranty Agreement)


G OVERNMENTAL A UTHORIZATIONS

Form U-2 Uniform Consent to Service of Process for the State of Connecticut for the Company.

S CHEDULE 5.7

(to Guaranty Agreement)


E XISTING D EBT ; F UTURE L IENS

(see attached)

S CHEDULE 5.15

(to Guaranty Agreement)

E XHIBIT  2

(to Note Purchase Agreement)


F ORM OF S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

(see attached)


Execution Version

 

 

S CHNEIDER F INANCE , I NC .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL C ARRIERS , I NC .

S CHNEIDER R ESOURCES , I NC .

S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

regarding

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

Dated as of November 10, 2014

 

 

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

Section                 Page  
SECTION 1.  

DEFINITIONS

     2   
SECTION 2.  

THE GUARANTY

     2   
SECTION 3.  

OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE

     4   
SECTION 4.  

WAIVER AND AUTHORIZATION

     5   
  Section 4.1   

Waiver

     5   
  Section 4.2   

Obligations Unimpaired

     6   
SECTION 5.  

REINSTATEMENT AND RANK

     6   
  Section 5.1      Reinstatement of Guaranty      6   
  Section 5.2      Rank of Guaranty      6   
SECTION 6.  

COVENANTS IN PARENT GUARANTY AGREEMENT

     7   
SECTION 7.  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

     7   
SECTION 8.  

AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

     8   
SECTION 9.  

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     9   
SECTION 10.  

NOTICES

     10   
SECTION 11.  

MISCELLANEOUS

     11   

Attachments to Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement:

  
EXHIBIT A      Guaranty Joinder   


S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT

Re: $300,000,000 Senior Notes

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

of

Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

This S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated, joined, reaffirmed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by each of the undersigned (which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively as the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”).

P RELIMINARY S TATEMENT :

A. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”).

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019 (the “ Series C Notes ”); (ii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021 (the “ Series D Notes ”); (iii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024 (the “ Series E Notes ”); (iv) $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020 (the “ Series F Notes ”); (v) $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022 (the “ Series G Notes ”); and (vi) $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025 (the “ Series H Notes ”; together with the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes, the Series E Notes, the Series F Notes and the Series G Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Purchase Agreement), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in


favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. The Note Purchasers have required as a condition of the purchase of the Notes to be purchased by them that the Parent Guarantor cause each of the undersigned to enter into this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to enter into a Guaranty Joinder in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Guaranty Joinder ”), in each case as security for the Notes, and the Parent Guarantor has agreed to cause each of the undersigned to execute this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to cause each such other Subsidiary which hereafter at any time becomes a party to, or otherwise becomes a guarantor of Debt in respect of, the Bank Credit Agreement or any of the Private Placement Documents to execute a Guaranty Joinder, in each case in order to induce the Note Purchasers to purchase the Notes and thereby benefit the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries by providing funds to enable the Company, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to have funds available for general corporate purposes.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in order to induce, and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Purchase Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by the Note Purchasers, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Note Purchasers and each holder from time to time of the Notes as follows:

SECTION 1. D EFINITIONS .

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement unless herein defined or the context shall otherwise require.

SECTION 2. T HE G UARANTY .

(a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) below, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Note Purchasers and each holder the due and punctual payment in full of (i) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on, and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or repurchase or by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) any other sums which may become due under the terms and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes (all such obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The guaranty in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collectibility and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any other Person or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever. In the event that the Company shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the place for payment specified in

 

2


the Notes and the Note Purchase Agreement. Each default in payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, or interest on, or any other amount due under, the Notes shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises. Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement make reference to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agrees to pay and to indemnify and save the holders harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) any breach by any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or by the Company of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, and (B) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Notes or the Note Purchase Agreement.

(b) It is the intent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the holders that each Subsidiary Guarantor’s maximum obligation hereunder shall be equal to, but not in excess of:

(i) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America (the “Bankruptcy Code” ), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under (A) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (B) any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

(ii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against a Subsidiary Guarantor under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor under such law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding.

The substantive laws under which the possible avoidance or unenforceability of the obligations hereunder (or any other obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to any holder) shall be determined in any such case or proceeding shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Avoidance Provisions ”.

(c) To the end set forth in Section 2(b), but only to the extent that the obligations hereunder would otherwise be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions if the

 

3


Subsidiary Guarantors, or any of them, are not deemed to have received valuable consideration, fair value or reasonably equivalent value for the obligations hereunder, or if the obligations hereunder would render such Subsidiary Guarantor insolvent, or leave such Subsidiary Guarantor with unreasonably small capital to conduct its business, or cause such Subsidiary Guarantor to have incurred debts (or to have intended to have incurred debts) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, in each case as of the time any of the obligations hereunder are deemed to have been incurred under the Avoidance Provisions and after giving effect to contribution as among such Subsidiary Guarantor and other guarantors, the maximum obligations for which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be liable hereunder shall be reduced to that amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not cause such obligations (or any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any holder), as so reduced, to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions. This Section 2(c) is intended solely to preserve the rights of the holders hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder to be subject to avoidance under the Avoidance Provisions, and neither such Subsidiary Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 2(c) as against any holder that would not otherwise be available to such Person under the Avoidance Provisions.

SECTION 3. O BLIGATIONS A BSOLUTE .

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or of the Note Purchase Agreement, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim any Subsidiary Guarantor may have against the Company, the Parent Guarantor, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument referred to therein (except that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall apply to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or such other instruments as so amended, modified or supplemented) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes or in respect of the Note Purchase Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Company or its property; (d) any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or its property; (e) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company into or with any other corporation or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Company to any Person; (f) any failure on the part of the Company for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with such Subsidiary Guarantor; or (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

4


SECTION 4. W AIVER AND A UTHORIZATION .

Section 4.1 Waiver . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally waives, for the benefit of each holder:

(a) any right to require any holder, as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy available to any holder whatsoever;

(b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

(d) any defense based upon errors or omissions of any holder in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith;

(e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any holder protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto;

(f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, notices of default under the Note Purchase Agreement or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of assignment, sale or other transfer of any Note to a Transferee, notices of any extension of credit to the Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 3 and any right to consent to any thereof;

(g) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and

(h) (i) all rights of subrogation which it may at any time have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (whether statutory or otherwise) to the claims of the holders against the Company or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations (each referred to herein as the “ Other Party ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of

 

5


reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Company or any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; and (ii) any right to enforce any other remedy which the holders now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 4.2 Obligations Unimpaired . Each Subsidiary Guarantor authorizes the holders of the Notes, without notice or demand to such Subsidiary Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other instrument referred to therein, (b) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, for the performance of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or otherwise for the obligations guaranteed hereby and to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security, (c) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as they in their sole discretion may determine; (d) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors; (e) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations and others; and (f) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on the Notes and any other Guaranteed Obligation hereunder. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives any right to require the holders to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to such holders.

SECTION 5. R EINSTATEMENT AND R ANK .

Section 5.1 Reinstatement of Guaranty . The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment under any Note shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holders had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated principal amount, accrued interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, thereon and any other Guaranteed Obligations hereunder.

Section 5.2 Rank of Guaranty . Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor now or hereafter existing.

 

6


SECTION 6. C OVENANTS IN P ARENT G UARANTY A GREEMENT .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants that it and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply at all times with those covenants in the Parent Guaranty Agreement which are applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 7. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE S UBSIDIARY G UARANTORS .

On the Execution Date and on the date of each Closing, each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to each holder that:

(a) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of such Subsidiary Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (herein in this Section 7, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). Such Subsidiary Guarantor has the power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and to perform the provisions hereof.

(b) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other similar organizational action on the part of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries under its corporate charter or by-laws, or similar organizational or governing instrument, or except for contraventions, breaches or defaults which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or by which such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7


(d) No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(e) Such Subsidiary Guarantor is solvent, has capital not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction and has assets having a value both at fair valuation and at present fair salable value greater than the amount required to pay its debts as they become due and greater than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due. Such Subsidiary Guarantor will not be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Such Subsidiary Guarantor does not intend to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors by or through the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

SECTION 8. A MENDMENTS , W AIVERS AND C ONSENTS .

(a) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that (i) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 7, or any defined term (as it is used therein for purposes of Section 7), will be effective as to a Note Purchaser unless consented to by such Note Purchaser in writing, (ii) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Note Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (A) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the Note Purchasers or the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (B) amend any of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 9, and (iii) this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be amended by the addition of additional Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to a Guaranty Joinder.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will provide each Note Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Note Purchaser or holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof. The Subsidiary Guarantors will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 8 to each Note Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Note Purchasers or holders of Notes.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees it will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Note Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Note Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Note Purchaser and holder of a Note whether or not such Note Purchaser or holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

 

8


(d) Any consent given pursuant to this Section 8 by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

(e) Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 6 applies equally to all Note Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Subsidiary Guarantors without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Subsidiary Guarantors and any Note Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Note Purchaser or holder of such Note.

(f) Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

SECTION 9. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION .

For the purposes of this Section 14, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean information delivered to any Note Purchaser by or on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Parent Guaranty Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement, together with any related schedules and exhibits, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Note Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Note Purchaser or any Person acting on such Note Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Note Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof or from a Person who is known to such Note Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, or is known to such Note Purchaser to be under an obligation not to transmit the information to such Note Purchaser, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Note Purchaser under Section 6.1 of the Parent Guaranty Agreement or that are otherwise publicly available. Each Note Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information for as long as it is in possession thereof in accordance with procedures adopted by such Note Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Note Purchaser, provided that such Note Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the

 

9


administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 9, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 9), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Note Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Note Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate in each of the following cases: (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Note Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process which such Note Purchaser reasonably believes to have been validly issued, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Note Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Note Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Note Purchaser’s Notes, the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement and this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 9 as though it were a party to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. On reasonable request by a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a Note Purchaser or its nominee), such holder will, as a condition precedent to receiving such information, enter into an agreement with such Subsidiary Guarantor embodying the provisions of this Section 9.

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement or this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, any Note Purchaser or holder is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 9, the terms of this Section 9 shall, as between such Note Purchaser or holder and the Subsidiary Guarantors, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.

SECTION 10. N OTICES .

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid) or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

(i) if to an Note Purchaser or its nominee, to such Note Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications on Schedule A to the Note Purchase Agreement, or at such other address as such Note Purchaser shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing;

 

10


(ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such holder shall have specified to any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company in writing; or

(iii) if to a Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor c/o the Company at 3101 South Packerland Drive, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313, Attention Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have specified to the Purchasers and the holder of each Note in writing.

Notices under this Section 10 will be deemed given only when actually received.

SECTION 11. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to any holder is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default, omission or failure of performance hereunder shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof but any such right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle any holder to exercise any remedy reserved to it under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, it shall not be necessary for such holder to physically produce its Note in any proceedings instituted by it or to give any notice, other than such notice as may be herein expressly required.

(b) The Subsidiary Guarantors will pay all sums becoming due under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement by the method and at the address specified for such purpose in the Note Purchase Agreement, or by such other reasonable method or at such other address as any holder shall have from time to time specified to the Subsidiary Guarantors in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any Note.

(c) Any provision of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(d) If the whole or any part of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be now or hereafter become unenforceable against any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors for any reason whatsoever or if it is not executed by any one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors, this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall nevertheless be and remain fully binding upon and enforceable against each other Subsidiary Guarantor as if it had been made and delivered only by such other Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

11


(e) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of each holder and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not, so long as its Notes remain outstanding and unpaid.

(f) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantors contained herein shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be paid or otherwise discharged in full.

(g) All warranties, representations and covenants made by each Subsidiary Guarantor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by it or on its behalf under this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement have been relied upon by the holders of the Notes and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, regardless of any investigation made by the holders of the Notes or on their behalf. This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Note Purchasers and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(h) The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the holders of the Notes may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

(i) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

(j) This Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by the law of the State of Illinois excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

(k) Each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(l) Each Subsidiary Guarantor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in paragraph (k) above by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form

 

12


of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 10 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

(m) Nothing in clause (k) or (l) above shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against any Subsidiary Guarantor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

(n) T HE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS S UBSIDIARY G UARANTY A GREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH .

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed by an authorized representative as of the date first written above.

 

S CHNEIDER F INANCE , I NC .

S CHNEIDER N ATIONAL C ARRIERS , I NC .

S CHNEIDER R ESOURCES , I NC .

By:    
  Name:    
  Title    

Signature Page to Schneider Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement


G UARANTY J OINDER

Re: $300,000,000 Senior Notes

Issued by Schneider National Leasing, Inc.

$40,000,000 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019

$40,000,000 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021

$40,000,000 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024

$25,000,000 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020

$60,000,000 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022

$95,000,000 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025

This G UARANTY J OINDER dated as of                      ,          (this “ Guaranty Joinder ”) is entered into on a joint and several basis by [each of] the undersigned                      , a                      corporation [and                      , a                      corporation] ([which parties are hereinafter referred to individually as] an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” [and collectively as the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantors ”]). Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Parent Guaranty Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. [Each] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor is presently a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

B. In order to raise funds for general corporate purposes, Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation and Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) between the Company and the institutional investors named in Schedule A attached thereto (the “ Note Purchasers ”), providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes consisting of: (i) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019 (the “ Series C Notes ”); (ii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021 (the “ Series D Notes ”); (iii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024 (the “ Series E Notes ”); (iv) $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020 (the “ Series F Notes ”); (v) $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022 (the “ Series G Notes ”); and (vi) $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025 (the “ Series H Notes ”; together with the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes, the Series E Notes, the Series F Notes and the Series G Notes, the “ Notes ,” such term to include any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of the Note Purchase Agreement), and the Parent Guarantor has entered into the Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (as amended, restated or otherwise


modified from time to time, the “ Parent Guaranty Agreement ”) by the Parent Guarantor in favor of each holder (as defined therein). The Note Purchasers, together with their successors and assigns, including any subsequent transferees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ holders .”

C. As a condition precedent to their purchase of the Notes, the Note Purchasers required that certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”) as security for the Notes.

N OW , THEREFORE , as required by the Note Purchase Agreement and the Parent Guaranty Agreement and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof are hereby acknowledged, [each/the] Additional Subsidiary Guarantor does hereby covenant and agree, jointly and severally, as follows:

In accordance with the requirements of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] desire[s] to amend the definition of Subsidiary Guarantor (as the same may have been heretofore amended) set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement attached hereto so that at all times from and after the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be jointly and severally liable as set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement for the obligations of the Company under the Note Purchase Agreement and Notes to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

The undersigned is the duly elected                      of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Guaranty Joinder for the benefit of all holders of the Notes. The execution by the undersigned of this Guaranty Joinder shall evidence its consent to and acknowledgment and approval of the terms set forth herein and in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement. By such execution the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor[s] shall be deemed to have made the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in favor of the holders as of the date of this Guaranty Joinder.

Upon execution of this Guaranty Joinder, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall be deemed to be amended as set forth above. Except as amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved in all respects.

Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments (including the Notes) may refer to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement without making specific reference to this Guaranty Joinder, but nevertheless all such references shall be deemed to include this Guaranty Joinder unless the context shall otherwise require.

 

[N AME OF A DDITIONAL S UBSIDIARY G UARANTOR ( S )]
By:      
  Its    

E XHIBIT  3

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 

2


F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL TO THE

C OMPANY AND THE G UARANTORS

(see attached)

November 10, 2014

To each of the Purchasers listed on Annex I hereto (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”)

 

  Re: Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2014, among
       Schneider National Leasing, Inc. and each of the Purchasers

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2014 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and each of the Purchasers, of (i) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.76% Senior Notes, Series C, due November 10, 2019 (the “ Series C Notes ”), (ii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Notes, Series D, due November 10, 2021 (the “ Series D Notes ”), (iii) $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.61% Senior Notes, Series E, due November 10, 2024 (the “ Series E Notes ” and, together with the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes, the “ First Closing Notes ”), (iv) $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.86% Senior Notes, Series F, due March 10, 2020 (the “ Series F Notes ”), (v) $60,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.35% Senior Notes, Series G, due March 10, 2022 (the “ Series G Notes ”) and (vi) $95,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.71% Senior Notes, Series H, due March 10, 2025 (the “ Series H Notes ” and, together with the Series C Notes, the Series D Notes, the Series E Notes, the Series F Notes and the Series G Notes, the “ Notes ”). We also have acted as counsel to (a) Schneider National Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), in connection with the Parent Guaranty Agreement executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Note Purchase Agreement, and (b) Schneider Finance, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“ SFI ”), Schneider National Carriers, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ SNC ”), and Schneider Resources, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“ SRI ” and, together with SFI and SNC, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”), in connection with the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement executed and delivered by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Note Purchase Agreement or, if not defined therein, the Parent Guaranty Agreement. This opinion letter is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.6(a) of Note Purchase Agreement.

Documents Reviewed

In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined the following documents:

(a) the Note Purchase Agreement;

(b) the Notes;

(c) the Parent Guaranty Agreement; and

 


(d) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (together with the Parent Guaranty Agreement, the “Guaranty Agreements”).

The documents referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above are referred to collectively as the “ Subject Documents ” and each, individually, as a “ Subject Document .”

In addition we have examined and relied upon the following:

(i) with respect to the Company and each Guarantor, a certificate from the secretary or assistant secretary of such entity certifying in each instance to (A) true and correct copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of such entity, (B) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such entity relating to the Subject Documents and the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company, as applicable, and (C) the incumbency and specimen signature(s) of the individual(s) authorized to execute and deliver the Subject Documents on behalf of such entity;

(ii) with respect to each of the Company and SNC, a Certificate of Existence With Status In Good Standing dated November 6, 2014, issued by the Secretary of State of Nevada;

(iii) with respect to each of the Parent Guarantor, SFI and SRI, a Certificate of Status dated October 30, 2014, issued by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions;

(iv) certificates of officers and representatives of the Company and the Guarantors; and

(v) originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction as being true copies, of such other records, documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion letter.

As used herein, the term “ Applicable Law ” means the laws of the State of Illinois, the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the internal laws of the State of Nevada governing private corporations, including Title 7, Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statues, and the relevant laws of the United States relevant to the opinions expressed herein, all as in effect on the date hereof.

Assumptions Underlying Our Opinion

For all purposes of the opinions expressed herein, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the following:

(a) Factual Matters . To the extent we have reviewed and relied upon (i) certificates of officers or authorized representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, (ii) representations of the Company, the Guarantors and the Purchasers set forth in any of the Subject Documents and (iii) certificates and assurances from public officials, all of such certificates, representations and assurances are accurate with regard to factual matters as of the date thereof and continue to be accurate as of the date hereof.

 

- 2 -


(b) Signatures, Authentic and Conforming Documents . The signatures of individuals to documents reviewed by us are genuine and (other than those of individuals signing the Subject Documents on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors) authorized, all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, complete and accurate, and all documents submitted to us as copies conform to authentic original documents.

(c) Organizational Status, Power and Authority and Legal Capacity . All parties to the Subject Documents are validly existing and in good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and have the capacity and full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform the Subject Documents, except that no such assumption is made as to the Company or any Guarantor. All individuals who have signed a Subject Document had the legal capacity to execute such Subject Document.

(d) Authorization, Execution and Delivery of Documents . The Subject Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, business trust, partnership or other action on the part of the parties thereto and have been or will be duly executed and delivered by such parties, except that no such assumption is made as to the Company or any Guarantor.

(e) Documents Binding on Certain Parties . The Subject Documents are valid and binding obligations enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with their terms, except no such assumption is made as to the Company or any Guarantor.

(f) Noncontravention . Neither the issuance of the Notes by the Company, the execution and delivery of the Subject Documents by any party, nor the performance by such party of its obligations thereunder, will conflict with or result in a breach of (i) the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any such party, (ii) any law or regulation of any jurisdiction applicable to any such party, or (iii) any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality or agency applicable to any such party or any agreement or instrument to which any such party may be a party or by which its properties are subject or bound, except that no such assumption is made as to the Company or any Guarantor.

(g) Governmental Approvals . All consents, approvals and authorizations of, or filings with, all governmental authorities that are required as a condition to the issuance of the Notes by the Company or to the execution and delivery of the other Subject Documents by the parties thereto or the performance by such parties of their obligations thereunder will have been obtained or made, except that no such assumption is made with respect to any consent, approval, authorization or filing that is applicable to the Company or any Guarantor and is the subject of our opinion in paragraph 9.

(h) No Mutual Mistake, Amendments, etc . There has not been any mutual mistake of fact, fraud, duress or undue influence in connection with the issuance of the Notes as contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement. There are no oral or written statements or agreements that modify, amend or vary, or purport to amend or vary, any of the terms of the Subject Documents.

(i) Additional Assumptions . With respect to our opinion in paragraph 10 below, we assume (a) the accuracy of and compliance with the representations and warranties of the Purchasers made in the Note Purchase Agreement, (b) the accuracy and compliance of

 

- 3 -


the confirmations and other statements set forth in a letter from Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as placement agent in connection with the offer of the Notes and the Guaranty Agreements dated as of the date hereof, (c) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made in the Subject Documents relating to the offer and sale of the Notes and (d) that neither the Company nor any other Person will, after the offer, issue, sale and delivery of the Notes, take or omit to take any action which could cause such offer, issue, sale or delivery not to constitute an exempted transaction under the Securities Act.

With respect to our opinion in paragraph 11 below, for purposes of our opinion on Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, we have assumed that none of the Purchasers is a “creditor,” as defined in Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and therefore Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System is not applicable to the issuance and sale of the Notes to the Purchasers.

With respect to our opinion in paragraph 6 below, we assume that the Purchasers have delivered to the Company immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price of the First Closing Notes, in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement.

Our Opinions

Based solely upon the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Parent Guarantor (a) is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, has filed an annual report with the Department of Financial Institutions within its most recently completed report year and has not filed articles of dissolution, (b) has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Parent Guaranty Agreement, and (c) has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the business activities in which to our knowledge it is now engaged.

2. The Company is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Note Purchase Agreement and to issue the Notes thereunder, and has the corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the business activities in which to our knowledge it is now engaged.

3. SNC is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada. Each of SFI and SRI is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, has filed an annual report with the Department of Financial Institutions within its most recently completed report year and has not filed articles of dissolution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor has the corporate power and the corporate authority to execute, deliver and perform the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, and has the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the business activities in which to our knowledge it is now engaged.

 

- 4 -


4. The Parent Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parent Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Parent Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5. The Note Purchase Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

6. The Notes have been duly authorized, and the First Closing Notes have been executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms.

7. The Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Subsidiary Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8. The issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Note Purchase Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of the Guaranty Agreement to which such Guarantor is party, do not violate any provision of any Applicable Law or conflict or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of the Parent Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or such Guarantor.

9. No approval, consent or withholding of objection on the part of, or filing, registration or qualification with any governmental authority under any Applicable Law, is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Parent Guaranty Agreement or the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement except for such consents which have been obtained or made.

10. The issuance, sale and delivery of the First Closing Notes on the date hereof by the Company to the Purchasers under the circumstances contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement and the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreements do not, under existing law, require the registration of the Notes or the Guaranty Agreements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

11. Neither the issuance of the First Closing Notes by the Company to the Purchasers nor the application of the proceeds of the sale of the First Closing Notes in accordance with and as contemplated by the Note Purchase Agreement will violate or result in a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

12. Neither the Parent Guarantor, nor the Company, nor any other Guarantor is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

- 5 -


Matters Excluded from Our Opinions

We express no opinion with respect to the following matters:

(a) Indemnification . Enforceability of any agreement of the Company or any Guarantor as may be included in any Subject Document relating to indemnification, contribution or exculpation from costs, expenses or other liabilities.

(b) Certain Laws . The following federal and state laws, and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the effect of such laws and regulations on the opinions expressed herein: U.S. Federal and state securities laws and state Blue Sky laws, antifraud, derivatives or commodities law (except as expressly provided in opinion paragraph 10); banking laws (except as expressly provided in our opinion in paragraph 11 above); the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other anti-terrorism laws; laws governing embargoed persons; anti-money laundering laws; truth-in-lending laws; equal credit opportunity laws; consumer protection laws; pension and employee benefit laws; environmental laws; tax laws; health and occupational safety laws; building codes and zoning, subdivision and other laws governing the development, use and occupancy of real property; anti-trust and unfair competition laws (other than the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 as amended); the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended; and laws governing specially regulated industries (such as communications, energy, gaming, healthcare, insurance and utilities) or specially regulated products or substances (such as alcohol, drugs, food and radioactive materials).

Qualifications and Limitations Applicable to Our Opinions

The opinions set forth above are subject to the following qualifications and limitations:

(a) Applicable Law . Our opinions are limited to the Applicable Law, and we do not express any opinion concerning any other law.

(b) Bankruptcy . Our opinions are subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, laws relating to preferences, fraudulent transfers and equitable subordination), reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

(c) Equitable Principles . Our opinions are subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.

(d) Guaranty . To the extent that any Subject Document constitutes a guaranty or suretyship document or secures the obligations of a guarantor, the enforcement thereof may be limited by the provisions of Applicable Law, and we express no opinion as to the effectiveness of any waiver by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor of its rights under such Applicable Law.

 

- 6 -


(e) Knowledge . Whenever the phrase “to our knowledge” or “known to us” (or words of similar import) is used in this opinion letter, it means the current actual knowledge of Derek Roach, Betty Wren, David Whelpley, Joel Spitz, Anitra Cassas and Elizabeth Hinshaw, who are the individual attorneys in McGuireWoods LLP who have given substantive attention to the representation of the Company and the Guarantors in connection with the preparation and negotiation of Subject Documents. Except as expressly set forth herein, we have not undertaken any independent investigation (including, without limitation, conducting any review, search or investigation of any public files or records or dockets or any review of our files) to determine the existence or absence of any facts, and no inference as to our knowledge concerning such facts should be drawn from our reliance on the same in connection with the preparation and delivery of this opinion letter.

Miscellaneous

This opinion letter is being furnished solely to you for your benefit, and the benefit of your successors and permitted transferees who are Institutional Investors (as defined in clause (c) of the definition thereof set forth in the Parent Guaranty) who may rely on this opinion letter as of the date hereof (and any reliance after the date hereof shall not be deemed to be an updating or re-delivery of the opinions expressed in this opinion letter), in connection with the matters described above, and without our prior written consent, may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to in any document and may not be furnished or otherwise disclosed to or used by any other person or entity, except that you may furnish copies hereof for information (but not reliance): (i) to your counsel and to your independent auditors, (ii) to regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over you (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) pursuant to any order or legal process of any court or governmental agency, (iv) in connection with any legal action to which you are a party arising out of the transactions contemplated by the Subject Documents and (v) to any potential transferee of any Note.

Very truly yours,

 

- 7 -


ANNEX I

List of Purchasers

New York Life Insurance Company

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation

New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation Institutionally Owned Life Insurance Separate Account (BOLI3)

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company for its Group Annuity Separate Account

United Services Automobile Association

USAA General Indemnity Company

USAA Casualty Insurance Company

USAA Life Insurance Company

The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America

The Guardian Insurance & Annuity Company, Inc.

Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company

Hartford Fire Insurance Company

Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

Modern Woodmen of America

Woodmen of the World Life Insurance Society

State of Wisconsin Investment Board

Exhibit 4

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


F ORM OF O PINION OF S PECIAL C OUNSEL

FOR THE P URCHASERS

The closing opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP, special counsel for the Purchasers, called for by Section 4.6(b) of the Agreement, shall be dated the date of the applicable Closing and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:

1. The Company is a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, and the Parent Guarantor is a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

2. The Agreement and the Notes being delivered on the date hereof constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms. The Parent Guaranty Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract of the Parent Guarantor enforceable against the Parent Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

3. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes being delivered on the date hereof under the circumstances contemplated by this Agreement do not, under existing law, require the registration of such Notes under the Securities Act or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP shall also state that the opinion of McGuireWoods LLP is satisfactory in scope and form to Schiff Hardin LLP and that, in their opinion, the Purchasers are justified in relying thereon.

In rendering the opinion set forth in paragraph 1 above, Schiff Hardin LLP may rely, as to matters referred to in paragraph 1 relating to the Company, solely upon an examination of a Certificate of Existence and Good Standing of the Company issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and, as to matters referred to in paragraph 1 relating to the Parent Guarantor, solely upon an examination of a Certificate of Status issued by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions. The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP is limited to the laws of the State of Illinois and the federal laws of the United States.

With respect to matters of fact upon which such opinion is based, Schiff Hardin LLP may rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and officers of the Company and the Parent Guarantor and upon representations of the Company and the Parent Guarantor and the Purchasers delivered in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes.

 

Exhibit 5

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

Exhibit 10.5

Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

D ATED AS OF D ECEMBER  17, 2013

AMONG

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, AS S ELLER ,

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AS THE S ERVICER ,

THE PURCHASERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

AND

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., AS A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT AND L/C I SSUER


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE I. PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS

     2   

Section 1.1.

  Purchase Facility      2   

Section 1.2.

  Increases      2   

Section 1.3.

  Reductions      3   

Section 1.4.

  Payment Requirements      3   

Section 1.5.

  Deemed Collections      3   

Section 1.6.

  Yield      3   

Section 1.7.

  Suspension of the LMIR      7   
ARTICLE II. PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS      7   

Section 2.1.

  Collections during the Revolving Period      7   

Section 2.2.

  Collections After the Facility Termination Date      8   

Section 2.3.

  Order of Application of Collections on Settlement Dates      8   

Section 2.4.

  Payment Rescission      9   

Section 2.5.

  Clean-up Option      9   
ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      10   

Section 3.1.

  Representations and Warranties of Seller      10   

Section 3.2.

  Representations and Warranties of the Servicer      14   
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES      16   

Section 4.1.

  Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase      16   

Section 4.2.

  Conditions Precedent to All Purchases      17   
ARTICLE V. COVENANTS      17   

Section 5.1.

  Affirmative Covenants of Seller Parties      17   

Section 5.2.

  Negative Covenants of Seller Parties      24   
ARTICLE VI. ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION      26   

Section 6.1.

  Designation of the Servicer      26   

Section 6.2.

  Duties of the Servicer      26   

Section 6.3.

  Lock-Box Accounts      28   

Section 6.4.

  Collection Notices      28   

Section 6.5.

  Responsibilities of Seller      29   

Section 6.6.

  Reports      29   

Section 6.7.

  Servicing Fees      29   
ARTICLE VII. AMORTIZATION EVENTS      30   

Section 7.1.

  Amortization Events      30   

Section 7.2.

  Remedies      34   


ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION      35   

Section 8.1.

  Indemnities by Seller      35   

Section 8.2.

  Indemnities by the Servicer      38   

Section 8.3.

  Increased Cost and Reduced Return      40   

Section 8.4.

  Other Costs and Expenses      41   
ARTICLE IX. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      42   

Section 9.1.

  Appointment      42   

Section 9.2.

  Delegation of Duties      42   

Section 9.3.

  Exculpatory Provisions      42   

Section 9.4.

  Reliance by the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers      43   

Section 9.5.

  Notice of Amortization Events      43   

Section 9.6.

  Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Purchasers      43   

Section 9.7.

  Indemnification of Administrative Agent      44   

Section 9.8.

  Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity      44   

Section 9.9.

  Successor Administrative Agent      44   

Section 9.10.

  UCC Filings      45   
ARTICLE X. ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS      45   

Section 10.1.

  Assignments      45   

Section 10.2.

  Participations      46   

Section 10.3.

  Replacement of Purchaser      46   
ARTICLE XI. INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST      47   

Section 11.1.

  Characterization; Grant of Security Interest      47   
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS      47   

Section 12.1.

  Waivers and Amendments      47   

Section 12.2.

  Notices      48   

Section 12.3.

  Ratable Payments      49   

Section 12.4.

  Protection of Ownership and Security Interests      49   

Section 12.5.

  Confidentiality      50   

Section 12.6.

  Limitation of Liability      51   

Section 12.7.

  CHOICE OF LAW      51   

Section 12.8.

  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION      51   

Section 12.9.

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      51   

Section 12.10.

  Integration; Binding Effect; Term of Agreement; Survival of Terms      52   

Section 12.11.

  Counterparts; Severability; Section References      52   

Section 12.12.

  PATRIOT Act      52   

Section 12.13.

  Recourse Against Certain Parties      52   

Section 12.14.

  Post Closing Covenant      52   


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit I    Definitions
Exhibit II-A    Form of Purchase Notice
Exhibit II-B    Form of Reduction Notice
Exhibit III    Seller’s Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business, Records Locations, Federal Taxpayer ID Number and Organizational ID Number
Exhibit IV    Lock-Boxes and Lock-Box Accounts
Exhibit V    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit VI    Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit VII    Credit and Collection Policy
[Exhibit VIII    Form of Interim Report]
Exhibit IX    Form of Monthly Report
Exhibit X    Form of Performance Undertaking
Exhibit XI    Seller Corporate Names; Trade Names; Assumed Names
Exhibit XII    Lock-Box Agreements
Schedule A    Commitments
Schedule B    Closing Documents
Schedule C    Actions, Suits
Schedule D    Independent Director Provisions


AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of December 17, 2013, is among:

(a)    Schneider Receivables Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Seller” ),

(b)    Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( “Schneider” ), as initial Servicer,

(c)    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association ( “WFB” or a “Purchaser” ), and

(d)    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as issuer of the Letters of Credit (in such capacity, the “L/C Issuer” ) and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer, the “Purchaser Parties” ).

and from and after the effective date hereof, amends and restates in its entirety that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011 by and among the parties hereto (other than the L/C Issuer). Unless defined elsewhere herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Exhibit I .

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Seller desires (i) to transfer and assign Ownership Interests to the Purchasers from time to time and (ii) for the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit for which the Seller’s Letter of Credit Obligations will be secured by a pledge of the Seller Interest and certain other assets.

On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, (a) each Purchaser severally agrees to purchase its Percentage of each Ownership Interest from the Seller from time to time, (b) the L/C Issuer hereby agrees to issue Letters of Credit up to an aggregate face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the L/C Sublimit, and (c) each Purchaser severally agrees to purchase an undivided participation interest equal to its Percentage in each Letter of Credit Obligation from time to time.

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. has been requested and is willing to act as L/C Issuer and as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Purchaser Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.


ARTICLE I.

PURCHASE AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

Section 1.1.     Purchase Facility .

(a)    On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the conditions set forth in Article IV , from time to time prior to the Facility Termination Date, the Seller may sell Ownership Interests to the Purchasers by delivering to the Purchasers not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the proposed Purchase Date an irrevocable written notice in the form set forth as Exhibit II-A hereto (a “Purchase Notice” ) in accordance with Section  1.2 . Upon receipt of a Purchase Notice, each of the Purchasers shall purchase (through the Administrative Agent) its Percentage of such Ownership Interest, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof; provided that (i) at no time may the aggregate Capital of any Purchaser at any one time outstanding exceed the lesser of (A) the amount of such Purchaser’s Commitment hereunder minus such Purchaser’s Percentage of the then outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, and (B) such Purchaser’s Percentage of the difference between (1) the Net Pool Balance and (2) the sum of the Required Reserve plus the then outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, and (ii) in no event shall the Exposure hereunder exceed the lesser of (x) the Facility Limit and (y) the difference between the Net Pool Balance and the Required Reserve. The obligations of the Purchasers under this Agreement shall be several and not joint, and each Purchaser’s several Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Facility Termination Date.

(b)    The Seller may, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Purchaser Parties, terminate in whole or reduce in part, ratably amongst the Purchasers in accordance with their respective Percentages, the unused portion of the Facility Limit; provided that (i) each partial reduction of the Facility Limit shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $1,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof and (ii) in no event may the Facility Limit be reduced below the Exposure.

Section 1.2.     Increases . If, on any Business Day prior to the Facility Termination Date, there is Investment Availability, the Seller (or the Servicer, on the Seller’s behalf) may, if desired, request an Incremental Purchase in accordance with this Section  1.2 . The Seller (or the Servicer, on the Seller’s behalf) shall provide each Purchaser with a Purchase Notice by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to each such Incremental Purchase. Each Purchase Notice shall be subject to Section  4.2 hereof and shall (a) be prepared in accordance with the most recent Settlement Report, (b) be irrevocable and (c) specify the requested Purchase Price (which shall be at least $1,000,000) and the Purchase Date (which shall be a Business Day). On the date of each Incremental Purchase, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article IV , each of the Purchasers shall initiate a wire transfer to the Facility Account, in immediately available funds, no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), in an amount equal to its Percentage of the Purchase Price of the Ownership Interest then being purchased; provided, however, that the failure to satisfy the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV shall not preclude an Incremental Purchase to the extent the proceeds thereof will be used to refinance outstanding Reimbursement Obligations.

 

2


Section 1.3.     Reductions . The Seller shall provide each Purchaser with irrevocable prior written notice in the form of Exhibit II-B hereto (each, a “Reduction Notice” ) of any proposed reduction of Aggregate Capital not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the Business Day on which the proposed reduction is to occur (the “Proposed Reduction Date” ). Such Reduction Notice shall (a) be prepared in accordance with the most recent Settlement Report, and (b) designate (i) the Proposed Reduction Date, and (ii) the amount of Aggregate Capital to be reduced (the “Aggregate Reduction” ) which shall be not less than $1,000,000 and shall be distributed ratably to the Ownership Interests of each Purchaser in accordance with the amount of Capital owing to each Purchaser. Only one (1) Reduction Notice shall be outstanding at any time.

Section 1.4.     Payment Requirements . The Seller shall, or shall direct the Servicer on its behalf to, initiate a wire transfer of amounts to be paid or deposited by it pursuant to any provision of this Agreement no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day when due in immediately available funds. If such amounts are payable to any of the Purchaser Parties, they shall be paid to the Administrative Agent’s Account for prompt distribution to the appropriate parties. All computations of Yield, Interest and per annum Fees under the Transaction Documents shall be made on the basis of a year consisting of three hundred sixty (360) days for the actual number of days elapsed. If any amount hereunder shall be payable on a day which is not a Business Day, such amount shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.5.     Issuance of Letters of Credit . The Seller may request that the L/C Issuer issue Letters of Credit, and the L/C Issuer hereby agrees to issue such Letters of Credit and to renew, extend, increase, decrease or otherwise modify each Letter of Credit ( Modify, and each such action, a Modification ), from time to time upon the request of the Seller; provided that no Letter of Credit shall be issued or Modified by the L/C Issuer if, after giving effect thereto, (a) the Exposure would exceed the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit, and (ii) the Net Pool Balance minus the Required Reserve, or (b) the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the L/C Sublimit; provided, further, that each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Section  1.5 shall have a face amount of not less than $100,000. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date later than five Business Days prior to the Scheduled Termination Date.

Section 1.6.     Letters of Credit .

(a)     Letter of Credit Requests . The Seller shall give the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent reasonable prior notice of the proposed date of issuance or Modification of each Letter of Credit (and in no event shall such notice be given later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to such issuance or Modification), by delivering to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer a copy of a Letter of Credit application or request in a form to be agreed upon by the parties, duly completed by the Seller (each, a “Letter of Credit Request” ). The issuance or Modification by the L/C Issuer of any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV , be subject to the conditions precedent that such Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer and that the Seller shall have executed and delivered such other instruments and agreements relating to such Letter of Credit as the L/C Issuer shall have reasonably requested. In no event shall the L/C Issuer be obligated to issue a Modification if, on the proposed date of such Modification, the L/C Issuer

 

3


would not be obligated to issue new Letters of Credit if requested or if the beneficiary does not consent to the proposed terms of the Modification. The Administrative Agent will give each Purchaser notice of each requested issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit and each actual issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit hereunder.

(b)     Reimbursement by the Seller . Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any demand for payment under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent, each Purchaser and the Seller as to the amount to be paid by the LC Issuer as a result of such demand and the proposed payment date (the “L/C Payment Date” ). The responsibility of the L/C Issuer to the Seller shall be only to determine that the documents (including each demand for payment) delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such Letter of Credit. The Seller shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer with cash on hand or, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the proceeds of an Incremental Purchase, on or before the applicable L/C Payment Date for any amounts to be paid by the L/C Issuer upon any drawing under any Letter of Credit, without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind. All such amounts paid by the L/C Issuer and remaining unpaid by the Seller (whether from cash on hand or with the proceeds of a Purchase made in accordance with this Agreement) shall bear interest ( “Interest” ), payable on each Monthly Payment Date in arrears out of Collections, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Yield Rate plus (ii) 2.00%. Regardless of whether the applicable L/C Payment Date has occurred, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably directed to pay the proceeds of each Purchase made while any Reimbursement Obligations remain outstanding directly to the L/C Issuer until all such Reimbursement Obligations, together with all accrued and unpaid Interest, and LC Fees thereon and Miscellaneous LC Fees with respect thereto, are paid in full. The Letter of Credit Obligations shall be secured by a pledge of the Seller Interest, among other assets, as more fully provided in Section  11.1 .

(c)     Obligations Absolute . The Seller’s obligations under this Section  1.6 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, any Letter of Credit Request, this Agreement, the Sale Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Seller or applicable Originator may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect ( provided that such draft, demand, certificate or other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit appears on its face to comply with the terms thereof) or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit; (iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit (provided that such draft, demand, certificate or other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit appears on its face to comply with the terms thereof); or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of

 

4


Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally; (v) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to the departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Seller or the applicable Originator in respect of any Letter of Credit; or (vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Seller or the applicable beneficiary; provided that the Seller shall not hereby be precluded from asserting any claim for direct (but not consequential) damages suffered by the Seller to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by (i) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the L/C Issuer or (ii) the L/C Issuer’s failure to pay under any Letter of Credit issued by it after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. The Seller shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it, and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Seller’s instructions or other irregularity, the Seller will immediately (and in any event within 5 Business Days) notify the L/C Issuer. The Seller shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(d)     Actions of L/C Issuer . With respect to any actions taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the L/C Issuer.

(e)     Participations . (i) By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or a Modification of a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the L/C Issuer or the Purchasers, the L/C Issuer hereby grants to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser hereby acquires from the L/C Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Purchaser’s applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Purchaser hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the L/C Issuer such Purchaser’s applicable Percentage of each draw honored by the L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit and not reimbursed by the Seller with the proceeds of an Incremental Purchase or other available funds on the date due as provided in this Section  1.6 . Each Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of an Amortization Event or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

5


(ii)     If any amount required to be paid by any Purchaser to the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 1.6(e)(i) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made or reimbursed by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit is not paid to the L/C Issuer on or before the date such payment is due, such Purchaser shall pay to the L/C Issuer on demand an amount equal to the product of (A) such amount, times (B) the Yield Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer, times (C) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Purchaser with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Such amounts payable under this Section 1.6(e)(ii) shall be paid without any deduction for any withholding taxes.

(iii)    Whenever, at any time after payment has been made under any Letter of Credit and the L/C Issuer has received from any Purchaser its Percentage of such payment in accordance with Section 1.6(e)(i) , the L/C Issuer receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Seller or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the L/C Issuer), or any payment of Interest on account thereof, the L/C Issuer will distribute to such Purchaser its Percentage thereof; provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the L/C Issuer shall be required to be returned by the L/C Issuer, such Purchaser shall return to the L/C Issuer the portion thereof previously distributed by the L/C Issuer to it.

(iv)       Each Purchaser’s obligation to pay its Percentage of any unreimbursed draft pursuant to Section 1.6(e)(i) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Purchaser or the Seller may have against the L/C Issuer, the Seller or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of an Amortization Event or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article IV other than at the time the related Letter of Credit was issued; (C) an adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Seller; (D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by the Seller or any other Person; (E) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit in compliance with this Agreement or with the terms of such Letter of Credit, as applicable; or (F) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the L/C Issuer.

(f)     L/C Issuer Agreements . At any time while any Letter of Credit or Reimbursement Obligation remains outstanding, the L/C Issuer shall provide to the Purchaser Parties (i) not later than the third Business Day of each week, the daily activity (set forth by day) in respect of Letters of Credit during the immediately preceding week, including all issuances, Modifications, expirations and cancellations thereof and all disbursements and reimbursements thereunder, (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which the L/C Issuer expects to issue or Modify any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance or Modification, and the Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding of the Letters of Credit after giving effect to such issuance or Modification (and whether the amount thereof changed), it being understood that the L/C Issuer shall not

 

6


permit any issuance or Modification resulting in an increase in the amount of any Letter of Credit to occur without first obtaining confirmation from the Administrative Agent that such increase is then permitted under this Agreement, (iii) on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer makes any payment to a beneficiary pursuant to a draw under a Letter of Credit, the date and amount of such payment, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Seller fails to reimburse a Reimbursement Obligation required to be reimbursed to the L/C Issuer on such day, the date and amount of such failure, and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as any of the Purchasers may reasonably request. The L/C Issuer shall invoice the Seller for LC Fees and Miscellaneous LC Fees no later than the second Business Day immediately preceding each Monthly Payment Date and shall disburse each Purchaser’s share of the LC Fees and Interest received by the L/C Issuer within one Business Day after the L/C Issuer’s receipt thereof.

Section 1.7.     Deemed Collections . Upon the occurrence of any Dilution, the Seller shall be deemed to have received a Deemed Collection and such Deemed Collection shall be immediately applied to reduce the Net Pool Balance by the amount of such Deemed Collection. To the extent the effect of such Deemed Collection on the Net Pool Balance shall cause an Investment Excess, the Seller shall deliver to the Servicer either (a) immediately available funds, or (b) additional Ownership Interests, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Deemed Collections deemed received by the Seller and (ii) an amount necessary to eliminate such Investment Excess, and in each case, the Servicer shall remit the same to the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, pursuant to Article II .

Section 1.8.     Yield . The Capital of each Ownership Interest shall accrue Yield for each day at then applicable Yield Rate. On each Monthly Payment Date, the Seller shall pay in arrears to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Purchasers an aggregate amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Yield on the Ownership Interests for each day during the Calculation Period (or portion thereof) then most recently ended.

Section 1.9.     Suspension of the LMIR . If any Purchaser determines that funding any Ownership Interest at a rate based on the LIBOR Market Index Rate would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive of any governmental or regulatory authority, whether or not having the force of law, then such Purchaser may suspend the availability of LMIR, and such Purchaser’s Capital shall thereafter accrue Yield at the Alternate Base Rate.

ARTICLE II.

PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS

Section 2.1.     Collections during the Revolving Period . During the Revolving Period, any Collections and/or Deemed Collections received by the Servicer (or from and after the occurrence of the Dominion Date, by the Administrative Agent) shall be held in trust for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Aggregate Unpaids (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Obligations, to Cash-Collateralize the same if required by Section  2.5 or Section  2.6 ) or for a Reinvestment as provided in this Section  2.1 ( provided that Aggregate Capital shall not be payable during the Revolving Period except to the extent provided in Section  1.3 and Section  1.7 and Collections and/or Deemed Collections shall not be required to be segregated prior to the Dominion Date but instead shall be permitted to be used by the Servicer and its Affiliates in

 

7


accordance with Section 6.2(c) ). On each day during the Revolving Period that is not a Settlement Date, subject to Section  1.4 , the last sentence of this Section  2.1 and Section  4.2 , Collections that are not required to be segregated pursuant to Section 6.2(c) shall first be applied to making additional Purchases of Ownership Interests, such that after giving effect thereto, the outstanding Aggregate Capital is equal to the Aggregate Capital outstanding immediately prior to receipt of such Collections and the Ownership Interest does not exceed 100% (each such Purchase, a “Reinvestment” ). Each Reinvestment will be presumed to be made ratably amongst all Purchasers in accordance with their respective Capital outstanding. On each Settlement Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Administrative Agent that portion of all Collections and Deemed Collections received during the related Calculation Period (after deducting therefrom its Servicing Fee) equal to the Required Amounts for application in accordance with Section  2.3 . If on any Settlement Date during the Revolving Period there are insufficient Collections to pay all Required Amounts that are then due and owing under Section  2.3 , the next available Collections shall be applied to such payments in accordance with Section  2.3 , and no Reinvestment shall be permitted hereunder until such amounts payable have been paid in full.

Section 2.2.     Collections After the Facility Termination Date . On each day during the Liquidation Period, except to the extent paid directly to the Administrative Agent by any Lock-Box Bank pursuant to a Collection Notice, all Collections shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties, by the Servicer until the next Settlement Date in a segregated account which is subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (or retained in a Lock-Box Account), for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties. Except to the extent paid directly to the Administrative Agent by any Lock-Box Bank pursuant to a Collection Notice, the Servicer shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all Collections held by the Servicer on each Settlement Date during the Liquidation Period (after deducting therefrom its Servicing Fee) for application pursuant to Section  2.3 .

Section 2.3.     Order of Application of Collections on Settlement Dates . Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Purchaser Parties, on any Settlement Date of Collections, the Administrative Agent shall apply them in the following order of priority:

(i)         if any costs or expenses are due and owing to the Administrative Agent or its representatives under Section  8.4 and have not been paid, to the Administrative Agent or its designee in payment of such amounts;

(ii)        if such Settlement Date is also a Monthly Payment Date, to the Purchasers, pro rata , any accrued and unpaid Yield that is then due and owing on account of the Ownership Interest, including any previously accrued Yield on account of the Ownership Interest that was not paid on the applicable Monthly Payment Date;

(iii)    if such Settlement Date is also a Monthly Payment Date, (A) to the Purchasers, pro rata , on account of the Unused Fee accrued during the Calculation Period (or portion thereof) then most recently ended, plus any previously accrued Unused Fee not paid on a prior Monthly Payment Date, and (B) to the L/C Issuer (or, if applicable, each Purchaser that has acquired a participation as provided in Section 1.6(e) , apportioned based upon (1) the

 

8


amount of such Purchaser’s payments to the L/C Issuer in respect its Percentage of any draw and (2) the time period from and including the day such payment was made to and excluding the day such amount was returned to such Purchaser by the L/C Issuer), all Interest accruing under Section  1.6(b) hereof, ratably in accordance with such amounts owed to such parties;

(iv)      to the Purchasers, pro rata , in reduction of Aggregate Capital, (A) to the extent such reduction is required under Section  1.3 or Section  1.7 during the Revolving Period and (B) to the extent of remaining Collections during the Liquidation Period;

(v)      to the Purchasers, pro rata, to be applied to the payment of all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations,

(vi)      if the Facility Termination Date has occurred, to the L/C Issuer to Cash-Collateralize the Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to 103% of the Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding,

(vii)      if such Settlement Date is also a Monthly Payment Date, to pay all other accrued and unpaid amounts owing to any of the Purchaser Parties hereunder, pro rata and pari passu among all such amounts; and

(viii) (x) during the Revolving Period, to the Seller, free and clear of any interest of the Purchaser Parties, or (y) during the Liquidation Period, after reduction of any remaining Aggregate Unpaids to zero, to the Seller, free and clear of any interest of the Purchaser Parties.

Section 2.4.     Payment Rescission . No payment of any of the Aggregate Unpaids shall be considered paid or applied hereunder to the extent that, at any time, all or any portion of such payment or application is rescinded by application of law or judicial authority, or must otherwise be returned or refunded for any reason. The Seller shall remain obligated for the amount of any payment or application so rescinded, returned or refunded, and shall promptly pay to the applicable Purchaser Party the full amount thereof together with any Yield thereon from the date of any such rescission, return or refunding.

Section 2.5.     Maximum Effective Ownership Interests . The Seller shall ensure that (a) the Effective Ownership Interests of the Purchaser Parties shall at no time exceed in the aggregate 100%, (b) the Letter of Credit Obligations would not exceed the L/C Sublimit, and (c) the Exposure does not exceed the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit, and (ii) the Net Pool Balance minus the Required Reserve. If, on any date of determination, (1) the aggregate of the Ownership Interests and the Seller Interest exceeds 100%, or (2) the Exposure exceeds the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit, and (ii) the Net Pool Balance minus the Required Reserve, then the Seller shall, within one (1) Business Day, pay to the Administrative Agent, to be distributed to the Purchasers in accordance with their respective Percentages, (x) an amount to be applied to reduce the Aggregate Capital such that after giving effect to such payment the aggregate of the Ownership Interests and the Seller Interest equals or is less than 100% or (y) an amount necessary to reduce the Exposure to the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit, and (ii) the Net Pool

 

9


Balance minus the Required Reserve (and/or, if directed by the Seller, held to Cash-Collateralize the Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount necessary to eliminate any excess Exposure) or reduce the Letter of Credit Obligations to the L/C Sublimit, provided that, with respect to any funds to be held as cash-collateral or applied to reduce any Letter of Credit Obligations, such funds shall not be required to be distributed by the Administrative Agent to any Purchaser but shall instead be deposited into a Letter of Credit Collateral Account.

Section 2.6.     Clean-up Option . At any time while the Aggregate Capital outstanding is less than 10% of the Facility Limit, the Seller shall have the right (after providing at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Purchaser Parties) to repurchase all, but not less than all, of the Ownership Interests. The purchase price in respect thereof shall be an amount equal to (i) the Aggregate Unpaids minus (ii) the Letter of Credit Obligations, in each case, through the date of such repurchase, payable in immediately available funds. Additionally, in connection with and as a condition to the exercise of such repurchase, the Seller shall Cash-Collateralize all of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to 103% of the Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding. Such repurchase shall be without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by, on the part of, or against the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser except for a representation and warranty that the reconveyance to the Seller is being made free and clear of any Adverse Claim created by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Purchaser. On the date of repurchase of the Ownership Interests pursuant to this Section, the Commitments of the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer’s obligation to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate.

Section 2.7.     Release of Excess Cash Collateral . If on any Settlement Date, the balance in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account exceeds the amount required, unless an Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event shall exist and be continuing, the L/C Issuer shall release the excess cash collateral to the Seller.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1.     Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser Parties as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Credit Event that:

(a)     Existence and Power . The Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has and holds all corporate power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Power and Authority; Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery . The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the use of the proceeds of the Purchases hereunder, are within its corporate powers and authority and have

 

10


been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(c)     No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its Organic Documents, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any material agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of the Seller (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(d)     Governmental Authorization . Other than the filing of the financing statements required hereunder, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(e)     Actions, Suits . (i) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Seller, or any of its properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) Seller is not in default with respect to any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)     Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(g)     Accuracy of Information . All factual information (other than projections but including, without limitation, Monthly Reports and Interim Reports) (taken as a whole) heretofore furnished by the Seller or by any Authorized Officer of an Originator to any of the Purchaser Parties for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby do not, and all such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by the Seller or any such Authorized Officer to any of the Purchaser Parties will not, on the date such information is furnished, contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

11


(h)     Use of Proceeds . Seller will not use the proceeds of any Purchase hereunder (i) for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i)     Good Title . Immediately prior to or contemporaneously with each Credit Event hereunder, the Seller shall be the legal and beneficial owner of the Receivables and Related Security with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Seller’s ownership interest in each Receivable, its Collections and the Related Security.

(j)     Perfection . Assuming the filing of the financing statements approved by the Seller on the date hereof (which will be filed by the Administrative Agent or its representatives), this Agreement, together with the filing of such financing statements, is effective to, and shall, upon each Credit Event hereunder, transfer to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Purchaser Parties (and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of such Persons shall acquire from Seller) an undivided percentage Ownership Interest or a valid and perfected first priority security interest in each Receivable existing or hereafter arising and in all other Collateral, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transactions Documents. In accordance with the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent confirms that it or its representatives have duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Purchaser Parties) ownership or security interest in the Collateral.

(k)     Places of Business and Locations of Records . The principal places of business and chief executive office of the Seller and the offices where it keeps all of its Records are located at the address(es) listed on Exhibit III or such other locations of which the Purchaser Parties have been notified in accordance with Section 5.2(a) in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 12.4(a) has been taken and completed. The Seller’s Federal Employer Identification Number and Organizational Identification Number are correctly set forth on Exhibit III .

(l)     Collections . The conditions and requirements set forth in Section 5.1(j) and Section  6.2 have at all times been satisfied and duly performed. The names and addresses of all Lock-Box Banks, together with the account numbers of the Lock-Box Accounts of the Seller at each Lock-Box Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit IV . The Seller has not granted any Person, other than the Administrative Agent as contemplated by this Agreement, control of any Lock-Box Account, or the right to take control of any such Lock-Box Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event. Each of the Lock-Box Banks has been duly instructed that upon receipt of a Collection Notice in the form specified in the applicable Lock-Box Agreement, it is authorized and directed to permit transfers and withdrawals from its Lock-Box Account(s) only as authorized by the Administrative Agent.

 

12


(m)     Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2012, no event has occurred that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

(n)     Names . Except as stated on Exhibit XI, in the past five (5) years, the Seller has not used any legal names, trade names or assumed names other than the name in which it has executed this Agreement.

(o)     Ownership of the Seller . Schneider owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Securities of all classes of the Seller, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than Adverse Claims granted in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or refinanced from time to time). Such Capital Securities are validly issued and there are no options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Securities of the Seller.

(p)     Not an Investment Company . The Seller is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.

(q)     Compliance with Law . The Seller has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Receivable, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy), and no part of such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation, except, in each case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r)     Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract, and has not made any change to such Credit and Collection Policy prohibited by Section 5.2(c) .

(s)     Payments to Applicable Originators . With respect to each Receivable, the Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the applicable Originator in consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by any Originator of any Receivable under the Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.), as amended.

(t)     Enforceability of Contracts . Each Contract with respect to each Eligible Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

13


(u)     Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable included in the Net Pool Balance on a Settlement Report as an Eligible Receivable was an Eligible Receivable as of the last day of the period covered by such Settlement Report.

(v)     Financial Information . All balance sheets, all statements of income and of cash flow and all other financial information of the Seller and each of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (other than projections) furnished to any of the Purchaser Parties and described in Section  5.1 have been and will be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and do or will present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Persons covered thereby as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended; provided that unaudited financial statements of the Seller and each of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have been prepared without footnotes, without reliance on any physical inventory and are subject to year-end adjustments. Any projections furnished by Seller or by any Authorized Officer of an Originator to any of the Purchaser Parties for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement were prepared in good faith based upon estimates and assumptions which, at the time of preparation, were believed to be reasonable.

(w)     OFAC . The Seller is not a Person (i) whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) who engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (iii) on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

(x)     Patriot Act . The Seller is in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act (Title 111 of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the Purchases will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Section 3.2.     Representations and Warranties of the Servicer . The Servicer hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser Parties as of the date hereof and as of date of each Credit Event that:

(a)     Existence and Power . The Servicer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has and holds all corporate power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14


(b)     Power and Authority; Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery . The execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, are within its corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Servicer.

(c)     No Conflict . The execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its Organic Documents, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any material agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of the Servicer (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(d)     Governmental Authorization . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(e)     Actions, Suits . (i) Except as set forth on Schedule C hereto, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the best of the Servicer’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Servicer, or any of its properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the Servicer is not in default with respect to any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)     Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(g)     Accuracy of Information . All factual information (other than projections but including, without limitation, Monthly Reports and Interim Reports) (taken as a whole) heretofore furnished by Servicer or by any Authorized Officer of an Originator to any of the Purchaser Parties for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby do not, and all such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by Servicer or any such Authorized Officer to any of the Purchaser Parties will not, on the date such information is furnished, contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

15


(h)     Collections . The conditions and requirements set forth in Section 5.1(j) and Section  6.2 have at all times been satisfied and duly performed.

(i)     Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2012, no event has occurred that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

(j)     Not an Investment Company . The Servicer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.

(k)     Compliance with Law . The Servicer has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l)     Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract, and has not made any change to such Credit and Collection Policy prohibited by Section 5.2(c) .

(m)     OFAC . Neither the Servicer nor any Originator nor any Subsidiary of any Originator is a Person (i) whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (iii) on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

(n)     Patriot Act . Each of the Servicer, the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Act. No part of the proceeds of the Receivables will be used, directly or indirectly, by any of the foregoing for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS AND CREDIT EVENTS

Section 4.1.     Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement . Effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the conditions precedent that (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the date hereof each of the documents listed on Schedule B hereto, duly executed by all relevant parties, and (b) each of the Purchaser Parties shall have received all Fees and expenses required to be paid on such date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Fee Letter.

 

16


Section 4.2.     Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events . Each Credit Event shall be subject to the conditions precedent that (a) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Purchaser Parties on or prior to the date of such Credit Event, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all Settlement Reports as and when due under Section  6.6 ; (b) the Facility Termination Date shall not have occurred, and (c) on the applicable Purchase Date, the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of, or the delivery of a Letter of Credit related to, such Credit Event shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Seller that such statements are then true):

(i)      the representations and warranties set forth in Article III are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall remain true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(ii)      no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Credit Event, that will constitute an Amortization Event or a Potential Amortization Event; and

(iii)    no Investment Excess exists or will result from such Credit Event.

ARTICLE V.

COVENANTS

Section 5.1.     Affirmative Covenants of the Seller Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and the termination or expiration of all of the Commitments:

(a)     Financial Reporting . Such Seller Party will maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish or cause to be furnished to each Purchaser Party:

(i)      Annual Reporting. As soon as available and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (A) a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, audited (without any Impermissible Qualification) by a “Big Four” accounting firm or other independent public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with (B) unaudited annual financial statements of the Seller.

(ii)     Quarterly Reporting . As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter

 

17


and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and including (in each case), in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter in, and year to date portion of, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, certified as complete and correct by the chief financial or accounting Authorized Officer of the Performance Guarantor (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), together with (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements of the Seller.

(iii)      Compliance Certificate . Together with the financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit V signed by the applicable Seller Party’s Authorized Officer and dated the date of such annual financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.

(iv)      [Reserved] .

(v)      S.E.C. Filings . Promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all registration statements (other than any registration statements on Form S-8 or its equivalent) and any reports on Form 8-K, 10-K or 10-Q which the Performance Guarantor files with the SEC.

(vi)      Copies of Notices . Promptly upon its receipt of any notice, request for consent, financial statements, certification, report or other communication under or in connection with any Transaction Document from any Originator or any Lock-Box Bank, copies of the same.

(vii)      Material Indebtedness Notices . Promptly upon furnishing thereof to the lenders or noteholders under any agreement governing any Material Indebtedness of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (or any agent or trustee for the foregoing), copies of all default notices required to be delivered pursuant to such agreements (in each case without duplication of any of the items described above in this Section 5.1(a) ).

(viii)      Other Information . Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports relating to the Receivables or the financial condition, operations or business of such Seller Party as the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Purchaser Parties under or as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)     Notices . Such Seller Party will notify the Purchaser Parties in writing of any of the following promptly upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:

(i)      Amortization Events or Potential Amortization Events . The occurrence of each Amortization Event and each Potential Amortization Event, by a statement of an Authorized Officer of such Seller Party.

(ii)     Litigation . Any litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between such Seller Party and any other Person, (A) as to which there is

 

18


a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) relating to any Transaction Document.

(iii)     Material Adverse Effect . The occurrence of any event or condition that has had, or has a reasonable possibility of having, a Material Adverse Effect .

(iv)     [Reserved] .

(v)      [Reserved] .

(vi)     Change of Independent Director . (A) At least 10 days prior to any proposed change of the sole (or, as applicable, the sole remaining) Independent Director for any reason other than death, incapacity or resignation of the incumbent director, notice of such proposed change together with a certificate of the Seller certifying that the proposed replacement director satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of “ Independent Director ” and, unless such replacement is employed by AMACAR Group, LLC, Lord Securities Corporation, Global Securitization Services LLC, Organization Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Wilmington Trust, or CSC Entity Services, LLC, requesting the Administrative Agent’s written acknowledgement that in its reasonable judgment, the designated replacement satisfies such criteria, and (B) as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event within 10 days after any Seller Party receives notice of the death, incapacity or resignation of the sole (or, as applicable, the sole remaining) incumbent Independent Director, notice of the proposed replacement director together with a certificate of the Seller certifying that the proposed replacement director satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of “ Independent Director ” and, unless such replacement is employed by AMACAR Group, LLC, Lord Securities Corporation, Global Securitization Services LLC, Organization Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Wilmington Trust, or CSC Entity Services, LLC, requesting the Administrative Agent’s written acknowledgement that in its reasonable judgment, the designated replacement satisfies such criteria.

(c)     Compliance with Laws and Preservation of Legal Existence . Such Seller Party will comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Seller Party will preserve and maintain its legal existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted, except where the failure to so preserve and maintain or qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)     Audits . Such Seller Party will furnish to each Purchaser Party from time to time such information with respect to it and the Receivables as any of the Purchaser Parties may reasonably request. Such Seller Party will, from time to time during regular business hours as requested by any of the Purchaser Parties upon reasonable notice and at the sole cost of such Seller Party, permit the Administrative Agent (whether alone or accompanied by any other Purchaser Party), or its respective agents or representatives (and shall cause each Originator to

 

19


permit the Administrative Agent (whether alone or accompanied by any other Purchaser Party), or its respective agents or representatives): (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records in the possession or under the control of such Person relating to the Receivables and the Related Security, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of such Person for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to such Person’s financial condition or the Receivables and the Related Security or any Person’s performance under any of the Transaction Documents or any Person’s performance under the Contracts and, in each case, with any of the officers or employees of the Seller or the Servicer having knowledge of such matters (each such visit, a “Review” ); provided that, so long as no Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Seller Parties shall only be responsible for the costs and expenses of one such Review in any one calendar year, and the Administrative Agent will not request more than two (2) Reviews in any one calendar year.

(e)     Keeping and Marking of Records and Books.

(i)     The Servicer will (and will cause each Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain for a period of seven (7) years from the date of their original creation all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Servicer will (and will cause each Originator to) give each Purchaser Party notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence.

(ii)    The Servicer will (and will cause each other Originator to) (A) on or prior to the date hereof, make a notation in its books and records relating to the Receivables, acceptable to the Administrative Agent, describing the Ownership Interests and (B) upon the request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, deliver to the Administrative Agent all invoices included in the Contracts relating to the Receivables.

(f)     Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer will (and will cause each Originator to) timely and fully (i) perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables, and (ii) comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract.

(g)     Performance and Enforcement of the Sale Agreement and the Performance Undertaking . The Seller will, and will require each of the Originators and the Performance Guarantor, as applicable, to, perform each of their respective obligations and undertakings under and pursuant to the Sale Agreement and the Performance Undertaking including, without limitation, making claims to which it may be entitled under the Performance Undertaking or any indemnity, reimbursement or similar provision contained in the Sale Agreement. The Seller will purchase Receivables under the Sale Agreement in strict compliance with the terms thereof and will vigorously enforce the rights and remedies accorded to it as purchaser under the Sale Agreement.

 

20


(h)     Ownership . The Seller will (or will require each Originator to) take all necessary action to (i) vest legal and equitable title to the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections irrevocably in the Seller, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Purchaser Parties (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Seller’s interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Seller therein as any Purchaser Party may reasonably request), and (ii) establish and maintain, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties, a valid and perfected ownership interest or first priority security interest in the Collateral to the full extent contemplated herein, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Administrative Agent’s (for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties) interest in the Collateral and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Purchaser may reasonably request).

(i)     Separateness . The Seller acknowledges that the Purchaser Parties are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in reliance upon the Seller’s identity as a legal entity that is separate from each of the Originators and their respective other Affiliates (each, a “Related Entity” ). Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Seller shall take all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, all steps that are required by applicable law, rule or regulation, to maintain the Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that the Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of the other Related Entities and not just a division thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein, except as herein specifically otherwise provided, the Seller will:

(i)     compensate all employees, consultants and agents directly, from the Seller’s bank accounts, for services provided to the Seller by such employees, consultants and agents and, to the extent any employee, consultant or agent of the Seller is also an employee, consultant or agent of any other Related Entity, allocate the compensation of such employee, consultant or agent between the Seller and such Related Entity on a basis which reflects the services rendered to the Seller and such Related Entity;

(ii)    clearly identify its offices as separate and distinct from any space occupied by any other Related Entity even if such space is leased or subleased from, or is on or near premises occupied by, any other Related Entity;

(iii)    have separate stationery and other business forms (each of which may be computer-generated);

 

21


(iv)     conduct its business solely in its own name through its duly authorized officers or agents including, without limitation, in all oral and written communications such as letters, invoices, purchase orders, contracts, statements and applications;

(v)      allocate all overhead expenses (including, without limitation, telephone and other utility charges) for items shared between the Seller and any other Related Entity on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual use;

(vi)     at all times maintain at least one Independent Director;

(vii)    maintain its Organic Documents in conformity with this Agreement, such that (A) it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify such Organic Document in any respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, this Section 5.1(i) , and (B) it provides for the notice, Seller certification and, unless such replacement is employed by AMACAR Group, LLC, Lord Securities Corporation, Global Securitization Services LLC, Organization Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Wilmington Trust, or CSC Entity Services, LLC, the Administrative Agent’s written acknowledgement specified in Section 5.1(b)(vi) hereof;

(viii)    ensure that all corporate actions with respect to (A) the filing for any petition of bankruptcy of Seller and (B) the merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Seller are duly authorized by unanimous vote of its directors (including, the Independent Director);

(ix)     maintain complete and correct books and records of account and minutes of meetings and other proceedings of its equity holder(s) and directors/managers;

(x)      maintain its certificate of incorporation and by-laws in conformity with this Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its Organic Documents in any respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, this Section 5.1(i) ;

(xi)     maintain its financial, corporate and other books and records separate from those of any other Related Entity;

(xii)    prepare its financial statements separately from those of other Related Entities and ensure that any consolidated financial statements of any other Related Entity that include the Seller have detailed notes clearly stating that the Seller is a separate corporate entity;

(xiii)    maintain bank accounts that are separate from those of any other Related Entity and, except as permitted in the Transaction Documents, not commingle funds or other assets of the Seller with those of any other Related Entity;

 

22


(xiv)    pay operating expenses and liabilities from its own funds and not permit any other Related Entity to pay any of the Seller’s operating expenses or liabilities (except pursuant to allocation arrangements that comply with the requirements of clause (ii) above);

(xv)     endeavor to manage its affairs so as to maintain adequate capitalization in light of its business and purpose and in any event maintain at all times the Minimum Capital Test (as defined in the Sale Agreement) and refrain from making any dividend, distribution, redemption of capital stock or payment of any subordinated indebtedness or under the L/C Note which would cause such capitalization to cease to be so maintained;

(xvi)    not hold itself out or permit itself to be held out as having agreed to pay or as being liable for the debts of any other Related Entity nor will it hold any other Related Entity out or permit any other Related Entity to be held out as having agreed to pay or as being liable for the debts of the Seller nor will it fail to correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing;

(xvii)   not operate or purport to operate as an integrated, single economic unit with one or more of the other Related Entities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude Parent’s consolidation of the Seller’s financial statements with its own in accordance with GAAP;

(xviii)  not seek or obtain credit from or incur any obligation to any third party based upon the assets of one or more of the other Related Entities or induce any such third party to reasonably rely on the creditworthiness of one or more of the other Related Entities (except as contemplated by the Performance Undertaking);

(xix)   not guaranty or otherwise become liable with respect to indebtedness of any other Related Entity nor permit guaranties or liability by any other Related Entity of the indebtedness of the Seller (except as contemplated by the Performance Undertaking and this Agreement);

(xx)    maintain an arm’s-length relationship with each other Related Entity, including, without limitation, payment of an arm’s-length servicing fee for any receivables-servicing functions performed by any other Related Entity on behalf of the Seller;

(xxi)   not, directly or indirectly, be named and shall not enter into any agreement to be named as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy covering the property of any other Related Entity; and

(xxii)   take such other actions as are necessary on its part to ensure that the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion issued by Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., as counsel for the Seller Parties, in connection with the closing or initial purchase under the Sale Agreement and relating to substantive consolidation issues, and in the certificates accompanying such opinion, remain true and correct in all material respects at all times.

 

23


(j)     Collections . Such Seller Party will cause (1) all proceeds from all Lock-Boxes to be directly deposited by a Lock-Box Bank into a Lock-Box Account and (2) each Lock-Box and Lock-Box Account to be subject at all times to a Lock-Box Agreement that is in full force and effect. In the event any payments relating to Receivables are remitted directly to the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, the Seller will remit (or will cause all such payments to be remitted) directly to a Lock-Box Bank and deposited into a Lock-Box Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof, and, at all times prior to such remittance, the Seller will itself hold or, if applicable, will cause such payments to be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser Parties, subject to the Servicer’s rights under Section 6.2(c) .

(k)     Taxes . Such Seller Party will file all federal and all other material tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books. The Seller will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of Excluded Taxes.

(l)     Insurance . The Seller will maintain in effect, or cause to be maintained in effect, at Seller’s own expense, such casualty and liability insurance as the Seller shall deem appropriate in its good faith business judgment.

(m)     Payment to Originators . With respect to any Receivable purchased by the Seller from an Originator, such purchase shall be effected under, and in strict compliance with the terms of, the Sale Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the amount and timing of payments to be made to such Originator in respect of the purchase price for such Receivable.

Section 5.2.     Negative Covenants of Seller Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and the termination or expiration of all of the Commitments:

(a)     Name Change, Offices and Records . The Seller will not change its name, identity or legal structure (within the meaning of Section 9-507(c) of any applicable enactment of the UCC) or relocate its chief executive office or any office where Records are kept unless it shall have: (i) given the Purchaser Parties at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof and (ii) delivered to the Administrative Agent all financing statements, instruments and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such change or relocation.

(b)     Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors . Except as may be required by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.2(b) , such Seller Party will not add or terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank, or make any change in the instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) with respect to the addition of a Lock-Box Bank or a Lock-Box Account or Lock-Box, an executed Lock-Box Agreement with respect to the new Lock-Box Account or Lock-Box; provided, however, that the Servicer may make changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new instructions require such Obligor to make payments to another existing Lock-Box Account.

 

24


(c)     Modifications to Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . No Seller Party will, and no Seller Party will permit any Originator to, make any change to the Credit and Collection Policy that could reasonably be expected to decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables or materially adversely affect the collectability of the Receivables. Except as provided in Section 6.2(d) , no Seller Party will, or will permit any Originator to, extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or any terms of any Contract related to such Receivable in any material respect other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.

(d)     Sales, Liens . Other than the ownership and security interests contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Seller will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Contract under which any Receivable arises, or any Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case, the creation of the interests therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties provided for herein), and the Seller will defend the right, title and interest of the Purchaser Parties in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Seller or any Originator.

(e)     Termination of Sale Agreement . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 7.1(k) , the Seller will not terminate the Sale Agreement or send any termination notice to any Material Originator in respect thereof, without the prior written consent of each of the Purchaser Parties.

(f)     Restricted Junior Payments . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Amortization Event, the Seller will not make any Restricted Junior Payment while any Aggregate Unpaids remain outstanding.

(g)     Seller Indebtedness . Except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Seller will not incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness or any liability on account of deposits except: (i) the Aggregate Unpaids and (ii) other current accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business and not overdue.

(h)     Prohibition on Additional Negative Pledges . The Seller will not (and will not authorize any Originator to) enter into or assume any agreement (other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Adverse Claim upon the Collateral except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, or otherwise prohibiting or restricting any transaction contemplated hereby or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

25


ARTICLE VI.

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION

Section 6.1.     Designation of the Servicer.

(a)    The servicing, administration and collection of the Receivables shall be conducted by such Person (the “Servicer” ) so designated from time to time in accordance with this Section  6.1 . Schneider is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event, the Purchaser Parties may at any time designate as the Servicer any Person to succeed Schneider or any successor Servicer.

(b)    Schneider may delegate to Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC, as sub-Servicer of the Servicer, certain of its duties and responsibilities as the Servicer hereunder. Without the prior written consent of the Purchaser Parties, the Servicer shall not be permitted to delegate any of its duties or responsibilities as the Servicer to any Person other than (i) the Originators, (ii) to Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC, and (iii) with respect to certain Charged-Off Receivables, outside collection agencies in accordance with its customary practices. The Seller shall not be permitted to further delegate to any other Person any of the duties or responsibilities of the Servicer delegated to it by Schneider. If at any time following the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Purchaser Parties shall designate as the Servicer any Person other than Schneider, all duties and responsibilities theretofore delegated by Schneider to the Seller or any Originator may, at the discretion of any of the Purchaser Parties, be terminated forthwith on notice given by such Purchaser Party to the other Purchaser Parties, Schneider and the Seller.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection (b), (i) the Servicer shall be and remain primarily liable to the Purchaser Parties for the full and prompt performance of all duties and responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder and (ii) the Purchaser Parties shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Servicer in matters relating to the discharge by the Servicer of its duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Purchaser Parties shall not be required to give notice, demand or other communication to any Person other than the Servicer in order for communication to the Servicer and its sub-Servicer or other delegate with respect thereto to be accomplished. The Servicer, at all times that it is the Servicer, shall be responsible for providing any sub-Servicer or other delegate of the Servicer with any notice given to the Servicer under this Agreement.

Section 6.2.     Duties of the Servicer.

(a)    The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or advisable to collect each Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy of each respective Originator.

(b)    The Servicer will instruct all Obligors to pay all Collections directly to a Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account that is subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. The Servicer shall

 

26


cause the Lock-Box Agreements attached hereto as Exhibit XII to be in effect with respect to the related Lock-Box and Lock-Box Account. In the case of any remittances received in any Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account that shall have been identified, to the satisfaction of the Servicer, to not constitute Collections or other proceeds of the Collateral, the Servicer shall promptly remit such items to the Person identified to it as being the owner of such remittances. From and after the date the Administrative Agent delivers to any Lock-Box Bank a Collection Notice pursuant to Section  6.4 (such date, the “Dominion Date” ), the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Purchaser Parties, may request that the Servicer, and the Servicer thereupon promptly shall instruct all Obligors to remit all payments thereon to a new depositary account specified by the Administrative Agent and, at all times thereafter, the Seller and the Servicer shall not deposit or otherwise credit, and shall not permit any other Person to deposit or otherwise credit to such new depositary account any cash or payment item other than Collections.

(c)    The Servicer (and from and after the Dominion Date, the Administrative Agent) shall administer the Collections in accordance with the procedures described herein and in Article II . Subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.2(c) , the Servicer shall hold in trust for the account of the Seller and each of the Purchaser Parties their respective shares of the Collections in accordance with Article II . Following the occurrence of the Dominion Date, the Servicer shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, segregate, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections from the general funds of the Servicer or the Seller prior to the remittance thereof in accordance with Article II to the extent of any accrued and unpaid Aggregate Unpaids, and the requirement to continue such segregation shall continue until such Amortization Event is waived in the sole discretion of the Required Purchasers or until the conditions to further Purchases set forth in Section  4.2 are satisfied. Subject to Section  2.2 , at all times while the Servicer is required to segregate Collections pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Servicer shall segregate and deposit with a bank designated by the Administrative Agent such allocable share of Collections of Receivables set aside for the Purchaser Parties on the first Business Day following receipt by the Servicer of such Collections, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as the Administrative Agent is not permitted to and has not requested the segregation of Collections in accordance with this Section 6.2(c) and Schneider or one of its Affiliates is the Servicer, the Servicer may process Collections as a part of a central cash management system maintained by Schneider and its Affiliates, which system shall include written records (which may be electronic) of all debits and credits attributable to the Seller and its Receivables and all other participants in such system and, prior to the Dominion Date, such funds may be commingled with other funds of Schneider and its Affiliates.

(d)    The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Receivable or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable as the Servicer determines to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided, however, that such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable, Defaulted Receivable or Charged-Off Receivable or limit the rights of the Purchaser Parties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, following the occurrence and during continuation of an Amortization Event, the Administrative Agent shall have the absolute and unlimited right to direct the Servicer to commence or settle any legal action with respect to any Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security.

 

27


(e)    The Servicer shall hold in trust for the Seller and the Purchaser Parties for a period of seven (7) years from their original creation all Records kept and maintained in accordance with Section 5.1(e) that (i) evidence or relate to the Receivables, the related Contracts and Related Security or (ii) are otherwise necessary or desirable to collect the Receivables and shall, following the occurrence of an Amortization Event that is continuing (provided such Amortization Event is not, in the sole discretion of the Purchaser Parties, waived in accordance with this Agreement, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Purchaser shall be required to grant any such waiver), as soon as practicable upon demand of the Administrative Agent, deliver or make available to the Administrative Agent all such Records, at a place reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent. The Servicer shall, two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof turn over (A) to the Seller any cash collections or other cash proceeds in accordance with Article II and (B) to the applicable Person any cash collections or other cash proceeds received with respect to Indebtedness not constituting Receivables. The Servicer shall, from time to time at the request of any Purchaser Party, furnish to the Purchaser Parties (promptly after any such request) a calculation of the amounts set aside for the Purchaser Parties pursuant to Article II .

(f)    Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any indebtedness owed by it to an Originator or the Seller shall, except as otherwise specified by such Obligor or otherwise required by Contract or law and unless otherwise instructed by the Administrative Agent, be applied as a Collection of any Receivable of such Obligor (starting with the oldest such Receivable) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other obligation of such Obligor.

Section 6.3.     Lock-Box Accounts . Subject to the terms of the applicable Lock-Box Agreement, the Seller shall grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) over each Lock-Box and Lock-Box Account. Seller hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, and agrees that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled after the occurrence of an Amortization Event to (a) endorse the Seller’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections, (b) enforce the Receivables, the related Contracts and the Related Security and (c) take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of Receivables to come into the possession of the Administrative Agent rather than the Seller.

Section 6.4.     Collection Notices . The Administrative Agent is authorized to deliver the Collection Notices to the Lock-Box Banks (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event or (ii) if Administrative Agent notifies the Seller that it deems it necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent following an adverse change in financial condition or circumstances of the Seller or the Performance Guarantor at any time that Excess Availability is less than $24,000,000 (it being understood that (a) if Excess Availability of at least $24,000,000 is restored within three (3) Business Days of Administrative Agent’s notification, the Administrative Agent shall not be allowed to deliver any Collection Notices unless and until Excess Availability falls below $24,000,000 again, and (b) no further prior notice to the Seller Parties shall be required to deliver

 

28


such Collection Notice). Subject to the terms of the applicable Lock-Box Agreement, the Seller has transferred to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties, exclusive “control” over each Lock-Box and related Lock-Box Accounts; provided, however, that the Seller Parties shall retain the right to direct dispositions of funds from the Lock-Boxes and Lock-Box Accounts prior to delivery of the Collection Notices. In case any authorized signatory of the Seller whose signature appears on a Lock-Box Account Agreement shall cease to have such authority before the delivery of such notice, such Collection Notice shall nevertheless be valid as if such authority had remained in force. The Seller hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, and agrees that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (a) at any time after delivery of the Collection Notices, to endorse the Seller’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections, (b) at any time after an Amortization Event hereunder has occurred and is continuing, to enforce the Receivables, the related Contracts and the Related Security, and (c) at any time after an Amortization Event hereunder has occurred and is continuing, to take such action as shall be necessary to cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of Receivables to come into the possession of the Administrative Agent rather than the Seller.

Section 6.5.     Responsibilities of the Seller . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise by any of the Purchaser Parties of its rights hereunder shall not release the Servicer, any Originator or the Seller from any of their duties or obligations with respect to any Receivables or under the related Contracts. The Purchaser Parties shall have no obligation or liability with respect to any Receivables or related Contracts, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform the obligations of the Seller or any Originator.

Section 6.6.     Reports .

(a)    On each Interim Reporting Date (if any), the Servicer shall prepare and deliver not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) to the Purchaser Parties an Interim Report in the form of Exhibit VII I hereto (appropriately completed and executed).

(b)    On each Monthly Reporting Date, the Servicer shall prepare and deliver not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) to the Purchaser Parties, a Monthly Report for the calendar month then most recently ended in the form of Exhibit IX hereto (appropriately completed and executed).

(c)    At such times as any Purchaser Party shall reasonably request, the Servicer shall prepare and deliver not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days after such request a listing by Obligor of all Receivables together with an aging of such Receivables.

Section 6.7.     Servicing Fees . In consideration of Schneider’s agreement to act as the Servicer hereunder, so long as Schneider shall continue to perform as the Servicer hereunder, Schneider shall be paid a fee (the Servicing Fee ) on each Monthly Payment Date, in arrears for the immediately preceding Calculation Period, equal to 1.0% per annum of the average aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables during such period. At any time while the Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Seller, the Servicing Fee shall be computed at such rate per annum as the Administrative Agent, the Seller and the substitute the Servicer may mutually agree.

 

29


ARTICLE VII.

AMORTIZATION EVENTS

Section 7.1.     Amortization Events . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Amortization Event :

(a)    (i) Any Seller Party shall fail to make any payment or deposit of Capital required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of any Purchaser Party under any Transaction Document and such failure under this clause (i) continues for one (1) Business Day after the date when the same was required to be made; or (ii) any Seller Party shall fail to make any payment or deposit of any other amount required to be paid to or for the benefit of a Purchaser Party or another Indemnified Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and such failure under this clause (ii) continues for two (2) Business Days after the date when the same was required to be made.

(b)    Any Seller Party shall fail to perform or observe any covenant contained in any provision of Section  5.2 , Section 6.2(c) or Section  6.6 (and, in the case of Section  6.6 only, such failure continues for two (2) Business Days after the date when the same was required to be performed).

(c)    Any Seller Party shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant, agreement or other obligation hereunder (other than as referred to in another paragraph of this Section  7.1 ) or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of (i) notice from the Administrative Agent or any other Purchaser Party of such non-performance or non-observance, or (ii) the date on which an Authorized Officer of such Seller Party otherwise becomes aware of such non-performance or non-observance.

(d)    Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by any Seller Party in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any other document required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made in any material respect; provided that the materiality threshold in this subsection shall not be applicable with respect to any representation or warranty which itself contains a materiality threshold.

(e)    On any Settlement Date, after giving effect to the turnover and application of Collections and Deemed Collections, the Aggregate Capital shall exceed the Facility Limit or an Investment Excess shall be continuing.

(f)    (i) The Seller shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement) which is outstanding when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness; or any

 

30


other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(ii) The Performance Guarantor or any Originator shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Material Indebtedness which is outstanding when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Material Indebtedness; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Material Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Material Indebtedness; or any such Material Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Material Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof.

(g) (i)     Any Seller Party, any Originator or any other Significant Subsidiary shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

     (ii)    any proceeding shall be instituted by any Seller Party, any Originator or any other Significant Subsidiary seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property; or

     (iii)   any proceeding shall be instituted against any Seller Party, any Originator or any other Significant Subsidiary seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property and, unless such proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by the Performance Guarantor, the Servicer, such Originator or such Significant Subsidiary, such proceeding of the type described in this clause remains undismissed, unvacated or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

     (iv)   Any Seller Party, any Originator or any Significant Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above in this subsection (g).

 

31


(h)    As at the end of any calendar month:

(i)   the average of the Delinquency Ratios for the three months then most recently ended shall exceed 7.0%;

(ii)  the average of the Default Ratios for the three months then most recently ended shall exceed 5.0%; or

(iii) the average of the Dilution Ratios for the three months then most recently ended shall exceed 3.0%.

(i)    A Change of Control shall occur.

(j)    (i) One or more final judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $15,234, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Seller, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution; or (ii) one or more final judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Seller) involving a liability of $50,000,000 or more in the aggregate (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance provided by a carrier who has not disputed coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof;

(k)    Either (i) the “Purchase Termination Date” under and as defined in the Sale Agreement shall occur with respect to any Material Originator or (ii) any Material Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to the Seller under the Sale Agreement, provided, however, that upon 30 days’ prior written notice, a Material Originator may cease to sell or contribute Receivables to the Seller (and otherwise cease to be a party) under the Sale Agreement without causing an Amortization Event under this Agreement if (1) such Material Originator has consolidated or merged with or into (or otherwise sold all or substantially all of its assets to) another Originator, or (2) to the extent that (a) the Aggregate Capital continues to be equal to or less than the lesser of the Facility Limit or the Investment Base after such Material Originator ceases to sell or contribute, (b) if such cessation of transfers is reasonably likely to result in a material change to the performance of the remaining Receivables, the Performance Guarantor and the remaining Originators agree to such modified transaction terms which may be requested by any of the Purchaser Parties as being necessary to maintain an implied rating equivalent to the implied rating of the facility evidenced by this Agreement prior to such Material Originator ceasing to sell, as determined in the exercise of the Purchaser Parties’ reasonable credit judgment based upon facts set forth in any written report pertaining to such Material Originator’s Receivables or the remaining Receivables, and (c) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event shall exist after such Material Originator shall cease to transfer.

(l)    The Performance Undertaking shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Performance Guarantor, or the Performance Guarantor shall contest in any proceeding in any court or any mediation or arbitral proceeding such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability of its obligations thereunder.

 

32


(m)    This Agreement shall terminate in whole or in part (except in accordance with its terms), or shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Seller, or any Originator shall directly or indirectly contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability, or the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties shall cease to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections with respect thereto and the Lock-Box Accounts.

(n)    The Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Tax Code with regard to any of the Receivables or Related Security and such lien shall not have been released within ten (10) Business Days.

(o)    (i) The PBGC shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA, arising with respect to a Plan, with respect to any of the Receivables or Related Security and such lien shall not have been released within ten (10) Business Days; or

        (ii) any of the following events or conditions shall occur if such event or condition reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

  (A) any failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or any Lien shall arise on the assets of the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate in favor of the PBGC or a Plan;

 

  (B) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Single Employer Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA;

 

  (C) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in

 

  (1) the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or

 

  (2) the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability having a Material Adverse Effect in connection with a withdrawal from (within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA), reorganization of (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), or insolvency or (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) such Plan; or

 

  (3)

the occurrence of any prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility which may subject the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate to any liability

 

33


  having a Material Adverse Effect under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other instrument pursuant to which the Parent, any Subsidiary of the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any person against any such liability.

(p)    The Parent shall permit Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of $550,000,000 plus 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income for each Fiscal Quarter (commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2013), such quarterly increases to be cumulative and in no event shall such required amount be reduced by losses in any Fiscal Quarter.

(q)    The Parent shall permit the Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio to be greater than 3.25 to 1.0 as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter.

Section 7.2.     Remedies .

(a)    Upon the occurrence (after taking into account any applicable notice or cure period) and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the direction of the Required Purchasers, shall, take any or all of the following actions: (i) replace the Person then acting as the Servicer, (ii) upon notice to the Seller Parties, declare the Amortization Date to have occurred, whereupon the Amortization Date shall forthwith occur and all Aggregate Unpaids shall forthwith become due and payable, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Seller Party; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event described in Section 7.1(g)(ii) or (iii) , or of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Seller Party under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Amortization Date shall automatically occur, without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Seller Party, (iii) notify Obligors of the Purchaser Parties’ interest in the Receivables, and (iv) if it has not already done so, deliver the Collection Notices to the Lock-Box Banks. The aforementioned rights and remedies shall be without limitation, and shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies of the Purchaser Parties otherwise available under any other provision of this Agreement, by operation of law, at equity or otherwise, all of which are hereby expressly preserved, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies provided under the UCC, all of which rights shall be cumulative.

(b)    Upon acceleration of the Aggregate Unpaids pursuant to Section 7.2(a) , the Seller shall be and become thereby unconditionally obligated, without any further notice, act or demand, to pay to the L/C Issuer, an amount equal to all Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid Interest and L/C Fees thereon, and to deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account an amount equal to 103% of the Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding, together with an amount equal to the L/C Fees that will accrue thereon through the expiry date of each Letter of Credit. The LC Issuer may at any time or from time to time after funds are deposited in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, apply such funds to the payment of draws under outstanding Letters of Credit and any other amounts as shall from time to time have become due and payable by Seller to the LC Issuer under the Transaction Documents. After all of the LC Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and the obligation of the LC

 

34


Issuer to issue Letters of Credit has been terminated, any funds remaining in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account shall be returned by the LC Issuer to Seller or paid to whomever may be legally entitled thereto at such time.

ARTICLE VIII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1.     Indemnities by the Seller . (a) Without limiting any other rights that any Purchaser Party may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each of the Purchaser Parties and its respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each an Indemnified Party ) from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, reasonable expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable fees and disbursements of external counsel (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as Indemnified Amounts ) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of any Transaction Document, the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by any of the Purchaser Parties of an ownership interest or security interest in the Receivables, or the issuance, execution and delivery or transfer of any Letter of Credit, the acquisition of any participation interest in any Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom, excluding, however, in all of the foregoing instances:

(A) Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Indemnified Party;

(B) Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same include losses in respect of Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness or financial inability or unwillingness to pay (other than a dispute giving rise to a Dilution) of the related Obligor;

(C) Excluded Taxes of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization for income tax purposes of the acquisition by the Purchasers of Ownership Interests as a loan or loans by the Purchasers to the Seller secured by the Collateral;

(D) Solely with respect to the obligation in Section 8.3(b) , Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same result from a breach by an Indemnified Party of a representation, warranty or covenant of such Indemnified Party under any Transaction Document; and

(E) Indemnified Amounts to the extent arising from the L/C Issuer’s failure to pay under any Letter of Credit issued by it after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit;

 

35


provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of the Seller or limit the recourse of any of the Purchaser Parties to the Seller for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by the Seller under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, the Seller shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for Indemnified Amounts (including, without limitation, losses in respect of uncollectible Receivables, regardless of whether reimbursement therefor would constitute recourse to the Seller) relating to or resulting from:

(i)   any representation or warranty made by any Seller Party, the Performance Guarantor or any Originator (or any Authorized Officer of any such Person) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report required to be delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(ii)  the failure by any Seller Party or any Originator to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or Contract related thereto, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or Contract included therein with any such applicable law, rule or regulation or any failure of any Originator to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;

(iii) any failure of any Seller Party, any Originator or the Performance Guarantor to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of any Transaction Document to which it is a party;

(iv) any environmental liability, products liability, personal injury or damage suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract or any Receivable;

(v)  any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, but excluding any dispute, claim, offset or defense based on applicable bankruptcy (including discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor), insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or service related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services;

(vi) the commingling of Collections of Receivables at any time with other funds;

 

36


(vii)  any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds of any Purchase, the ownership of the Ownership Interests or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to any Seller Party or any Originator in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(viii) any inability to litigate any claim against any Obligor in respect of any Receivable as a result of such Obligor being immune from civil and commercial law and suit on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action, suit or proceeding;

(ix)   any Amortization Event described in Section 7.1(g) ;

(x)    any failure of the Seller to acquire and maintain legal and equitable title to, and ownership of any Receivable and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto from any Originator, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than as created hereunder); or any failure of the Seller to give reasonably equivalent value to the applicable Originator under the Sale Agreement in consideration of the transfer by it of any Receivable, or any attempt by any Person to void such transfer under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action;

(xi)   any failure to vest and maintain vested in the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties) a valid and perfected ownership interest or a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (except as created by the Transaction Documents);

(xii)  the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Collateral, whether on the date hereof or at any subsequent time, except to the extent such failure or delay is caused by the Administrative Agent;

(xiii) any action or omission by any Seller Party which reduces or impairs the rights of the Purchaser Parties with respect to any Collateral or the value of any Collateral;

(xiv) any attempt by any Person to void any Credit Event or the security interest in the Collateral granted hereunder, whether under statutory provision, common law or equitable action;

(xv)  the L/C Issuer’s issuance of any Letter of Credit which specifies that the term “beneficiary” included therein includes any successor by operation of law of the named beneficiary, but which Letter of Credit does not require that any drawing by any such successor beneficiary be accompanied by a copy of a legal document, satisfactory to the LC Issuer, evidencing the appointment of such successor beneficiary; and

 

37


(xvi) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Investment Base as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable at the time so included.

To secure the due and punctual performance of the foregoing indemnities and the other Aggregate Unpaids, the Seller hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties, a continuing security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and residual interest in and to all Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, the Collections, each Lock-Box, each Lock-Box Account, all Related Security, all other rights and payments relating to such Receivables, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

(b)    After receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (collectively, a “Proceeding” ) involving such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Seller hereunder, promptly notify the Seller in writing, and in reasonable detail, of such Proceeding. Upon receipt of notice from an Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder with respect to any such Proceeding, the Seller shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Upon the Seller’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such Proceeding and to retain its own counsel but the Seller shall not be liable for any legal expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof unless (x) the Seller agrees in writing to pay such fees and expenses, (y) the Seller fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in a timely manner, or (z) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between the Seller, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Seller; provided, however, that the Seller shall not in any event be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (plus local counsel, where necessary) for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any Proceeding. The Seller shall have the sole authority to settle any claim for monetary damages and, if the Seller chooses not to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, no Indemnified Party will consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Proceeding without the Seller’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c)    To the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that Indemnified Amounts actually paid by the Seller resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Seller for any such Indemnified Amounts within thirty (30) days of such judgment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified by the Seller.

Section 8.2.     Indemnities by the Servicer . (a) Without limiting any other rights that any of the Purchaser Parties may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each Indemnified Party from and against

 

38


any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, reasonable expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable fees and disbursements of external counsel (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “Servicer Indemnified Amounts” ) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of the Servicer’s failure to duly and punctually perform its obligations under this Agreement excluding, however, in all of the foregoing instances:

(A) Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such Servicer Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Indemnified Party;

(B) Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness or financial inability or unwillingness to pay (other than a dispute giving rise to a Dilution) of the related Obligor;

(C) Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes Excluded Taxes of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization for income tax purposes of the acquisition by the Purchasers of Ownership Interests as a loan or loans by the Purchasers to the Seller secured by the Collateral; and

(D) Solely with respect to the obligation in Section 8.3(b) , Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same result from a breach by an Indemnified Party of a representation, warranty or covenant of such Indemnified Party under any Transaction Document;

provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of the Servicer or limit the recourse of the Purchaser Parties to the Servicer for Collections received by the Servicer and required to be remitted by it under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, the Servicer shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for Servicer Indemnified Amounts (including, without limitation, losses in respect of uncollectible Receivables, regardless of whether reimbursement therefor would constitute recourse to the Servicer) relating to or resulting from:

(i)   any representation or warranty made by the Servicer (or any Authorized Officer of the Servicer) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(ii)  the failure by the Servicer to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the collection of any Receivable or Related Security;

(iii) any failure of the Servicer to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

39


(iv)  the commingling by the Servicer of Collections of Receivables or funds or other assets arising therefrom at any time with other funds;

(v)   any investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to the Servicer in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(vi)  any Amortization Event of the described in Section 7.1(g) with respect to the Servicer; and

(vii) any action or omission by the Servicer relating to its obligations hereunder which reduces or impairs the rights of any of the Purchaser Parties with respect to any Receivable or the value of any such Receivable.

(b)    After receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of any Proceedings involving such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against Servicer hereunder, promptly notify the Servicer in writing, and in reasonable detail, of such Proceeding. Upon receipt of notice from an Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder with respect to any such Proceeding, the Servicer shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such Proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Upon the Servicer’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such Proceeding and to retain its own counsel but the Servicer shall not be liable for any legal expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof unless (x) the Servicer agrees in writing to pay such fees and expenses, (y) the Servicer fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in a timely manner, or (z) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between the Servicer, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Servicer; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not in any event be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (plus local counsel, where necessary) for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any Proceeding. The Servicer shall have the sole authority to settle any claim for monetary damages and, if the Servicer chooses not to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, no Indemnified Party will consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Proceeding without the Servicer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c)    To the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that Servicer Indemnified Amounts actually paid by Servicer resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall reimburse Servicer for any such Servicer Indemnified Amounts within thirty (30) days of such judgment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified by Servicer.

Section 8.3.     Increased Cost and Reduced Return . (a) If after the date hereof, any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer shall be charged any fee, expense or increased cost on account of any Change in Law or the adoption of or change in any accounting principle, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, any

 

40


Governmental Authority, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority: (i) that subjects any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer to any charge or withholding on or with respect to this Agreement or a Purchaser’s or the L/C Issuer’s obligations hereunder, or on or with respect to the Receivables, or changes the basis of taxation of payments to any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer of any amounts payable hereunder (except for Excluded Taxes or taxes excluded by Section  8.1 ) or (ii) that imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of a Purchaser or the L/C Issuer, or credit extended by a Purchaser or the L/C Issuer pursuant to this Agreement or (iii) that imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to a Purchaser or the L/C Issuer of performing its obligations hereunder, or to reduce the rate of return on a Purchaser’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by a Purchaser or the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or to require any payment calculated by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it, then, upon demand by such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, the Seller shall pay to such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such amounts charged to such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer or such amounts to otherwise compensate such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer for such increased cost or such reduction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Purchaser or L/C Issuer that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, or a state thereof, shall not be entitled to reimbursement or compensation hereunder unless and until it has delivered to the Seller two (2) duly completed and signed originals of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as applicable, certifying in either case that such Purchaser or L/C Issuer is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. (b) Prior to a Purchaser’s or the L/C Issuer’s demanding any payment pursuant to this Section  8.3 , such Person shall use commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate or reduce the amounts payable pursuant to this Section  8.3 at the time of the demand and in the future.

Section 8.4.     Other Costs and Expenses . The Seller shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including without limitation, the cost of auditors auditing the books, records and procedures of the Seller, reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of external legal counsel for the Administrative Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative Agent as to its rights and remedies under this Agreement. The Seller shall also pay to the Purchaser Parties on demand any and all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses, if any, of the Purchaser Parties, including reasonable external counsel fees and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with (i) any amendments, any waivers or the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents or Letters of Credit and (ii) any restructuring or workout of this Agreement or such other documents, or the administration of the Transaction Documents and the Letters of Credit following an Amortization Event.

 

41


ARTICLE IX.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1.     Appointment.

(a)    Each of the Purchaser Parties hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent hereunder, and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Administrative Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

(b)    Except as provided in Section  9. 2, the provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties, and neither of the Seller Parties shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article IX (other than as provided in Section  9.9 ), except that this Article IX shall not affect any obligations which any of the Purchaser Parties may have to either of the Seller Parties under the other provisions of this Agreement.

(c)    In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as the Administrative Agent of the L/C Issuer and the Purchasers and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for either of the Seller Parties or any of their respective successors and assigns.

Section 9.2.     Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under the applicable Transaction Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties; provided, however, that the Seller Parties shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Administrative Agent in connection with each Seller Party’s rights and obligations under the Transaction Documents. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 9.3.     Exculpatory Provisions . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them or any Person described in Section  9.2 under or in connection with the Transaction Documents (except for its, their or such Person’s own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the other Purchaser Parties or other agents for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Seller contained in any Transaction Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of

 

42


this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of either of the Seller Parties to perform its respective obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article IV , except receipt of items required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, any Transaction Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller Parties. This Section  9.3 is intended solely to govern the relationship between the Administrative Agent, on the one hand, and the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer, on the other.

Section 9.4.     Reliance by the Purchaser Parties.

(a)    Each of the Purchaser Parties shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Seller Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Purchaser Parties. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of each Purchaser and the L/C Issuer (except where another provision of this Agreement specifically authorizes the Administrative Agent to take action based on the instructions of less than all such parties).

(b)    Any action taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.4(a) shall be binding upon all Purchaser Parties.

Section 9.5.     Notice of Amortization Events . None of the Purchaser Parties shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event unless it has received notice from another party referring to this Agreement, stating that an Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event. In the event that any of the Purchaser Parties receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to the other Purchaser Parties. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event as shall be directed by any Purchaser.

Section 9.6.     Non-Reliance on the other Purchaser Parties . Each of the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent, nor any of the Administrative Agent’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Seller Parties, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each of the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer also represents and warrants to the other Purchaser Parties that it has, independently and without reliance upon any such Person (or any of their Affiliates) and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects,

 

43


financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller Parties and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Purchaser Parties also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any other Purchaser Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Seller Parties. None of the Purchaser Parties, nor any of its respective Affiliates, shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any party to this Agreement with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Seller Parties which may come into the possession of such Person or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 9.7.     Indemnification of Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer . Each Purchaser agrees to indemnify each of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Seller Parties to do so), ratably in accordance with their respective Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Person in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Person as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 9.8.     Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity . The Administrative Agent in its individual capacity and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Seller Parties and their Affiliates as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to its Ownership Interests, if any, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Purchaser,” “Purchasers” and “L/C Issuer” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 9.9.     Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the other parties hereto, may voluntarily resign and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Purchasers and (if the Administrative Agent is not the same Person as the L/C Issuer) the L/C Issuer. If the Administrative Agent shall voluntarily resign or be removed as Administrative Agent under this Agreement, then the other Purchaser Parties during such thirty (30) day period shall appoint, with the consent of the Seller from among the remaining Purchaser Parties, a successor Administrative Agent, whereupon such

 

44


successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor Administrative Agent, effective upon its appointment, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement. Upon resignation or replacement of any Administrative Agent in accordance with this Section  9.9 , the retiring Administrative Agent shall execute or authorize the filing of such UCC-3 assignments and amendments, and assignments and amendments of the Transaction Documents, as may be necessary to give effect to its replacement by a successor Administrative Agent. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of Article VIII and this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

Section 9.10.     UCC Filings . Each of the Purchaser Parties hereby expressly recognizes and agrees that the Administrative Agent may be designated as the secured party of record on the various UCC filings required to be made under this Agreement and the party entitled to amend, release and terminate the UCC filings under the Sale Agreement in order to perfect their respective interests in the Receivables, Collections and Related Security, that such designation shall be for administrative convenience only in creating a record or nominee holder to take certain actions hereunder on behalf of the Purchaser Parties and that such listing will not affect in any way the status of the Purchasers as the true parties in interest with respect to the Ownership Interests. In addition, such listing shall impose no duties on the Administrative Agent other than those expressly and specifically undertaken in accordance with this Article IX .

ARTICLE X.

ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

Section 10.1.     Assignments . (a) Any Purchaser may at any time and from time to time, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an Assignee Purchaser ) all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an assignment agreement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit VI hereto (the Assignment Agreement ) executed by such Assignee Purchaser and such assigning Purchaser. So long as no Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the consent of the Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be required prior to the effectiveness of any such assignment other than to an existing Purchaser or an Affiliate of an existing Purchaser. Upon delivery of the executed Assignment Agreement to the Administrative Agent, such assigning Purchaser shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment. Thereafter, the Assignee Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Purchaser party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Purchaser under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto and thereto, and no further consent or action by Seller or the Purchaser Parties shall be required. Neither Seller nor the Servicer shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement. The Purchaser Parties may not assign all or any part of their rights or obligations under this Agreement other than as permitted by this Section  10.1 .

 

45


(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Purchaser or the L/C Issuer may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights (including, without limitation, rights to payment of principal and interest) under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Person to a Federal Reserve Bank located in the United States of America, without notice to or consent of any other party hereto; provided that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or grantee for such Purchaser or the L/C Issuer as a party hereto.

(c)    The L/C Issuer may at any time assign to an Eligible Assignee all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder with the prior written consent of the Seller and the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, pursuant to an agreement with, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent and the Seller, a copy of which shall be provided to the Purchaser Parties, whereupon the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent so assigned; provided that no consent of the Seller shall be required if an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing.

Section 10.2.     Participations . Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business at any time sell to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a Participant ) participating interests in its Commitment and its Ownership Interests. So long as no Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the consent of the Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be required prior to the effectiveness of any such participation other than to an existing Purchaser or an Affiliate of an existing Purchaser. Notwithstanding any such sale by a Purchaser of a participating interest to a Participant, such Purchaser’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and each of the parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Each Purchaser agrees that any agreement between such Purchaser and any such Participant in respect of such participating interest shall not restrict such Purchaser’s right to agree to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to the Transaction Documents without such Participant’s consent, except for any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification seeking to (i) increase the Commitment of such Purchaser, (ii) reduce the Capital of any Ownership Interest of such Purchaser or reduce the Yield Rate thereon, or reduce any Fees payable to such Purchaser, (iii) postpone the date specified in clause (i) of the definition of Facility Termination Date or the date for payment of any Capital, Yield or Fees owing to such Purchaser, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, (iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral; (v) release the Seller; (vi) release the Performance Undertaking; or (vii) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of Required Purchasers , or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Purchasers required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder.

Section 10.3.     Replacement of a Purchaser . If (i) the Seller becomes obligated to pay additional amounts to any Purchaser pursuant to Section  8.3 , or any Purchaser gives notice of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section  1.9 , or (ii) any Purchaser does not consent to any matter requiring its consent under Section  12.1 when the Required Purchasers

 

46


have otherwise consented to such matter, then the Seller may within 90 days thereafter designate another bank or financial institution meeting the requirements of an Eligible Assignee (or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) (such other institution being called a “Replacement Purchaser” ) to purchase the Ownership Interests of such Purchaser and such Purchaser’s rights hereunder, without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, such Purchaser, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding Capital and Yield payable to such Purchaser plus any accrued but unpaid fees owed to such Purchaser and any other amounts payable to such Purchaser under this Agreement, and to assume all the obligations of such Purchaser hereunder, all in compliance with Section  10.1 . Upon such purchase and assumption (pursuant to an Assignment Agreement), such Purchaser shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights hereunder (other than rights with respect to indemnities and similar rights applicable to such Purchaser prior to the date of such purchase and assumption) and shall be relieved from all obligations to the Seller hereunder, and the Replacement Purchaser shall succeed to the rights and obligations of such Purchaser hereunder.

ARTICLE XI.

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

Section 11.1.     Grant of Security Interest . In addition to any ownership interest which the Administrative Agent may from time to time acquire pursuant to this Agreement, the Seller hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Purchaser Parties, a continuing security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under all Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, the Collections, each Lock-Box, each Lock-Box Account, all Related Security, all other rights and payments relating to such Receivables, the Letter of Credit Collateral Account and all amounts paid to Cash-Collateralize the Letter of Credit Obligations and all proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the Collateral ), prior to all other liens on and security interests therein to secure the prompt and complete payment of the Aggregate Unpaids and the performance of all of the Seller’s obligations under the Transaction Documents.

Section 11.2.     Authorization to File Financing Statements . The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to file a financing statement naming the Seller as the debtor and/or seller and describing the collateral covered thereby as “all personal property and the proceeds thereof”, “all assets and the proceeds thereof” or words of similar effect.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1.     Waivers and Amendments.

(a)    No failure or delay on the part of any of the Purchaser Parties in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any waiver of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

47


(b)    No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.1(b) . This Agreement and the provisions hereof may only be amended, supplemented, modified or waived in a writing signed by the Seller, the Servicer and the Required Purchasers; provided, however, that:

(i)   without the consent of any Purchaser, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Seller may amend this Agreement solely to add additional Persons as Purchasers hereunder;

(ii) the Purchaser Parties may enter into amendments to modify any of the terms or provisions of Article IX of this Agreement without the consent of the Seller, provided that (x) such amendment has no negative impact upon the Seller or the Servicer, and (y) unless an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, Seller shall have the right to consent to the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

(iii) without the consent of each Purchaser directly affected thereby (and, if directly affected thereby, the LC Issuer), no amendment, supplement, modification or waiver may (A) extend the Facility Termination Date or the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by the Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the Yield Rate or extend the time of payment of Interest or Yield (or any component of Interest or Yield), (C) reduce any Fee, (D) change the Capital of any Ownership Interest, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of the definition of Required Purchasers or this Section 12.1(b) , (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by the Seller of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (G) change the definition of “Investment Base”, “Commitment” , Concentration Limit ”, “Credit Event”, Default Horizon Ratio ”, “ Dilution Reserve ”, “Eligible Receivable” , “Purchase Price”, Net Pool Balance ” and “Required Reserve” or (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses (A)  through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses, and

(iv) without the written consent of the L/C Issuer, no amendment, supplement, modification or waiver may impact the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer shall be effective.

Any modification or waiver made in accordance with this Section  12.1 shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto.

Section 12.2.     Notices . Except as provided in this Section  12.2 , all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including email, bank

 

48


wire, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other parties hereto at their respective addresses or telecopy numbers set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or telecopy number as such Person may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopy or email, upon the receipt thereof, (b) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid, (c) if given by overnight courier, on the next Business Day, and (d) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section  12.2 . The Seller hereby authorizes each of the applicable Purchaser Parties to effect Purchases and to issue or Modify Letters of Credit based on telephonic notices made by any Person whom such Purchaser Party in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Seller. The Seller agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent, for delivery to the other Purchaser Parties, a written confirmation of each telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Officer of the Seller; provided, however, the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such notice. If the written confirmation differs from the action taken by the Purchaser Parties, the records of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall govern absent manifest error.

Section 12.3.     Ratable Payments . If any Purchaser Party, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any portion of the Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Purchaser Party (other than payments received pursuant to Section  8.3 or 8.4 ) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Purchaser Party entitled to receive a ratable share of such Aggregate Unpaids, such Purchaser Party agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of such Aggregate Unpaids held by the other Purchaser Parties so that after such purchase each Purchaser will hold its ratable proportion of such Aggregate Unpaids; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Purchaser Party, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

Section 12.4.     Protection of Ownership and Security Interests.

(a)    The Seller agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Purchasers’ ownership of the Ownership Interests or the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Purchaser Parties) security interest in the Collateral, or to enable any of the Purchaser Parties to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder. At any time after the occurrence (after taking into account any notice or cure period) of an Amortization Event, the Administrative Agent may, or the Administrative Agent may direct the Seller or the Servicer to, notify the Obligors of Receivables, at the Seller’s expense, of the ownership or security interests of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Purchaser Parties) under this Agreement and may also direct that payments of all amounts due or that become due under any or all Receivables be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee. The Seller or the Servicer (as applicable) shall, at any Purchaser Party’s request, withhold the identity of any Purchaser Party in any such notification.

 

 

49


(b)    If any Seller Party fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, each of the Purchaser Parties may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such obligations, and such Purchaser Party’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Seller as provided in Section  8.4 . Each Seller Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, and appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact, to act on behalf of such Seller Party (i) to execute on behalf of the Seller as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interest of the Purchaser Parties in the Receivables, including, financing statements describing as the collateral covered thereby “all of debtor’s personal property or assets” or words to that effect, notwithstanding that such wording may be broader in scope than the Receivables described in this Agreement and (ii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Receivables as a financing statement in such offices as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interests of the Purchaser Parties in the Receivables. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

Section 12.5.     Confidentiality . Each of the parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or rating agency, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement , provided that any such assignee or Participant, or prospective assignee or Participant, is an Eligible Assignee and provided further, that so long as no Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the consent of the Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be required, (g) to the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Agreement for purposes of obtaining its confirmation that the Transaction Documents evidence a “Permitted Receivables Financing” as defined therein, (h) with the consent of the Seller or (i) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Seller Party. For the purposes of this Section, Information means (x) the Transaction Documents, and (y) all information received from a Seller Party or an Originator relating to a Seller Party or an Originator or its business, other than any such information that is available to any Purchaser Party on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by a Seller Party or Originator; provided that, in the case of information received from a Seller Party or an Originator after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information and such degree of care is reasonable.

 

50


Section 12.6.     Limitation of Liability . Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any party, no claim may be made by any party hereto against any other party hereto or such party’s respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each party hereto hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

Section 12.7.     CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL APPLY HERETO) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S SECURITY INTEREST IN THE COLLATERAL OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER IN RESPECT THEREOF ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 12.8.     CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . EACH SELLER PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY SUCH PERSON PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH SELLER PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PURCHASER PARTY TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY SELLER PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY ANY SELLER PARTY AGAINST ANY PURCHASER PARTY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY PURCHASER PARTY INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY SUCH SELLER PARTY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK.

Section 12.9.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY ANY SELLER PARTY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

51


Section 12.10.     Integration; Binding Effect; Term of Agreement; Survival of Terms .

(a)    This Agreement and each other Transaction Document contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

(b)    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy).

(c)    This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date; provided, however, that the rights and remedies with respect to (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made by any Seller Party pursuant to Article V , (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article VIII , and Sections 12.5 through and including 12.9 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 12.11.     Counterparts; Severability; Section References . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a counterpart of this Agreement delivered by facsimile or other electronic means shall have the same force and effect as an originally executed counterpart hereof. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement.

Section 12.12.     PATRIOT Act . Each Purchaser that is subject to the requirements of the Act hereby notifies the Seller and the Servicer that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Seller Parties, the Originators and their respective Subsidiaries, which information includes the name and address of the Seller Parties, the Originators their respective Subsidiaries and other information that will allow such Purchaser Parties to identify such parties in accordance with the Act.

Section 12.13.     Recourse Against Certain Parties . No recourse under or with respect to any obligation, covenant or agreement (including, without limitation, the payment of any fees or any other obligations) of the Seller contained in this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document entered into by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall be had against any incorporator, affiliate, stockholder, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or director of the Seller by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and

 

52


understood that the agreements of the Seller contained in this Agreement and all of the other agreements, instruments and documents entered into by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith are, in each case, solely the corporate obligations of the Seller, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the Seller or any incorporator, stockholder, affiliate, officer, employee or director thereof under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of the Seller contained in this Agreement or in any other such instruments, documents or agreements, or that are implied therefrom. By way of clarification, the foregoing sentence shall not limit recourse to the Seller for its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

<Signature pages follow>

 

53


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, AS S ELLER

 

By:  

/s/ Patrick C. Costello

Name:   Patrick C. Costello
Title:   President

Address:

Schneider Receivables Corporation

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

Attention:  Patrick C. Costello

Phone:  (920) 592-3120

Fax:      (920) 592-3891

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., AS THE S ERVICER

 

By:  

/s/ Paul J. Kardish

Name:   Paul J. Kardish
Title:   Assistant Secretary

Address:

Schneider National, Inc.

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

Attention:  Denise Lukowitz

Phone:  (920) 592-3841

Fax:      (920) 592-3891

 

54


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

INDIVIDUALLY AS A P URCHASER AND AS A DMINISTRATIVE A GENT

 

By:  

/s/ Ryan C. Tozier

Name:   Ryan C. Tozier
Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

Address:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

  1100 Abernathy Road N.E., Suite 1500
  Atlanta, GA 30328-5657
 

Attention:

  Ryan Tozier
 

Email:

  WFCFReceivablesSecuritizationAtlanta@wellsfargo.com
 

Phone:

  (770) 508-2171
 

Fax:

  (866) 972-3558

 

55


EXHIBIT I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein, are used with the meanings attributed thereto in Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Sale Agreement.

Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, all references in this Agreement (i) to any Person (other than the Seller) shall be deemed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, and (ii) to any law, agreement, statute or contract specifically defined or referred to in this Agreement shall be deemed references to such law, agreement, statute or contract as the same may be supplemented, amended, waived, consolidated, replaced or modified from time to time, but only to the extent permitted by, and effected in accordance with, the terms thereof. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any provision of this Agreement, and references to “Article,” “Section,” “paragraph,” “Exhibit,” “Schedule” and “Appendix” are references to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Whenever the context so requires, words importing any gender include the other gender. Any of the defined terms may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural depending on the reference; the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. The word “or” shall not be exclusive.

All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect on the date of this Agreement in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Each reference to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, or any other agreement shall be a reference to such agreement together with all exhibits, schedules, attachments and appendices thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof. References to “writing” include telecopying, printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a tangible visible form including computer generated information accessible in tangible visible form. References to “written” include faxed, printed, typed, lithographed and other means of reproducing words or symbols in a tangible visible form consistent with the preceding sentence. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” .     For purposes of determining any ratio or making financial calculations hereunder that include a reference to one or more months in such determination, such reference shall be deemed a reference to a Fiscal Month.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any period of time ending on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.”

 

 

56


In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(x) .

“Adjusted Dilution Ratio” means, at any time, the rolling average of the Dilution Ratio for the 12 Calculation Periods then most recently ended.

“Adverse Claim” means a Lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of or on any Person’s assets or properties in favor of any other Person.

“Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Administrative Agent’s Account” means account no. ***, at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA, ABA No. 121-000-248, Reference: Schneider Receivables Corporation, or any other account or accounts as the Administrative Agent may indicate from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by Contract or otherwise.

“Aggregate Capital” means, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Capital of all Ownership Interests outstanding on such date.

“Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding” means, on any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit then outstanding.

“Aggregate Reduction” has the meaning specified in Section  1.3 .

“Aggregate Unpaids” means, at any time (without duplication), the sum of the Aggregate Capital, all Required Amounts and all Letter of Credit Obligations.

“Agreement” means this Receivables Purchase Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the higher as of such day of (i) the Prime Rate, or (ii) one-half of one percent (0.50%) above the Federal Funds Rate, plus (b) 50 basis points. For purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate for any day, changes in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the date of each such change.

“Amortization Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Business Day immediately prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event set forth in Section 7.1(g) , (b) the Business Day specified in a written notice from the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser following the occurrence and during continuation of any other Amortization Event, and (c) the date which is five (5) Business Days after the Administrative Agent’s receipt of written notice from the Seller that it wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement.

 

57


“Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Section  7.1 .

“Applicable Margin” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

“Assignee Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section  10.1 .

“Assignment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section  10.1 .

“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to any Person, its chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer.

“Business Day” means any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York, New York, Atlanta, Georgia, or Green Bay, Wisconsin and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any computation or payment to be made with respect to the LMIR, any day on which dealings in dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.

“Calculation Period” means a Fiscal Month.

“Capital” of any Ownership Interest means, at any time, (A) the Purchase Price of such Ownership Interest minus (B) the sum of the aggregate amount of Collections and other payments received by the Administrative Agent which in each case are applied to reduce such Capital in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that such Capital shall be restored in the amount of any Collections or other payments so received and applied if at any time the distribution of such Collections or payments are rescinded, returned or refunded for any reason.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

“Capital Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now outstanding or hereafter issued.

“Capital Settlement Date” means the second Business Day after any Settlement Report revealing an Investment Excess is delivered.

“Cash-Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account at WFB, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer, as collateral for the Letter of Credit Obligations, immediately available funds pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having

 

58


maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit or Eurodollar time deposits and certificates of deposit of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing (y) having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (z) whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Lender” ), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued in the United States and having a maturity of 270 days or less from the date of acquisition with the issuer having a rating from S&P of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by a Person with a bank or trust company (including WFB) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) obligations of any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 103 of the Code, having a long term rating of at least AA- or Aa-3 by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of acquisition thereof, (f) investments in municipal auction preferred stock (i) rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and (ii) with dividends that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $100,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing subdivisions (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Change of Control” means:

(a)    the failure of the Family Members collectively to maintain beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, (including holding as a beneficiary under any trust vehicle) of Voting Stock of the Parent which represents a majority of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Parent;

 

59


(b)    any Person or two or more Persons, other than Family Members, acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of, control over, Voting Stock of the Parent (or other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Parent; or

(c)     any Material Originator or the Seller ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Schneider.

Nothing in this definition of “Change of Control ” is meant to prevent the use of a trust to own any Voting Stock, including the substitution, termination, replacement or modification of any trust agreement, as long as the Family Members, collectively, constitute the beneficiaries of such trust, directly or indirectly, in such a which maintains the required majority of voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent.

“Charged-Off Receivable” means a Receivable: (a) as to which the Obligor thereof has taken any action, or suffered any event to occur, of the type described in Section 7.1(g) (as if references to “Seller Party” therein refer to such Obligor); (b) as to which the Obligor thereof, if a natural person, is deceased, (c) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be written off the Seller’s books as uncollectible, or (d) which has been identified by the Seller as uncollectible.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section  11.1 .

“Collection Notice” means, with respect to a Lock-Box Agreement, a notice given by the Administrative Agent to the related Lock-Box Bank in substantially the form attached to such Lock-Box Agreement or otherwise pursuant to which the Administrative Agent exercises its right to direct the disposition of funds on deposit in the Lock-Box Account in accordance with such Lock-Box Agreement.

“Collections” means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds in respect of such Receivable, including, without limitation, all yield, Finance Charges or other related amounts accruing in respect thereof and all cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable.

“Commitment” means, for each Purchaser, the commitment of such Purchaser to purchase Ownership Interests from the Seller and to incur participation interests in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations under Section  1.6(e) , in an amount not to exceed (a) in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Schedule A to this Agreement, as such amount may be modified in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to any individual Purchase hereunder, its Percentage of the Purchase Price therefor.

“Concentration Limit” means, at any time, in relation to the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables owed by any single Obligor and its Affiliates (if any), the applicable concentration limit determined according to the following table for Obligors

 

60


who have short term unsecured debt ratings currently assigned to them by S&P and Moody’s (or in the absence thereof, the equivalent long term unsecured senior debt ratings):

 

Allowable % of Eligible

Receivables

 

ST Ratings
S&P/Moody’s

 

LT Rating

(if no ST Rating)

S&P/Moody’s

15.00%

  A1+/P1   AA-/Aa3

10.00%

  A1/P1   A/A2

8.00%

  A2/P2   BBB+/Baa1

6.00%

  A3/P3   BBB-/Baa3

4.00%

  NR/NR   NR/NR

; provided, however, that (i) if any Obligor has a split rating, the applicable rating will be the higher of the two, (ii) the applicable Concentration Limit for each Non-Rated Obligor shall be the one set forth in the last line of the table above, and (iii) subject to the Purchasers’ sole discretion and/or an increase in the Required Reserve Factor Floor, upon the Seller’s request from time to time, the Purchasers may agree to a higher percentage of Eligible Receivables for a particular Obligor and its Affiliates (each such higher percentage, a “Special Concentration Limit” ), it being understood that any Special Concentration Limit may be cancelled by any Purchaser upon not less than five (5) days’ written notice to the Seller and the Administrative Agent.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income (excluding for purposes hereof any non-cash gains or losses) plus Consolidated Interest Expense plus all provisions for any Federal, state or other income taxes plus depreciation and amortization, for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of determination.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means , for any period, all interest expense, including the amortization of debt discount and premium, the interest component under Capital Leases and any interest expense equivalent associated with Revenue Equipment Leases for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of computation.

“Consolidated Net Debt Coverage Ratio” means, as of the end of any calendar quarter, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Net Indebtedness as of the end of such calendar quarter, to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA, as calculated for the four consecutive calendar quarters then ending.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as otherwise specified, the applicable period shall be for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of computation.

“Consolidated Net Indebtedness” means, at any time, for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in excess of $10,000,000.

 

61


“Consolidated Net Worth” means, at any time, total shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at such time, including capital stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings after deducting treasury stock, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Contract” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all instruments, agreements, invoices or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or which evidences such Receivable.

“Controlled Group” means the Performance Guarantor and any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the controlled group of or under common control (within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code) with the Performance Guarantor.

“Credit and Collection Policy” means the Originators’ credit and collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and summarized in Exhibit VII hereto, as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Credit Event” means the (i) issuance of a Letter of Credit, (ii) the Modification of a Letter of Credit, (iii) any Reinvestment or (iv) any Incremental Purchase. For purposes of clarification, (x) the assignment or transfer of any Ownership Interests or any interests therein pursuant to Section  10.1 shall not be deemed to be a “Credit Event” hereunder and (y) the payment of amounts by the Purchasers to the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 1.6(e) of this Agreement in respect of any draw under any Letter of Credit shall not be deemed to be a “Credit Event” hereunder.

“Cut-Off Date” means for any Monthly Report or monthly computation, the last day of each Calculation Period, and for any Interim Report, Friday of each week during such Interim Reporting Period, as applicable.

“Days Sales Outstanding” means, as of any day, an amount equal to the product of (a) 91, multiplied by (b) the amount obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables as of the most recent Cut-Off Date, by (ii) the aggregate amount of Receivables created during the three (3) Calculation Periods including and immediately preceding such Cut-Off Date.

“Deemed Collections” means the aggregate of all amounts the Seller shall have been deemed to have received as a Collection of a Receivable. The Seller shall be deemed to have received a Collection of a Receivable if any Dilution occurs with respect to such Receivable. The amount of the Collection which the Seller shall be deemed to have received shall equal, in the case of clauses (a)-(d) of the definition of “Dilution,” the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable was reduced as a result thereof and, in the case of clause (e)  of the definition of “Dilution,” the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable.

 

 

62


“Default Horizon Ratio” means, as of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio (expressed as a decimal) computed by dividing (i) the aggregate sales generated by the Originators during the last 3 months ending on such Cut-Off Date, by (ii) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-off Date.

“Default Ratio” means, as of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) computed by dividing (a) the total amount of Receivables, which became Defaulted Receivables during the month that includes such Cut-Off Date, by (b) the aggregate sales generated by the Originators during the month occurring 3 months prior to the month ending on such Cut-Off Date.

“Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable: (a) as to which the Obligor thereof has suffered an event of bankruptcy; (b) which, consistent with the Originators’ credit and collection policies, should be written off as uncollectible; or (c) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for 61 days or more from the invoice due date.

“Delinquency Ratio” means, at any time, a percentage equal to (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables at such time divided by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables at such time.

“Delinquent Receivable” means a Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 30 days or more from the invoice due date.

“Dilution” means the amount of any reduction or cancellation of the outstanding principal balance of a Receivable due to (a) any defective or rejected goods or services, any cash discount or any other adjustment by any Originator or any Affiliate thereof (other than as a result of any Collections), or as a result of any governmental or regulatory action, (b) any setoff in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related or an unrelated transaction), (c) any warranty claim, rebate or refund, (d) any misstatement of the amount thereof, or (e) any misrepresentation.

“Dilution Horizon Ratio” means, as of any Cut-off Date, a ratio (expressed as a decimal), computed by dividing (a) the aggregate sales generated by the Originators during the four (4) months ending on such Cut-Off Date, by (b) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-Off Date.

“Dilution Ratio” means, as of any Cut-Off Date, a ratio (expressed as a percentage), computed by dividing (a) the total amount of decreases in outstanding principal balances due to Dilution during the month ending on such Cut-Off Date, by (b) the aggregate sales generated by the Originators during the fourth month prior to such Cut-Off Date.

“Dilution Reserve” means, for any month, the product (expressed as a percentage) of: (a) the sum of (i) 2.00 times the Adjusted Dilution Ratio as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, plus (ii) the Dilution Volatility Component as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, times (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date.

“Dilution Volatility Component” means, at any time, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the difference between (a) the highest monthly 3-month rolling average Dilution Ratio over the 12 month period then most recently ended and (b) the Adjusted Dilution

 

63


Ratio, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the amount calculated in (i)(a) of this definition and the denominator of which is equal to the amount calculated in (i)(b) of this definition.

“Dominion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 6.2(b) .

“Effective Ownership Interest” means, on any date of determination, an undivided percentage interest in all then outstanding Receivables and all Related Security and Collections with respect thereto equal to the percentage computed pursuant to the following formula:

        E        

 NPB - RR

where:

E=      the Exposure.

RR=   the Required Reserve.

NPB= the Net Pool Balance.

Until the Amortization Date, the Effective Ownership Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each day prior to the Amortization Date. On and after the Amortization Date the percentage represented by the Effective Ownership Interest shall at all times be 100%.

“Eligible Assignee” means any bank or other financial institution organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof having (or whose parent company has) investment grade ratings from S&P and/or Moody’s for its unsecured and unsupported long-term senior debt or whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof.

“Eligible Receivable” means a Receivable:

(a)    the Obligor of which (i) if a natural person, is a resident of the United States or Canada or, if a corporation or other business organization, is organized under the laws of the United States, Canada or any political subdivision thereof and has its chief executive office in the United States or Canada, (ii) is not an Affiliate of any Originator or the Performance Guarantor; and (iii) is not a government or a governmental subdivision or agency (unless, in the case of the United States government or an agency thereof, the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, has been complied with);

(b)    which is not a Defaulted Receivable or owing from an Obligor as to which more than 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables owing from such Obligor are Defaulted Receivables,

 

64


(c)    which by its terms is due and payable within 90 days of the original billing date therefor, or such later date as my be reasonably agreed to by the Purchasers,

(d)    which is an “account” or a “payment intangible” as defined in section 9-102 of the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions,

(e)    which is payable in the United States and is denominated in United States or Canadian dollars,

(f)    which arises under a Contract, invoice or other written contractual obligation which, together with such Receivable, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms,

(g)    which arises under a Contract, invoice or other written contractual obligation that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the sale of goods or the provision of services by the applicable Originator,

(h)    which, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable thereto (including, without limitation, any law, rule and regulation relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no part of the Contract related thereto is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation,

(i)    which satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy,

(j)    which was generated in the ordinary course of the applicable Originator’s business,

(k)    which arises solely from the sale of goods or the provision of services to the related Obligor by the applicable Originator, and not by any other Person that is not an Originator (in whole or in part),

(l)    which is not subject to (A) any right of rescission or set-off, or (B) any currently asserted counterclaim or other defense (including defenses arising out of violation of usury laws) or any other Adverse Claim of the applicable Obligor against the applicable Originator (i.e., the Obligor with the right, claim or defense has such right claim or defense directly against the Originator rather than against an Affiliate of such Originator), and the Obligor thereon holds no right as against the applicable Originator to cause such Originator to repurchase the goods or merchandise the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable (except with respect to sale discounts effected pursuant to the Contract, or defective goods returned in accordance with the terms of the Contract); provided, however, that (1) if such rescission, set-off, counterclaim, defense or repurchase right affects only a portion of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable, then such Receivable may be deemed an Eligible Receivable to the extent of the portion of such Outstanding Balance which is not so affected (i.e., the amount of the outstanding claim or the amount the Obligor is entitled to set-off against the applicable Originator based on the amount which such Originator owes the applicable Obligor) would be

 

65


netted against the applicable Receivable, but the excess of the Receivable over such outstanding claim or set-off would be included as an Eligible Receivable) and (2) Receivables of any Obligor which has any accounts payable from the applicable Originator (thus giving rise to a potential offset against such Obligor’s Receivables) may be treated as Eligible Receivable to the extent that such Obligor has agreed pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that such Receivable shall not be subject to such offset,

(m)    as to which the applicable Originator has satisfied and fully performed all obligations on its part with respect to such Receivable required to be fulfilled by it, and no further action is required to be performed by any Person with respect thereto other than payment thereon by the applicable Obligor,

(n)    as to which all right, title and interest to and in which has been validly transferred by the applicable Originator directly or indirectly to the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement, and the Seller has good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents), and

(o)    is required to be paid into a Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account that is the subject to a Lock-Box Agreement.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections thereto.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with SNL, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” means (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to a Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by SNL or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (f) the receipt by SNL or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the incurrence by SNL or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by SNL or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from SNL or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of

 

66


Title IV of ERISA, or is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (i) the imposition of liability on Schneider or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; or (j) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or pursuant to ERISA with respect to any Plan.

Excluded Taxes ” means (i) taxes imposed on or measured by any Purchaser Party’s overall net income, capital or overall net profits by the jurisdiction under which such Purchaser Party is organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes, and (ii) any branch profit taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which a Purchaser Party is resident for tax purposes.

Excess Availability means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, over the Exposure, of the difference between the Net Pool Balance and the Required Reserves as of the date of the most recent Settlement Report.

“Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of the Aggregate Capital at such time plus the Letter of Credit Obligations at such time; provided that, (i) in computing the Exposure in connection with an Incremental Purchase, the proceeds of which will be used to refinance a draw under a Letter of Credit, the Seller need not count both the Reimbursement Obligations and the amount that the Purchaser will pay to the Seller on account of such Incremental Purchase and (ii) the amount of any Letter of Credit Obligations that are Cash-Collateralized shall not be included in the calculation of Exposure.

“Facility Account” means account no. *** at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., ABA #021000021, Account Name: Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC for the benefit of SRC, or such other account as may be designated by the Seller in writing from time to time.

“Facility Limit” means $200,000,000.

“Facility Termination Date” means the earliest of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date, (ii) the Amortization Date, and (iii) the Business Day designated by the Seller to the Administrative Agent as the Facility Termination Date at any time following no less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice.

“Family Members” means Donald J. Schneider, his spouse, or any of his direct descendants.

“Federal Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as amended and any successor statute thereto.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum for each day during such period equal to (i) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the Composite Closing Quotations for U.S. Government Securities; or (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 11:30 a.m. (New York

 

67


City time) for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fee Letter” means that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated as of December 17, 2013 by and among the Seller and the Purchaser Parties, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Fees” means, collectively, any L/C Fees, any Miscellaneous L/C Fees, and any fees payable pursuant to the Fee Letter.

“Final Payout Date” means the date, after the Facility Termination Date, on which the Aggregate Capital has been reduced to zero, all Servicing Fees have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full in cash.

“Finance Charges” means, with respect to a Contract, any finance, interest, late payment charges or similar charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to such Contract.

“Fiscal Month” means a calendar month.

“Fiscal Quarter” means each calendar quarter.

“Fiscal Year” means any period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months ending on December 31; references to a Fiscal Year with a number corresponding to any calendar year (e.g., the “2010 Fiscal Year” ) refer to the Fiscal Year ending on December 31 of such calendar year.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America from time to time.

“Guaranty Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase or pay any such Indebtedness or any property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof.

“Impermissible Qualification” means any qualification or exception to the opinion or certification of any independent public accountant as to any financial statement of the Performance Guarantor:

(a)    which is of a “going concern” or similar nature;

 

68


(b)    which relates to the limited scope of examination of matters relevant to such financial statement;

(c)    which relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which, if adjusted in the manner deemed appropriate by the Performance Guarantor’s independent public accountants, would have the effect of causing an Amortization Event.

“Incremental Purchase” means a purchase of an Ownership Interest that increases the total outstanding Aggregate Capital hereunder.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily made, (iii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iv) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within six months of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person, (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (vi) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (vii) the principal portion of all obligations of such Person under Capital Leases, (viii) the Aggregate Capital outstanding hereunder, (ix) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP, (x) all obligations with respect to Revenue Equipment Leases, and (xi) the maximum amount of all drafts drawn with respect to letters of credit. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer to the extent such Person is legally obligated therefor.

“Independent Director” means a director of the Seller who shall not have been at the time of such person’s appointment or at any time during the preceding five years and shall not be as long as such person is a director of the Seller: (i) a director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager or Affiliate of any of the following persons or entities (collectively, the “Independent Parties” ): the Originator or any of its Affiliates (other than the Seller or another special purpose entity which is an Affiliate of the Originator), (ii) a supplier to any of the Independent Parties or the Seller, (iii) the beneficial owner (at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director or at any time thereafter while serving as an Independent Director) of any of the outstanding membership or other equity interests of the Seller, the Originator or any of their respective Affiliates, having general voting rights, (iv) a person, corporation or other entity controlling or under common control with any director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of any of the

 

69


Independent Parties or the Seller, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of any of the Independent Parties or the Seller. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the General Corporation Act of the State of Delaware as in effect from time to time, the Independent Director’s fiduciary duty in respect of any decision on any matter requiring the unanimous vote of the Seller’s directors (including the Independent Director) shall be to the Seller and its creditors rather than solely to the Seller’s equity holders. In furtherance of the foregoing, when voting on matters subject to the vote of the directors, including any matter requiring the unanimous vote of the Seller’s directors (including the Independent Director), notwithstanding that the Seller is not then insolvent, the Independent Director shall take into account the interests of the creditors of the Seller as well as the interests of the Seller.

“Interest” is defined in Section 1.6(b) .

“Interim Report” means a report in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII hereto (appropriately completed), signed by an Authorized Officer and furnished by the Servicer to the Purchaser Parties pursuant to Section  6.6 .

“Interim Reporting Date” means any Business Day (other than a Monthly Reporting Date) specified by the Administrative Agent upon reasonable prior notice to the Seller Parties (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event and (ii) if deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent following an adverse change in financial condition or circumstances of the Performance Guarantor, the Seller Parties or in the Receivables; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any prospective financial difficulties of an Obligor that may result in its Receivables becoming ineligible will not result in “an adverse change . . . in the Receivables” in and of itself.

“Investment Availability” means, on any Business Day, that the Exposure hereunder is less than the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit and (ii) the difference between the Net Pool Balance and the Required Reserves.

“Investment Base” means, on any date of determination, the difference between the Net Pool Balance and the Required Reserve.

“Investment Excess” means, on any Business Day, that (a) the Exposure hereunder exceeds the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit and (ii) the difference between the Net Pool Balance and the Required Reserve, or (b) the aggregate of the Ownership Interests and the Seller Interest exceeds 100%.

“L/C Fee” means, for each day, a fee equal to the Aggregate Face Amount Outstanding on such day multiplied by the Applicable Margin multiplied by 1/360. LC Fees shall be payable monthly in arrears on Monthly Payment Dates.

“L/C Payment Date” is defined in Section 1.6(b) .

“L/C Sublimit” means, at any time, $100,000,000 or such other amount as may be agreed, from time to time, in writing by the Seller, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer and in effect at such time.

 

70


“Letter of Credit” means a stand-by letter of credit issued by the L/C Issuer in United States Dollars for the account of the Seller at the request of an Originator pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

“Letter of Credit Collateral Account” means (a) at any time while WFB is the sole Purchaser, the Administrative Agent’s Account, and (b) at all other times, a segregated cash collateral account at WFB in the L/C Issuer’s name established at any time after the date of this Agreement at the L/C Issuer’s request that is under the exclusive control of the L/C Issuer (for the benefit of the Purchaser Parties).

“Letter of Credit Obligations” means, at any time, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate unpaid amount at such time of all Reimbursement Obligations.

LIBOR Market Index Rate ” means, for any day, the one-month Eurodollar Rate for U.S. dollar deposits as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any other page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in United States dollars, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such date, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (or if not so reported, then as determined by the Administrative Agent from another recognized source for interbank quotation), in each case, changing when and as such rate changes.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Liquidation Period” means the period beginning on the Facility Termination Date and ending on the date thereafter when all Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and all Commitments have been terminated.

“LMIR” means, on any date of determination, a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the LIBOR Market Index Rate plus (b) the Applicable Margin.

“Lock-Box” means each locked postal box with respect to which a bank who has executed a Lock-Box Agreement has been granted exclusive access for the purpose of retrieving and processing payments made on the Receivables and which is listed on Exhibit IV .

“Lock-Box Account” means each concentration account, depositary account, lock-box account or similar account in which any Collections are collected or deposited and which is listed on Exhibit IV .

“Lock-Box Agreement” means an agreement among the Seller, the Administrative Agent and a Lock-Box Bank perfecting the Administrative Agent’s security interest in one or more Lock-Box Accounts.

 

71


“Lock-Box Bank” means, at any time, any of the banks holding one or more Lock-Box Accounts.

“Loss Reserve” means, for any Calculation Period, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (a) 2.00, times (b) the highest three-month rolling average Default Ratio during the 12 Calculation Periods ending on the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, times (c) the Default Horizon Ratio as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the financial condition or operations of (i) the Seller, or (ii) the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Seller Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the ability of the Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Performance Undertaking, (c) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (d) the Administrative Agent’s or any Purchaser Party’s interest in any material portion of the Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections with respect thereto, or (e) the collectability of any material portion of the Receivables.

“Material Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness arising under any of the Private Placement Agreements or the Senior Credit Agreement, and (ii) other Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.

“Material Originator” means any Originator that (i) originates more than 10% of the Receivables during any twelve months period, or (ii) constitutes a Significant Subsidiary.

“Miscellaneous LC Fees” means any faxing and other miscellaneous fees, commissions, charges or expenses (other than the L/C Fee) payable pursuant the applicable LC Application. Miscellaneous LC Fees shall be payable monthly in arrears on Monthly Payment Dates.

“Modify” and “Modification” shall have the meanings set forth in Section  1.5 .

“Monthly Payment Date” means the second Business Day after each Monthly Reporting Date.

“Monthly Report” means a report in substantially the form of Exhibit IX hereto (appropriately completed), signed by an Authorized Officer and furnished by the Servicer to the Purchaser Parties pursuant to Section  6.6 .

“Monthly Reporting Date” means the 20th day of each month hereafter (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day thereafter).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multiple Employer Plan” means a Single Employer Plan with two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control as defined in Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

72


“Net Pool Balance” means, at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables at such time minus the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables of each Obligor and its Affiliates exceeds the Concentration Limit or Special Concentration Limit for such category, minus the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables subject to payment terms greater than 30 days and less than 61 days exceeds 10% of the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, and minus the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables subject to payment terms greater than 60 days and less than 91 days exceeds 5% of the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.

“Non-Rated Obligor” shall mean any Obligor rated below A-3 or P-3 or which is not rated by either S&P or Moody’s, respectively.

“Obligor” means a Person obligated to make payments pursuant to a Contract.

“Organic Document” means, relative to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation or formation, its by-laws, its partnership agreement, its memorandum and articles of association, its limited liability company agreement and/or operating agreement, share designations or similar organization documents and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to any of its authorized Capital Securities.

“Originator” has the meaning provided in the Sale Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, a Person that ceases to be an “Originator” in accordance with the Transaction Documents shall cease to constitute an Originator for all purposes of the Transaction Documents.

“Outstanding Balance” of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

“Ownership Interest” means, at any time, an undivided percentage interest (computed as set forth below) associated with a designated amount of Capital, selected pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof in (i) each Receivable arising prior to the time of the most recent computation or recomputation of such undivided interest, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, each such Receivable. Each such undivided percentage interest shall equal:

        C        

NPB-RR

where:

C    =      the Capital of such Ownership Interest.

NPB  =   the Net Pool Balance.

RR    =    the Required Reserve.

 

73


Such undivided percentage interest shall be initially computed on its date of purchase. Thereafter, until the Facility Termination Date, each Ownership Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each day prior to the Facility Termination Date. The variable percentage represented by each Ownership Interest is computed (or deemed recomputed) as of the close of the Business Day immediately preceding the Facility Termination Date and the aggregate percentage evidenced by all Ownership Interests shall equal 100% in the aggregate for all Ownership Interests at all times thereafter.

“Parent” means Schneider.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section  10.2 .

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any Person succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which SNL or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Percentage” means, as to any Purchaser, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of its Commitment to the aggregate of all Commitments.

“Performance Guarantor” means Parent.

“Performance Undertaking” means a performance undertaking in the form of Exhibit X hereto, duly executed by the Performance Guarantor in favor of the Seller.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

“Potential Amortization Event” means an event which, with the passage of any applicable cure period or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Amortization Event; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any prospective financial difficulties of an Obligor that may result in its Receivables becoming ineligible will not result in a Potential Amortization Event in and of itself.

“Purchase” means an Incremental Purchase or a Reinvestment.

“Purchase Date” means the Business Day on which a Purchase occurs.

“Purchase Price” means, with respect to any Incremental Purchase of an Ownership Interest, the amount paid to the Seller for such Ownership Interest which shall not exceed the least of (i) the amount requested by the Seller in the applicable Purchase Notice, (ii) the unused Portion of the Facility Limit on the applicable Purchase Date, and (ii) the excess, if any, of the Net Pool Balance (less the Required Reserve) as of the last day of the most recent Settlement Report over the outstanding Exposure determined as of the applicable Purchase Date, taking into account the proposed Incremental Purchase.

 

74


“Purchase Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a) .

“Purchase Termination Date” has the meaning specified in the Sale Agreement.

“Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include such Person’s respective successors and permitted assigns.

“Purchaser Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Prime Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by WFB (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as said prime rate changes.

“Private Placement Agreements” means, the Private Placement Agreements, identified on Schedule 3.19 to the Senior Credit Agreement as of the date thereof, together with any guarantees thereof, and any similar agreements entered into after the date of the Senior Credit Agreement.

“Proposed Reduction Date” has the meaning specified in Section  1.3 .

“Receivable” means the indebtedness and other obligations owed (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance contemplated under the Transaction Documents) to an Originator, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, an instrument or a general intangible, arising from the sale of goods or provision of services by such Originator and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction.

“Records” means, with respect to any Receivable, all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) relating to such Receivable, any Related Security therefor and the related Obligor.

“Reduction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.3 .

“Reimbursement Obligations” means all matured reimbursement or repayment obligations of the Seller to any of the Purchaser Parties with respect to amounts drawn on a Letter of Credit, whether pursuant to Section  1.6 or otherwise, together with the obligation to pay Interest thereon.

“Reinvestment” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.1 .

 

75


“Related Security” means, with respect to any Receivable:

(i) all right, title and interest (if any) in the goods, the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable, and any and all insurance contracts with respect thereto,

(ii) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the invoice related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and security agreements describing any collateral securing such Receivable,

(iii) all guaranties, insurance and other supporting obligations, agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the invoice related to such Receivable or otherwise,

(iv) all Records related to such Receivables, and

(v) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

When used in this Agreement, the term “Related Security” shall also include all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under the Sale Agreement and the Performance Undertaking, and the proceeds of the foregoing.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the post-event notice requirement is waived.

“Required Amounts” means, on any date of determination, collectively, the sum of (a) the amount of any Investment Excess that then exists, plus (b) an amount equal to the sum of all accrued and unpaid Interest, Yield and Fees, Indemnified Amounts, Servicer Indemnified Amounts and other Aggregate Unpaids (other than Aggregate Capital) payable to any of the Purchaser Parties under the Transaction Documents.

“Required Purchasers” means Purchasers with Commitments in excess of 66-2/3% of the aggregate Commitments, and, at any time there are less than three Purchasers, all of the Purchasers.

“Required Reserve” means, on any day during a month, the product of (a) the greater of (i) the Required Reserve Factor Floor and (ii) the sum of the Loss Reserve, the Yield Reserve, the Dilution Reserve and the Servicing Reserve, times (b) the Net Pool Balance as of the Cut-Off Date immediately preceding such month.

“Required Reserve Factor Floor” means, for any month, the sum (expressed as a percentage) of (a) 16% plus (b) the product of the Adjusted Dilution Ratio and the Dilution Horizon Ratio, in each case, as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, plus (c) the Yield Reserve, plus (d) the Servicing Reserve.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any stock of any class of the Seller now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in stock of the Seller of that class or any junior class, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of the Seller now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment or

 

76


prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, fees or other charges on or with respect to, and any redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to the Subordinated Obligations (as defined in the Sale Agreement), (iv) any payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any shares of the Seller now or hereafter outstanding, and (v) any payment of management fees by the Seller (except for reasonable management fees to an Originator or its Affiliates in reimbursement of actual management services performed).

“Revenue Equipment Lease” means an operating lease for equipment having a maturity beyond one year from the lease commencement date, and which may not be terminated at the lessee’s option within thirteen months from the lease commencement date.

“Review” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1(d) of this Agreement.

“Revolving Period” means the period from and after the date of the initial Purchase under this Agreement to but excluding the Facility Termination Date.

“Sale Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between the Originators, as sellers, and Schneider Receivables Corporation, as buyer, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a Standard & Poor’s Business Services LLC business.

“Scheduled Termination Date” means December 18, 2017.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Seller Interest” means, at any time, an undivided percentage ownership interest pledged by the Seller to secure the Letter of Credit Obligations, in (i) each Receivable arising prior to the time of the most recent computation or recomputation of such undivided interest, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, each such Receivable. Such undivided percentage interest shall equal 100% minus the aggregate Ownership Interests at such time.

“Seller Parties” means (a) the Seller, (b) at any time while Schneider or one of its Subsidiaries is acting as Servicer, the Servicer, and (c) at any time while Schneider or one of its Subsidiaries is acting as Performance Guarantor, the Performance Guarantor.

Senior Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2011 among Schneider Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation, as borrower, Schneider, as “Parent”, the guarantors and lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

77


“Servicer” means at any time the Person (which may be the Administrative Agent) then authorized pursuant to Article VI to service, administer and collect Receivables.

“Servicing Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.7 .

“Servicing Reserve” means, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (a) 1%, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the highest Days Sales Outstanding for the most recent 12 months and the denominator of which is 360.

“Settlement Date” means either a Monthly Payment Date or a Capital Settlement Date.

“Settlement Report” means a Monthly Report or an Interim Report.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Parent that accounts for more than (i) 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries or (ii) 5% of the consolidated revenue of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

“Single Employer Plan” means any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

“SNL” means Schneider National Leasing, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any partnership, association, limited liability company, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Schneider.

“Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Purchase Notice, each Letter of Credit Request, the Sale Agreement, each Lock-Box Agreement, the Fee Letter, and all other instruments, documents and agreements required to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the specified jurisdiction.

“Unused Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Securities issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

“WFB” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

78


“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

“Yield” means for each day for each Purchaser, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Yield Rate multiplied by the Capital of such Purchaser, annualized on a 360-day basis.

“Yield Rate” means, on any day, a rate per annum equal to the LMIR (or, if the LMIR is not available to the applicable Purchaser, the Alternate Base Rate).

“Yield Reserve” means for any Calculation Period, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (i) 1.5 times (ii) the Alternate Base Rate as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date times (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the highest Days Sales Outstanding for the most recent 12 Calculation Periods and the denominator of which is 360.

 

79


EXHIBIT II-A

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

[Date]

To:    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Re:    PURCHASE NOTICE

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ), among Schneider Receivables Corporation ( “Seller” ), Schneider National, Inc., as initial Servicer, and the purchasers from time to time party thereto (the “Purchasers” ), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuer and as Administrative Agent for the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer (in such latter capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

The Purchaser Parties are hereby notified of the following Incremental Purchase:

 

Aggregate Capital:

     $                                    

Purchase Date:

                          , 20            

Please credit the Purchase Price in immediately available funds to the following account:

[Account Name]

[Account No.]

[Bank Name & Address]

[ABA #]

Reference:

Telephone advice to: [Name] @ tel. no. (    )                     .

In connection with the Incremental Purchase to be made on the above-specified Purchase Date, Seller hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the Purchase Date (before and after giving effect to the proposed Incremental Purchase):

(vi)    the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Purchase Date of such Purchase as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such

 

80


representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall remain true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(vii)  no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed Incremental Purchase, that will constitute an Amortization Event or a Potential Amortization Event;

(viii) the Facility Termination Date has not occurred;

(ix)   no Investment Excess exists or will result from such Purchase; and

(x)    the Servicer shall have delivered to the Purchaser Parties on or prior to the date of such Purchase, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all Settlement Reports as and when due under Section  6.6 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

[SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., as Servicer on behalf of]

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

81


EXHIBIT II-B

FORM OF REDUCTION NOTICE

[Date]

To:    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Re:    REDUCTION NOTICE

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ), among Schneider Receivables Corporation ( “Seller” ), Schneider National, Inc., as initial Servicer, and the purchasers from time to time party thereto (the “Purchasers” ), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as L/C Issuer and as Administrative Agent for the Purchasers and the L/C Issuer (in such latter capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

The Purchaser Parties are hereby notified of the following Aggregate Reduction:

 

Aggregate Reduction:

    $                                   

Proposed Reduction Date (at least one

Business Day after the date hereof):

                         , 20           

 

Very truly yours,

[SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC., as Servicer on behalf of]

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

82


EXHIBIT III

SELLER’S CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE, PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS, RECORDS LOCATIONS, FEDERAL TAXPAYER ID NUMBER AND ORGANIZATIONAL ID NUMBER

 

N AME   OF  S ELLER

A DDRESS   OF  C HIEF E XECUTIVE  O FFICE   AND
L OCATION   OF  R ECORDS

 

S TATE   OF

I NCORPORATION

O RGANIZATION

N UMBER

 

F EDERAL  E MPLOYEE I DENTIFICATION  N UMBER

Schneider Receivables Corporation

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313-6187

 

DE

3123473

  39-1977956

 

83


EXHIBIT IV

LOCK-BOXES AND LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS

 

L OCK -B OX  B ANK N AME

  

L OCK -B OX  B ANK A DDRESS

  

L OCK -B OX  A DDRESS

   C ORRESPONDING
A CCOUNT  N UMBER
 

Harris Trust and Savings Bank

  

111 West Monroe Street

9 th Floor Center

Chicago, Illinois 60603

   N/A: Electronic Lock-Box     
4023016
  

Bank of America, N.A.

  

135 South LaSalle Street

Suite 1525

Chicago, Illinois 60603

  

P.O. Box 2567; Chicago, IL

P.O. Box 841831; Dallas, TX

P.O. Box 281496; Atlanta, GA

    
5800299595
  

 

84


LOGO

EXHIBIT V
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
(Date |
L, Denise Laborwitz, Assistant Treasurer at SCHNEIDER NATIONAL INC The “Parent Guarantor hereby certify that
to the best of my Knowledge and belief with relied to that certain Purchases Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011 as ended.
modified field, extended or restarted from time to time, the “Agreement” defined terms in the are
incorporate how by reference) among the Seller. the servicer and the purchases from the time to time party therein, and
wools Fargo Bank, N.A., Administrative Agent (a) The company statements which accompany
“the ‘confidential reports and have been prepared accordance with GAAP applied on a
constant basis, subject changes resulting from normal year end such As of the date listed above. no amortization
Event or Potential amortization Event has occur agreement
Section 7.] (p) Considered Net Worth
Requirement Net less Than £475,000,000 .00 prior to March 31, 2011 After March 31, 2011 5475,000,003.00 plus 50% annual positive considered Net increment]
Actual:
See™ “.] (7.1 (q) maintenance Consolidated Net Debt Coverage (a)lndebtness
(b) 10 Less Cash and Equivalent in of $10,000,000.00
(d) Consolidated Adjusted Net Indebtedness “(a)” minus “(b)” plus “(c)”
Consolidated Net indebtedness months computation
(0 Less non-cash Gaines losses- for 12 months immediately £
preceding the computation date)
(g) Depreciation and months immediately
preceding the computation date)
(h)Consolidated interest expenses for 12 core calendar months £
(i) Provision for income taxes for 12 $months
proceeding the computation
(k) EBITDA C sum of “(e)” through “(J)” $
(J) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA divided by (k)
(m) Maximum ratio of (d)
SCHNEIDER NATIONAL

 

85


EXHIBIT VI

[FORM OF] ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Assignment Agreement” ) is entered into as of the          day of                      ,              , by and between                          ( “Assignor” ) and                          ( “Assignee” ).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

(1)    This Assignment Agreement is being executed and delivered in accordance with Section  12.1 of that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ), among Schneider Receivables Corporation ( “Seller” ), Schneider National, Inc., as initial Servicer, the Purchasers from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” ). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings set forth or incorporated by reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

(2)    Assignor is a Purchaser party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and Assignee wishes to become a Purchaser thereunder; and

(3)    Assignor is selling and assigning to Assignee an undivided             % (the “Transferred Percentage” ) interest in all of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, Assignor’s Commitment and (if applicable) the Capital of Assignor’s Purchases and Assignor’s undivided interest in the Letters of Credit.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

The sale, transfer and assignment effected by this Assignment Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date” ) [two (2) Business Days] following the date on which a written notice of effectiveness hereof ( “Effective Notice” ) is delivered by the applicable Purchaser to the Assignee. From and after the Effective Date, Assignee shall be a Purchaser party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement for all purposes thereof as if Assignee were an original party thereto and Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions contained therein.

If Assignor has no outstanding Capital under the Receivables Purchase Agreement on the Effective Date, Assignor shall be deemed to have hereby transferred and assigned to Assignee, without recourse, representation or warranty (except as provided in paragraph 6 below), and the Assignee shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably taken, received and assumed from Assignor, the Transferred Percentage of Assignor’s Commitment and all rights and obligations associated therewith under the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, the Transferred Percentage of Assignor’s future funding obligations under Section  1.1 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 

86


If Assignor has any outstanding Capital under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, at or before 1:00 p.m., local time of Assignor, on the Effective Date Assignee shall pay to Assignor, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Transferred Percentage of the outstanding Capital of Assignor’s Purchases (such amount, being hereinafter referred to as the “Assignee’s Capital” ); (ii) all accrued but unpaid (whether or not then due) Yield attributable to Assignee’s Capital; and (iii) accruing but unpaid fees and other costs and expenses payable in respect of Assignee’s Capital for the period commencing upon each date such unpaid amounts commence accruing, to and including the Effective Date; whereupon, Assignor shall be deemed to have sold, transferred and assigned to Assignee, without recourse, representation or warranty (except as provided in paragraph 6 below), and Assignee shall be deemed to have hereby irrevocably taken, received and assumed from Assignor, the Transferred Percentage of Assignor’s Commitment and the Capital of Assignor’s Purchases (if applicable) and all related rights and obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, the Transferred Percentage of Assignor’s future funding obligations under Section  1.1 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Concurrently with the execution and delivery hereof, Assignor will provide to Assignee copies of all documents requested by Assignee which were delivered to Assignor pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Each of the parties to this Assignment Agreement agrees that at any time and from time to time upon the written request of any other party, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as such other party may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Assignment Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Assignment Agreement, Assignor and Assignee confirm to and agree with each other, and the other Purchasers as follows: (a) other than the representation and warranty that it has not created any Adverse Claim upon any interest being transferred hereunder, Assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made by any other Person in or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, or the other Transaction Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or the perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency of any Collateral; (b) Assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Assignee, Seller, any Obligor, any Affiliate of Seller or the performance or observance by Seller, any Obligor or any Affiliate of Seller of any of their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith; (c) Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and copies of such other Transaction Documents, and other documents and information as it has requested and deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (d) Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, any Purchaser or Seller and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; (e) Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Transaction Documents as are delegated to Agent by the

 

87


terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (f) Assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which, by the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, are required to be performed by it as a Purchaser.

Schedule I hereto sets forth the revised Commitment of Assignor and the Commitment of Assignee, as well as administrative information with respect to Assignee.

THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers of the date hereof.

 

[ASSIGNOR]

By:

 

 

Title:

 

[ASSIGNEE]

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[CONSENTED TO:

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:]

 

 

88


SCHEDULE I TO ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

LIST OF LENDING OFFICES, ADDRESSES

FOR NOTICES AND COMMITMENT AMOUNTS

Date:                      ,             

Transferred Percentage:          %

 

    A-1   A-2   B-1

Assignor

  Commitment (prior to giving effect to the Assignment Agreement)   Commitment (after giving effect to the Assignment Agreement)   Outstanding Capital (if any)
             
     
        A-2   B-1

Assignee

      Commitment (after giving effect to the Assignment Agreement)   Outstanding Capital (if any)
             

 

Address for Notices

 

 

Attention:

Phone:

Fax:

 

89


LOGO

EXHIBIT VII CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY
CREDIT POLICY
Resign for Policy
Policy Statement Last Updated: February 2012
Policy
Procedure Forms, Instructions and or Training Responsible Enterprise Leader: EVP - Chief Financial Officer
Related Information Financial Officer
Additional Details
Policy Owner: VP, Corporate Controller
Additional Details
Definitions Policy Contact: Refer to Contact Section
Responsibilities
FAQs
Reason for Policy
The purpose of this policy is to define credit responsibilities and to establish minimum credit guidelines. The intent of this policy to to provide a guideline for the extension of credit a nondiscriminatory manner, and to maximize the company’s profitability by maintaining a moderate level of investment in accounts receivable, minimizing write-offs of bad debt and maximizing sales, In order So accomplish this, the Credit department acknowledges that a line of business may choose to accept a higher risk than recommended, to business opportunities. An opportunity approval process is explained below to provide flexibility to the line of business VP. This policy may be modified to suit economic conditions, competitive situations, or company strategy, it is the responsibility of the Credit Department to enforce this policy under the direction of the VP. Corporate Controller and Chief Financial Officer,
Policy Statement
* Credit is set at the customer level and not by line of business,
Credit is approved and limits are set by the following:
o Limits less then $50,000 - Credit Representative (Clerk, Credit and Collection) o limits greater than $50,000 - Credit Team Leader (Supervisor, Associate Credit)
For new customers, we can accept an order but it cannot be executed until credit limits are reviewed and set. If a credit Iimit is established, the credit hold will be removed and accepted orders can be executed. If a credit limit cannot be established, the credit hold will remain and the customer will be given the option to prepay.
Any company in business less than 12 months will be required to supply a credit application and financial statements, with proof of access to capital, to support a credit limit. If the new business is unable to provide sufficient proof of Iiquidity, prepayment will be required. The opportunity approval policy, below, may be used to accommodate business, decisions.
* If a customer Is denied credit they can complete a formal credit application that will be reviewed by the Credit Representative. Also, in the case of a customer whose credit capacity is deemed inadequate SNI offers a prepayment option.
For Opportunity Approvals to this Policy;
* The requestor will submit an Opportunity Approval Request Form to the Credit Team Leader. The Team Leader will supply the Credit Manager with his/her recommendation. The Credit Manager will communicate the final recommendation So the requestor end the appropriate VP(s) of the impacted line(s) of business. The requestor will be responsible for obtaining She VP(s) written or emailed approval. When the approved request is returned to the Credit Team Leader, the change will be made, See the approval matrix below:

 

90


LOGO

EBS HR/Employee Self-Service
Line of Business Job Department Position
Bulk VP, Sales. 1 Truckload-Bulk VP, Commercial Service-Global 1
SVP, Operations, 1 Truckload-Dedicated Leadership
Leadership SVP/GM, Dedicated. Dedicated Leadership. 1
Global SVP, Commercial Global Commercial
Services-Global 1 SVP, Global Accounts. Global 1.2
IDS SVP, Operations. l SOS-Shared Services SVP/GM SCM & Intl. Shared Services
Intermodal VP, Commercial Development. 1 Intermodal-Leadership VP, Sales & Marketing-Intermodal Leadership. 1
SIM SVP. Operations. 1 STM-Business Operations SVP/GM, STM,STM Business Operations. 2
Operations.2
Van Truckload VP, Commercial Developmet.1 Trackload-Van Shared
Leadership VP, Sales & Marketing-Van Shared Leadership. 1
Existing Customer Credit Hold - Art existing customer will be place on credit hold if... o The total outstanding accounts receivable balance exceeds the credit -limit a if 50% or more of the total outstanding is aged 60 days or more beyond terms.
Credit hold situations are communicated to Accounts Receivable, Customer Service and Sales in an effort to work collaboratively to minimize service disruptions. The status of a customer’s credit limit utilization and aging Is updated daily at:
http://linked.schneider.com/depts/entSector/payservices/billingcredit/default.aspx. and then go to Shared Documents.
!t is the goal of the Credit department to identify customers nearing their credit limit and proactively communicate with Sales and Accounts Receivable before a customer is placed on credit hold. The appropriate VP(s) (see the approval matrix table above) must be included in this communication. when the credit limit exceeds $1 million or when a business decision is required (see the opportunity approval policy above). ‘
SNI participates in an industry trade group (Transportation Receivable® Management Group) and
supplies historical payment information to credit reporting agencies (Dun & Bradstreet, Ansonia Credit and Cortera). it is policy our to only provide factual, historical Information in accordance with anti-trust laws.
Exclusions from this Policy
This policy excludes customers outside of the United States, Canada arid Mexico. Also, this does not include SFI, STA and other non-trade customers.

 

91


LOGO

Procedures, Forms, Instructions and/or Training
Credit Opportunity Approval Request Form Credit Review and Setup - New Customers - Procedure Credit Review and Maintenance - Existing Customers - Procedure Credit Application - US (in English)
Credit Application - US (in Spanish) Credit Application - MX (in Spanish)
Related information
Customer Payment Terms Policy
Trade Accounts Receivable Bad Debt Write-off Policy
Uncollectable and Aged Receivables Policy
Contacts
Credit Manager Jill Westrich 920-592-3643 westrichi@schneider.com
Additional Contacts
VP. Corporate Controller Amy Schilling 020-592-2819 schilling@schnedier.com
Renee Luedke 920-692-3161 Luedker@Schneier.com
Definitions
“Special” Credit Limits in EBS and their meanings;
$1 credit limit = Prepayment required for any new orders.
$2 credit limit = Promissory Note. The customer signed a promissory note ami new orders are not being accepted at this time.
$3 credit iimit = Collection Hold, The Collector and Sales have made the decision not to accept new orders from this customer until the delinquent invoices have been paid and a new credit review is performed.
. $4 credit limit = Load by Load. The customer is granted one order on credit at a time.
. $5 credit Bruit = Payment Plan. The customer is making partial payments to satisfy their
delinquent debt to Schneider. Depending on the circumstances. future orders may be accepted with a prepayment required.
$6 credit limit = Demand fetter has been sent to this customer. This Is a trigger for specific reserve.
ST credit limit = Account placed with a third party collection agent.
$8 credit limit = Stale credit limit. The customer has not been invoiced in 12 months. If a new order is placed, a credit review will be required before the order is approved.

 

92


LOGO

Responsibilities
Credit Team Leader- is responsible for overseeing the Credit Representatives and ensuring they are following the policies and procedures.
Credit Manager - is responsible far overseeing the Credit team, promoting achievement of the operating plan goals and approving exceptions as defined in this policy.
Credit Analyst - is responsible for analyzing portfolio and customer risk of non-payment and/or ceasing operations.
Credit Representative - is responsible for reviewing information on the customer and setting the
customer’s credit limits appropriately.
Sales - Sales personnel are encouraged to communicate with the Credit Analysts regarding prospective customers in need of high credit limits prior to solicitation efforts.
Frequently Asked Questions
None at this time

 

93


LOGO

EXHIBIT VIII
FORM OF INTERIM REPORT
Schneider Receivables Corporation
Servicer Report for the Period Ended
MM/DD/YYYY
($)
1. Reported Ending AIR Balance:
2. Deduct: Unapplied Cash
3. Deduct: Ineligible Receivables
4. Eligible Receivables [(1-2-3)]
5. Deduct: Excess Extended Payment Terms
6. Deduct: Excess Concentrations
7. Net Pool Balance [(4-5-6)]
8. Required Reserve (%)
9. Required Reserve ($) [(7*8)]
10. Calculated Availability [7-9]
11. Aggregate Capital (prior to this report)
12. Outstanding Letters of Credit
13. Additional Availability/(Paydown Required) [(9-10)]
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the foregoing is a true and accurate accounting with respect to outstanding receivables as of MM/DD/YYYY is in accordance with the Amended & Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 17,2013 and that all representations and warranties related to such Agreement are restated and reaffirmed.
Signed:-----------
Title:
[Officer Title]
Date: _______

 

94


LOGO

EXHIBIT IX
FORM OF MONTHLY REPORT
Schneider Receivables Corp. Monthly Servicer Report
For the Month Ended:
MM/DDNYYY
(Page 1)
($)
AIR ROLLFORWARD
Beginning Balance
Sales
Collections
Adjustments (Dilution)
Write Olfs
Reported Ending AIR Balance
AGING SCHEDULE % of Total Aging
Current Current Month 1 Month Prior 2 Months Prior
Current
1-30 DPD 31-60 DPD 61-90 DPD
91+ DPD
Credits 61+ DPD
Total Aging Total Aging
AIR RECONCILIATIONS
Calculated Ending AIR Reported Ending AIR Difference
Calculated Ending AIR
Total Aging
Difference
INELIGIBLES
Defaulted Receivables{> 90 DPD) Cross-Age (50%)
Affiliate Receivables Foreign Receivables Gowmment Receivables Bankrupt Receivables Terms > 60 Days
Offset
Total Ineligibles
Eligible Receivables
EXCESS CONCENTRATIONS
Obligor Name Rating Allowable % Outstanding A/R % of Outstanding Excess Receivables
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Total Excess

 

95


LOGO

Schneider Receivables Corp. Monthly Servicer Report
For the Month Ended: MM/DDNYYY
(Page 2)
($)
Current Month One Month Prior Two Months Prior NET POOL BALANCE
Total AIR
Less: Total Ineligibles Eligible Receivables
Less: Excess Terms 31-60 Days Less: Excess Terms 61-90 Days Less: Excess Obligor Concentrations
NET POOL BALANCE
RESERVES
Loss Reserve Dilution Reserve Dynamic Reserve Reserve Floor Yield Reserve Servicing Reserve CAD Reserve Required Reserve % Required Reserve S (RR)
FUNDING AVAILABILITY
Net Pool Balance (NPB)
Less: Required ReseMl
Calculated Availability
BORROWING BASE
Aggregate Capital
Outstanding Letters of Credit (LCs)- cannot exceed LC submit of S100,ooo,ooo
Total Exposure
Purchase or LC Availability or Required Paydown
Purchase or Paydown at Settlement
TRIGGER COMPLIANCE
Compliance Test Compliance Lewl
Ownership Interest (NI+RR) I NPB < 100% In Compliance
3M Delinquency Trigger Less than 7% In Compliance
3M Default Ratio Less than 5% In Compliance
3M Dilution Ratio Less than 3% In Compliance COVENANT COMPLIANCE
Total Debt I EBITDA Less than 3.25 In Compliance Minimum Tangible Net Worth Out of Compliance
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the foregoing is a true and accurate accounting with respect to outstanding receivables as of MM/DD/YYYY is in accordance with the Amended & Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated [December 17, 2013] and that all representations and warranties related to such Agreement are restated and reaffirmed.
Date: ______
title: Signed: ----------------

 

96


EXHIBIT X

FORM OF PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING

PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING

THIS PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING (this “ Undertaking ”), dated as of March 31, 2011, is executed by Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( Provider ”), in favor of Schneider Receivables Corporation, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “ Recipient ”).

RECITALS

1.    Schneider Transport, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, Schneider National Carriers, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, Schneider Transportation Management, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Originators” ), and Recipient have entered into a Sale Agreement , dated as of April 9, 2009 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Originators, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, are selling their right, title and interest in certain of their accounts receivable to Recipient.

2.    Each of the Originators is a Subsidiary of Provider, and Provider is expected to receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the sale of accounts by the Originators to the Recipient pursuant to the Sale Agreement (which benefits are hereby acknowledged).

3.    As an inducement for Recipient to continue to purchase the Originators’ accounts pursuant to the Sale Agreement, Provider has agreed to guaranty the due and punctual performance by the Originators of their respective obligations under the Sale Agreement.

4.    Provider wishes to guaranty the due and punctual performance by the Originators of their respective obligations to Recipient under or in respect of the Sale Agreement as provided herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Provider hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Sale Agreement or the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined). In addition:

“Agreements” means, collectively, the Sale Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

 

97


Contractual Obligation ” of any Person shall mean any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the property owned by it is bound.

Obligations ” means, collectively, all covenants, agreements, terms, conditions and indemnities to be performed and observed by any Originator under and pursuant to the Sale Agreement and each other document executed and delivered by such Originator pursuant to the Sale Agreement, including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment of all sums which are or may become due and owing by such Originator under the Sale Agreement, whether for fees, expenses (including counsel fees), indemnified amounts or otherwise, whether upon any termination or for any other reason.

“Purchase Agreement” means that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011, among Recipient, as Seller, Provider, as initial Servicer, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., individually, and the other purchasers from time to time party thereto (each, together with its successors and permitted assigns, a “ Purchaser ” and, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Purchasers ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” ), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Requirements of Law ” for any Person shall mean the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Section 2. Guaranty of Performance of Obligations . Provider hereby guarantees to Recipient, the full and punctual payment and performance by the Originators of their respective Obligations. This Undertaking is an absolute, unconditional and continuing undertaking of the full and punctual performance of all of the Obligations under the Agreements and each other document executed and delivered by any Originator pursuant to the Agreements and is in no way conditioned upon any requirement that Recipient first attempt to collect any amounts owing by any Originator to Recipient, the Administrative Agent, or the Purchasers from any other Person or resort to any collateral security, any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of Recipient, the Administrative Agent, or any Purchaser in favor of any Originator or any other Person or other means of obtaining payment. Should any Originator default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, Recipient (or its assigns) may cause the immediate performance by Provider of the Obligations of such Originator and cause any payment Obligations to become forthwith due and payable to Recipient (or its assigns), without demand or notice of any nature (other than as expressly provided herein), all of which are hereby expressly waived by Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Undertaking is not a guarantee of the collection of any of the Receivables and Provider shall not be responsible for any Obligations to the extent the failure to perform such Obligations by any Originator results from Receivables being uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor; provided , that nothing herein shall relieve any Originator from performing in full its Obligations or Provider of its undertaking hereunder with respect to the full performance of such duties.

 

98


Section 3. Provider’s Further Agreements to Pay . Provider further agrees, as the principal obligor and not as a guarantor only, to pay to Recipient (and its assigns), forthwith upon demand in funds immediately available to Recipient, all reasonable costs and expenses (including court costs and legal expenses) incurred or expended by Recipient in connection with the Obligations, this Undertaking and the enforcement thereof, together with interest on amounts recoverable under this Undertaking from the time when such amounts become due until payment, at a rate of interest (computed for the actual number of days elapsed based on a 360 day year) equal to the Yield Rate per annum.

Section 4. Waivers by Provider . Provider waives notice of acceptance of this Undertaking, notice of any action taken or omitted by Recipient (or its assigns) in reliance on this Undertaking, and any requirement that Recipient (or its assigns) be diligent or prompt in making demands under this Undertaking, giving notice of the Purchase Termination Date, any Amortization Event, any other default or omission by any Originator or asserting any other rights of Recipient under this Undertaking. Provider warrants that it has adequate means to obtain from each Originator, on a continuing basis, information concerning the financial condition of such Originator, and that it is not relying on Recipient to provide such information, now or in the future. Provider also irrevocably waives all defenses (i) that at any time may be available in respect of the Obligations by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) that arise under the law of suretyship, including impairment of collateral. Recipient (and its assigns) shall be at liberty, without giving notice to or obtaining the assent of Provider and without relieving Provider of any liability under this Undertaking, to deal with each Originator and with each other party who now is or after the date hereof becomes liable in any manner for any of the Obligations, in such manner as Recipient in its sole discretion deems fit, and to this end Provider agrees that the validity and enforceability of this Undertaking, including without limitation, the provisions of Section  7 hereof, shall not be impaired or affected by any of the following: (a) any extension, modification or renewal of, or indulgence with respect to, or substitutions for, the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto at any time; (b) any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or any collateral securing the Obligations or any part thereof; (c) any waiver of any right, power or remedy or of the Purchase Termination Date, any Amortization Event or any default with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto; (d) any release, surrender, compromise, settlement, waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of any other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof; (e) the enforceability or validity of the Obligations or any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement relating thereto or with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof; (f) the application of payments received from any source to the payment of any payment Obligations or any part thereof or amounts which are not covered by this Undertaking even though Recipient (or its assigns) might lawfully have elected to apply such payments to any part or all of the payment Obligations or to amounts which are not covered by this Undertaking; (g) the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which Provider may have at any time against any Originator in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction; (h) any assignment or transfer of the Obligations or any part thereof; or (i) any failure on the part of any Originator to

 

99


perform or comply with any term of the Agreements or any other document executed in connection therewith or delivered thereunder, all whether or not Provider shall have had notice or knowledge of any act or omission referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (i) of this Section  4 .

Section 5. Unenforceability of Obligations Against Originators . Notwithstanding (a) any change of ownership of any Originator or the insolvency, bankruptcy or any other change in the legal status of any Originator; (b) the change in or the imposition of any law, decree, regulation or other governmental act which does or might impair, delay or in any way affect the validity, enforceability or the payment when due of the Obligations; (c) the failure of any Originator or Provider to maintain in full force, validity or effect or to obtain or renew when required all governmental and other approvals, licenses or consents required in connection with the Obligations or this Undertaking, or to take any other action required in connection with the performance of all obligations pursuant to the Obligations or this Undertaking; or (d) if any of the moneys included in the Obligations have become irrecoverable from the applicable Originator for any other reason other than final payment in full of the payment Obligations in accordance with their terms, this Undertaking shall nevertheless be binding on Provider. This Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guaranty or other security for the Obligations, and it shall not be rendered unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Originator or for any other reason with respect to any Originator, all such amounts then due and owing with respect to the Obligations under the terms of the Agreements, or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Obligations, shall be immediately due and payable by Provider.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Provider hereby represents and warrants to Recipient that:

(a) Organizational Existence; Compliance with Law . Provider (i) is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate or other organizational power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property and to conduct its business, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where a failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Organizational Power; Authorization . Provider has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to make, deliver and perform this Undertaking and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Undertaking. No consent or authorization of, or filing with, any Person (including, without limitation, any governmental authority) is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by Provider, or the validity or enforceability against Provider of this Undertaking, other than such consents, authorizations or filings which have been made or obtained.

 

100


(c) Enforceable Obligations . This Undertaking has been duly executed and delivered, and this Undertaking constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Provider, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Undertaking do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of Provider.

(d) No Material Litigation . Except as disclosed on Schedule C of the Purchase Agreement, no litigation, investigations or proceedings of or before any courts, tribunals, arbitrators or governmental authorities are pending or, to the knowledge of Provider, threatened by or against Provider or any of its Subsidiaries, or against any of their respective properties or revenues, existing or future (a) with respect to this Undertaking or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance by Provider of this Undertaking will not violate any material Requirements of Law or cause a breach or default under any of its material Contractual Obligations.

(f) Disclosure and Material Adverse Effect . No representation or warranty contained in this Undertaking or in any other document furnished from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Undertaking, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading as of the date made or deemed to be made. Except as may be set forth herein, there is no fact known to Provider or any of its Subsidiaries which has had, or is reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Compliance with Law . Provider is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Financial Condition . On the date hereof and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (i) the assets of Provider and its Subsidiaries, at fair valuation and based on their present fair saleable value, will exceed Provider’s or such Subsidiary’s debts, including contingent liabilities, (ii) the remaining capital of Provider or such Subsidiary will not be unreasonably small to conduct Provider’s or such Subsidiary’s business, and (iii) neither Provider nor any of its Subsidiaries will have incurred debts, or have intended to incur debts, beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. For purposes of this Section 6(h) , “debt” means any liability on a claim, and “claim” means (a) the right to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, or (b) the right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

 

101


(i) Payment of Taxes and Claims, Etc . Provider has, and has caused each of its Subsidiaries to, pay (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property, and (ii) all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials, supplies or services) which might, if unpaid, become an Adverse Claim upon its property, unless, in each case, the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been maintained with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 8. Subrogation; Subordination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, until the Obligations are paid in full, Provider: (a) will not enforce or otherwise exercise any right of subrogation to any of the rights of Recipient, the Administrative Agent or any Purchaser against any Originator, (b) hereby waives all rights of subrogation (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, at law or in equity or otherwise) to the claims of Recipient, the Purchaser Parties against any Originator and all contractual, statutory or legal or equitable rights of contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and similar rights and “claims” (as that term is defined in the United States Bankruptcy Code) which Provider might now have or hereafter acquire against any Originator that arise from the existence or performance of Provider’s obligations hereunder, (c) will not claim any setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against any Originator in respect of any liability of Provider to such Originator and (d) waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any collateral security which may be held by the Administrative Agent or the Purchasers. The payment of any amounts due with respect to any indebtedness of any Originator now or hereafter owed to Provider is hereby subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of the Obligations. Provider agrees that, after the occurrence of any default in the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, Provider will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness of any Originator to Provider until all of the Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Provider shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness while any Obligations are still unperformed or outstanding, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by Provider as trustee for Recipient (and its assigns) and be paid over to Recipient (or its assigns) on account of the Obligations without affecting in any manner the liability of Provider under the other provisions of this Undertaking. The provisions of this Section  8 shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of Recipient under any separate subordination agreement which Recipient may at any time and from time to time enter into with Provider.

Section 9. Termination of Performance Undertaking . Provider’s obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations are finally paid and satisfied in full and the Sale Agreement is terminated, provided that this Undertaking shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or other satisfaction of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization of any Originator or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made or other satisfaction occurred, whether or not Recipient (or its assigns) is in possession of this Undertaking. No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability by reason of the federal bankruptcy code or any insolvency or other similar law, or any law or order of any government or agency thereof purporting to reduce, amend or otherwise affect the Obligations shall impair, affect, be a defense to or claim against the obligations of Provider under this Undertaking.

 

102


Section 10. Effect of Bankruptcy . This Performance Undertaking shall survive the insolvency of any Originator and the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against any Originator under the federal bankruptcy code or other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization statutes. No automatic stay under the federal bankruptcy code with respect to any Originator or other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization statutes to which such Originator is subject shall postpone the obligations of Provider under this Undertaking.

Section 11. Setoff . Regardless of the other means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations, Recipient (and its assigns) is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Provider (any such notice being expressly waived by Provider) and to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any deposits and other sums against the obligations of Provider under this Undertaking, whether or not Recipient (or any such assign) shall have made any demand under this Undertaking and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured.

Section 12. Taxes . All payments to be made by Provider hereunder shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding. If Provider is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of tax or otherwise from any such payment, the sum due from it in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, Recipient receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

Section 13. Further Assurances . Provider also agrees to do all such things and execute all such documents as Recipient (or its assigns) may reasonably consider necessary or desirable to give full effect to this Undertaking and to perfect and preserve the rights and powers of Recipient hereunder.

Section 14. Successors and Assigns . This Performance Undertaking shall be binding upon Provider, its successors and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Recipient and its successors and assigns. Provider may not assign or transfer any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each of Recipient and the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Purchasers). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, Recipient may assign or otherwise transfer the Agreements, any other documents executed in connection therewith or delivered thereunder or any other agreement or note held by them evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Obligations, or sell participations in any interest therein, to any other entity or other person, and such other entity or other person shall thereupon become vested, to the extent set forth in the agreement evidencing such assignment, transfer or participation, with all the rights in respect thereof granted to the Recipient herein.

Section 15. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Undertaking nor consent to any departure by Provider therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Recipient, the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Purchasers) and Provider. No failure on the part of Recipient to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

103


Section 16. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be addressed as follows: if to Provider, at the address set forth beneath its signature hereto, and if to Recipient, at the addresses set forth beneath its signature hereto, or at such other addresses as each of Provider or any Recipient may designate in writing to the other. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (1) if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, (2) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or (3) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section  16 .

Section 17. GOVERNING LAW . THIS UNDERTAKING SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 18. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . EACH OF PROVIDER AND RECIPIENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS UNDERTAKING, THE AGREEMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR DELIVERED THEREUNDER AND EACH OF PROVIDER AND RECIPIENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

Section 19. Bankruptcy Petition . Provider hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior Indebtedness of Recipient, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, Recipient any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

Section 20. Miscellaneous . This Undertaking constitutes the entire agreement of Provider with respect to the matters set forth herein. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or any other agreement, and this Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guaranty of or collateral security for any of the Obligations. The provisions of this Undertaking are severable, and in any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of Provider hereunder would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of Provider’s liability under this Undertaking, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Undertaking to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any

 

104


further action by Provider or Recipient, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding. Any provisions of this Undertaking which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise specified, references herein to “Section” shall mean a reference to sections of this Undertaking.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

105


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Provider has caused this Undertaking to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SCHNEIDER NATIONAL, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address for Notices:

Schneider National, Inc.

3101 S. Packerland Drive,

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313

Attention: Denise M. Lukowitz

Fax: (920) 592-3848

Email: lukowitzd@schneider.com

 

Agreed to and accepted as of the
date first above written:

SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

106


EXHIBIT XI

C ORPORATE N AMES ; T RADE N AMES ; A SSUMED N AMES ; A SSUMED N AMES

 

1. Schneider Receivables Corporation

 

107


EXHIBIT XII

LOCK-BOX AGREEMENTS

SEE ATTACHED.

 

108


EXECUTION COPY

(Lockbox—With Activation)

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of March 31, 2011 among ·Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC ( “Company ”), Schneider Receivables Corporation ( “SPV ”), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for various purchasers ( “Administrative Agent ”), and Bank of America, N.A. (“ Bank ”) with respect to the following:

A. Bank has agreed to establish and maintain for Company post office numbers: P.O. Box 281496, Atlanta, GA 30384-1496; 2567 Collection Center Drive, Chicago, IL 60693, and P.O. Box 841831, Dallas, TX 75284-1831 (individually and collectively, the “Lockbox Address ”) and deposit account number *** the ( “Account ”). Bank performs the services described in Exhibit A, which includes receiving mail at the Lockbox Address, processing it and depositing checks and other payment instructions ( “Checks ”) into the Account (the “Lockbox Service).

B. Company hereby grants to Administrative Agent a security interest in the Account and in Checks mailed to the Lockbox Address to secure the due and punctual payment and performance of SPV’s existing and future obligations to the Administrative Agent and the purchasers represented by it.

C. Company, SPV, Administrative Agent and Bank are entering into this Agreement to evidence Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Account and such Checks and to provide for the disposition of net proceeds of Checks deposited in the Account.

Accordingly, Company, SPV, Administrative Agent and Bank agree as follows:

1. (a) This Agreement evidences Administrative Agent’s control over the Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the agreement between Bank and Company or SPV governing the Account, Bank will comply with instructions originated by Administrative Agent as set forth herein directing the disposition of funds in the Account without further consent of the Company or SPV.

(b) Company represents and warrants to Administrative Agent, SPV and Bank that it has not assigned or granted a security interest in the Account or any Check deposited in the Account, except to Administrative Agent, other than any assignment or security interest terminated on the date hereof.

(c) Company will not permit the Account to become subject to any other pledge, assignment, lien, charge or encumbrance of any kind, other than Administrative Agent’s security interest referred to herein.

(d) The Account may receive merchant card deposits and chargebacks. Each of SPV and Company acknowledges and agrees that during the Activation Period (defined below), chargebacks will be blocked from debiting the Account.

2. During the Activation Period (as defined below), Bank shall prevent Company and SPV from making any withdrawals from the Account. Prior to the Activation Period, Company may operate and transact business through the Account in its normal fashion, including making withdrawals from the Account, but covenants to Administrative Agent it will not close the Account. Bank shall have no liability in the event Company breaches this covenant to Administrative Agent.


A reasonable period of time following the commencement of the Activation Period, and continuing on each Business Day thereafter, Bank shall transfer all available balances in the Account to Administrative Agent at its account specified in the Notice (as defined below). The “Activation Period ” means the period which commences within a reasonable period of time not to exceed two Business Days after Bank’s receipt of a written notice from Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit A (the “Notice ”). A “ Business Day ” is each day except Saturdays, Sundays and Bank holidays. Funds are not available if, in the reasonable determination of Bank, they are subject to a hold, dispute or legal process preventing their withdrawal.

3. Bank agrees it shall not offset, charge, deduct or otherwise withdraw funds from the Account, except as permitted by Section 4, until it has been advised in writing by Administrative Agent that all of SPV’s obligations that are secured by the Checks and the Account are paid in full. Administrative Agent shall notify Bank promptly in writing upon payment in full of SPV’s obligations by means of a letter substantially in the form of the Termination Notice (defined below).

4. Bank is permitted to charge the Account:

(a) for its fees and charges relating to the Account or associated with this Agreement; and

(b) in the event any Check deposited into the Account is returned unpaid for any reason or for any breach of warranty claim; and

(c) for any ACH credit entries that may have been originated by Company but that have not settled at the time of the commencement of the Activation Period, or for any entries, whether credit or debit, that are subsequently returned thereafter.

5. (a) If the balances in the Account are not sufficient to compensate Bank for any fees or charges due Bank in connection with the Account or this Agreement, Company and SPV, jointly and severally, agree to pay Bank on demand the amount due Bank. Company and SPV will have breached this Agreement if they have not paid Bank, within five days after such demand, the amount due Bank.

(b) If the balances in the Account are not sufficient to compensate Bank for any returned Check, Company and SPV, jointly and severally, agree to pay Bank on demand the amount due Bank. If Company and SPV fail to so pay Bank immediately upon demand, Administrative Agent agrees to pay Bank within five days after Bank’s demand to Administrative Agent to pay any amount received by Administrative Agent with respect to such returned Check. The failure to so pay Bank shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.

(c) Each of SPV and Company hereby authorizes Bank, without prior notice, from time to time to debit any other account Company or SPV may have with Bank for the amount or amounts due Bank under subsection S(a) or S(b).

6. In addition to the original Bank statement provided to Company, Bank will provide Administrative Agent with a duplicate of such statement.

7. (a) Bank will not be liable to Company, SPV or Administrative Agent for any expense, claim, loss, damage or cost ( “Damages ”) arising out of or relating to its performance under this Agreement other than those Damages which result directly from its acts or omissions constituting negligence or intentional misconduct.

(b) In no event will Bank be liable for any special, indirect, exemplary or consequential damages, including but not limited to lost profits.

(c) Bank will be excused from failing to act or delay in acting, and no such failure or delay shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or otherwise give rise to any liability of Bank, if (i) such failure

 

2


or delay is caused by circumstances beyond Bank’s reasonable control, including but not limited to legal constraint, emergency conditions, action or inaction of governmental, civil or military authority, fire, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, war, riot, theft, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, breakdown of public or private or common carrier communications or transmission facilities, equipment failure, or negligence or default of Company or Administrative Agent or (ii) such failure or delay resulted from Bank’s reasonable belief that the action would have violated any guideline, rule or regulation of any governmental authority.

(d) Bank shall have no duty to inquire or determine whether Company’s obligations to Administrative Agent are in default or whether Administrative Agent is entitled to provide the Notice to Bank. Bank may rely on notices and communications it believes in good faith to be genuine and given by the appropriate party.

(e) Notwithstanding any of the other provisions in this Agreement, in the event of the commencement of a case pursuant to Title 11, United States Code, filed by or against Company, or in the event of the commencement of any similar case under then applicable federal or state law providing for the relief of debtors or the protection of creditors by or against Company, Bank may act as Bank deems necessary to comply with all applicable provisions of governing statutes and shall not be in violation of this Agreement as a result.

(f) Bank shall be permitted to comply with any writ, levy order or other similar judicial or regulatory order or process concerning the Account or any Check and shall not be in violation of this Agreement for so doing.

8. (a) Company and SPV, jointly and severally, shall indemnify Bank against, and hold it harmless from, any and all liabilities, claims, costs, expenses and damages of any nature (including but not limited to allocated costs of staff counsel, other reasonable attorney’s fees and any fees and expenses) in any way arising out of or relating to disputes or legal actions concerning Bank’s provision of the services described in this Agreement. This section does not apply to any cost or damage attributable to the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Bank. Company’s and SPV’s obligations under this section shall survive termination of this Agreement.

(b) Administrative Agent hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank against any loss, liability or expense (including but not limited to allocated costs of staff counsel, other reasonable attorney’s fees and any fees and expenses) arising from Bank complying with any written instructions of Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement other than if related to Bank’s gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct. Administrative Agent’s obligations under this section shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period not to exceed three years.

9. (a) Company and SPV, jointly and severally, agree to pay to Bank, upon receipt of Bank’s invoice, all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees (including reasonably allocated costs for in-house legal services) incurred by Bank in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and any instrument or agreement required hereunder, including but not limited to any such costs, expenses and fees arising out of the resolution of any conflict, dispute, motion regarding entitlement to rights or rights of action, or other action to enforce Bank’s rights in a case arising under Title 11, United States Code. Company agrees to pay Bank, upon receipt of Bank’s invoice, all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees (including allocated costs for in-house legal services) incurred by Bank in the preparation and administration of this Agreement (including any amendments hereto or instruments or agreements required hereunder).

(b) Administrative Agent shall pay to Bank, upon receipt of Bank’s invoice, all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees (including reasonable allocated costs for in-house legal services) incurred by Bank in connection with the enforcement against Administrative Agent of this Agreement and any instrument or agreement required hereunder to the extent that Bank is the prevailing party in such enforcement action.

 

3


10. Termination and Assignment of this Agreement shall be as follows:

(a) Administrative Agent may terminate this Agreement by providing notice substantially in the form of Attachment I ( “Termination Notice ”) to Company, SPV and Bank that all of Company’s obligations which are secured by Checks and the Account are paid in full. Administrative Agent may also terminate or it may assign this Agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Company, SPV and Bank. Bank may terminate this Agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Company, SPV and Administrative Agent. Company may not terminate this Agreement except with the written consent of Administrative Agent and upon prior written notice to Bank.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection 10(a), Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time upon 10 days’ prior written notice to Company and Administrative Agent if any of Company, SPV or Administrative Agent breaches any of the terms of this Agreement, or any other agreement with Bank, provided that, if the Agreement is breached by the Company or SPV, Bank will give Company, SPV and Administrative Agent ten (10) Business Days to cure such breach prior to the termination of this Agreement. Upon any such termination pursuant to this subsection 10{b), Company and SPV herein direct the Bank that all available funds in the Account on the termination date shall be transferred by bank at the direction of Administrative Agent provided that Administrative Agent has provided such direction to the Bank two Business Days prior to the termination date.

11. (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other parties that (i) this Agreement constitutes its duly authorized, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation; (ii) the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not (A) constitute or result in a breach of its certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws or partnership agreement, as applicable, or the provisions of any material contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (B) result in the violation of any law, regulation, judgment, decree or governmental order applicable to it; and (iii) all approvals and authorizations required to permit the execution, delivery, performance and consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder have been obtained.

(b) The parties each agree that it shall be deemed to make and renew each representation and warranty in subsection 11(a) on and as of each day on which Company uses the services set forth in this Agreement.

12. (a) This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by Company, SPV, Administrative Agent and Bank; except that Bank’s charges are subject to change by Bank upon 30 days’ prior written notice to Company.

(b) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts; all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

(c) This Agreement controls in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any other document or written or oral statement. This Agreement supersedes all prior understandings, writings, proposals, representations and communications, oral or written, of any party relating to the subject matter hereof.

(d) This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with New York law without reference to that state’s principles of conflicts of law.

(e) The state where the Accounts are located shall be deemed to be the “bank’s jurisdiction”; provided, however, with respect to the perfection, non-perfection and/or priority of security interests, under Article 9 of the UCC, in the Accounts, the “bank’s jurisdiction” shall be deemed to be the State of New York.

 

4


13. Any written notice or other written communication to be given under this Agreement shall be addressed to each party at its address set forth on the signature page of this Agreement or to such other address as a party may specify in writing. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any such notice shall be effective upon receipt.

14. Nothing contained in the Agreement shall create any agency, fiduciary, joint venture or partnership relationship between Bank and Company, SPV or Administrative Agent. Company, SPV and Administrative Agent agree that nothing contained in this Agreement, nor any course of dealing among the parties to this Agreement, shall constitute a commitment or other obligation on the part of Bank to extend credit to Company, SPV or Administrative Agent.

The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.

 

5


In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC

(“Company’’)

    Address for notices:  
By:        

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, Wisconsin 54313-6187

 
Name:         Attn: Denise M. Lukowitz  
Title:         Facsimile: 920-592-3848  
       

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

(“Administrative Agent”)

    Address for Notices:  
By:         6 Concourse Parkway, Suite 1450  
Name:         Atlanta, GA 30328  
Title:         Attn: Ryan Tozier  
      Facsimile: 404-732-0851  
       

Schneider Receivables Corporation

(SPV)

    Address for notices:  
By:       31 01 South Packerland Drive  
Name:       Green Bay, WI 54313  
Title:       Attn: Patrick c. Costello  
      Facsimile: 920-592-3063  
       

Bank of America, N.A.

(“Bank”)

    Address for notices:  
By:         Bank of America, N. A.  
Name:         2000 Clayton Road, Building D  
Title:         Concord, CA 94520-2425  
(Print or Type)     Attn: Blocked Account Support  
      Mail Code: CA4-704-06-37  
      Telephone: 925.675-7110  
       
       

Signature Page to Deposit Account Control Agreement


EXHIBIT A

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The Lockbox Service involves processing Checks that are received at a Lockbox Address. With this Service, Company instructs its customers to mail checks it wants to have processed under the Service to the Lockbox Address. Bank picks up mail at the Lockbox Address according to its mail pick-up schedule. Bank will have unrestricted and exclusive access to the mail directed to the Lockbox Address. Bank will provide Company with the Lockbox Service for a Lockbox Address when Company has completed and Bank has received Bank’s then current set-up documents for the Lockbox Address.

If Bank receives any mail containing Company’s lockbox number at Bank’s lockbox operations location (instead of the Lockbox Address), Bank may handle the mail as if it had been received at the Lockbox Address.

PROCESSING

Bank will handle Checks received at the Lockbox Address according to the applicable deposit account agreement, as if the Checks were delivered by Company to Bank for deposit to the Account, except as modified by these Terms and Conditions.

Bank will open the envelopes picked up from the Lockbox Address and remove the contents. For the Lockbox Address, Checks and other documents contained in the envelopes will be inspected and handled in the manner specified in the Company’s set-up documents. Bank captures and reports information related to the lockbox processing, where available, if Company has specified this option in the set-up documents. Bank will endorse all Checks Bank processes on Company’s behalf.

If Bank processes an unsigned check as instructed in the set-up documents, and the check is paid, but the account owner does not authorize payment, Company and SPV, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify Bank, the drawee bank (which may include Bank) and any intervening collecting bank for any liability or expense incurred by such indemnitee due to the payment and collection of the check.

If Company instructs Bank not to process a check bearing a handwritten or typed notation “Payment in Full ” or words of similar import on the face of the check, Company understands that Bank has adopted procedures designed to detect Checks bearing such notations; however, Bank will not be liable to Company or any other party for losses suffered if Bank fails to detect Checks bearing such notations.

RETURNED CHECK

Unless Company and Bank agree to another processing procedure, Bank will reclear a Check once which has been returned and marked “ Refer to Maker, ” “ Not Sufficient Funds ” or “Uncollected Funds .” If the Check is returned for any other reason or if the Check is returned a second time, Bank will debit the Account and return the Check to Company. Company agrees that Bank will not send a returned item notice to Company for a returned Check unless Company and Bank have agreed otherwise.

ACCEPTABLE PAYEES

For the Lockbox Address, Company will provide to Bank the names of Acceptable Payees (“Acceptable Payee” means Company’s name and any other payee name provided to Bank by Company as an acceptable payee for Checks to be processed under the Lockbox Service). Bank will process a check only if it is made payable to an Acceptable Payee and if the check is otherwise processable. Company warrants that each Acceptable Payee is either (i) a variation of Company’s name or (ii) is an affiliate of Company which has authorized Checks payable to it to be credited to the Account. Bank may treat as an Acceptable Payee any variation of any Acceptable Payee’s name that Bank deems to be reasonable.

 

7


CHANGES TO PROCESSING INSTRUCTIONS

Company may request Bank orally or in writing to make changes to the processing instructions (including changes to Acceptable Payees) for any Lockbox Address by contacting its Bank representative, so long as such changes do not conflict with the terms of the Deposit Account Control Agreement. Bank will not be obligated to implement any requested changes until Bank has actually received the requests and had a reasonable opportunity to act upon them. In making changes, Bank is entitled to rely on instructions purporting to be from Company.

 

8


EXHIBIT B

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

[Letterhead of Administrative Agent]

 

To: Bank of America, N.A.
     2000 Clayton Road, Building D
     Concord, CA 94520-2425
     Attn: Blocked Account Support
     Mail Code: CA4-704-06-37

 

  Re: Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC
       Account No. ***

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Deposit Account Control Agreement dated March 31, 2011 (the “Agreement” ) among Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC, Schneider Receivables Corporation, us and you regarding the above- described account (the “Account” ). In accordance with Section 2 of the Agreement, we hereby give you notice of our exercise of control of the Account and we hereby instruct you to transfer funds to our account as follows:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

ABA No.:

Account Name:

Account No.:

Beneficiary’s Name:                                                      

 

Very truly yours,
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

cc: Company and SPV

 

9


ATTACHMENT I

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

Letterhead of Administrative Agent

‘ 200_

Bank of America, NA

2000 Clayton Road, Building D Concord, CA

94520-2425

Attn: Blocked Account Support Mail Code: CA4- 704-06-37 .

 

  Re: Termination of Deposit Account Control Agreement

 

  Account(s): ***

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”) among you, Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC (the Company”), Schneider Receivables Corporation and us as ( Administrative A gent”). You are hereby notified that the Agreement is terminated with respect to the undersigned, and you have no further obligations to the undersigned thereunder. Notwithstanding any previous instructions to you, you are hereby instructed to accept all future directions with respect to the Account from the Company. This notice terminates any obligations you may have to the undersigned with respect to the Account.

 

Very truly yours,
Wells Fargo Bank, NA, as Administrative Agent
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

cc: Company and SPV

 

10


LOGO

Harris N.A.

111 West Monroe Street

Chicago, IL 60690

Attention: Documentation Analysis & Control

Re: Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC ( “Customer” ) and Schneider Receivables

Corporation ( “SRC” )

Deposit Account at Harris Number: 402-301-6 ( “Assigned Account”)

Subject to Security Interest In Favor of: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., individually and

as Administrative Agent (“Secured Party”)

The Customer hereby grants to the Secured Party a security interest in, among other items, the Assigned Account and all funds now or hereafter on deposit in said account to secure the payment when due of all obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, actual or contingent, with recourse or without, of SRC to the Secured Party. Secured Party and Customer propose the following agreement with respect to the Assigned Account.

Section  1. Assigned Account. Harris N.A. ( “Harris”) hereby agrees and confirms to Secured Party that (a) the records of Harris with respect to the Assigned Account shall recognize and reflect the assignment and security interest in favor of Secured Party, (b) Harris has no notice of any other lien in respect of the Assigned Account which is currently outstanding, (c) Harris shall not have or assert any right of offset against or lien or interest in any amounts at any time credited to the Assigned Account, except as provided in Section 3(a) of this Agreement, and (d) Harris shall furnish to Secured Party a copy of each regular monthly statement for the Assigned Account.

The Bank hereby agrees that it shall comply with instructions originated by the Secured Party directing the disposition of funds in the Account without further consent of the Customer or SRC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until Harris receives a written notice from Secured Party substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Trigger Notice”), the Customer and its authorized representatives shall have the right to give instructions regarding dispositions of funds on deposit in the Assigned Account from time to time, including the authority to make transfers or withdrawals by check or any other means. Secured Party agrees that unless and until Harris has received the Trigger Notice, Harris may, without notice to or the consent of Secured Party, honor any requests by or on behalf of the Customer for withdrawals for transfers from the Assigned Account. The Trigger Notice from the Secured Party to Harris shall be signed by Elizabeth R. Wagner, Eero Maki or Thomas Dolphin (or any other person certified by a Vice President or Managing Director of Secured Party as authorized in this regard), and shall be effective when actually received by an officer of Harris’ Documentation Analysis and Control, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60603, and Harris has had reasonable time to act thereon, but no later than on the bank business day following receipt.

Section  2. Transfer of Funds Following Trigger Notice. Customer and Harris agree that, promptly following receipt by Harris of a Trigger Notice from the Secured Party, (i) Harris shall not permit any funds to be transferred or withdrawn by Customer from the Assigned Account except with the prior written consent of the Secured Party, (ii) Secured Party shall have the exclusive right to direct transfers and withdrawals from the Assigned Account (Customer irrevocably authorizing and directing Harris to comply solely with requests of the Secured Party with respect thereto), and (iii) solely if requested by the Secured Party upon not less than two (2) business days prior notice, all available funds in the Assigned Account will be transferred electronically by Harris on a daily basis in accordance with the following instructions (unless other instructions are received in writing by Harris from the Secured Party, and verified to Harris’ satisfaction):

 

109


Name of Receiving Bank: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

ABA No.: 121-000-248

Receiving Account No.: 37235547964500734

Reference: Schneider Receivables Corporation

Swift: WFBIUS6S

Harris shall be fully protected in acting on any order or direction by Secured Party respecting the Assigned Account and the funds on deposit therein without making any inquiry whatsoever as to the Secured Party’s right or authority to give such order or direction, or as to the application of any funds by Secured Party. Harris shall have no obligation to follow instructions of Secured Party set forth herein or otherwise if Harris in good faith believes that it is or may be restricted by law from following Secured Party’s instructions.

Section  3. Limited Liability of Bank; Indemnity. (a) Customer shall be, and at all times remain, liable to Harris to pay all fees and charges due in connection with the Assigned Account and all returned items and chargebacks for uncollected checks deposited in the Assigned Account (collectively the “Charges”). Each of SRC and the Secured Party agrees that if the Customer fails or refuses to pay or reimburse Harris for Charges in respect of the Assigned Account, Harris is hereby authorized and directed to debit such Charges (i.e. obtain payment or reimbursement) first against funds of Customer on deposit in any other accounts maintained by Customer at Harris, and thereafter if any portion of such Charges remains unpaid, Harris may debit such unpaid balance of Charges against the Assigned Account. The Customer shall be, and at all times remain, liable to Harris for payment of any and all returns and chargebacks of checks which were deposited to the Assigned Account and which remain unreimbursed to Harris after offset by Harris against funds then on deposit in any other accounts of the Customer maintained at Harris. After Harris’ receipt of the Trigger Notice, the Secured Party shall be, and at all times remain, liable to Harris for payment of any and all (i) fees and charges in respect of maintenance and usage of the Assigned Account accruing from and after the date of receipt of the Trigger Notice; and (ii) all returns and chargebacks of checks which were deposited to the Assigned Account on or after the date of receipt of the Trigger Notice and which remain unreimbursed to Harris after offset by Harris against funds then on deposit in the Assigned Account and any other accounts of the Customer maintained at Harris.

(b) Harris shall have no liability to either Customer or Secured Party, or their respective successors and assigns, for any loss or damage that either or both may claim to have suffered or incurred, either directly or indirectly, by reason of this Agreement, or any transaction or service contemplated by the provisions hereof unless Harris’ actions or omissions are due to gross negligence or willful misconduct. In no event shall Harris be liable to Customer or Secured Party for any indirect or consequential damages, or loss of profits, even if Harris had been informed of the possibility that such damage might arise.

(c) Harris shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any notice or direction reasonably believed by Harris to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper person, other than actions and omissions finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Harris may consult with legal counsel and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel or experts.

(e) Customer, SRC and solely from and after delivery of a Trigger Notice (if any), the Secured Party jointly and severally indemnify and hold Harris harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) which Harris suffers or incurs as a result of the assertion of any claim arising out of, or otherwise related to, any transaction conducted or service provided by Harris through the use of the Assigned Account pursuant to the procedures provided for or contemplated by this Agreement, other than claims finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be founded on Harris’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

110


(f) Harris shall not be liable for any delays or failure or interruption of any performance of service contemplated by this Agreement if caused directly or indirectly by equipment or communication systems failure, fire or other casualty, strikes, acts of God, civil disturbance, action of governmental authorities or other causes or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Harris.

Section  4. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either Harris or Secured Party upon 30 days prior written notice to each of the other parties. Upon such termination, funds in the Assigned Account shall remain subject to any rights and interests of Secured Party under other agreements and applicable law. No notice of termination given by Customer and/or SRC shall be effective until consented to by Secured Party in writing. Section 3 of this Agreement shall survive termination.

Section  5. Notices. All notices and other communications relating to this Agreement shall be in writing unless otherwise expressly stated. Notices to Harris shall be addressed to the Harris N.A., 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention: Documentation Analysis and Control , or at such other address as Harris may specify in writing. Notices to Secured Party or Customer shall be addressed as indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address that the Secured Party or Customer may specify in writing. Any notice or communication to Harris will be effective when Harris has actually received, and has had a reasonable time to act on, any such notice. Any notice or communication to the Customer or Secured Party will be effective either on the date it is actually received or three postal business days after it was mailed by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, whichever is earlier.

Section  6. Miscellaneous. (a) No provision of this Agreement may be changed except by a writing signed by Harris, Secured Party, SRC and Customer, nor may compliance with any provision be waived, by course of dealing or otherwise, except by a writing signed by the party or parties sought to be charged with such waiver. This Agreement shall apply only to the Assigned Account.

(b) No party’s failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right or remedy; and no single or partial exercise by a party of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude any additional or further exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other right. Even if a provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement will not be affected or impaired by such holding.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

111


Secured Party: WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., individually and as Adminstrative Agent

By:                                                                                                   

Its:                                                                                                   

Address for Notices to Secured Party:

6 Concourse Parkway

Suite 1450

Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention: Elizabeth R. Wagner

Phone: +1 (404) 732-0819

Fax: +1 (404) 732-0801

Customer: SCHNEIDER ENTERPRISE RESOURCES, LLC

By:                                                                                                   

Its:                                                                                                   

Address for Notices to Customer:

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, WI 54313

Attention: Denise Lukowitz

Phone: (920) 592-3841

Fax: (920) 592-3848

SRC: SCHNEIDER RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

Address for Notices to SRC:

3101 S. Packerland Drive

Green Bay, WI 54313

Attention: Denise Lukowitz

Phone: (920) 592-3841

Fax: (920) 592-3848

Accepted and agreed this 31st day of March, 2011

 

HARRIS N.A.

By:                                                                               

Its: Authorized Individual                                        

 

112


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF TRIGGER NOTICE FROM LENDER TO HARRIS]

Harris N.A.

111 West Monroe Street

P.O. Box 755

Chicago, IL 60690

Attention: Documentation Analysis & Control

 

  Re: Assigned Account Agreement dated March 31, 2011 between Harris N.A., Schneider Enterprise Resources, LLC ( “Customer” , Schneider Receivables Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent (the “Secured Party” )

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Agreement identified above. This constitutes the “Trigger Notice” to Harris from Secured Party as provided for in the Agreement and you are hereby authorized and directed to permit transfers and withdrawals from the Account only as authorized by the Secured Party.

 

Very truly yours,

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent

By:                                                                                                   

Its:                                                                                                   

 

113


SCHEDULE A

COMMITMENTS

 

PURCHASER    COMMITMENT

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   $200,000,000
      
A GGREGATE C OMMITMENT    $200,000,000

 

114


SCHEDULE B

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT CLOSING DOCUMENTS

PARTIES

 

“Admin. Agent” and
“LC Issuer”
   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association ( “Wells” ).
“Servicer”    Schneider National, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( “Schneider” ).
“Performance
Guarantor”
   Schneider.
“Originators”   

Schneider Transport, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( “STI” )

 

Schneider National Carriers, Inc., a Nevada corporation ( “SNC” )

 

Schneider National Bulk Carriers, Inc., a Louisiana corporation ( “SNBC” )

 

Schneider Transportation Management, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( “STM” )

 

Schneider Intermodal Marketing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ( “SIM” )

“SPE”    Schneider Receivables Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “SPE” ).
“Purchaser”    Wells.
“B&T”    Barnes & Thornburg, LLP, counsel to Wells.
“G&K”    Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., counsel to the Performance Guarantor, the Originators, the Servicer and the SPE.

 

115


DOCUMENT

  

RESPONSIBLE

PARTIES

  

REQUIRED

SIGNATURES

  

STATUS (&

DOC. #)

1.      Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement ( “A&R RSA ”) dated as of December 17, 2013 by and between the Originators and the SPE.    B&T
  

STI  ☐

SNC  ☐

SNBC  ☐

STM  ☐

SIM  ☐

SPE  ☐

   CH 746260
2.      Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement ( “A&R RPA” ) dated as of December 17, 2013 by and among the SPE, the Servicer and Wells.    B&T   

SPE  ☐

Servicer  ☐

Wells  ☐

   CH 758975
3.      Reaffirmation of Performance Undertaking dated as of December 17, 2013 by Performance Guarantor    B&T   

Performance Guarantor  ☐

SPE  ☐

   CH 874075
4.      Assignment, Assumption and Release Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 by and among STI, the SPE and Wells re: LC No. SM234598W    B&T   

STI  ☐

SPE  ☐

Wells  ☐

   CH 872974
5.      First Assignment, Assumption and Release Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 by and among Schneider National Leasing, Inc. ( “SNLI” ), Schneider National Carriers, Inc. ( “SNCI” ) and Wells re: LC Nos. SM234615W, SM236679W, SM236811W and IS0024032U    B&T   

SNLI  ☐

SNCI  ☐

Wells  ☐

   CH 873003
6.      Second Assignment, Assumption and Release Agreement dated as of December 17, 2013 by and among SNCI, the SPE and Wells re: LC Nos. SM234615W, SM236679W, SM236811W and IS0024032U    B&T   

SNCI  ☐

SPE  ☐

Wells  ☐

   CH 873120
7.      Letter of Credit Request executed by SNCI pursuant to the A&R RSA    G&K    SNCI  ☐     
8.      Letter of Credit Request executed by STI pursuant to the A&R RSA    G&K    STI  ☐     
9.      Certificate of SNLI’s Secretary attaching resolutions, Organizational Documents, a Good Standing Certificate and Incumbency and Specimen Signature of Officer signing #5 above.    G&K    SNLI  ☐     
10.      Certificate of the SPE’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA, the A&R RPA and the related documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    SPE  ☐     

 

116


DOCUMENT

  

RESPONSIBLE

PARTIES

  

REQUIRED

SIGNATURES

  

STATUS (&

DOC. #)

11.      Certificate of STI’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    STI  ☐   
12.      Certificate of SNC’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    SNC  ☐   
13.      Certificate of SNBC’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    SNBC  ☐   
14.      Certificate of STM’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    STM  ☐   
15.      Certificate of SIM’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    SIM  ☐   
16.      Certificate of Schneider’s Secretary (a) attaching resolutions authorizing the A&R RSA, the A&R RPA, the reaffirmation of the Performance Undertaking and the related documents, and (b) certifying that there has been no change in its Organizational Documents, Good Standing or Incumbency    G&K    Schneider  ☐   
17.      “Corporate” and enforceability opinion covering Schneider, the Originators, SNLI, SRI and the SPE    G&K    G&K  ☐   
18.      “True sale/contribution” opinion    G&K    G&K  ☐   
19.      “Substantive non-consolidation” opinion    G&K    G&K  ☐   
20.      Four (4) UCC-3 continuation statements   

B&T

  

n/a

  

Filed

 

117


SCHEDULE C

ACTIONS, SUITS

Morris Bickley et al. v. Schneider National Carriers, Inc . (“SNC”) Case No. 3:08-CV-05806-JSW is a consolidated class action pending in the Northern District of California. In it, plaintiffs allege that SNC failed to pay or provide minimum wages, vacation and overtime pay, provide meal and rest periods and adequate wage statements in violation of the California labor Code. It is important to note that virtually every major trucking company doing business in California is being subjected to similar claims, including Con-Way Freight, Inc., CRST Van Expedited, Inc., FedEx Freight, Inc., Gordon Trucking, Inc., JB Hunt Transport Services, Knight Transport, Inc., May Trucking Company, Penske Logistics, LLC, Swift Transportation Co., Werner Enterprises, among others. The company is vigorously defending the claims, and is reasonably confident that certain of the claims will be found to have been preempted by federal law. The case is stayed pending a decision by the 9 th Circuit Court of Appeals on the preemption issue. Moreover, although a class has been certified, recently developing case law is supportive of a motion for decertification. Class decertification would dramatically reduce any potential exposure. Nevertheless, a fundamental question of law related to the propriety of an all inclusive mileage rate method of pay under California law will likely not be definitively decided until such matter reaches the California Supreme Court which may be years from today. In the event that (a) the claim is not preempted by federal law, (b) the class is not decertified, and (c) it is ultimately determined that that an all-inclusive mileage rate is inconsistent with California state law, the amount of damages, while difficult to reasonably estimate given the number of variables, could be several million dollars.

 

118

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333- 215244 of our report dated December 22, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Schneider National, Inc. appearing in the prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

February 3, 2017